Table of Contents

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

 

FORM 20-F

 

 

 

¨REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

OR

 

xANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015

 

OR

 

¨TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

OR

 

¨SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

Commission file number 1-31994

 

Semiconductor Manufacturing International Corporation
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
 
Not Applicable
(Translation of Registrant’s name into English)
 
Cayman Islands
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
 
18 Zhangjiang Road, Pudong New Area, Shanghai, China 201203
(Address of principal executive offices)
 
Mr. Gao Yonggang, Chief Financial Officer
Telephone: (8621) 3861-0000
Facsimile: (8621) 3895-3568
18 Zhangjiang Road, Pudong New Area, Shanghai, China 201203
(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)

 

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act.

 

Title of each class   Name of each exchange on which registered
Ordinary Shares, par value US$0.0004   The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited*
American Depositary Shares   The New York Stock Exchange, Inc.

 

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act. None

 

 

Table of Contents 

 

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act. None

 

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or ordinary shares as of the close of the period covered by the annual report.

 

As of December 31, 2015, there were 42,073,748,961 ordinary shares, par value US$0.0004 per share, outstanding, of which 980,747,650 ordinary shares were held in the form of 19,614,953 American Depositary Shares (“ADSs”). Each ADS represents 50 ordinary shares.

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

x Yes  ¨ No

 

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15 (d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

¨  Yes x No

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

x Yes  ¨ No

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).

x Yes  ¨ No

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer x Accelerated filer ¨ Non-accelerated filer ¨

 

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

 

U.S. GAAP ¨ International Financial Reporting Standards as Other ¨
  issued  
  by the International Accounting Standards Board  
  x  

 

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934).

¨  Yes   x No

 

* Not for trading, but only in connection with the listing of American Depositary Shares on the New York Stock Exchange, Inc.

 

 

Table of Contents 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Part I 4
   
Item 1. Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisors 4
   
Item 2. Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable 4
   
Item 3. Key Information 4
   
Item 4. Information on the Company 31
   
Item 4A. Unresolved Staff Comments 51
   
Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects 51
   
Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees 70
   
Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions 106
   
Item 8. Financial Information 118
   
Item 9. The Offer and Listing 119
   
Item 10. Additional Information 121
   
Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk 132
   
Item 12. Description of Securities Other Than Equity Securities 134
   
Part II 136
   
Item 13. Defaults, Dividend Arrearages, and Delinquencies 136
   
Item 14. Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds 136
   
Item 15. Controls and Procedures 137
   
Item 16A. Audit Committee Financial Expert 138
   
Item 16B. Code of Ethics 138
   
Item 16C. Principal Accountant Fees and Services 138
   
Item 16D. Exemptions from the Listing Standards of Audit Committees 138
   
Item 16E. Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers 138
   
Item 16F. Changes in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant 139
   
Item 16G. Corporate Governance 139
   
Item 16H. Mine Safety Disclosure 140
   
Part III 141
   
Item 17. Financial Statements 141
   
Item 18. Financial Statements 141
   
Item 19. Exhibits 141

 

 

Table of Contents 

 

INTRODUCTION

 

In this annual report, except where the context otherwise requires and for purposes of this annual report only:

 

·“ADSs” refers to American Depositary Shares;

 

·“Average selling price of wafers” refers to simplified average selling price which is calculated as total revenue divided by total shipments;

 

·“Board” refers to our board of directors;

 

·“China” or the “PRC” refers to the People’s Republic of China, excluding for the purpose of this annual report, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan;

 

·“Company,” “SMIC,” “Registrant,” “we,” “our” and “us” refers to Semiconductor Manufacturing International Corporation, a Cayman Islands company;

 

·“Directors” refers to the members of the Board;

 

·“EUR” refers to Euros;

 

·“Global Offering” refers to the initial public offering of our ADSs and our ordinary shares, which was completed on March 18, 2004;

 

·“Group” refers to SMIC and all of its subsidiaries;

 

·“HK$” refers to Hong Kong dollars;

 

·“IFRS” refers to International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board;

 

·“Rmb,” “rmb” or “RMB” refers to Renminbi, the legal currency of China;

 

·“NYSE” or “New York Stock Exchange” are to the New York Stock Exchange, Inc.;

 

·“SEC” refers to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission;

 

·“SEHK,” “HKSE” or “Hong Kong Stock Exchange” refers to The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited;

 

·“U.S. GAAP” refers to generally accepted accounting principles in the United States; and

 

·“US$” or “USD” refers to U.S. dollars.

 

·The “Glossary of Technical Terms” contained in Annex A of this annual report sets forth the description of certain technical terms and definitions used in this annual report.

 

All references in this annual report to silicon wafer quantities are to 8-inch wafer equivalents, unless otherwise specified. Conversion of quantities of 12-inch wafers to 8-inch wafer equivalents is achieved by multiplying the number of 12-inch wafers by 2.25. When we refer to the capacity of wafer fabrication facilities, we are referring to the installed capacity based on specifications established by the manufacturers of the equipment used in those facilities. References to key process technology nodes, such as 0.35 micron, 0.25 micron, 0.18 micron, 0.15 micron, 0.13 micron, 90 nanometer, 65 nanometer, 45 nanometer and 28 nanometer include the stated resolution of the process technology, as well as intermediate resolutions down to but not including the next key process technology node of finer resolution. For example, when we state “0.25 micron process technology,” that also includes 0.22 micron, 0.21 micron, 0.20 micron and 0.19 micron technologies and “0.18 micron process technology” also includes 0.17 micron and 0.16 micron technologies.

 

 1 

Table of Contents 

 

We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS. Our consolidated financial statements presented in our annual reports for the years ended prior to December 31, 2011 were prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

 

 2 

Table of Contents 

 

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

This annual report contains, in addition to historical information, “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the U.S. Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These forward-looking statements are based on our current assumptions, expectations and projections about future events. We use words like “believe,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “estimate,” “expect,” “project” and similar expressions to identify forward-looking statements, although not all forward- looking statements contain these words. These forward-looking statements are necessarily estimates reflecting the judgment of our senior management and involve significant risks, both known and unknown, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual performance, financial condition or results of operations to be materially different from those suggested by the forward-looking statements including, among others:

 

·risks associated with cyclicality and market conditions in the semiconductor industry;

 

·intense competition;

 

·timely wafer acceptance by our customers;

 

·timely introduction of new technologies;

 

·our ability to ramp new products into volume;

 

·supply and demand for semiconductor foundry services;

 

·industry overcapacity;

 

·shortages in equipment, components and raw materials;

 

·availability of manufacturing capacity;

 

·our anticipated capital expenditures;

 

·our anticipated investments in research and development, anticipated changes to our liability for unrecognized tax benefits; and

 

·financial stability in end markets.

 

Except as required by law, we undertake no obligation and do not intend to update any forward- looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

 

 3 

Table of Contents 

 

Part I

 

Item 1. Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisors

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 2. Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 3. Key Information

 

A.Selected Consolidated Financial Data

 

The selected consolidated financial data presented below as of and for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014 and 2015 have been prepared in accordance with IFRS and are derived from, and should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements, including the related notes, included elsewhere in this annual report.

 

 4 

Table of Contents 

 

   For the year ended December 31, 
   20111   2012   2013   2014   2015 
   (in US$ thousands, except for earnings per share) 
                     
Revenue   1,319,466    1,701,598    2,068,964    1,969,966    2,236,415 
Cost of sales   (1,217,525)   (1,352,835)   (1,630,528)   (1,486,514)   (1,553,795)
Gross profit   101,941    348,763    438,436    483,452    682,620 
Research and development expenses, net   (191,473)   (193,569)   (145,314)   (189,733)   (237,157)
Sales and marketing expenses   (32,559)   (31,485)   (35,738)   (38,252)   (41,876)
General and administration expenses   (57,435)   (107,313)   (138,167)   (139,428)   (213,177)
Other operating income (expense), net   (11,190)   19,117    67,870    14,206    31,594 
(Loss) profit from operations   (190,716)   35,513    187,087    130,245    222,004 
Interest income   4,724    5,390    5,888    14,230    5,199 
Finance costs   (21,903)   (39,460)   (34,392)   (20,715)   (12,218)
Foreign exchange gains or losses   17,589    3,895    13,726    (5,993)   (26,349)
Other gains or losses, net   6,709    6,398    4,010    18,210    55,611 
Share of profit (loss) of investment using equity method   4,479    1,703    2,278    2,073    (13,383)
(Loss) profit  before tax   (179,118)   13,439    178,597    138,050    230,864 
Income tax (expense) benefit   (82,503)   9,102    (4,130)   (11,789)   (8,541)
(Loss) profit for the year from continuing operations   (261,621)   22,541    174,467    126,261    222,323 
Discontinued operations                         
Profit for the year from discontinued operations   14,741    -    -    -    - 
(Loss) profit for the year   (246,880)   22,541    174,467    126,261    222,323 
Other comprehensive income (loss)                         
Exchange differences on translating foreign operations   4,938    70    731    (324)   (8,185)
Change in value of available-for-sale financial assets   -    -    -    -    452 
Others   -    -    -    -    130 
Total comprehensive (loss) income for the year   (241,942)   22,611    175,198    125,937    214,720 
(Loss) profit for the year attributable to:                         
Owners of the Company   (246,817)   22,771    173,177    152,969    253,411 
Non-controlling interests   (63)   (230)   1,290    (26,708)   (31,088)
    (246,880)   22,541    174,467    126,261    222,323 
Total comprehensive income (loss) for the year attributable to:                         
Owners of the Company   (241,879)   22,841    173,908    152,645    245,803 
Non-controlling interests   (63)   (230)   1,290    (26,708)   (31,083)
    (241,942)   22,611    175,198    125,937    214,720 
                          
Earnings (loss) per share                         
From continuing and discontinued operations                         
Basic  $(0.01)  $0.00   $0.01   $0.00   $0.01 
Diluted  $(0.01)  $0.00   $0.01   $0.00   $0.01 
From continuing operations                         
Basic  $(0.01)  $0.00   $0.01   $0.00   $0.01 
Diluted  $(0.01)  $0.00   $0.01   $0.00   $0.01 

 

 

1 In connection with our transition to IFRS for the year ended December 31, 2012, we adjusted our consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2011 in accordance with IFRS and therefore, financial information set forth in this annual report as of and for the year ended December 31, 2011 may differ from information published in our annual report for the year ended December 31, 2011.

 

 5 

Table of Contents 

 

   As of December 31, 
   2011   2012   2013   2014   2015 
   (in US$ thousands) 
Statements of Financial Position Data:                         
Property, plant and equipment   2,516,578    2,385,435    2,528,834    2,995,086    3,903,818 
Land use right   77,231    73,962    136,725    135,331    91,030 
Total non-current assets   2,866,416    2,803,173    2,960,151    3,471,120    4,525,297 
Inventories   207,308    295,728    286,251    316,041    387,326 
Prepayment and prepaid operating expense   52,805    46,986    43,945    40,628    40,184 
Trade and other receivables   200,905    328,211    379,361    456,388    499,846 
Other financial assets   1,973    18,730    240,311    644,071    282,880 
Restricted cash   136,907    217,603    147,625    238,051    302,416 
Cash and cash equivalents   261,615    358,490    462,483    603,036    1,005,201 
Assets classified as held-for-sale   -    4,239    3,265    44    72,197 
Total current assets   861,513    1,269,987    1,563,241    2,298,259    2,590,050 
Total assets   3,727,929    4,073,160    4,523,392    5,769,379    7,115,347 
Total non-current liabilities   230,607    688,622    991,673    1,311,416    1,157,901 
Total current liabilities   1,251,324    1,108,086    938,537    1,150,241    1,767,191 
Total liabilities   1,481,931    1,796,708    1,930,210    2,461,657    2,925,092 
Ordinary shares $0.0004 par value   10,995    12,800    12,845    14,342    16,830 
Non-controlling interest   1,182    952    109,410    359,307    460,399 
Total equity   2,245,998    2,276,452    2,593,182    3,307,722    4,190,255 
Shares issued and outstanding   27,487,676,065    32,000,139,623    32,112,307,101    35,856,096,167    42,073,748,961 

 

 6 

Table of Contents 

 

B.Capitalization and Indebtedness

 

Not Applicable

 

C.Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds

 

Not Applicable

 

D.Risk Factors

 

Risk Factors Related to Our Financial Condition and Business

 

We may not be able to maintain or increase profitability, primarily due to the possibility of increasing fixed costs and market competition reflected in price erosion in the average selling prices of our products.

 

Our profit totaled US$222.3 million in 2015 and US$126.3 million in 2014. However, with the offsetting impact of such profits, we still have net accumulated losses of US$1,287.5 million as of the end of 2015. We may not be able to maintain or increase profitability on an annual or quarterly basis, primarily because our business is characterized by high fixed costs relating to advanced technology equipment purchases, which result in correspondingly high levels of depreciation expenses. We will continue to incur capital expenditures and depreciation expenses as we equip and ramp-up additional fabs and expand our capacity at our existing fabs. This may result in an increase of our fixed costs and possibly reduce our chances of maintaining or increasing profitability.

 

In addition, we are competing in the same technology environment as a number of other foundries and our competitors who operate these foundries often use price as a means of securing business, resulting in erosion of the average selling price of our product portfolio, which adversely affects our ability to maintain or increase profitability.

 

 7 

Table of Contents 

 

The cyclical nature of the semiconductor industry and periodic overcapacity make our business and operating results particularly vulnerable to economic downturns, such as a global economic crisis.

 

The semiconductor industry has historically been highly cyclical and, at various times, has experienced significant downturns characterized by fluctuations in end-user demand, reduced demand for integrated circuits, rapid erosion of average selling prices and production overcapacity. Companies in the semiconductor industry have expanded aggressively during periods of increased demand in order to have the capacity needed to meet such increased demand or expected demand in the future. If actual demand is not sustained, does not increase or declines, or if companies in the industry expand too aggressively in light of the actual increase in demand, the industry will generally experience a period in which industry- wide capacity exceeds demand.

 

During periods when industry-wide capacity exceeds demand, our operations are subject to more intense competition, and our results of operations are likely to suffer because of the resulting pricing pressure and capacity underutilization. Severe pricing pressure could result in the overall foundry industry becoming less profitable, at least for the duration of the downturn, and could prevent us from maintaining or increasing profitability. We expect that industry cyclicality will continue.

 

In addition, an erosion of global consumer confidence amidst concerns over declining asset values, inflation, energy costs, geopolitical issues, the availability and cost of credit, rising unemployment, and the stability or solvency of financial institutions, financial markets, businesses and sovereign nations could have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

 

Adverse economic conditions could cause our expenses to vary materially from our expectations. The failure of financial institutions could negatively impact our treasury operations, as the financial condition of such parties may deteriorate rapidly and without notice in times of market volatility and disruption. Other income and expense could vary materially from expectations depending on changes in interest rates, borrowing costs and currency exchange rates. Economic downturns may also lead to restructuring actions and associated expenses.

 

If we cannot take appropriate or effective actions in a timely manner during any economic downturns, such as reducing our costs to sufficiently offset declines in demand for our services, our business and operating results may be adversely affected. A prolonged period of economic decline could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. Economic uncertainty also makes it difficult for us to make accurate forecasts of revenue, gross margin and expenses.

 

Furthermore, a slowdown in the growth in demand for, or the continued reduction in selling prices of, devices that use semiconductors may decrease the demand for our products and reduce our profit margins.

 

 8 

Table of Contents 

 

The loan agreements entered into by members of the Group contain certain restrictions that limit our flexibility in operating our business.

 

The terms of certain of the existing loan agreements entered into by members of the Group contain, and certain future indebtedness of the Group would likely contain, a number of restrictive covenants that impose significant operating and financial restrictions on the Group, including restrictions on the ability of members of the Group to, among other things:

 

·pay dividends;

 

·repay outstanding shareholder loans and provide loans to subsidiaries; and

 

·consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of any of our assets under certain conditions.

 

In addition, certain loan agreements of the Group contain, and any future loan agreements may contain, cross-default clauses whereby a default under one of the loan agreements may constitute an event of default under the other loan agreements. We may also be required to satisfy and maintain specified financial ratios and other financial covenants (see “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — B. Liquidity and Capital Resources — Bank borrowing” for details). The Group’s ability to meet such financial ratios and other covenants can be affected by various events, and we cannot assure you that we will meet these ratios and comply with such covenants in the future. A breach of any of these covenants would result in a default under the existing loan agreements of the Group, which may allow the lenders to declare all amounts outstanding thereunder to be due and payable after the lapse of the relevant grace period and terminate all commitments to extend further credit, any of which could result in an event of default under the terms and conditions of the loan agreement.

 

The impact of deteriorating economic conditions on our customers and suppliers could adversely affect our business.

 

Customer financial difficulties have resulted, and could result in the future, in increases in bad debt write-offs and additions to reserves in our receivables portfolio. In particular, our exposure to certain financially troubled customers could have an adverse effect on our results of operations. In addition, we depend on suppliers of raw materials, such as silicon wafers, gases and chemicals, and spare equipment parts, in order to maintain our production processes. Our business may be disrupted if, due to the insolvency of key suppliers, we are unable to obtain the raw materials required to sustain our operations.

 

Demand instability for foundry services may result in a lower rate of return on investments than previously anticipated and our business and operating results may be adversely affected.

 

The demand for foundry services by IDMs, fabless semiconductor companies and systems companies has been increasing. We have made significant investments in anticipation of the continuation of this trend and, as such, any reversal of this trend will likely result in a lower rate of return on our investments. During an industry slowdown, IDMs may allocate a smaller portion of their fabricating needs to foundry service providers and perform a greater amount of foundry services for system companies and fabless semiconductor companies in order to maintain their equipment’s utilization rates. As a result, our business and operating results could be adversely affected.

 

 9 

Table of Contents 

 

Our results of operations may fluctuate from year to year, making it difficult to predict our future performance which may be below our expectations or those of the public market analysts and investors in these periods.

 

Our sales, expenses, and results of operations may fluctuate significantly from year to year due to a number of factors, many of which are outside our control. Our business and operations are subject to a number of factors, including:

 

·our customers’ sales outlook, purchasing patterns and inventory adjustments based on general economic conditions or other factors;

 

·the loss of one or more key customers or the significant reduction or postponement of orders from such customers;

 

·timing of new technology development and the qualification of this technology by our customers;

 

·timing of our expansion and development of our facilities;

 

·our ability to obtain equipment and raw materials; and

 

·our ability to obtain financing in a timely manner.

 

Due to the factors noted above and other risks discussed in this section, year-to-year comparisons cannot be relied upon to predict our future performance. Unfavorable changes in any of the above factors may adversely affect our business and operating results. In addition, our operating results may be below the expectations of public market analysts and investors in some future periods.

 

If we are unable to maintain high capacity utilization, optimize the technology and product mix of our services or improve our yields, our margins may substantially decline, thereby adversely affecting our operating results.

 

Our ability to maintain or increase profitability depends, in part, on our ability to:

 

·maintain high capacity utilization, which is the actual number of wafers we produce in relation to our capacity;

 

·optimize our technology and product mix, which is the relative number of wafers fabricated utilizing higher margin technologies as compared to commodity and lower margin technologies; and

 

·continuously maintain and improve our yield, which is the percentage of usable fabricated devices on a wafer.

 

Our capacity utilization affects our operating results because a large percentage of our costs are fixed. Our technology and product mix has a direct impact upon our average selling prices and overall margins. Our yields directly affect our ability to attract and retain customers, as well as the price of our products. If we are unable to maintain high capacity utilization, optimize the technology and product mix of our wafer production and continuously improve our yields, our margins may substantially decline, thereby adversely affecting our operating results.

 

 10 

Table of Contents 

 

Our continuing expansion could present significant challenges to our management and administrative systems and resources, and as a result, we could experience difficulties managing our growth or maintaining high capacity utilization which could adversely affect our business and operating results.

 

Over the next several years, we plan to increase our production capacity through expansion of existing and new production sites. We have added and expect to continue to add capital equipment and increase our headcount with future increases in production capacity. We cannot assure you that we will fully realize the expected returns on these investments for a variety of reasons. If we fail to develop and maintain management and administrative systems and resources sufficient to keep pace with our planned growth, we may experience difficulties managing our growth or maintaining high capacity utilization and our business and operating results could be adversely affected.

 

We may not be able to successfully execute future acquisitions or investments or manage or effectively integrate any acquired personnel, operations and technologies.

 

From time to time, we seek to acquire or invest in businesses that are complementary to ours. This may require a significant commitment of management time, capital investment and other management resources. We cannot assure you that we will be successful in identifying and negotiating acquisitions or investments on terms favorable to us. If we are unable to execute, manage or integrate our acquisitions and investments effectively, our growth, operating results and financial condition may be materially and adversely affected.

 

If we lose one or more of our key personnel without obtaining adequate replacements in a timely manner or if we are unable to retain and recruit skilled personnel, our operations could become disrupted and the growth of our business could be delayed or restricted.

 

Our success depends on the continued service of our key management team members, and in particular, Mr. Zhou Zixue, Chairman of our Board and Executive Director as well as Dr. Tzu-Yin Chiu, Chief Executive Officer and Executive Director. We do not carry full key person insurance. If we lose the services of any of our key executive officers, it could be very difficult to find, relocate and integrate adequate replacement personnel into our operations. As a result, our operations and the growth of our business could be seriously harmed.

 

We will require an increased number of experienced executives, engineers and other skilled employees in the future to implement our growth plans. In addition, we expect demand for skilled and experienced personnel in China to increase in the future as new wafer fabrication facilities and other similar high technology businesses are established there. There is intense competition for the services of these personnel in the semiconductor industry. If we are unable to retain our existing personnel or attract, assimilate and retain new experienced personnel in the future, our operations could become disrupted and the growth of our business could be delayed or restricted.

 

Our customers generally do not place purchase orders far in advance, which makes it difficult for us to predict our future sales, adjust our production costs and efficiently allocate our capacity on a timely basis and could therefore have an adverse effect on our business and operating results.

 

Our customers generally do not place purchase orders far in advance of the required shipping dates. In addition, due to the cyclical nature of the semiconductor industry, our customers’ purchase orders have varied significantly from period to period. As a result, we do not typically operate with any significant backlog, which makes it difficult for us to forecast our sales in future periods. Also, since our cost of sales and operating expenses have high fixed cost components, including depreciation and employee costs, we may be unable to adjust our cost structure in a timely manner to compensate for shortfalls in sales. Our current and anticipated customers may not place orders with us in accordance with our expectations or at all. As a result, it may be difficult to plan our capacity, which requires significant lead time to ramp-up and cannot be altered easily. If our capacity does not match our customer demand, we will either be burdened with expensive and unutilized overcapacity or unable to support our customers’ requirements, both of which could have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

 

 11 

Table of Contents 

 

Our sales cycles can be long, which could adversely affect our short-term operating results and cause our long- term income stream to be unpredictable.

 

Our sales cycles, which is measured as the time between our first contact with a particular customer and the first shipment of product orders to such customer, vary substantially and can last as long as one year or more, particularly for new technologies. Sales cycles to IDM customers typically take relatively longer since they usually require our engineers to become familiar with the customer’s proprietary technology before production can commence. In addition, even after we make the initial product shipments, it may take the customer several more months to reach full production of that product using our foundry services. As a result of these long sales cycles, we may be required to invest substantial time and incur significant expenses in advance of the receipt of any product order and related revenue. Orders ultimately received may not be in accordance with our expectations and cause our long-term income stream to be unpredictable.

 

If we do not consistently anticipate trends in technology development, we will not be able to maintain or increase our business and operating margins.

 

The semiconductor industry is developing rapidly and the related technologies are constantly evolving. We must be able to anticipate the trends in technology development and rapidly develop and implement new and innovative technologies that our customers require to produce sufficiently advanced products at competitive prices and within the time window of market opportunities. To do this, we must make long- term investments, develop or obtain appropriate intellectual property and commit significant resources based on forecasts. If there is large variation between our forecasts and the actual outcome, our long- term investments will not yield satisfactory results and our business and operations will be adversely affected.

 

Further, as the life cycle for a process technology matures, the average selling price falls. Accordingly, unless we continually upgrade our capability to manufacture new products that our customers design, our customers may use the services of our competitors instead of ours. This can result in the average selling prices of our wafers falling, which could adversely affect our business and operating margins.

 

Our sales are dependent upon a small number of customers and any decrease in sales to any of them could adversely affect our results of operations.

 

We have been dependent on a small number of customers for a substantial portion of our business. For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, our five largest customers accounted for 51.1% and 52.8% of our total sales, respectively. We expect that we will continue to be dependent upon a relatively limited number of customers for a significant portion of our sales. Sales generated from these customers, individually or in the aggregate, may not reach our expectations or historical levels in any future period. Our sales could be significantly reduced if any of these customers cancels or reduces its orders, significantly changes its product delivery schedule, or demands lower prices, which could have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

 

 12 

Table of Contents 

 

Since our operating cash flows may not be sufficient to cover our planned capital expenditures, we will require additional external financing, which may not be available on acceptable terms, or at all. Any failure to raise adequate funds in a timely manner could adversely affect our business and operating results.

 

In 2015, our capital expenditures totaled approximately US$1.6 billion and we currently expect our capital expenditures for foundry operations in 2016 to total approximately US$2.1 billion, subject to adjustment based on market conditions. The planned 2016 capital expenditures for foundry operations are mainly for 1) the expansion of capacity in 12-inch fab in Semiconductor Manufacturing North China (Beijing) Corporation, a majority-owned subsidiary of the Company (“SMNC”), 8-inch fab in Semiconductor Manufacturing International (Shenzhen) Corporation (“SMIC Shenzhen”), 12-inch fab in Semiconductor Manufacturing International (Shanghai) Corporation (“SMIS” or “SMIC Shanghai”) and a new majority-owned 12-inch joint venture fab with bumping services in SJ Semiconductor (Jiangyin) Corporation (”SJ Jiangyin”), 2) a new majority-owned joint venture company, which will focus on research and development on 14nm logic technology, and 3) research and development equipment, mask shops and intellectual property acquisition. We also have budgeted approximately US$60 million as the 2016 capital expenditures for non-foundry operations mainly for the construction of living quarters for employees as part of our employee retention program. In addition, our actual expenditures may exceed our planned expenditures for a variety of reasons, including changes in our business plan, our process technology, market conditions, equipment prices, customer requirements or interest rates. Future acquisitions, mergers, strategic investments, or other developments also may require additional financing. The amount of capital required to meet our growth and development targets is difficult to predict in the highly cyclical and rapidly changing semiconductor industry.

 

Our operating cash flows may not be sufficient to meet our capital expenditures requirements. If our operating cash flows are insufficient, we plan to fund the expected shortfall through bank loans. If necessary, we will also explore other forms of external financing, as we did in 2015 with our ordinary shares issuances. Our ability to obtain external financing is subject to a variety of uncertainties, including:

 

·our future financial condition, results of operations and cash flows;

 

·general market conditions for financing activities of semiconductor companies;

 

·our future stock price; and

 

·our future credit rating.

 

External financing may not be available in a timely manner, on acceptable terms, or at all. Since our capacity expansion is a key component of our overall business strategy, any failure to raise adequate funds could adversely affect our business and operating results.

 

 13 

Table of Contents 

 

Expansion of our production sites is subject to certain risks that could result in delays or cost overruns, which could require us to expend additional capital and adversely affect our business and operating results.

 

We plan to increase our production capacity through expansion of existing production sites, such as SMIC Shanghai and SMIC Shenzhen, both our wholly-owned subsidiaries, SMNC, our majority-owned subsidiary in Beijing and SJ Jiangyin, our majority-owned subsidiary with bumping services in Jiangyin. There are a number of events that could delay these expansion projects or increase the costs of building and equipping these or future projects in accordance with our plans. Such potential events include, but are not limited to:

 

·shortages and late delivery of building materials and facility equipment;

 

·delays in the delivery, installation, commissioning and qualification of our manufacturing equipment;

 

·delays in securing financing for the expansion projects;

 

·disagreements with partners involved in the expansion projects;

 

·seasonal factors, such as extended periods of adverse weather that limit construction;

 

·labor disputes;

 

·design or construction changes with respect to building spaces or equipment layout;

 

·delays in securing necessary government approvals or land use rights; and

 

·changes in technology, capacity, or other changes in our plans for new fabs necessitated by changes in market conditions.

 

As a result, our projections relating to capacity, process technology capabilities, or technology developments may significantly differ from actual capacity, process technology capabilities, or technology developments.

 

Delays in the construction and equipping or expansion of any of our fabs could result in the loss or delayed receipt of earnings, an increase in financing costs, or the failure to meet profit and earnings projections, any of which could adversely affect our business and operating results.

 

 14 

Table of Contents 

 

If we cannot compete successfully in our industry, particularly in China, our results of operations and financial condition will be adversely affected.

 

The worldwide semiconductor foundry industry is highly competitive. We compete with other foundries, such as Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company Ltd., or TSMC, United Microelectronics Corporation, or UMC, and Global Foundries, as well as the foundry services offered by some IDMs, such as Fujitsu Limited and Samsung Electronics Co. Ltd. We also compete with smaller semiconductor foundries in China, Korea, Malaysia and other countries. While different players in the wafer foundry market may compete on factors such as technical competence, production speed and cycle time, time-to-market, research and development quality, available capacity, yields, customer service and price, we seek to compete on the basis of process technology capabilities, performance, quality, service and price. The level of competition differs according to the process technology involved. Some of our competitors have greater access to capital and substantially higher capacity, longer or more established relationships with their customers, superior research and development capability, and greater marketing and other resources than we do. As a result, these companies may be able to compete more aggressively over a longer period of time than we can.

 

Some of our competitors have established operations in mainland China in order to compete for the growing domestic market in China. TSMC has its own fab in Shanghai and recently entered into an investment agreement with the Government of Nanjing for an investment project to build a wholly-owned 12-inch wafer manufacturing facility and a design service center in Nanjing. UMC has its majority-owned fab in Suzhou and has a 12-inch joint venture fab in Xiamen currently under construction. In these cases, we understand that the ability of these fabs to manufacture wafers using certain more advanced technologies is subject to restrictions by the respective home jurisdiction of TSMC and UMC; however, such restrictions could be reduced or lifted at any time, which may lead to increased competition in China with such competitors and adversely affect our business and operating results.

 

In addition, various other factors such as import and export controls, foreign exchange controls, exchange rate fluctuations, interest rate fluctuations and political developments affect our ability to compete successfully. If we cannot compete successfully in our industry or are unable to maintain our position as a leading foundry in China, our results of operations and financial condition will be adversely affected.

 

We may be unable to obtain in a timely manner and at a reasonable cost the equipment necessary for our business and therefore may be unable to achieve our expansion plans or meet our customers’ orders, which could negatively impact our competitiveness, financial condition and results of operations.

 

The semiconductor industry is capital-intensive and requires investment in advanced equipment that is available from a limited number of manufacturers. The market for equipment used in semiconductor foundries is characterized, from time to time, by significant demand, limited supply and long delivery cycles. Our business plan depends upon our ability to obtain our required equipment in a timely manner and at acceptable prices. Therefore, we invest in advanced equipment based on advance forecasts of demand. During times of significant demand for the types of equipment we use, lead times for delivery can be as long as one year. Shortages of equipment could result in an increase in equipment prices and longer delivery times. If we are unable to obtain equipment in a timely manner and at a reasonable cost, we may be unable to achieve our expansion plans or meet our customers’ orders, which could negatively impact our competitiveness, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

 15 

Table of Contents 

 

We expect to have an ongoing need to obtain licenses for the proprietary technology of others, which subjects us to the payment of license fees and potential delays in the development and marketing of our products.

 

While we continue to develop and pursue patent protection for our own technologies, we expect to continue to rely on third party license arrangements to enable us to manufacture certain advanced wafers. As of December 31, 2015, we had been granted 5,669 patents worldwide, of which, 60 were in Taiwan, 611 were in the U.S., 4,975 were in China and 23 were in other jurisdictions. In comparison, we believe our competitors and other industry participants have been issued numerous more patents concerning wafer fabrication in multiple jurisdictions. Our limited patent portfolio may in the future adversely affect our ability to obtain licenses to the proprietary technology of others on favorable license terms due to our inability to offer cross-licensing arrangements. The fees associated with such licenses could adversely affect our financial condition and operating results. They might also render our services less competitive. If for any reason we are unable to license necessary technology on acceptable terms, it may become necessary for us to develop alternative technology internally, which could be costly and delay the marketing and delivery of key products and therefore have an adverse effect on our business and operating results. In addition, we may be unable to independently develop the technology required by our customers on a timely basis or at all, in which case our customers may purchase wafers from our competitors.

 

We may be subject to claims of intellectual property rights infringement owing to the nature of our industry partly due to our limited patent portfolio and limitations of the indemnification provisions in our technology license agreements. These claims could adversely affect our business and operating results.

 

There is frequent intellectual property litigation in our industry, involving patents, copyrights, trade secrets, mask works and other intellectual property subject matters. In some cases, a company attempts to avoid or settle litigation on favorable terms if it possesses patents that can be asserted against the plaintiff. The limited size of our current patent portfolio is unlikely to place us in such a favorable bargaining position. Moreover, some of our technology license agreements with our major technology partners do not provide for us to be indemnified in the event that the processes we license pursuant to such agreements infringe third party intellectual property rights. We could be sued for infringing one or more patents as to which we will be unable to obtain a license and unable to design around. As a result, we would be prohibited from manufacturing or selling the products which are dependent upon such technology, which could have a material adverse effect on our business. We may litigate the issues of whether these patents are valid or infringed, but in the event of a loss we could be required to pay substantial monetary damages and be enjoined from further production or sale of such products. Please refer to our historical litigation with TSMC on page 19 for details.

 

If we are unable to maintain relationships with certain technology partners or are unable to enter into new technology alliances on a timely basis, we may not be able to continue providing our customers with leading edge process technology, which could adversely affect our competitive position and operating results.

 

Enhancing our process technologies is critical to our ability to provide high quality services for our customers. One way we are using to enhance our process technologies is forming technology alliances with other companies and leveraging our appropriate technology partners to advance our portfolio of process technologies to lower development risk and development cycle. We currently have joint technology development arrangements and technology sharing arrangements with several companies and research institutes. If we are unable to continue our technology alliances with these entities or maintain mutually beneficial terms on our other joint development arrangements, research and development alliances and other similar agreements or enter into new technology alliances with other leading developers of semiconductor technology, we may not be able to continue providing our customers with leading edge process technology on time, which could adversely affect our competitive position and operating results.

 

 16 

Table of Contents 

 

Global or regional economic, political and social conditions could adversely affect our business and operating results.

 

External factors such as potential terrorist attacks, acts of war, financial crises, the global economic crisis, or political, geopolitical and social turmoil in those parts of the world that serve as markets for our products could significantly adversely affect our business and operating results in ways that cannot presently be predicted. These uncertainties could make it difficult for our customers and us to accurately plan future business activities. For example, we purchase raw materials and other services from numerous suppliers, and, even if our facilities were not directly affected by such events, we could be affected by interruptions at such suppliers. Such suppliers may be less likely to be able to quickly recover from such events and may be subject to additional risks such as financial problems that limit their ability to conduct their operations. We cannot assure you that we will have insurance to adequately compensate us for any of these events. More generally, these geopolitical, social and economic conditions could result in increased volatility in worldwide financial markets and economies that could adversely impact our sales. We are not insured for losses and interruptions caused by terrorist acts or acts of war. Therefore, any of these events or circumstances could adversely affect our business and operating results.

 

The recurrence of an outbreak of the H7N9 and H5N1strain of flu (Avian Flu), the H1N1 strain of flu (Swine Flu), Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome (SARS), or an outbreak of any other similar epidemic could, directly or indirectly, adversely affect our operating results.

 

Concerns about the spread of the H7N9 strain of flu (Avian Flu) in China and outbreaks of the H1N1 virus (Swine Flu) in North America, Europe and Asia in the past have caused governments to take measures to prevent spread of the virus. The spread of epidemics could negatively affect the economy. For example, past occurrences of epidemics such as SARS have caused different degrees of damage to the national and local economies in China. If any of our employees are identified as a possible source of spreading Swine Flu, Avian Flu or any other similar epidemic, we may be required to quarantine employees that are suspected of being infected, as well as others that have come into contact with those employees. We may also be required to disinfect our affected premises, which could cause a temporary suspension of our manufacturing capacity, thus adversely affecting our operations. A recurrence of an outbreak of Swine Flu, SARS, Avian Flu or other similar epidemic could restrict the level of economic activities generally and/or slow down or disrupt our business activities which could in turn adversely affect our results of operations.

 

Exchange rate fluctuations could increase our costs, which could adversely affect our operating results and the value of our ADSs.

 

Our financial statements are prepared in U.S. dollars. The majority of our sales are denominated in U.S. dollars and Renminbi. Our manufacturing costs and capital expenditures are generally denominated in U.S. dollars, Japanese Yen, Euros and Renminbi. Although we enter into foreign currency forward exchange contracts and cross currency swap contracts to partially hedge our exposure to exchange rate fluctuations, we are still affected by fluctuations in exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and each of the Japanese Yen, the Euros and the Renminbi. Any significant fluctuations among these currencies may lead to an increase in our costs, which could adversely affect our operating results. See “Item 3.D - Risk Factors - Risks Related to Conducting Operations in China — Devaluation or appreciation in the value of the Renminbi or restrictions on convertibility of the Renminbi could adversely affect our business and operating results” for a discussion of risks relating to the Renminbi.

 

Fluctuations in the exchange rate of the Hong Kong dollar against the U.S. dollar will affect the U.S. dollar value of the ADSs, since our ordinary shares are listed and traded on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange and the price of such shares are denominated in Hong Kong dollars. While the Hong Kong government has continued to pursue a pegged exchange rate policy, with the Hong Kong dollar trading in the range of HK$7.7500 to HK$7.7653 per US$1.00 for 2015 we cannot assure you that this policy will be maintained. Exchange rate fluctuations also will affect the amount of U.S. dollars received upon the payment of any cash dividends or other distributions paid in Hong Kong dollars and the Hong Kong dollar proceeds received from any sales of ordinary shares. Therefore, such fluctuations could also adversely affect the value of our ADSs.

 

 17 

Table of Contents 

 

If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal control, we may not be able to achieve the business objectives in operations, financial reporting integrity, and compliance with applicable laws and regulations.

 

We are required to comply with various PRC, Hong Kong and U.S. laws and regulations. For example, we are subject to reporting obligations under the U.S. securities laws. The SEC, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, adopted rules requiring public companies to include a management report on such company’s internal controls over financial reporting in its annual report, which contains management’s assessment of the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting. Effective internal controls are necessary for us to provide reasonable assurance with respect to our financial reports, compliance with applicable laws and regulations, and to effectively achieve our operation objectives. In addition, because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. As a result, if we fail to maintain effective internal controls, including any failure to implement required new or improved controls, or should we be unable to prevent or detect material misstatements due to error or fraud on a timely basis, our operating results could be harmed, and investors could lose confidence in the reliability of our financial statements. As a result, our business and the trading price of our securities could be negatively impacted.

 

Security breaches and other disruptions could compromise our information and systems, which would cause our business and reputation to suffer.

 

We store sensitive data, including intellectual property and proprietary business information belonging to our company, our customers, our suppliers and our business partners. The secure maintenance of this information is critical. Despite our security measures, our information technology and infrastructure may be vulnerable to breaches by hackers, employee error, malfeasance or other disruptions such as natural disasters, power losses or telecommunication failures. Any such breach could compromise our networks and the information stored, possibly resulting in legal and regulatory actions, disruption of operations and customer services, and otherwise harming our business and future operations.

 

Our tangible and intangible assets may be written down when impaired, any impairment charges may adversely effect on our net income.

 

Under IFRS, we are required to assess our assets to determine whether an asset may be impaired. An impairment loss exists and is recorded in our books when the carrying value of an asset exceeds its recoverable value. With the exception of goodwill and certain intangible assets for which an annual impairment test is required, we are required to conduct impairment tests where there is an indication of impairment of an asset

 

At the end of each reporting period, we are required to assess whether there is any indication that an impairment loss recognized in prior periods for an asset other than goodwill may no longer exist or may have decreased. If any such indication exists, the impairment loss will be reversed up to the newly estimated recoverable amount, not to exceed the original value recorded. Goodwill impairment will not be reversed. As of December 31, 2015, the carrying amount of property, plant and equipment was US$3,903.8 million and the carrying amount of intangible assets was US$224.3 million.

 

Currently we are not able to estimate the amount of impairment loss or when the loss will occur for future years. Any potential changes of the business assumptions, such as forecasted sales, selling prices and utilization, may have a material adverse effect on our net income.

 

See “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — Critical Accounting Policies” for a discussion of how we assess if an impairment charge is required and, if so, how the amount is determined.

 

 18 

Table of Contents 

 

We have twice settled pending litigation with TSMC at a substantial cost to us, and, if we materially breach our 2009 settlement agreement with TSMC (or certain related documents), we could be required to pay substantial liquidated damages in addition to the money damages or other remedies TSMC may be entitled to in connection with such material breach.

 

TSMC has brought legal claims against us and our personnel on several occasions since 2002. On January 31, 2005, we entered into a settlement agreement with TSMC and agreed to pay them $175 million in installments over a period of six years (“the 2005 Settlement Agreement”).

 

On August 25, 2006, TSMC filed a lawsuit against us and certain of our subsidiaries in the Superior Court of the State of California for alleged breach of the 2005 Settlement Agreement, alleged breach of promissory notes and alleged trade secret misappropriation by us. We filed counterclaims against TSMC in the same court in September 2006 and also filed suit against TSMC in Beijing in November 2006. We settled these 2006 lawsuits with TSMC (“the Settled Actions”) on November 9, 2009 with a settlement agreement (“the 2009 Settlement Agreement”) which replaced the 2005 Settlement Agreement.

 

Under the terms of the 2009 Settlement Agreement, our obligation to make the remaining payments of approximately US$40 million under the 2005 Settlement Agreement was terminated, but we agreed to pay TSMC an aggregate of US$200 million over a period of four years and committed, subject to certain terms and conditions, to issue TSMC 1,789,493,218 of our shares and one or more warrants exercisable within three years of issuance to subscribe for an aggregate of 695,914,030 of our shares, subject to adjustment, at a purchase price of HK$1.30 per share, subject to adjustment. See “Item 10 — Additional Information — Material Contracts—Other Contracts” for a more detailed description of the share and warrant issuance agreement entered into by us and TSMC in connection with the 2009 Settlement Agreement and the warrant agreement entered into between us and TSMC in connection with the 2009 Settlement Agreement. The 1,789,493,218 ordinary shares and the warrant to purchase 695,914,030 ordinary shares, subject to adjustment, were issued on July 5, 2010. In addition, the 2009 Settlement Agreement terminated that certain patent cross- license agreement that was entered into in connection with the 2005 Settlement Agreement under which we had previously cross-licensed patent portfolios with TSMC (“the 2005 Patent Cross-License”).

 

Under the 2009 Settlement Agreement, each party released the other party from all claims arising out of or related to claims and counterclaims that were or could have been brought in the Settled Actions, but this release does not apply to claims of breach of the 2009 Settlement Agreement. In addition, each party covenanted not to sue the other for misappropriation or infringement of intellectual property rights, but this covenant not to sue did not extend to claims for breach of the 2009 Settlement Agreement or claims for patent or trademark infringement.

 

Further, the 2009 Settlement Agreement provides that if we materially breach the 2009 Settlement Agreement (or certain related documents) and fail to cure that breach within 30 days after notice from TSMC, we will pay TSMC liquidated damages, in addition to any damages arising from such breach, in the amount of US$44 million plus a royalty equal to 5% of our gross revenues derived from foundry services with respect to our 90nm and larger manufacturing processes during the period commencing on the date of the breach and ending on the date that is 20 years from the date of the 2009 Settlement Agreement.

 

 19 

Table of Contents 

 

There can be no assurance that TSMC will not sue us again in the future. For example, TSMC is not prohibited under the 2009 Settlement Agreement from bringing infringement claims against us which could not have been brought in the Settled Actions. Further, we are subject to several obligations under the 2009 Settlement Agreement, including obligations to protect the confidentiality of certain information, and TSMC could, in the future, allege a breach by us of the 2009 Settlement Agreement. If TSMC were successful in a claim of material breach by us of our obligations under the 2009 Settlement Agreement (or certain related documents), we have agreed to pay substantial liquidated damages as described above.

 

TSMC is a competitor of ours and has substantially greater resources than we do to investigate and pursue legal actions. If TSMC successfully brings additional legal actions against us, we could be subject to significant penalties which could include monetary payments and/or injunctive relief such as requirements to discontinue sales of products.

 

The occurrence of any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business and operating results and, in any event, the cost of litigation could be substantial.

 

Our auditor, like other independent registered public accounting firms operating in China, is not permitted to be subject to inspection by Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, and as such, investors may be deprived of the benefits of such inspection.

 

Our independent registered public accounting firm that issues the audit reports included in our annual reports filed with the SEC, as an auditor of companies that are traded publicly in the United States and a firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), or PCAOB, is required by the laws of the United States to undergo regular inspections by PCAOB to assess its compliance with the applicable professional standards. Because our auditor is located in China, a jurisdiction where PCAOB is currently unable to conduct inspections without the approval of the PRC authorities, our auditor, like other independent registered public accounting firms operating in China, is currently not inspected by PCAOB.

 

Inspections of other firms that PCAOB has conducted outside of China have identified deficiencies in those firms’ audit procedures and quality control procedures, which may be addressed as part of the inspection process to improve future audit quality. The inability of PCAOB to conduct inspections of independent registered public accounting firms operating in China makes it more difficult to regularly evaluate the effectiveness of our auditor’s audit procedures or quality control procedures. As a result, investors may be deprived of the benefits of PCAOB inspections.

 

 20 

Table of Contents 

 

Proceedings instituted by the SEC against the Big Four PRC-based accounting firms, including our independent registered public accounting firm, could result in our financial statements being determined to not be in compliance with the requirements of the Exchange Act.

 

In December 2012, the SEC brought administrative proceedings against the Big Four accounting firms, including our independent registered public accounting firm, in China, alleging that they had refused to produce audit work papers and other documents related to certain other China-based companies under investigation by the SEC for potential accounting fraud.

 

On January 22, 2014, an initial administrative law decision, or Initial Decision, was issued, censuring these accounting firms and suspending four of the five firms from practicing before the SEC for a period of six months. The accounting firms filed a Petition for Review of the Initial Decision to the SEC.

 

On February 6, 2015, the Big Four China-based accounting firms each agreed to a censure and to pay a fine to the SEC to settle the dispute and avoid suspension of their ability to practice before the SEC and audit U.S.-listed companies. The settlement required the firms to follow detailed procedures and to seek to provide the SEC with access to Chinese firms’ audit documents via the China Securities Regulatory Commission, or the CSRC. If future document productions fail to meet specified criteria, the SEC retains authority to impose a variety of additional remedial measures on the accounting firms depending on the nature of the failure. While we cannot predict if the SEC will further review the four China-based accounting firms’ compliance with specified criteria or if the results of such a review would result in the SEC imposing penalties such as suspensions or restarting the administrative proceedings, if the accounting firms are subject to additional remedial measures, our ability to file our financial statements in compliance with the SEC requirements could be impacted. A determination that we have not timely filed financial statements in compliance with the SEC requirements could ultimately lead to the delisting of our ADSs from the NYSE or the termination of the registration of our ADSs under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, or both, which would substantially reduce or effectively terminate the trading of our ADSs in the United States.

 

The SEC’s “conflict minerals” rule has caused us to incur additional expenses, could limit the supply and increase the cost of certain minerals used in manufacturing our products, and could make us less competitive in our target markets.

 

The SEC’s conflict minerals rule requires disclosure by public companies of the origin, source and chain of custody of specified minerals, known as conflict minerals, that are necessary to the functionality or production of products manufactured or contracted to be manufactured. The rule requires companies to obtain sourcing data from suppliers, engage in supply chain due diligence, and file annually with the SEC a specialized disclosure report on Form SD covering the prior calendar year. The rule could limit our ability to source at competitive prices and to secure sufficient quantities of certain minerals (or derivatives thereof) used in the manufacture of our products, specifically tantalum, tin, gold and tungsten, as the number of suppliers that provide conflict-free minerals may be limited. We have and will continue to incur material costs associated with complying with the rule, such as costs related to the determination of the origin, source and chain of custody of the minerals used in our products, the adoption of conflict minerals-related governance policies, processes and controls, and possible changes to products or sources of supply as a result of such activities. Within our supply chain, we may not be able to sufficiently verify the origins of the relevant minerals used in our products through the data collection and due diligence procedures that we implement, which may harm our reputation. Furthermore, we may encounter challenges in satisfying those customers that require that all of the components of our products be certified as conflict free, and if we cannot satisfy these customers, they may choose a competitor’s products. We continue to investigate the presence of conflict materials within our supply chain.

 

 21 

Table of Contents 

 

Risks Related to Manufacturing

 

Our manufacturing processes are highly complex, costly and potentially vulnerable to impurities and other disruptions, which could significantly increase our costs and delay product shipments to our customers.

 

Our manufacturing processes are highly complex, require advanced and costly equipment, demand a high degree of precision and may have to be modified to improve yields and product performance. Dust and other impurities, difficulties in the fabrication process or defects with respect to the equipment or facilities used can lower yields, because quality control problems interrupt production or result in losses of products in process. As system complexity has increased and process technology has become more advanced, manufacturing tolerances have been reduced and requirements for precision have become even more demanding. As a result, we may experience production difficulties, which could significantly increase our costs and delay product shipments to our customers. For products that cannot meet the quality, standards of our customers, we may suffer indemnification losses in addition to the production cost.

 

We may have difficulty in ramping up production, which could cause delays in product deliveries and loss of customers and otherwise adversely affect our business and operating results.

 

We may experience difficulty in ramping up production at new or existing facilities. This could be due to a variety of factors, including hiring and training new personnel, implementing new fabrication processes, recalibrating and re- qualifying existing processes and the inability to achieve required yield levels.

 

In the future, we may face construction delays or interruptions, infrastructure failure, or delays in upgrading or expanding existing facilities or changing our process technologies, which may adversely affect our ability to ramp up production in accordance with our plans. Our failure to ramp up our production on a timely basis could cause delays in product deliveries, which may result in the loss of customers and sales. It could also prevent us from recouping our investments in a timely manner or at all, and otherwise adversely affect our business and operating results.

 

We have formed joint ventures that, if not successful, could adversely impact our business and operating results.

 

In July 2004, we announced an agreement with Toppan Printing Co., Ltd., to establish Toppan SMIC Electronics (Shanghai) Co., Ltd., a joint venture in Shanghai, to manufacture color filters and micro-lenses for CMOS image sensors.

 

In December 2013, we lost control of Brite Semiconductor Company and its subsidiaries (“Brite”), but still have significant influence over it. We recorded our ownership interest of Brite as investment in associate. Brite is principally engaged in development and design of integrated circuits.

 

On December 22, 2014, (i) SilTech Shanghai, one of our indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary; (ii) Jiangsu Changjiang Electronics Technology Co., Ltd (“JCET”); and (iii) China Integrated Circuit Industry Investment Fund Co., Ltd., (“China IC Fund”) entered into a co-investment agreement to form an investment consortium in connection with the proposed acquisition of STATS ChipPAC Ltd. (“STATS ChipPAC”), a leading provider of advanced semiconductor packaging and test services in the world and a company incorporated in the Republic of Singapore, shares of which were listed on the Singapore Exchange Securities Trading Limited. On June 18, 2015, according to the co-investment agreement, we invested US$102 million as a capital contribution for 19.6% equity interest in Suzhou Changjiang Electric Xinke Investment Co., Ltd. (“Changjiang Xinke”), a company incorporated in Jiangsu province, China, which is accounted as an associate of the Group. The acquisition was completed in the second half of 2015.

 

The results of our joint ventures which we do not have control are reflected in our operating results to the extent of our ownership interest, and gains of the joint ventures could impact our operating results. As integration of assets and operations being contributed by each partner will involve complex activities that must be completed in a short period of time, the joint ventures may face numerous challenges to successful operation, including all operational risks that customarily relate to manufacturing, sales, service, marketing, and corporate functions, which, if unsuccessful, may adversely impact, our business and operating result.

 

 22 

Table of Contents 

 

If we are unable to obtain raw materials, spare parts and outsourcing services in a timely manner, our production schedules could be delayed and our costs could increase.

 

We depend on suppliers of raw materials, such as silicon wafers, gases and chemicals, and spare equipment parts, in order to maintain our production processes. To maintain operations, we must obtain from our suppliers sufficient quantities of quality raw materials and spare equipment parts at acceptable prices and in a timely manner. The most important raw material used in our production is silicon in the form of raw wafers, almost all of which are sourced from outside China. We currently purchase approximately 70.8% of our overall raw wafer requirements from our top three raw wafer suppliers. In addition, a portion of our gas and chemical requirements currently must be sourced from outside China. We may not be able to obtain adequate supplies of raw materials and spare parts in a timely manner and at a reasonable cost. In addition, from time to time, we may need to reject raw materials and parts that do not meet our specifications, resulting in potential delays or declines in output. If the supply of raw materials and necessary spare parts is substantially reduced or disrupted; if there are significant increases in their prices; or if the lead times for the supply of raw materials and necessary spare parts are extended, we may incur additional costs to acquire sufficient quantities of these parts and materials to maintain our production schedules and commitments to customers.

 

We outsource certain wafer manufacturing, assembly and testing services to third parties. Any delay or interruption in the provision of supplies and/or services could result in our inability to meet customer demand or fulfill contract terms, damage our reputation and customer relationships and adversely affect our business.

 

Our production may be interrupted, limited or delayed if we cannot maintain sufficient sources of fresh water and electricity, which could adversely affect our business and operating results.

 

The semiconductor fabrication process requires extensive amounts of fresh water and a stable source of electricity. As our production capabilities increase and our business grows, our requirements for these resources will grow substantially. While we have not, to date, experienced any instances of the lack of sufficient supplies of water or material disruptions in the electricity supply to any of our fabs, we may not have access to sufficient supplies of water and electricity to accommodate our planned growth. Droughts, pipeline interruptions, power interruptions, electricity shortages or government intervention, particularly in the form of rationing, are factors that could restrict our access to these utilities in the areas in which our fabs are located. In particular, our fabs in Tianjin and Beijing are located in areas that are susceptible to severe water shortages during the summer months. If there is an insufficient supply of fresh water or electricity to satisfy our requirements, we may need to limit or delay our production, which could adversely affect our business and operating results. In addition, a power outage, even of very limited duration, could result in a loss of wafers in production and deterioration in yield. In February 2016, a temporary power supply suspension occurred at our fabs in Beijing but it did not cause any casualty or equipment damage, and we don’t believe it had any material adverse financial impact on the Company.

 

Our operations may be delayed or interrupted due to natural disasters which could adversely affect our business and operating results.

 

We depend on suppliers of raw materials, such as silicon wafers, gases and chemicals, and spare equipment parts, in order to maintain our production processes in addition to requiring extensive amounts of fresh water and a stable source of electricity. The occurrence of natural disasters such as the April 2016 earthquake in Japan may disrupt this required access to goods and services provided by our suppliers as well as access to fresh water and electricity. As a result of such risk, our production could be limited or delayed due to the disruption of access to required supplies, in addition to possible damage caused to our manufacturing equipment and related infrastructure, which could adversely affect our business and operating results.

 

 23 

Table of Contents 

 

We are subject to the risk of damage due to fires or explosions because the materials we use in our manufacturing processes are highly flammable. Such damage could temporarily reduce our manufacturing capacity, thereby adversely affecting our business and operating results.

 

We use highly flammable materials such as silane and hydrogen in our manufacturing processes and are therefore subject to the risk of loss arising from explosions and fires. The risk of explosion and fire associated with these materials cannot be completely eliminated. Our comprehensive fire insurance and insurance for the loss of property and the loss of profit resulting from business interruption, may not be sufficient to cover all of our potential losses due to an explosion or fire. If any of our fabs were to be damaged or cease operations as a result of an explosion or fire, it could temporarily reduce our manufacturing capacity, which could adversely affect our business and operating results.

 

Our operations may be delayed or interrupted and our business could suffer as a result of steps we may be required to take in order to comply with environmental regulations.

 

We are subject to a variety of Chinese environmental regulations relating to the use, discharge and disposal of toxic or otherwise hazardous materials used in our production processes. Any failure or any claim that we have failed to comply with these regulations could cause delays in our production and capacity expansion and affect our company’s public image, either of which could harm our business. In addition, any failure to comply with these regulations could subject us to substantial fines or other liabilities or require us to suspend or adversely modify our operations.

 

Any new regulations or customer requirements related to climate change or environmental protection could negatively impact our operating results.

 

There is global concern that an increase in global average temperatures due to emissions of greenhouse gases (GHG) and other human activities have or will cause significant changes in weather patterns, including natural disasters. Such climate change creates risks, such as the physical risks of increased sea levels or extreme weather events, and the financial risks of causing adverse effects on our operations, financial condition, supply chain, increased manufacturing costs, or reduced demand for products believed to contribute to climate change.

 

We may become subject to legislation, regulation, or treaty obligations designed to address global climate change, Chinese air quality, and other environmental concerns. Compliance with any new rules could be difficult and costly, causing us to incur additional energy and environmental costs, as well as costs for defending and resolving legal claims.

 

Furthermore, continued serious air pollution in Chinese cities where we operate could pose long-term health risks to our employees and make recruiting and retaining employees more difficult.

 

 24 

Table of Contents 

 

Risks related to Our New Investment Fund

 

Our performance may be affected by the performance of our new investment fund and we may incur losses as a result of ineffective investment.

 

On February 27, 2014, our wholly owned subsidiary, SMIC Shanghai, established a wholly-owned investment fund in Shanghai which is called China IC Capital Co., Ltd, or the Fund. The Fund has an initial capital of RMB500 million, all funded by SMIC Shanghai. With an operating period of 15 years from the date of the issuance of its business license, the Fund is operated and managed by an equity investment management company named China Fortune-Tech Capital Co., Ltd, and established by SMIC Shanghai and an independent third party on February 27, 2014.

 

The Fund is intended to invest primarily in the integrated circuits industry but will also invest in other strategic emerging industries such as energy saving and environmental protection, information technology and new energy as well as some other traditional industries. While we generally expect China’s integrated circuits industry to develop rapidly in the next decade and we believe that the other industries we will invest in also have a promising prospect of development, uncertainties due to the slow recovery of the world economy, the global market demand and consumption behaviors may lead to weak market demand in the industries in which we may choose to invest and our investees may not be able to execute their business strategies as successfully as they expect.

 

As a result, there is no assurance that our investment will be successful. We may incur losses in our investments through the Fund and our overall financial results may be adversely affected by such failure in the Fund’s investment activities.

 

Risks Related to Conducting Operations in China

 

Our business is subject to extensive government regulation and benefits from certain government incentives, and changes in these regulations or incentives could adversely affect our business and operating results.

 

The Chinese government has broad discretion and authority to regulate the technology industry in China. China’s government has also implemented policies from time to time to regulate economic expansion in China. The economy of China has been transitioning from a planned economy to a market-oriented economy. Although in recent years the Chinese government has implemented measures emphasizing the utilization of market forces for economic reform, the reduction of state ownership of productive assets, and the establishment of sound corporate governance in business enterprises, a substantial portion of productive assets in China is still owned by the Chinese government. In addition, the Chinese government continues to play a significant role in regulating industrial development. It also exercises significant control over China’s economic growth through the allocation of resources, controlling payment of foreign currency- denominated obligations, setting monetary policy, and providing preferential treatment to particular industries or companies. New regulations or the readjustment of previously implemented regulations could require us to change our business plan, increase our costs or limit our ability to sell products and conduct activities in China, which could adversely affect our business and operating results.

 

In addition, the Chinese government and provincial and local governments have provided, and continue to provide, various incentives to domestic companies in the semiconductor industry, including our company, in order to encourage the development of the industry. Such incentives include tax rebates, reduced tax rates, favorable lending policies, and other measures. Any of these incentives could be reduced or eliminated by governmental authorities at any time, which would adversely affect our business and operating results.

 

 25 

Table of Contents 

 

We face uncertainty from PRC’s Circular on Strengthening the Management of Enterprise Income Tax Collection of Income Derived by Non-resident Enterprises from Equity Transfers.

 

The State Administration of Taxation of PRC issued the Public Notice of the State Administrative of Taxation Regarding Certain Corporate Income Tax Matters on Indirect Transfer of Properties by Non-Tax Resident Enterprises (“Circular No.7”) on February 3, 2015, which further regulates and enhances the administration of CIT on indirect transfer of the equity interest in a China Tax Resident Enterprise, or China TRE, and other properties in China by non-TREs. Please be reminded that Circular No. 7 takes effect from its issuance date (February 3, 2015). And the unsettled tax matters before the effective date shall follow the instructions of Circular No. 7.

 

Under Article 1 in Circular No. 7, where a Non-TRE indirectly transfers the equity interest in a China TRE and other properties in China through the implementation of a scheme without a reasonable commercial purpose and resulting in the avoidance of CIT liability, such indirect transfer should be re-characterized as a direct transfer of the equity interest in the TRE and other properties in China. In addition, under Circular No. 7, the “indirect transfer of taxable properties in China” should refer to the Non-TRE, through the transfer of the equity and other similar rights (“the equity”) of an overseas enterprise (not including overseas incorporated Chinese TREs) (“Overseas Enterprise”) which directly or indirectly owns taxable properties in China, generates the same or similar substantive outcome as compared with a direct transfer of taxable properties in China, including change in shareholder of an Overseas Enterprises resulting from restructurings of the Non-TRE. The Non-TRE who indirectly transfers taxable properties in China is referred as the “Equity Transferor”.

 

We do not believe that the transfer of our ordinary shares or ADSs by our non-PRC shareholders should be treated as an indirect transfer of equity interests in our PRC subsidiaries subject to Circular No. 7, as the share transfer is carried out for listing purpose and not carried for the main purposes of avoiding PRC taxes. However, Circular No.7 is relatively new and there is uncertainty as to the interpretation and application of Circular No.7 by the PRC tax authorities in practice. If you are required to pay PRC withholding tax on the transfer of our ordinary shares or ADSs, your investment in us may be materially and adversely affected. In addition, we cannot predict how Circular No.7 will affect our financial conditions or operations. For example, we may be required to expend valuable resources on complying with Circular No. 7 or establishing that we should not be taxed under Circular No.7, any of which could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Because our business is highly dependent on growth in the electronics manufacturing supply chain in China, any slowdown in this growth could adversely affect our business and operating results.

 

Our business is highly dependent upon the economy and the business environment in China. In particular, our growth strategy is based upon the assumption that demand in China for devices that use semiconductors will continue to grow. Therefore, any slowdown in the growth of consumer demand in China for products that use semiconductors, such as computers, mobile phones or other consumer electronics, could have a serious adverse effect on our business. In addition, our business plan assumes that an increasing number of non-Chinese IDMs, fabless semiconductor companies and systems companies will establish operations in China. Any decline in the rate of migration to China of semiconductor design companies or companies that require semiconductors as components for their products could adversely affect our business and operating results.

 

 26 

Table of Contents 

 

Limits placed on exports into China could harm our business and operating results.

 

The growth of our business depends on the ability of our suppliers to export and our ability to import, into China, equipment, materials, spare parts, process know-how and other technologies and hardware. Any burdensome new restrictions placed on the import and export of these items could adversely impact our growth and substantially harm our business. In particular, the international export control regime led by the United States requires our suppliers and us to obtain licenses to export and import, as applicable, certain of the above items. If we or our suppliers are unable to obtain such licenses in a timely manner, our business and operating results could be adversely affected.

 

Devaluation or appreciation in the value of the Renminbi or restrictions on convertibility of the Renminbi could adversely affect our business and operating results.

 

The value of the Renminbi is subject to changes in China’s governmental policies and to international economic and political developments. Since 1994, the conversion of Renminbi into foreign currencies, including Hong Kong and U.S. dollars, has been based on rates set by the People’s Bank of China, or the PBOC, which are set daily based on the previous day’s interbank foreign exchange market rates and current exchange rates on the world financial markets. The Renminbi to U.S. dollar exchange rate experienced significant volatility prior to 1994, including periods of sharp devaluation. On July 21, 2005, the PBOC announced an adjustment of the exchange rate of the U.S. dollar to Renminbi from 1:8.27 to 1:8.11 and modified the system by which the exchange rates are determined. The central parity rate of the

U.S. Dollar to Renminbi was set at 6.4936 on December 31, 2015 compared with 6.1190 on December 31, 2014 by the PBOC. The cumulative depreciation of the Renminbi against the U.S. dollar in 2015 was approximately 6.12%. There still remains significant international pressure on the PRC government to adopt an even more flexible currency policy, which could result in a further and more significant fluctuation of the Renminbi against the U.S. dollar. As a result, the exchange rate may become volatile and could have an adverse effect on our business and operating results.

 

In the past, financial markets in many Asian countries have experienced severe volatility and, as a result, some Asian currencies have experienced significant devaluation from time to time. The devaluation of some Asian currencies may have the effect of rendering exports from China more expensive and less competitive and therefore place pressure on China’s government to devalue the Renminbi. An appreciation in the value of the Renminbi could have a similar effect. Any devaluation of the Renminbi could result in an increase in volatility of Asian currency and capital markets. Future volatility of Asian financial markets could have an adverse impact on our ability to expand our product sales into Asian markets outside of China.

 

We receive a portion of our sales in Renminbi, which is currently not a freely convertible currency. For the year ended December 31, 2015, approximately 28.4% of our sales were denominated in Renminbi. While we have used these proceeds for the payment of our Renminbi expenses, we may in the future need to convert these sales into foreign currencies to allow us to purchase imported materials and equipment, particularly as we expect the proportion of our sales to China-based companies to increase in the future. Under China’s existing foreign exchange regulations, payments of current account items, including profit distributions, interest payments and expenditures from trade may be made in foreign currencies without government approval, except for certain procedural requirements. The Chinese government may, however, at its discretion, restrict access in the future to foreign currencies for current account transactions and prohibit us from converting our Renminbi sales into foreign currencies. If this were to occur, we may not be able to meet our foreign currency payment obligations.

 

 27 

Table of Contents 

 

China’s legal system embodies uncertainties that could adversely affect our business and operating results.

 

Since 1979, many new laws and regulations covering general economic matters have been promulgated in China. Despite this activity to develop a legal system, China’s system of laws has not been fully implemented. Even where adequate laws exist, enforcement of existing laws or contracts based on such laws may be uncertain and sporadic, and it may be difficult to obtain swift and equitable enforcement or to obtain enforcement of a judgment of another jurisdiction. The relative inexperience of China’s judiciary system in many cases creates additional uncertainty as to the outcome of any litigation. In addition, interpretation of statutes and regulations may be effected by government policies reflecting domestic political changes.

 

Our activities in China will be subject to administrative review and approval by various national and local Chinese government agencies. Because of the changes occurring in China’s legal and regulatory structure, we may not be able to timely secure the requisite governmental approval for our activities, which would adversely affect our business and operating results.

 

Our corporate structure may restrict our ability to receive dividends from, and transfer funds to, our Chinese operating subsidiaries, which could restrict our ability to act in response to changing market conditions and reallocate funds from one Chinese subsidiary to another in a timely manner.

 

We are a Cayman Islands holding company and substantially all of our operations are conducted through our Chinese operating subsidiaries, Semiconductor Manufacturing International (Shanghai) Corporation, or SMIC Shanghai, Semiconductor Manufacturing International (Beijing) Corporation, or SMIC Beijing, Semiconductor Manufacturing International (Tianjin) Corporation, or SMIC Tianjin, Semiconductor Manufacturing International (Shenzhen) Corporation, or SMIC Shenzhen, SMIC Advanced Technology Development & Research (Shanghai) Corporation, Semiconductor Manufacturing North China (Beijing) Corporation, or SMNC, and SJ Semiconductor (Jiangyin) Corporation, or SJ Jiangyin. The ability of these subsidiaries to distribute dividends and other payments to us may be restricted by factors that include changes in applicable foreign exchange and other laws and regulations. In particular, under Chinese law, these operating subsidiaries may only pay dividends after 10% of their net profit has been set aside as reserve funds, unless such reserves have reached at least 50% of their respective registered capital. In addition, the profit available for distribution from our Chinese operating subsidiaries is determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in China. This calculation may differ from the one performed in accordance with IFRS. As a result, we may not have sufficient distributions from our Chinese subsidiaries to enable necessary profit distributions to us or any distributions to our shareholders in the future.

 

Distributions by our Chinese subsidiaries to us may be subject to governmental approval and taxation. Any transfer of funds from us to our Chinese subsidiaries, either as a shareholder loan or as an increase in registered capital, is subject to registration or approval of Chinese governmental authorities, including the relevant administration of foreign exchange and/or the relevant examining and approval authority. In addition, it is not permitted under Chinese law for our Chinese subsidiaries to directly lend money to one another. Therefore, it is difficult to change our capital expenditures plans once the relevant funds have been remitted from us to our Chinese subsidiaries. These limitations on the free flow of funds between us and our Chinese subsidiaries could restrict our ability to act in response to changing market conditions and reallocate funds from one Chinese subsidiary to another in a timely manner.

 

 28 

Table of Contents 

 

Risks Related to Ownership of Our Shares and ADSs

 

Future sales of securities by us or our shareholders may decrease the value of your investment.

 

Future sales by us or our existing shareholders of substantial amounts of our ordinary shares or ADSs in the public markets could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time.

 

We cannot predict the effect, if any, of any such future sales or of the perception that any such future sales will occur, on the market price for our ordinary shares or ADSs.

 

Holders of our ADSs will not have the same voting rights as the holders of our shares and may not receive voting materials in time to be able to exercise their right to vote.

 

Holders of our ADSs may not be able to exercise voting rights attaching to the shares evidenced by our ADSs on an individual basis. Holders of our ADSs have appointed the depositary or its nominee as their representative to exercise the voting rights attaching to the shares represented by the ADSs. Holders of our ADSs may not receive voting materials in time to instruct the depositary to vote, and it is possible that holders of our ADSs, or persons who hold their ADSs through brokers, dealers or other third parties, will not have the opportunity to exercise a right to vote.

 

You may not be able to participate in rights offerings and may experience dilution of your holdings as a result.

 

We may from time to time distribute rights to our shareholders, including rights to acquire our securities. Under the deposit agreement for the ADSs, the depositary will not offer those rights to ADS holders unless both the rights and the underlying securities to be distributed to ADS holders are either registered under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, or exempt from registration under the Securities Act with respect to all holders of ADSs. We are under no obligation to file a registration statement with respect to any such rights or underlying securities or to endeavor to cause such a registration statement to be declared effective. In addition, we may not be able to take advantage of any exemptions from registration under the Securities Act. Accordingly, holders of our ADSs may be unable to participate in our rights offerings and may experience dilution in their holdings as a result.

 

The laws of the Cayman Islands and China may not provide our shareholders with benefits provided to shareholders of corporations incorporated in the United States.

 

Our corporate affairs are governed by our memorandum and articles of association, and by the Companies Law, as revised from time to time, and the common law of the Cayman Islands. The rights of shareholders to take action against our directors, actions by minority shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors to us under Cayman Islands law are to a large extent governed by the common law of the Cayman Islands. The common law in the Cayman Islands is derived in part from comparatively limited judicial precedent in the Cayman Islands and from English common law, the decisions of whose courts are of persuasive authority but are not binding on a court in the Cayman Islands. The rights of our shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors under Cayman Islands law are not as clearly established as they would be under statutes or judicial precedents in the United States. In particular, the Cayman Islands have a less developed body of securities laws as compared to the United States. Therefore, our public shareholders may have more difficulty protecting their interests in the face of actions by our management, directors or controlling shareholders than would shareholders of a corporation incorporated in a jurisdiction in the United States. In addition, Cayman Islands companies may not have standing to initiate a shareholder derivative action before the federal courts of the United States.

 

 29 

Table of Contents 

 

It may be difficult to enforce any judgment obtained in the United States against our company, which may limit the remedies otherwise available to our shareholders.

 

Substantially all of our assets are located outside the United States. Almost all of our current operations are conducted in China. Moreover, a number of our directors and officers are nationals or residents of countries other than the United States. All or a substantial portion of the assets of these persons are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for a person to effect service of process within the United States upon these persons. In addition, there is uncertainty as to whether the courts of the Cayman Islands or China would recognize or enforce judgments of U.S. courts obtained against us or such persons predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities law of the United States or any state thereof, or be competent to hear original actions brought in the Cayman Islands or China, respectively, against us or such persons predicated upon the securities laws of the United States or any state thereof. See “Item 4.B — Information on the Company — Business Overview — Enforceability of Civil Liabilities.

 

 30 

Table of Contents 

 

Item 4. Information on the Company

 

A.History and Development of the Company

 

We were established as an exempted company under the laws of the Cayman Islands on April 3, 2000. Our legal name is Semiconductor Manufacturing International Corporation. Our principal place of business is 18 Zhangjiang Road, Pudong New Area, Shanghai, China, 201203; telephone number: (86) 21-3861-0000. Our registered office is located at PO Box 309, Ugland House, Grand Cayman, KY1-1104, Cayman Islands. Since March 18, 2004, we have been listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “SMI” and the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong under the stock code “0981.HK”. CT Corporation System is our agent in the United States of America and its address is 818, West 7th street, 2nd Floor, Los Angeles, CA 90017, U.S.A.

 

We are now the largest and most advanced semiconductor foundry in mainland China. We operate wafer fabrication facilities in China, including facilities at Beijing, Shanghai, Tianjin and Shenzhen, with an aggregate capacity of up to 284,250 8-inch wafer equivalents per month.

 

Since the third quarter of 2015, SMIC Shenzhen, which is principally engaged in, among others, the testing, development, design, manufacturing, packaging and sale of integrated circuits and is expected to establish and build up significant manufacturing capacity, had entered into mass production and had reached an installed capacity of 13,000 8-inch wafers per month at the end of 2015.

 

Since the fourth quarter of 2015, SMNC, our majority-owned subsidiary in Beijing, is principally engaged in, among others, the testing, development, design, manufacturing, packaging and sale of integrated circuits and is expected to establish and build up significant manufacturing capacity with a focus on 45-nanometer and finer technologies, had entered into mass production and had reached an installed capacity of 6,000 12-inch wafers per month at the end of 2015.

 

On December 22, 2014, (i) SilTech Shanghai, one of our indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary; (ii) JCET; and (iii) China IC Fund entered into a co-investment agreement to form an investment consortium in connection with the proposed acquisition of STATS ChipPAC, a leading provider of advanced semiconductor packaging and test services in the world and a company incorporated in the Republic of Singapore, shares of which were listed on the Singapore Exchange Securities Trading Limited. On June 18, 2015, according to the co-investment agreement, we invested US$102 million as a capital contribution for 19.6% equity interest in Changjiang Xinke, a company incorporated in Jiangsu province, China, which is accounted as an associate of the Group. The acquisition was completed in the second half of 2015.

 

On June 23, 2015, Huawei, Qualcomm Global Trading Pte. Ltd. (“Qualcomm”), IMEC International (“IMEC”) and we jointly issued a press release in relation to the formation of SMIC Advanced Technology Research & Development (Shanghai) Corporation, an equity joint venture company. The joint venture company will focus on R&D towards next generation CMOS logic technology and is designed to build China’s most advanced integrated circuit (IC) development R&D platform. SMIC Advanced Technology R&D (Shanghai) Corporation is majority owned by SMIC, while Huawei, IMEC, and Qualcomm are minority shareholders. The current focus of the joint venture company is on developing 14nm logic technology.

 

We spent approximately US$770 million, US$1,014 million and US$1,573 million to construct, equip and ramp up our fabs in 2013, 2014 and 2015, respectively. Currently, the planned capital expenditures in 2016 for foundry operations are approximately US$2.1 billion, which are mainly for 1) the expansion of capacity in 12-inch fab in SMNC, 8-inch fab in SMIC Shenzhen, 12-inch fab in SMIC Shanghai and a new majority-owned 12-inch joint venture fab with bumping services in SJ Jiangyin, 2) a new majority-owned joint venture company, which will focus on research and development on 14nm logic technology and 3) research and development equipment, mask shops and intellectual property acquisition. In addition, we have budgeted approximately US$60 million as the 2016 capital expenditures for non-foundry operations mainly for the construction of living quarters for employees as part of our employee retention program. The primary sources of capital resources and liquidity include funds generated from a combination of cash from operations, bank borrowings and debt or equity issuances and other forms of financing.

 

 31 

Table of Contents 

 

B.Business Overview

 

We provide integrated circuit (IC) foundry and technology services at 0.35-micron to 28-nanometer. Headquartered in Shanghai, China, we position ourselves as the most advanced and diversified foundry in mainland China to address the mainland China semiconductor needs. Currently, we have a 300mm wafer fabrication facility (fab) and a 200mm mega-fab in Shanghai, a 300mm mega-fab and a second majority-owned 300mm fab for advance nodes in Beijing, a 200mm fab in Tianjin, and a 200mm fab in Shenzhen.

 

We also have customer service and marketing offices in the U.S., Europe, Japan, and Taiwan, and a representative office in Hong Kong.

 

The table below sets forth a summary of our current fabs:

 

   

SMIC

Shanghai

 

SMIC

Beijing

 

SMIC

Tianjin

 

SMIC

Shenzhen

  SMNC  
Number and Type of fab   mega-fab   12-inch fab   mega-fab   8-inch fab   8-inch fab   12-inch fab  
Wafer size   200mm   300mm   300mm   200mm   200mm   300mm  
Current most advanced technology for volume production   0.11 micron   0.028 micron   0.055 micron   0.15 micron   0.11 micron   0.028 micron  
Production, supporting, testing and maskshop clean room size   35,070m2   15,611m2   26,276m2   9,740m2   19,735m2   28,124m2  

 

In addition to wafer fabrication, our service offerings include a comprehensive portfolio consisting of IC design libraries, circuit design blocks, design support, mask-making, wafer probing and gold/solder bumping. We have a majority-owned factory for 300mm wafer bumping and testing services in Jiangyin. We also work with our partners to provide IC assembly and testing services.

 

We have a global and diversified customer base that includes some of the world’s leading IDMs and fabless semiconductor companies.

 

Our Products and Services

 

Manufacturing of Wafers and Our Manufacturing Capacity

 

We currently manufacture silicon wafers based on proprietary designs provided by our customers or third party designers.

 

 32 

Table of Contents 

 

The following table sets forth the historical capacity and utilization rate of our wafer fabrication and facilities (all output and capacity data is provided as 8-inch wafers or 8-inch wafer equivalents per month):

 

Fab  2013   2014   2015 
Wafer fabrication capacity as of year-end(1)               
Shanghai mega-fab   90,000    96,000    100,000 
Shanghai 12-inch fab   27,000    31,500    31,500 
Beijing mega-fab   81,000    81,000    83,250 
Tianjin fab   36,000    39,000    43,000 
Shenzhen fab   -    -    13,000 
Beijing Majority-Owned Fab   -    -    13,500 
Total monthly wafer fabrication capacity as of year-end   234,000(2)   247,500(2)   284,250(2)
Wafer Fabrication capacity utilization   90.7%   91.0%   100.7%

 

 

(1)Conversion of 12-inch wafers to 8-inch wafer equivalents is achieved by multiplying the number of 12-inch wafers by 2.25.
(2)Mega fab structure includes copper interconnects in the total monthly capacity.

 

Our factories manufacture the following types of semiconductors:

 

·Logic (including Baseband, Application Processor, SoC, MCU, Display Driver IC, ASIC/ASSP, Flash Controller, Interface Controller and Timing Controller);

 

·Mixed-Signal and RF (including RF Combo, Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, RFID, GPS, RF PA, RF-FEM, RF Tx/Rx, Fingerprint Sensor, Demodulator and Tuner IC);

 

·Power IC (including Power Management, LED Driver and High Voltage IC);

 

·Micro Processor (including MCU-64/32/16/8-bits, Touch Controller IC, DSP and MPU);

 

·Memory related (including SRAM, EEPROM, NAND Flash, NOR Flash, eEEPROM and eFlash);

 

·Optoelectronics (including FSI and BSI CIS - CMOS Image Sensor);

 

·Other Sensors (including MEMS Microphone, Accelerometer, Gyroscope, Smart Sensors, IMU, etc.);

 

·Others (including TSV, IPD, 3DIC and Bumping).

 

 33 

Table of Contents 

 

The following table sets forth a percentage breakdown of wafer sales by process technology for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015 and each of the quarters in the year ended December 31, 2015:

 

       For the three months ended   For the year
ended
 
Process  For the year ended
December 31,
   March 31,   June 30,   September
30,
   December
31,
   December
31,
 
Technologies  2013   2014   2015   2015   2015   2015   2015 
   (based on sales in US$) 
                             
0.028 micron   -    -    -    -    0.12%   0.34%   0.13%
                                    
0.045 micron   12.06%   11.12%   15.99%   15.28%   15.48%   16.57%   15.84%
                                    
0.065 micron   27.91%   24.23%   26.04%   25.18%   22.21%   24.02%   24.31%
                                    
0.09 micron   4.90%   3.85%   4.64%   4.84%   4.36%   2.85%   4.13%
                                    
0.13 micron   10.83%   11.56%   10.18%   10.92%   11.11%   9.85%   10.51%
                                    
0.15 micron   0.57%   0.51%   0.65%   0.66%   0.58%   0.55%   0.61%
                                    
0.18 micron   39.38%   43.96%   39.08%   39.19%   42.56%   43.13%   41.09%
                                    
0.25 micron   0.33%   0.28%   0.20%   0.30%   0.23%   0.21%   0.23%
                                    
0.35 micron   4.02%   4.49%   3.22%   3.63%   3.35%   2.48%   3.15%
                                    
Total   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%

 

 

 

Our Integrated Solutions

 

In addition to wafer fabrication, we provide our customers with a range of complementary services, from circuit design support and mask-making to wafer level probing and testing. This range of services is supported by our network of partners that assist in providing design, probing, final testing, packaging, assembly and distribution services.

 

 34 

Table of Contents 

 

The diagram below sets forth our service model and our key points of interaction with our customers:

 

 

 

(1)A portion of this work is outsourced to our service partners.

 

(2)A portion of these services are outsourced to our service partners.

 

Design Support Services

 

Our design support services provide our customers with access to the fundamental technology files and libraries that facilitate customers’ own integrated circuit design. We also offer design reference flows and access to our design center alliance, as well as layout services to our customers. In addition, we collaborate with industry leaders in electronic design automation, library and IP (intellectual property) services to create a worldwide network of expertise, resources and services that are available to our customers.

 

Libraries and Intellectual Property

 

As part of the fundamental building blocks for our customers’ integrated circuit designs, we have a dedicated team of engineers who work with our research and development department to develop, license or acquire from third parties selected key libraries and intellectual property so that our customers can quickly design sophisticated integrated circuits that utilize our new process technologies. These include standard cell, I/O, memory compilers, embedded memory, high- speed interface, peripheral controllers, and embedded processors, among others, using 0.35 micron down to 28 nanometer process technologies. They have been developed primarily through our third party alliances, as well as by our internal research and development team, to facilitate easy design and fast integration into the overall design system. Our library partners include ARM, Synopsys, Inc., VeriSilicon, and InnoPower.

 

Mask-making Services

 

While most of our mask-making services are for customers who use our wafer fabrication services, we also produce masks for other domestic and overseas fabs as a separate revenue- generating service.

 

Our mask-making facility, which is located in Shanghai, includes a 4,400 square meters clean room with up to class I specifications. At present, our mask shop offers both five-inch by five-inch, six-inch by six-inch and seven-inch circular reticles. Our facility is capable of producing binary masks, optical proximity correction masks and phase shift masks. Our mask facility also offers mask repair services.

 

 35 

Table of Contents 

 

Wafer Probing, Bumping, Assembly and Testing Services

 

We have our own probing facility in Shanghai that provides test program development, probe card fabrication, wafer probing, failure analysis, and failure testing. We also outsource these services to our partners.

 

Our probing facility in Shanghai occupies a clean room space of 3,300 square meters, which is rated at Class 1000 cleanliness equipped with advanced testers, probers and laser repair machines. We have experienced engineers to provide test solution development, probe card fabrication, wafer probing, characterization and failure analysis services for most of eMemory, Logics, SoC, Mix-Signal, CIS and MEMS applications. In addition, we have a majority-owned factory for 300mm wafer bumping and testing services in Jiangyin, which have not entered into mass production as of 2015 year-end.

 

We have established a network of partners that provide additional probing and bumping services, as well as assembly and testing services, to serve our customers. These partners, which include worldwide and domestic leading assembly and testing companies, have helped to enhance the range of services that we are able to offer our customers.

 

Customers and Markets

 

We categorize our sales geographically based on the headquarters of customer operations and not related to shipment destination. The following table sets forth the geographical distribution of our sales and percentage of sales for 2013, 2014 and 2015:

 

   For the year ended December 31, 
   2013   2014   2015 
Region  Sales   Percentage   Sales   Percentage   Sales   Percentage 
   (in US$ thousands, except percentages) 
     
United States   1,002,699    48.47%   855,792    43.44%   776,223    34.71%
Mainland China and Hong Kong   836,771    40.44%   852,204    43.26%   1,066,558    47.69%
Eurasia*   229,494    11.09%   261,970    13.30%   393,634    17.60%
Total   2,068,964    100.00%   1,969,966    100.00%   2,236,415    100.00%

 

 

 

* Excluding Mainland China and Hong Kong

 

The following table sets forth the breakdown of our operating revenue by product and service type for 2013, 2014 and 2015:

 

   For the year ended December 31, 
   2013   2014   2015 
Product and Service Type  Sales   Percentage   Sales   Percentage   Sales   Percentage 
   (in US$ thousands, except percentages) 
                         
Sales of wafers   1,952,774    94.38%   1,864,524    94.65%   2,134,943    95.46%
Mask making, testing and others   116,190    5.62%   105,442    5.35%   101,472    4.54%
Total   2,068,964    100.00%   1,969,966    100.00%   2,236,415    100.00%

 

 

 

 36 

Table of Contents 

 

We have a global and diversified customer base that includes IDMs, fabless semiconductor companies and systems companies. A significant portion of our sales is attributable to a relatively small number of our customers. For the year ended December 31, 2015, our five largest customers accounted for 52.8% of our total sales.

 

The following table sets forth a breakdown of our sales by application type for 2013, 2014 and 2015:

 

   For the year ended December 31, 
   2013   2014   2015 
Application Type  Sales   Percentage   Sales   Percentage   Sales   Percentage 
   (in US$ thousands, except percentages) 
                         
Computing(1)   33,709    1.63%   51,645    2.62%   100,958    4.52%
Communication(2)   916,999    44.32%   851,508    43.23%   1,152,509    51.53%
Consumer(3)   930,234    44.96%   905,609    45.97%   806,862    36.08%
Other   188,022    9.09%   161,204    8.18%   176,086    7.87%
Total   2,068,964    100.00%   1,969,966    100.00%   2,236,415    100.00%

 

 

(1)“Computing” consists of integrated circuits such as hard disk drive controllers, DVD-ROM/CD-ROM driver, graphic processors and other components that are commonly used in desktop and notebook computers and peripherals.
(2)“Communication” consists of integrated circuits used in both wired and wireless data communications and telecommunications applications.
(3)“Consumer” consists of integrated circuits used for stand-alone DVD players, TV, set top box, game consoles, digital cameras, smart cards and toys.

 

Intellectual Property, Patents

 

We have several thousand patents and patent applications, in addition to third party licenses. Research and development is important for us to maintain our competitiveness. We also have various trademark registrations worldwide. However, we are not dependent on any single patent, license, or trademark, or any group of related patents, licenses or trademarks. Please also see “Research and Development, Patents and Licenses, etc.” on page 68.

 

 37 

Table of Contents 

 

Competition and Marketing Channels

 

We compete internationally and domestically in mainland China with dedicated foundry service providers, as well as with semiconductor companies that allocate a portion of their fabrication capacity to foundry operations. While different players in the wafer foundry market may compete on factors such as technical competence, production speed and cycle time, time-to-market, research and development quality, available capacity, yields, customer service and price, we seek to compete on the basis of process technology capabilities, performance, quality, service and price. The level of competition differs according to the process technology involved.

 

Our competitors are other pure-play foundries such as TSMC, UMC and Global Foundries. Another group of potential competitors consists of IDMs that have established their own foundry capabilities including Fujitsu Limited and Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.

 

We have customer service and marketing offices located in the United States, Europe, Japan, mainland China and Taiwan and a representative office in Hong Kong. Our mainland China offices serve mainland China, Hong Kong and other non- Japan, non-Taiwan Asian markets, our U.S. office serves the North American market, our Taiwan office serves the Taiwan market and our Europe and Japan offices serve the European and Japanese markets, respectively. We also sell some products through sales agents in selected markets.

 

Some of our competitors have established operations in mainland China in order to compete for the growing domestic market in China. TSMC has its own fab in Shanghai and recently entered into an investment agreement with the Government of Nanjing for an investment project to build a wholly-owned 12-inch wafer manufacturing facility and a design service center in Nanjing. UMC has its majority-owned fab in Suzhou and has a 12-inch joint venture fab in Xiamen currently under construction. In these cases, we understand that the ability of these fabs to manufacture wafers using certain more advanced technologies is subject to restrictions by the respective home jurisdiction of TSMC and UMC; however, such restrictions could be reduced or lifted at any time, which may lead to increased competition in China with such competitors and adversely affect our business and operating results.

 

Business Seasonality

 

In general, semiconductor foundry business is subject to seasonal behavior patterns in which business normally would peak in the third quarter of a calendar year and bottom in the first quarter.

 

Raw Materials

 

Our fabrication processes uses many raw materials, primarily silicon wafers, chemicals, gases, and various types of precious and other metals. Raw material costs constituted 24%, 24% and 28% of our manufacturing costs in 2013, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

 

The three largest components of raw material costs - raw wafers, chemicals and gases - accounted for approximately 36%, 26%, and 10%, respectively, of our raw material costs in 2013, approximately 36%, 27% and 9%, respectively, of our raw material costs in 2014, and approximately 34%, 27% and 9%, respectively, of our raw material costs in 2015. Most of our raw materials generally are available from several suppliers, but substantially all of our principal materials requirements must currently be sourced from outside China.

 

The most important raw material used in our production is silicon in the form of raw wafers. In 2015, we purchased approximately 70.8% of our overall raw wafer requirements from our three major raw wafer suppliers. The prices of our principal raw material are not considered to be volatile.

 

For 2015, our largest and five largest raw materials suppliers accounted for approximately 10.4% and 39.0%, respectively, of our overall raw materials purchases. For 2014, our largest and five largest raw materials suppliers accounted for approximately 11.4% and 42.0%, respectively, of our overall raw materials purchases. For 2013, our largest and five largest raw materials suppliers accounted for approximately 12.2% and 40.7%, respectively, of our overall raw materials purchases. Our largest two raw materials supplier were the same in last three years. Most of our materials are imported free of value-added tax and import duties due to concessions granted to our industry in China.

 

 38 

Table of Contents 

 

Electricity and Water

 

We use substantial amounts of electricity in our manufacturing process. This electricity is sourced from Pudong Electricity Corporation, Beijing Municipal Electricity Department, Tianjin Municipal Electricity Department, Shenzhen PanGuShi Municipal Electricity Department and Jiangyin Municipal Electricity Department for our facilities located in Shanghai, Beijing, Tianjin, Shenzhen and Jiangyin, respectively. We maintain Uninterrupted Power Supply systems and emergency back-up generators to power life safety and critical equipment and systems for emergencies.

 

The semiconductor manufacturing process also uses extensive amounts of fresh water. We source our fresh water for our Shanghai mega-fab and 12-inch fab from Pudong Veolia Water Corporation Limited, for our Beijing mega-fab from Beijing Waterworks Group Co. Ltd., for our Tianjin fab from the Tianjin Municipal Water Department, for our majority-owned Beijing fab from Beijing Yixing High Quality Regeneration Water Co. Ltd., for our Shenzhen fab from Grand Industrial Zone Water Company of Shenzhen and for our majority-owned Jiangyin fab with bumping services from Jiangsu Jiangnan Water Co. Ltd. Because Beijing and Tianjin are subject to potential water shortages in the summer, our fabs in Beijing and Tianjin are equipped with back-up reservoirs. Our fab located in Shenzhen is also equipped with back-up reservoirs to avoid unpredictable water shortages. We have taken steps to reduce fresh water consumption in our fabs and capture rainwater for use at our Beijing and Tianjin facilities, and our water recycling systems in most of our fabs allow us to recycle up to 80% of the water used during the manufacturing process. The Beijing and Tianjin sites are also equipped to use recycled/treated industrial waste water for non-critical operations.

 

Regulation

 

The integrated circuit industry in China is subject to substantial regulation by the Chinese government. This section sets forth a summary of the most significant Chinese regulations that affect our business in China.

 

Preferential Industrial Policies Relating to ICPEs (“Integrated Circuit Production Enterprises”)

 

ICPEs which are duly accredited in accordance with relevant laws and regulations may qualify for preferential industrial policies. Under the Integrated Circuit Policies, accreditation of ICPEs is determined by the competent examination and approval authorities responsible for integrated circuit projects after consultation with relevant taxation authorities. Under the Accreditation Measures, an integrated circuit enterprise refers to an independent legal entity duly established in the PRC (except for Hong Kong, Macao, and Taiwan) engaging in the fabrication, package, or testing of integrated circuit chips and the production of mono-crystalline silicon of six inches or above, excluding the integrated circuit design enterprise. The accreditation of ICPEs is included in the accreditation of the integrated circuit enterprises. Such accreditation is determined by the competent authorities consisting of the National Development and Reform Commission, the Ministry of Information Industry (now Ministry of Industry and Information Technology), the State Administration of Taxation and the General Administration of Customs, which jointly designate the China Semiconductor Industrial Association as the accreditation institution. Any enterprise qualified under the requirements set forth in the Accreditation Measures is entitled to apply to the China Semiconductor Association for the Accreditation of the ICPEs. The accreditation of ICPEs is annually reviewed. If the enterprise fails to apply for the annual review in time, it shall be deemed as giving up such accreditation and if the enterprise fails in the annual review, the accreditation will also be canceled.

 

SMIC Shanghai, SMIC Beijing, SMIC Tianjin, SMIC Shenzhen, SMNC and SJ Jiangyin have been accredited as ICPEs and are entitled to the preferential industrial policies described below.

 

 39 

Table of Contents 

 

Encouragement of Domestic Investment in ICPEs

 

Pursuant to the Interim Provisions on Promoting Industrial Structure Adjustment, or the Interim Provisions, issued by the State Council on December 2, 2005, and the Catalogue for the Guidance of Industrial Structure Adjustment, or the Guidance Catalogue, which is the basis and criteria for implementing the Interim Provisions, issued by the National Development and Reform Commission and all the State Council Institutions on March 27, 2011 and amended on February 16, 2013 and March 10, 2015, the Chinese government encourages (i) the design of integrated circuits, (ii) the fabrication of integrated circuits with a line width of less than 0.11 micron (including 0.11 micron) and (iii) the advanced packaging and testing of BGA, PGA, CSP and MCM. Under the Interim Provisions, imported equipment that is used for a qualifying domestic investment project and that falls within such project’s approved total investment amount is exempt from custom duties except for such equipment listed in the Catalogue of Import Commodities for Domestic Investment Projects Not Entitled to Tax Exemptions, as stipulated by the State Council and amended in 2006, 2008 and 2012, as well as in the General Administration of Customs’ announcement on the relevant matters arising from the implementation of the Industrial Restructuring Guidance Catalogue (2011) by the customs (Announcement No. 36 [2011]of the General Administration of Customs) and the Notice of the State Council on Adjusting the Taxation Policies for Imported Equipment (Guo Fa [1997] No.37).

 

Encouragement of Foreign Investment in ICPEs

 

Pursuant to the Integrated Circuit Policies and the Guideline Catalogue of Foreign Investment Industries promulgated jointly by the State Development and Reform Commission and the Ministry of Commerce on March 10, 2015, the following foreign investment categories are encouraged:

 

·design of integrated circuits;

 

·fabrication of large scale integrated circuits with a line width of less than 28 nanometer (including 28 nanometer);

 

·fabrication of analog and analog digital integrated circuits with a line width of less than 0.11 micron (including 0.11 micron);

 

·advanced packaging and testing of BGA, PGA, CSP, MCM;

 

·MEMS and compound semiconductor integrated circuits.

 

Foreign investment in such encouraged projects may enjoy preferential treatment as stipulated by the laws and regulations.

 

Preferential Taxation Policies

 

SMIC is incorporated in the Cayman Islands and not currently subject to taxation in the Cayman Islands.

 

The Law of the People’s Republic of China on Enterprise Income Tax (“EIT Law”) was promulgated on March 16, 2007, which became effective January 1, 2008. Under the EIT Law, domestically-owned enterprises and foreign-invested enterprises (“FIEs”) are subject to a uniform tax rate of 25%, except where a special preferential rate applies. The EIT Law provides a five-year transition period starting from its effective date for those companies which were established before the promulgation date of the EIT Law and which were entitled to a preferential lower tax rate under the then effective tax laws or regulations. In accordance with regulations issued by the State Council, the tax rate of such companies may gradually transit to the uniform tax rate within the transition period. For those companies which are enjoying tax holidays, such tax holidays may continue until their expiration in accordance with the regulations issued by the State Council, but where the tax holiday has not yet started because of losses, such tax holiday shall be deemed to commence from the first effective year of the EIT Law.

 

 

 40 

Table of Contents 

 

Pursuant to Caishui Circular [2008] No. 1 (“Circular No. 1”) promulgated on February 22, 2008, integrated circuit production enterprises whose total investment exceeds RMB8,000 million (approximately US$1,095 million) or whose integrated circuits have a line width of less than 0.25 micron are entitled to a preferential tax rate of 15%. Enterprises with an operation period of more than 15 years are entitled to a full exemption from income tax for five years starting from the first profitable year after utilizing all prior years’ tax losses and 50% reduction of the tax for the following five years. Pursuant to Caishui Circular [2009] No. 69 (“Circular No. 69”), the 50% reduction should be based on the statutory tax rate of 25%.

 

On January 28, 2011, the State Council of China issued Guofa [2011] No. 4 (“Circular No. 4”), the Notice on Certain Policies to Further Encourage the Development of the Software and Integrated Circuit Industries which reinstates the EIT incentives stipulated by Circular No. 1 for the software and integrated circular enterprises.

 

On April 20, 2012, State Tax Bureau issued Cai Shui [2012] No. 27 (“Circular No. 27”), stipulating the income tax policies for the development of integrated circuit industry. Circular No. 1 was partially abolished by Circular No. 27 and the preferential taxation policy in Circular No. 1 was replaced by Circular No. 27.

 

On July 25, 2013, State Tax Bureau issued [2013] No. 43 (“Circular No.43”), clarifying that the assertion and preferential tax policy of integrated circuit enterprise established before December 31, 2010, is pursuant to Circular No.1.

 

Preferential Policies Encouraging Research and Development

 

The EIT Law and the Implementation Regulations of the EIT Law have provided tax incentives in relation to technologies as a means to encourage advancement and adoption of new technologies. The EIT Law provides an additional 50% deduction of the research and development expenses incurred from the research and development of new technologies, new products, and new techniques on the basis of the actual deductions when relevant enterprise has no intangible asset to be formed and calculated into the current gains and losses. R&D super deduction is subject to certain application with the in-charge tax bureau with other supporting documents (i.e. specialized R&D audit report, etc.).

 

 41 

Table of Contents 

 

Legal Framework Concerning the Protection of Intellectual Property Relating to Integrated Circuits

 

China has formulated various laws and regulations on intellectual property protection in respect of integrated circuits including:

 

·the Patent Law of the People’s Republic of China, adopted at the fourth meeting of the Standing Committee of the Sixth National People’s Congress on March 12, 1984, effective April 1, 1985 and amended by the Ninth National People’s Congress on August 25, 2000 and third amended by the Eleventh People’s Congress on December 27, 2008, effective October 1, 2009;

 

·the Paris Convention for the Protection of Industrial Property of the World Intellectual Property Organization, in which China became a member state as of March 19, 1985;

 

·the General Principles of the Civil Law of the People’s Republic of China adopted at the fourth session of the Sixth National People’s Congress on April 12, 1986, effective January 1, 1987 and revised at the tenth meeting of the Standing Committee of the Eleventh National People’s Congress on August 27, 2009. In this legislation, intellectual property rights were defined in China’s basic civil law for the first time as the civil rights of citizens and legal persons;

 

·the Copyright Law of the People’s Republic of China, adopted by the 15th meeting of the Seventh National People’s Congress Standing Committee on September 7, 1990, effective June 1, 1991, first amended by the Ninth National People’s Congress on October 27,2001and amended again by the Eleventh National People’s Congress on February 26, 2010;

 

·the Regulations for the Protection of the Layout Design of Integrated Circuits, or the Layout Design Regulations, adopted April 2, 2001 at the thirty-sixth session of the executive meeting of the State Council, effective October 1, 2001; and

 

·the World Intellectual Property Organization’s Washington Treaty on Intellectual Property in Respect of Integrated Circuits, for which China was among the first signatory states in 1990.

 

Protection of the Layout Design of Integrated Circuits

 

Under the Layout Design Regulations, layout design of an integrated circuit refers to a three dimensional configuration in an integrated circuit that has two or more components, with at least one of these being an active component, and part or all of the interconnected circuitry or the three-dimensional configuration prepared for the production of integrated circuits.

 

Chinese natural persons, legal persons or other organizations that create layout designs are entitled to the proprietary rights in the layout designs in accordance with the Layout Design Regulations. Foreign persons or enterprises that create layout designs and have them first put into commercial use in China are entitled to the proprietary rights in the layout designs in accordance with the Layout Design Regulations. Foreign persons or enterprises that create layout designs and that are from a country that has signed agreements with China regarding the protection of layout designs, or is a party to an international treaty concerning the protection of layout designs to which China is also a party, are entitled to the proprietary rights of the layout designs in accordance with the Layout Design Regulations.

 

 42 

Table of Contents 

 

Proprietary Rights in Layout Design of Integrated Circuits

 

Holders of proprietary rights in a layout design are entitled to the following proprietary rights:

 

·to duplicate the whole protected layout design or any part of the design that is original; and

 

·to make commercial use of the protected layout design, the integrated circuit containing the layout design, or commodities containing the integrated circuit.

 

Proprietary rights in layout designs become valid after being registered with the administrative department of the State Council responsible for intellectual property. Unregistered layout designs are not protected by the Layout Design Regulations.

 

The protection period of the proprietary rights in a layout design is ten years, commencing from the date of the application for registration of the layout design or the date that it is first put into commercial use anywhere in the world, whichever is earlier. However, regardless of whether or not a layout design is registered, or whether or not it is put into commercial use, it is not protected after 15 years from the time of its creation.

 

Registration of a Layout Design

 

The administrative departments of the State Council responsible for intellectual property are responsible for the registration of layout designs and accepting applications for the registration of layout designs. If an application for a layout design registration is not made with the administrative department of the State Council responsible for intellectual property within two years after it has been first put into commercial use anywhere in the world, the administrative department of the State Council responsible for intellectual property will not register the application. A holder of proprietary rights in a layout design may transfer the proprietary rights or give permission for other parties to use the layout design.

 

Compulsory Licenses for Exploitation of Patents in Respect of Semiconductor Technology

 

Under the Patent Law and the Implementing Regulations of the Patent Law, three years after a patent right is granted and four years after a patent application is filed, any person or enterprise that has made good faith reasonable proposals to the holder of proprietary rights seeking a license to such right, but has been unable to obtain such license after an extended period of time, may request the administrative department responsible for patents under the State Council to grant a compulsory license for the relevant patent, provided that the patent owner fails to exploit or fails to adequately exploit the patent without justified reasons. However, where a compulsory license involves semiconductor technology, the implementation of a compulsory license is restricted to public and non-commercial uses, or to uses that counteract anti- competitive actions, as determined by judicial or administrative procedures.

 

 43 

Table of Contents 

 

PRC Tax for “Resident Enterprises”

 

Under China’s EIT Law, an enterprise established under the laws of non-PRC jurisdictions, but whose “de facto management body” is located in the PRC is treated as a resident enterprise for PRC tax purpose. If we are classified as a “resident enterprise” in China, we could be subject to unfavorable tax consequences to us and our non-PRC shareholders. The implementing rules of the EIT Law define de facto management bodies as “management bodies that exercises substantial and overall management and control over the production and operations, personnel, accounting, and properties” of the enterprise. In April 2009, the State Administration of Taxation further specified criteria for the determination of the location of ‘‘de facto management bodies’’ for foreign enterprises, which include: (i) the enterprise’s day-to-day operational management is primarily exercised in the PRC, (ii) decisions relating to the enterprise’s financial and human resource matters are made or subject to approval by organizations or personnel in the PRC, (iii) the enterprise’s primary assets, accounting books and records, company seals, and board and shareholders’ meeting minutes are located or maintained in the PRC and (iv) 50% or more of voting board members or senior executives of the enterprise habitually reside in the PRC.

 

If the PRC tax authorities determine that our Cayman Islands holding company is a “resident enterprise” for PRC enterprise income tax purposes, a number of unfavorable PRC tax consequences could follow. First, we may be subject to enterprise income tax at a rate of 25% on our worldwide taxable income as well as PRC enterprise income tax reporting obligations. Second, although under the EIT Law and its implementing rules dividends income between qualified resident enterprises is tax exempted income, it is not clear how a qualified resident enterprise which is incorporated overseas would be treated under the EIT Law. Finally, it is possible that future guidance issued with respect to the “resident enterprise” classification could result in a situation in which a 10% withholding tax is imposed on dividends we pay to our non-PRC shareholders and with respect to gains derived by our non-PRC shareholders from transferring our shares or ADSs. Similarly, these unfavorable consequences could apply to our other overseas intermediary holding companies if they are classified as PRC resident enterprises.

 

 44 

Table of Contents 

 

Environmental Regulations

 

Our Chinese subsidiaries are subject to a variety of Chinese environmental laws and regulations promulgated by the central and local governments, for example, the Environmental Protection Law of the People's Republic of China, effective December 26, 1989 and amended on April 24, 2014, effective January 1, 2015, concerning examination and acceptance of environmental protection measures in construction projects, the use, discharge and disposal of toxic and hazardous materials, the discharge and disposal of waste water, solid waste, and waste gases, control of industrial noise and fire prevention. These laws and regulations set out detailed procedures that must be implemented throughout a project’s construction and operation phases.

 

A key document that must be submitted for the approval of a project’s construction is an environmental impact assessment report that is reviewed by the relevant environmental protection authorities. Upon completion of construction, and prior to commencement of operations, an additional examination and acceptance by the relevant environmental authority of such projects is also required. Within one month after receiving approval of the environmental impact assessment report, a semiconductor manufacturer is required to apply to and register with the competent environmental authority the types and quantities of liquid, solid and gaseous wastes it plans to discharge, the manner of discharge or disposal, as well as the level of industrial noise and other related factors. If the above wastes and noise are found by the authorities to have been managed within regulatory levels, renewable discharge registrations for the above wastes and noise are then issued for a specified period of time. SMIC Shanghai, SMIC Beijing, SMIC Tianjin, SMIC Shenzhen, SMNC and SJ Jiangyin have all received approval with respect to their relevant environmental impact assessment reports and discharge registrations.

 

From time to time during the operation of our Chinese subsidiaries, and also prior to renewal of the necessary discharge registrations, the relevant environmental protection authority will monitor and audit the level of environmental protection compliance of these subsidiaries. Discharge of liquid, solid or gaseous waste over permitted levels may result in imposition of fines, imposition of a time period within which rectification must occur or even suspension of operations.

 

Enforceability of Civil Liabilities

 

We are a Cayman Islands holding company. We are incorporated in the Cayman Islands because of the following benefits associated with being a Cayman Islands corporation:

 

·political and economic stability;

 

·an effective judicial system;

 

·a favorable tax system;

 

·the absence of exchange control or currency restrictions; and

 

·the availability of professional and support services.

 

However, the Cayman Islands have a less developed body of securities laws as compared to the United States and provide significantly less protection for investors. In addition, Cayman Islands companies may not have standing to initiate a shareholder derivative action before the federal courts of the United States. Substantially all of our assets are located outside the United States. In addition, most of our directors and officers are nationals and/or residents of countries other than the United States, and all or a substantial portion of our or such persons’ assets are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for a shareholder to effect service of process within the United States upon us or such persons or to enforce against them or against us, judgments obtained in United States courts, including judgments predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state thereof.

 

 45 

Table of Contents 

 

Conyers Dill & Pearman (Cayman) Limited, our counsel as to Cayman Islands law, Slaughter and May, our counsel as to Hong Kong law, and Shanghai BaoHua & Shanghai JunHeHeng, our counsels as to Chinese law, have advised us that there is uncertainty as to whether the courts of the Cayman Islands, Hong Kong and China, respectively, would:

 

·recognize or enforce judgments of United States courts obtained against us or our directors or officers predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state thereof, or

 

·be competent to hear original actions brought in each respective jurisdiction, against us or our directors or officers predicated upon the securities laws of the United States or any state thereof.

 

Conyers Dill & Pearman (Cayman) Limited has further advised us that a final and conclusive judgment in the federal or state courts of the United States under which a sum of money is payable, other than a sum payable in respect of taxes, fines, penalties or similar charges, may be subject to enforcement proceedings as a debt in the Courts of the Cayman Islands under the common law doctrine of obligation.

 

C.Organizational Structure

 

We operate primarily through SMIC Shanghai, SMIC Beijing, SMIC Tianjin, SMIC Shenzhen, SMNC and SJ Jiangyin in China. The chart below sets forth also our other significant operating subsidiaries or affiliates, including their jurisdictions of incorporation and principal activities as of December 31, 2015:

 

 46 

Table of Contents 

 

      Direct or Indirect    
      equity    
   Place and date of  ownership   Principal
Name of company  incorporation/establishment  held   Activity
           
Better Way Enterprises Limited (“Better Way”)*  Samoa April 5, 2000   100%  Provision of marketing related activities
Semiconductor Manufacturing International (Shanghai) Corporation (“SMIS” or “SMIC Shanghai”)*#  People’s Republic of China (the “PRC”) December 21, 2000   100%  Manufacturing and trading of semiconductor products
SMIC, Americas  United States of America June 22, 2001   100%  Provision of marketing related activities
Semiconductor Manufacturing International (Beijing) Corporation (“SMIB” or “SMIC Beijing”)*#  PRC July 25, 2002   100%  Manufacturing and trading of semiconductor products
SMIC Japan Corporation  Japan October 8, 2002   100%  Provision of marketing related activities
SMIC Europe S.R.L.  Italy July 3, 2003   100%  Provision of marketing related activities
Semiconductor Manufacturing International (Solar Cell) Corporation  Cayman Islands June 30, 2005   100%  Investment holding
SMIC Commercial (Shanghai) Limited Company (formerly SMIC Consulting Corporation) *#  PRC September 30, 2003   100%  Provision of marketing related activities
Semiconductor Manufacturing International (Tianjin) Corporation (“SMIT” or “SMIC Tianjin”)*#  PRC November 3, 2003   100%  Manufacturing and trading of semiconductor products
SMIC Development (Chengdu) Corporation (“SMICD”)*#  PRC December 29, 2005   100%  Construction, operation and management of SMICD’s living quarters, schools and supermarket
Semiconductor Manufacturing International (BVI) Corporation (“SMIC (BVI)”)*  British Virgin Islands April 26, 2007   100%  Provision of marketing related activities
Admiral Investment Holdings Limited  British Virgin Islands October 10, 2007   100%  Investment holding
SMIC Shanghai (Cayman) Corporation  Cayman Islands November 8, 2007   100%  Investment holding
SMIC Beijing (Cayman) Corporation  Cayman Islands November 8, 2007   100%  Investment holding
SMIC Tianjin (Cayman) Corporation  Cayman Islands November 8, 2007   100%  Investment holding
SilTech Semiconductor Corporation  Cayman Islands February 13, 2008   100%  Investment holding
SMIC Shenzhen (Cayman) Corporation  Cayman Islands January 21, 2008   100%  Investment holding
SMIC Advanced Technology Research &
Development (Shanghai) Corporation
  PRC October 28, 2014   89.697%  Manufacturing and trading of semiconductor products
SMIC Holdings Corporation#  PRC August 26, 2015   100%  Investment holding
SJ Semiconductor Corporation  Cayman Islands August 19, 2014   55.277%  Investment holding
SMIC Energy Technology (Shanghai) Corporation (“Energy Science)*#  PRC September 9, 2005   100%  Manufacturing and trading of solar cells related semiconductor products
Magnificent Tower Limited  British Virgin Islands January 5, 2006   100%  Investment holding
SMIC Shanghai (HK) Company Limited  Hong Kong December 3, 2007   100%  Investment holding
SMIC Beijing (HK) Company Limited  Hong Kong December 3, 2007   100%  Investment holding
SMIC Tianjin (HK) Company Limited  Hong Kong December 3, 2007   100%  Investment holding
SMIC Solar Cell (HK) Company Limited  Hong Kong December 3, 2007   100%  Investment holding
SMIC Shenzhen (HK) Company Limited  Hong Kong January 29, 2008   100%  Investment holding
SilTech Semiconductor (Hong Kong) Corporation Limited  Hong Kong March 20, 2008   100%  Investment holding
Semiconductor Manufacturing International (Shenzhen) Corporation #  PRC March 20, 2008   100%  Manufacturing and trading of semiconductor products
SilTech Semiconductor (Shanghai) Corporation Limited#  PRC March 3, 2009   100%  Manufacturing and trading of
semiconductor products
Semiconductor Manufacturing North China (Beijing) Corporation (“SMNC”)*  PRC July 12, 2013   55%  Manufacturing and trading of semiconductor products
China IC Capital Co., Ltd #  PRC January 17, 2014   100%  Investment holding
Shanghai  Hexin Investment Management Limited Partnership  PRC August 1, 2014   99%  Investment holding
Shanghai  Rongxin Investment Management  Limited Partnership  PRC July 31, 2014   99%  Investment holding
SJ Semiconductor (HK) Limited  Hong Kong September 2, 2014   55.277%  Investment holding
SJ Semiconductor (Jiangyin) Corp.  PRC November 25, 2014   55.277%  Bumping and circuit probe testing activities

 

 

*For identification purposes only.

# Companies registered as wholly-owned foreign enterprises in the People’s Republic of China. (PRC) excluding for the purpose of this report, Hong Kong, Macau, and Taiwan.

 

 47 

Table of Contents 

 

D.Property, plant and equipment

 

Equipment

 

The quality and level of technology of the equipment used in the semiconductor fabrication process are important because they dictate the limits of the process technology that we use. Advances in process technology cannot be achieved without corresponding advances in equipment technology. The principal pieces of equipment used by us to fabricate semiconductors are scanners, cleaners and track equipment, inspection equipment, etchers, furnaces, wet stations, strippers, implanters, sputterers, CVD equipment, testers and probers. We source substantially all of our equipment from vendors located in the United States, Europe and Japan.

 

In implementing our capacity expansion and technology advancement plans, we expect to make significant purchases of equipment required for semiconductor fabrication. Some of the equipment is available from a limited number of vendors and/or is manufactured in relatively limited quantities, and in some cases has only recently become commercially available. Our ability to obtain certain kinds of equipment from outside of China may be subject to restrictions. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Conducting Operations in China—Limits placed on exports into China could substantially harm our business and operating results.”

 

We maintain our equipment through a combination of in-house maintenance and outside contracting to our equipment vendors. We decide whether to maintain ourselves, or subcontract the maintenance of, a particular piece of equipment based on a variety of factors, including cost, complexity and regularity of the required periodic maintenance and the availability of maintenance personnel in China. Most of our equipment vendors offer maintenance services through technicians based in China.

 

 48 

Table of Contents 

  

Property

 

The following table sets forth the location, size and primary use of our real properties and whether such real properties are owned or leased.

 

    Size       Owned(1)or
Leased
Location   (Land/Building)   Primary Use  

(Land/Building)

    (in square meters)        
Zhangjiang High-Tech Park, Pudong New Area, Shanghai   45,840/26,870   Headquarter   owned/owned
             
Zhangjiang High-Tech Park, Pudong New Area, Shanghai   361,805/201,772   Wafer fabrication   owned/owned
             
Beijing Economic and Technological Development Area(2)   240,140/339,340   Wafer fabrication   owned/owned
             
Xiqing Economic Development Area, Tianjin   215,733/70,578   Wafer fabrication   owned/owned
             
Shenzhen Export Processing Zone, Shenzhen Pingshan NewArea, Guangdong   200,060/na   Wafer fabrication   owned/na
             

Jiangyin National High-Tech Industrial Development Zone, Jiangsu Province

  na/18,591   Bumping and circuit probe testing   na/leased
             
Japan   na/35   Marketing activities   na/leased
             
USA   na/2,092   Marketing activities   na/leased
             
Italy   na/280   Marketing activities   na/leased
             
Taiwan   na/500   Marketing activities   na/leased
             
Hong Kong(3)   na/300   Representative Office   na/owned

 

 

 

(1)With respect to land located in China, “ownership” refers to holding a valid land use rights certificate. All land within municipal zones in China is owned by the Chinese government. Limited liability companies, joint stock companies, foreign-invested enterprises, privately held companies and individual natural persons must pay fees to be granted rights to use land within municipal zones. Legal use of land is evidenced and sanctioned by land use certificates issued by the local municipal administration of land resources. Land use rights granted for industrial purposes are limited to a term of no more than 50 years.
(2)Including SMIC Beijing and SMNC.
(3)In February 2006, we purchased approximately 300 square meters of property in Hong Kong through our indirect wholly-owned subsidiary, Magnificent Tower Limited, a company incorporated in the British Virgin Islands.

 

 49 

Table of Contents 

  

Our right to continued use of the land is subject to our continued compliance with the land use agreement that each of our Chinese subsidiaries has executed. The Chinese government has reserved the right to revoke our land use rights for special eminent domain purposes, in which case the government will compensate us. In addition, pursuant to our domestic bank loan agreements, SMIC Shanghai had pledged a portion of its land use right to the lenders. See “Item 5 Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

 

For further discussion concerning our capacity, capacity utilization rate and capacity expansion plans, please see “Item 5 — Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — Factors that Impact our Results of Operations.”

 

Environmental Matters

 

The semiconductor production process generates gaseous chemical wastes, liquid waste, waste water, and other industrial wastes in various stages of the fabrication process. We have installed various types of pollution control equipment for the treatment of gaseous chemical waste and liquid waste and equipment for the recycling of treated water in our fabs. Our operations are subject to regulation and periodic monitoring by the PRC’s State Environmental Protection Bureau, as well as local environmental protection authorities, including those under the Shanghai Pudong Municipal Government, the Beijing Municipal Government, the Tianjin Municipal Government, the Shenzhen Municipal Government and the Jiangyin Municipal Government, which may in some cases, establish stricter standards than those imposed by the State Environmental Protection Bureau. The Chinese national and local environmental laws and regulations impose fees for the discharge of waste substances above prescribed levels, require the payment of fines for serious violations, and authorize the Chinese national and local governments to suspend any facility that fails to comply with orders requiring it to cease or remedy operations causing environmental damage. No such penalties have been imposed on us or any of our subsidiaries for violations of environmental pollution.

 

We believe our pollution control measures are effective and comply with the requirements applicable to the semiconductor industry in China and comparable to other countries. Waste generated from our operations, including acid waste, alkaline waste, flammable waste, toxic waste, oxidizing waste and self-igniting waste, are collected and sorted for proper disposal. Furthermore, we have in many cases implemented waste reduction steps beyond the scope of current regulatory requirements. In addition, we continuously investigate methods to lower our energy consumption, including making existing processes more efficient and reclaiming waste heat.

 

The ISO 14001 standard is a voluntary standard and part of a comprehensive series of standards for environmental management published by the International Standards Organization. The ISO 14001 standard covers environmental management principles, systems and supporting techniques. SMIC first received ISO 14001 certification in August 2002.

 

In addition, all fabs currently in operation have been QC 080000 certified to be compliant with the hazardous substances management directives such as RoHS (Restriction of the use of certain Hazardous Substances in electrical and electronic equipment), which bans the use of various chemicals determined to be harmful to humans and the environment. The Jiangyin site plans to apply for ISO14001 and QC080000 certification in the future.

 

We are also proactively protecting the environment by implementing energy saving measures to reduce greenhouse gas emissions. In order to calculate our greenhouse gas output and to reach a reduction goal, all SMIC sites obtained ISO 14064 certification since 2010. ISO 14064 is an international standard against which greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions reports are voluntarily verified. SMIC Shenzhen and SMNC entered into mass production in 2015 and they plan to apply for the ISO14064 certification by 2017. Once the Jiangyin site is in mass production, it will also apply for the ISO14064 certification.

 

 50 

Table of Contents 

 

Item 4A. Unresolved Staff Comments

 

Not applicable

 

Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects

 

The following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes prepared in accordance with IFRS as described in “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” as of, and for the years ended, December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015. This report contains forward-looking statements. See “Forward-Looking Information.” In evaluating our business, you should carefully consider the information provided under the caption “Item 3.D - Key Information—Risk Factors” in this annual report on Form 20-F. We caution you that our businesses and financial performance are subject to substantial risks and uncertainties.

 

 51 

Table of Contents 

  

A.Operating Results

 

Overview

 

Our operations are primarily based in China. We continued to achieve profitability on a full-year basis in 2015. In 2015 we achieved total sales of US$2,236.4 million, compared to US$1,970.0 million in 2014. We recorded annual profit of US$222.3 million and generated US$669.2 million in cash from operating activities in 2015, compared to annual profit of US$126.3 million and US$608.1 million in cash from operating activities in 2014.

 

Our China revenue contributed 47.7% of the overall revenue in 2015, compared to 43.3% in 2014. In particular, 54.8% of our advanced nodes (90nm and below) wafer revenue in 2015 was contributed by customers in China. In terms of the revenue by technology, wafer revenue attributable to advanced technology at 90nm and below increased from 39.2% in 2014 to 44.4% in 2015 and the revenue contribution percentage from 40/45nm technology increased from 11.1% in 2014 to 15.8% in 2015. In addition, our latest 28nm technology started to contribute revenue in 2015.

 

The major factors affecting our results of operations and financial condition are discussed below.

 

Factors that Impact Our Results of Operations

 

Cyclicality of the Semiconductor Industry

 

The semiconductor industry is highly cyclical due mainly to the cyclicality of demand in the markets of the products that use semiconductors. As these markets fluctuate, the semiconductor market also fluctuates. This fluctuation in the semiconductor market is exacerbated by the tendency of semiconductor companies, including foundries, to make capital investments in plant and equipment during periods of high demand since it may require several years to plan, construct and commence operations at a fab. Absent sustained growth in demand, this increase in capacity often leads to overcapacity in the semiconductor market, which in the past has led to a significant underutilization of capacity and a sharp drop in semiconductor prices. The semiconductor industry is generally slow to react to declines in demand due to its capital-intensive nature and the need to make commitments for equipment purchases well in advance of the planned expansion. See “Item 3.D - Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Financial Condition and Business.”

 

Substantial Capital Expenditures

 

The semiconductor foundry industry is characterized by substantial capital expenditures. This is particularly true for our company as we have recently constructed and equipped fabs and are continuing to construct and equip new fabs. In connection with the construction and ramp-up of our capacity, we incurred capital expenditures of US$770 million, US$1,014 million, and US$1,573 million, in 2013, 2014 and 2015, respectively. We depreciate our manufacturing machinery and equipment on a straight-line basis over an estimated useful life of five to seven years. We recorded depreciation of US$501.9 million, US$506.4 million, and US$473.0 million in 2013, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

 

The semiconductor industry is also characterized by rapid changes in technology, frequently resulting in obsolescence of process technologies and products. As a result, our research and development efforts are essential to our overall success. We spent approximately US$145.3 million in 2013, US$189.7 million in 2014 and US$237.2 million in 2015 on research and development expenses, which represented 7.0%, 9.6% and 10.6%, respectively, of our sales for 2013, 2014 and 2015. Our research and development costs are partially offset by related government fundings and include the costs associated with the ramp-up of a new wafer facility.

 

We currently expect that our capital expenditures in 2016 for foundry operations will be approximately US$2.1 billion, subject to adjustment based on market conditions, which are mainly for 1) the expansion of capacity in 12-inch fab in SMNC, 8-inch fab in SMIC Shenzhen, 12-inch fab in SMIC Shanghai and a new majority-owned 12-inch joint venture fab with bumping services in SJ Jiangyin, 2) a new majority-owned joint venture company, which will focus on research and development on 14nm logic technology and 3) research and development equipment, mask shops and intellectual property acquisition. In addition, we have budgeted approximately US$60 million as the 2016 capital expenditures for non-foundry operations mainly for the construction of living quarters for employees as part of our employee retention program. Our actual expenditures may differ from our planned expenditures for a variety of reasons, including changes in our business plan, our process technology, market conditions, equipment prices, or customer requirements. We will monitor the global economy, the semiconductor industry, the demands of our customers, and our cash flow from operations and will adjust our capital expenditures plans as necessary.

 

 52 

Table of Contents 

 

Capacity Expansion

 

We have expanded our production capacity in the past years, and plan to continue to expand through organic growth, joint ventures and acquisitions. An increase in capacity may have a significant effect on our results of operations, both by allowing us to produce and sell more wafers and achieve higher sales, and as a cost component in the form of acquisition costs and depreciation expenses. In 2016, most of our expansion will be on our Shanghai site, Shenzhen site and on our majority-owned fab in Beijing. Our target, subject to market conditions, is to reach 20,000 12-inch wafers per month installed capacity in our Shanghai fab, 30,000 8-inch wafers per month installed capacity in our Shenzhen fab, and 15,000 12-inch wafers per month installed capacity in our majority-owned Beijing fab by 2016 year-end.

 

Pricing

 

We price our foundry services on either a per wafer or a per die basis, taking into account the complexity of the technology, the prevailing market conditions, the order size, the cycle time, the strength and history of our relationship with the customer, and our capacity utilization. Since a majority of our costs and expenses are fixed or semi-fixed, fluctuations in the average selling prices of semiconductor wafers have historically had a substantial impact on our margins. The average selling price of the wafers we shipped decreased from US$770 per wafer in 2014 to US$742 per wafer in 2015.

 

Change in Process Mix and Technology Migration

 

Because the price of wafers processed with different technologies varies significantly, the mix of wafers that we produce is among the primary factors that affect our sales and profitability. The value of a wafer is determined principally by the complexity of the process technology used to fabricate the wafer. In addition, production of devices with higher levels of functionality and greater system-level integration requires more fabrication steps, and these devices generally sell for higher prices.

 

Prices for wafers of a given level of technology generally decline over the relevant process technology life cycle. As a result, we and our competitors are continuously in the process of developing and acquiring more advanced process technologies and migrating our customers to use such technologies to maintain or improve our profit margins. This technology migration requires continuous investment in research and development and technology-related acquisitions, and we may spend a substantial amount of capital on upgrading our technologies.

 

Capacity Utilization Rates

 

Operations at or near full capacity utilization have a significant positive effect on our profitability because a substantial percentage of our cost of sales is of a fixed or semi-fixed nature. If we increase our utilization rates, the number of wafers we fabricate will increase, and therefore our average fixed costs per wafer will decrease. Therefore, our capacity utilization rates have a significant effect on our margins. Our capacity utilization rates have varied from period to period mainly due to the mix of wafers produced and fluctuations in customer orders. Our capacity utilization rate was 90.7% in 2013, 91.0% in 2014 and 100.7% in 2015. Factors affecting capacity utilization rates are the overall industry conditions, the level of customer orders, the complexity of the wafers and of the mix of wafers produced, mechanical failures and other operational disruptions such as the expansion of capacity or the relocation of equipment, and our ability to manage the production facilities and product flows efficiently.

 

Our capacity is determined by us based on the capacity ratings for each piece of equipment, as specified by the manufacturers of such equipment, adjusted for, among other factors, actual output during uninterrupted trial runs, expected down time due to set up for production runs and maintenance, and expected product mix. Because these factors include subjective elements, our measurement of capacity utilization rates may not be comparable to those of our competitors.

 53 

Table of Contents 

 

Yield Rates

 

Yield per wafer is the ratio of the number of functional dies on that wafer to the maximum number of dies that can be produced on that wafer. We continuously upgrade the process technologies that we use. At the beginning of each technology migration, the yield utilizing the new technology is generally lower, sometimes substantially lower, than the yield under the then-current technology. This is because it requires time to stabilize, optimize and test a new process technology. We do not ship wafers to a customer until we have achieved that customer’s minimum yield requirements. Yield is generally improved through the expertise and cooperation of our research and development personnel, process engineers, and equipment suppliers.

 

Critical Accounting Policies

 

We prepare our financial statements in conformity with IFRS, which requires us to make judgments, estimates and assumptions. We regularly evaluate these estimates and assumptions based on the most recently available information, our own historical experience and various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Since the use of estimates is an integral component of the financial reporting process, actual results could differ from our expectations as a result of changes in our estimates.

 

An accounting policy is considered critical if it requires an accounting estimate to be made based on assumptions about matters that are highly uncertain at the time such estimate is made, and if different accounting estimates that reasonably could have been used, or changes in the accounting estimates that are reasonably likely to occur periodically, could materially impact the consolidated financial statements. We believe that the following accounting policies involve a higher degree of judgment and complexity in their applications and require us to make significant accounting estimates. You should read the following descriptions of critical accounting policies, judgments and estimates in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and other disclosures included in this annual report.

 

Inventories

 

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (weighted average) or net realizable value (NRV), with NRV being the “estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business less the estimated costs of completion and the estimated costs necessary to make the sale.” We estimate the recoverability for such finished goods and work-in-progress based primarily upon the latest invoice prices and current market conditions. If the NRV of an inventory item is determined to be below its carrying value, we record a write- down to cost of sales for the difference between the carrying cost and NRV.

 

The cost of inventories recognized as an expense (income) during the year in respect of inventory provision (reversal) was US$(13.3) million (2014: US$29.6 million and 2013: US$(0.1) million). The reversal of inventory provision in 2015 was due to the fact that net realizable value for the inventories previously written down has increased because of changed economic circumstances.

 

Long-lived assets

 

We assess the impairment of long-lived assets when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of asset or cash-generating unit (“CGU”) may not be recoverable. Factors that we consider in deciding when to perform an impairment review include, but are not limited to significant under-performance of a business or product line in relation to expectations, significant negative industry or economic trends,and significant changes or planned changes in the use of the assets.

 

An impairment analysis is performed at the lowest level of identifiable independent cash flows for an asset or CGU. An impairment exists when the carrying value of an asset or cash-generating unit exceeds its recoverable amount, which is the higher of its fair value less costs to sell and its value in use. The fair value less costs to sell calculation is based on available data from binding sales transactions, conducted at arm’s length, for similar assets or observable market prices less incremental costs for disposing of the asset. The value in use calculation is based on a discounted cash flow model. Currently we are not able to estimate the amount of impairment loss or when a loss may occur for future years. Any potential changes of the business assumptions, such as forecasted sales, selling prices, utilizations, may have a material adverse effect on our net income.

 54 

Table of Contents 

 

We make subjective judgments in determining the independent cash flows that can be related to a specific CGU based on its asset usage model and manufacturing capabilities. We measure the recoverability of assets that will continue to be used in our operations by comparing the carrying value of CGU to our estimate of the related total future discounted cash flows. If a CGU’s carrying value is not recoverable through the related discounted cash flows, the impairment loss is measured by comparing the difference between the CGU’s carrying value and its recoverable amount, based on the best information available, including market prices or discounted cash flow analysis. The recoverable amount is most sensitive to the discount rate used for the discounted cash flow model as well as the expected future cash-inflows and the growth rate used for extrapolation purposes.

 

In order to remain technologically competitive in the semiconductor industry, we have entered into technology transfer and technology license arrangements with third parties in an attempt to advance our process technologies. The payments made for such technology licenses are recorded as an intangible asset or as a deferred cost and amortized on a straight- line basis over the estimated useful life of the asset. We routinely review the remaining estimated useful lives of these intangible assets and deferred costs. We also evaluate these intangible assets and deferred costs for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying amounts may not be recoverable. When the carrying amounts of such assets are determined to exceed their recoverable amounts, we will impair such assets and write down their carrying amounts to recoverable amount in the year when such determination was made.

 

Share-based Compensation Expense

 

The fair value of options and shares issued pursuant to our option plans at the grant date was estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. This model was developed for use in estimating the fair value of traded options that have no vesting restrictions and are fully transferable. In addition, option-pricing models require the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the expected term of the options, the estimated forfeiture rates and the expected stock price volatility. The expected term of options granted represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding. We estimated forfeiture rates using historical data to estimate option exercise and employee termination within the pricing formula. We use projected volatility rates based upon the Company’s historical volatility rates. These assumptions are inherently uncertain. Different assumptions and judgments would affect our calculation of the fair value of the underlying ordinary shares for the options granted, and the valuation results and the amount of share-based compensation would also vary accordingly.

 

For further discussion on our share-based employee compensation plans see “Item 6.E — Directors, Senior Management and Employees — Share Ownership.”

 

Taxes

 

As a company incorporated in the Cayman Islands, we are not subject to taxation in the Cayman Islands.

 

Our other subsidiaries are subject to their respective jurisdictions’ income tax laws, including Japan, Taiwan, the United States and Europe. Our income tax obligations to date have been minimal.

 

Uncertainties exist with respect to the interpretation of complex tax regulations, changes in tax laws, and the amount and timing of future taxable income. Given the wide range of international business relationships and the long-term nature and complexity of existing contractual agreements, differences arising between the actual results and the assumptions made, or future changes to such assumptions, could necessitate future adjustments to tax income and expense already recorded. We established provisions, based on reasonable estimates, for possible consequences of audits by the tax authorities of the respective counties in which it operates. The amount of such provisions is based on various factors, such as experience of previous tax audits and differing interpretations of tax regulations by the taxable entity and the responsible tax authority. Such differences of interpretation may arise on a wide variety of issues depending on the conditions prevailing in the respective domicile of us.

 

 55 

Table of Contents 

  

Deferred tax assets are recognized for unused tax losses to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will be available against which the losses can be utilized. Significant management judgment is required to determine the amount of deferred tax assets that can be recognized, based upon the likely timing and the level of future taxable profits together with tax planning strategies.

 

A deferred tax asset of US$0.5 million and US$0.4 million has been recognized in our consolidated statement of financial position as of December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively, in relation to unused tax losses. The realizability of the deferred tax asset mainly depends on whether sufficient profits or taxable temporary differences will be available in the future. In cases where the actual future profits generated are less than expected, a material reversal of deferred tax assets may arise, which would be recognized in profit or loss for the period in which such a reversal takes place. For further details on taxes see “Note 10 to Consolidated Financial Statements”.

 

Fair value measurements and valuation processes

 

Some of our assets and liabilities are measured at fair value for financial reporting purposes.

 

In estimating the fair value of an asset or a liability, we use market-observable data to the extent it is available. Where Level 1 inputs are not available, we engage third party qualified appraisers to perform the valuation.

 

We use valuation techniques that include inputs that are not based on observable market data to estimate the fair value of certain types of financial instruments.

 

Impairment of trade and other receivable

 

We assess at the end of each reporting period whether there is any objective evidence that trade and other receivable are impaired. To determine whether there is objective evidence of impairment, we consider factors such as the probability of insolvency or significant financial difficulties of the debtor and default or significant delay in payments.

 

When there is objective evidence of impairment loss, we take into consideration the estimation of future cash flows. The amount of the impairment loss is measured as the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows (excluding future credit losses that have not been incurred) discounted at the financial asset’s original effective interest rate (that is, the effective interest rate computed at initial recognition). Where the actual future cash flows are less than expected, a material impairment loss may arise.

 

Foreign Currency Fluctuations

 

Our revenue, expenses, and capital expenditures are primarily transacted in U.S. dollars. We also enter into transactions in other currencies. We are primarily exposed to changes in exchange rates for the Euro, the Japanese Yen, and RMB. Accordingly, we are affected by fluctuations in exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and each of the Japanese Yen, the Euro and the RMB. See “Item 3.D — Key Information - Risk Factors — Risks Related to Conducting Operations in China — Devaluation or appreciation in the value of the Renminbi or restrictions on convertibility of the Renminbi could adversely affect our operating results” and “Risk Factors - Risks Related to Our Financial Condition and Business — Exchange rate fluctuations could increase our costs, which could adversely affect our operating results and the value of our ADSs” for a discussion of the effects on our company of fluctuating exchange rates and “Item 11 — Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk — Foreign Exchange Rate Fluctuation Risk” for a discussion of our efforts to minimize such risks”.

 

 56 

Table of Contents 

  

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

We have not applied the following new and revised IFRSs that have been issued but are not yet effective:

 

New or revised IFRSs   Effective date
IFRS 9 — Financial Instruments   On or after July 1, 2018
IFRS 15 — Revenue from contracts with customers   On or after January 1, 2017
IFRS 16 — Leases   On or after January 1, 2019

Amendments to IFRS 11 — Accounting for acquisitions of

interests in joint operations

  On or after January 1, 2016
Amendments to IFRS 10, 12 and IAS 28 — Investment entities: applying the consolidation exception   On or after January 1, 2016
Amendments to IAS 1 — Disclosure initiative   On or after January 1, 2016

Amendments to IAS 16 and IAS 38 — Clarification of

acceptable methods of depreciation and amortization

  On or after January 1, 2016
Amendments to IFRS 10 and IAS 28 — Sale or contribution of assets between an investor and its associate or joint venture   On or after January 1, 2016
Amendments to IAS 27 — Equity method in separate financial statements   On or after January 1, 2016

Amendments to IFRSs — Annual Improvements to IFRSs

2012–2014 Cycle

  On or after January 1, 2016

 

We are in the process of evaluating these impact of the new standards or amendments on our consolidated financial statements.

 

Incentives from the Chinese government

 

The chart below sets forth a brief summary of the material incentives received by our Chinese subsidiaries as qualified integrated circuit production enterprises (ICPE) from the Chinese government. Our Shanghai, Beijing, Tianjin, Shenzhen and Jiangyin subsidiaries are qualified as ICPEs under the Integrated Circuit Policies. Under these policies, ICPEs whose total investment exceeds RMB8,000 million (approximately US$1,095 million) or whose integrated circuits have a line width of less than 0.25 micron are entitled to the benefits listed below. For a more detailed discussion of these incentives, see “Item 4.B-Information on the Company—Business Overview —Regulation.”

 

Incentive   SMIS; SMIB; SMIT; SMIC Shenzhen; SMNC and SJ Jiangyin
     
Preferential Enterprise Income Tax Policies   Five-year full exemption and five-year 50% reduction upon approval from the local tax bureau
     
Incentive   SMIS; SMIB; SMIT and SMNC
     
Preferential Customs Duties and Import-related VAT Policies   Exemption from customs duties and imported-related VAT with respect to its qualified spare parts, and raw materials pursuant to the Tax-Exemption Categories (SJ Jiangyin will apply for the preferential customs duties and import-related VAT policies in the future; SMIC Shenzhen is located in Shenzhen Export Processing Zone).

  

 57 

Table of Contents 

 

Operating Results

 

The following table sets forth a summary of our consolidated results of operations for the periods indicated. We believe that period-to-period comparisons of results of operations should not be relied upon as indicative of future performance.

 

   For the year ended December 31, 
   2013   2014   2015 
   (in US$ thousands, except for earnings per share) 
             
Revenue   2,068,964    1,969,966    2,236,415 
Cost of sales   (1,630,528)   (1,486,514)   (1,553,795)
Gross profit   438,436    483,452    682,620 
Research and development expenses, net   (145,314)   (189,733)   (237,157)
Sales and marketing expenses   (35,738)   (38,252)   (41,876)
General and administration expenses   (138,167)   (139,428)   (213,177)
Other operating income (expense), net   67,870    14,206    31,594 
Profit from operations   187,087    130,245    222,004 
Interest income   5,888    14,230    5,199 
Finance costs   (34,392)   (20,715)   (12,218)
Foreign exchange gains or losses   13,726    (5,993)   (26,349)
Other gains or losses, net   4,010    18,210    55,611 
Fair value change   -    -      

Share of profit (loss) of investment using equity method

   2,278    2,073    (13,383)
Profit before tax   178,597    138,050    230,864 
Income tax expense   (4,130)   (11,789)   (8,541)
Profit for the year   174,467    126,261    222,323 
Other comprehensive income               
Exchange differences on translating foreign operations   731    (324)   (8,185)
Change in value of available-for-sale financial assets   -    -    452 
Others   -    -    130 
Total comprehensive income for the year   175,198    125,937    214,720 
Profit (loss) for the year attributable to:               
Owners of the Company   173,177    152,969    253,411 
Non-controlling interests   1,290    (26,708)   (31,088)
    174,467    126,261    222,323 
Total comprehensive income (expense) for the year attributable to:               
Owners of the Company   173,908    152,645    245,803 
Non-controlling interests   1,290    (26,708)   (31,083)
    175,198    125,937    214,720 
                
Earnings per share               
Basic  $0.01   $0.00   $0.01 
Diluted  $0.01   $0.00   $0.01 

 

 58 

Table of Contents 

 

Revenue

 

We generate our sales primarily from fabricating semiconductors. We also derive a relatively small portion of our sales from the mask-making, wafer probing, and other services that we perform for third parties separately from our foundry services. A significant portion of our net sales is attributable to a relatively small number of our customers. In 2013, 2014, and 2015 our five largest customers accounted for approximately 52.3%, 51.1% and 52.8%, respectively of our sales.

 

Cost of sales

 

Our cost of sales consists principally of:

 

·depreciation and amortization;

 

·overhead, including maintenance of production equipment, indirect materials, including chemicals, gases and various types of precious and other metals, utilities, royalties and inventory provision;

 

·direct materials, which consist of raw wafer costs;

 

·labor, including share-based compensation expenses for employees directly involved in manufacturing activities; and

 

·production support, including facilities, utilities, quality control, automated systems and management functions.

 

Income (expenses) and gains (loss) from operations

 

·Research and development expenses. Research and development expenses consist primarily of salaries and benefits of research and development personnel, materials costs, depreciation and maintenance on the equipment used in our research and development efforts, contracted technology development costs, and the costs associated with the ramp-up of new fabs. Research and development expenses are partially offset by related government fundings.

 

·General and administrative expenses. General and administrative expenses consist primarily of salaries and benefits for our administrative support, finance and human resource personnel, commercial insurance, fees for professional services, city maintenance and construction tax expenses, educational surtax expenses and bad debt expenses.

 

·Selling and marketing expenses. Selling and marketing expenses consist primarily of salaries and benefits of personnel engaged in sales and marketing activities, costs of customer wafer samples, other marketing incentives and related marketing expenses.

 

·Other operating income (loss). Other operating income (loss) consist primarily of gains or losses arising from disposal of our living quarters, gains or losses arising from disposal of subsidiaries and impairment loss of long-lived assets.
 59 

Table of Contents 

  

Finance cost

 

Our finance costs consist of:

 

·interest expenses, net of government fundings and capitalized portions, which have been primarily attributable to our bank loans, corporate bonds and the imputed interest rate on an outstanding interest-free convertible bonds.

 

Other gains or losses, net

 

Our other gains or losses mainly consist of:

 

·gains and losses from our schools, kindergartens and living quarters;

 

·the changes of fair value and disposal gains or losses of the financial products sold by banks; and

 

·the changes of fair value of derivative financial instrument.

 

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015

 

Year Ended December 31, 2015 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2014

 

Revenue

 

Revenue increased by 13.5% from US$1,970.0 million for 2014 to US$2,236.4 million for 2015, primarily due to an increase in wafer shipments in 2015 particularly in China. For the full year of 2015, the overall wafer shipments were 3,015,966 units of 8-inch equivalent wafers, up 17.8% year-on-year. The increased shipments were driven by launch of new technologies and the combination of expansion of capacity in 2015 in order to meet the growing customer demand and utilization in excess of 100% during 2015.

 

The per wafer average selling price of the wafers we shipped decreased from US$770 in 2014 to US$742 in 2015. The percentage of wafer revenues from advanced 40/45nm technologies increased from 11.1% in 2014 to 15.8% in 2015. Additionally, the advanced 28nm technologies reached mass production in the second half of 2015 contributing to our revenue.

 

Cost of sales and gross profit

 

Cost of sales increased by 4.5% from US$1,486.5 million for 2014 to US$1,553.8 million for 2015, primarily due to an increase in wafer shipments but partially offset by an improved fab efficiency and cost saving. Out of the total cost of sales, US$436.1 million and US$424.9 million were attributable to depreciation and amortization for the year ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

 

Our gross profit was US$682.6 million for 2015 compared to US$483.5 million for 2014, representing an increase of 41.2%. Gross margin was 30.5% in 2015 compared to 24.5% in 2014. The increase in gross profit and margin was primarily a higher utilization rate in 2015.

 

 60 

Table of Contents 

  

Profit for the year from operations

 

Profit from operations increased from US$130.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 to US$222.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 primarily due to the combined effect of 1) an increase of wafer shipments in 2015 and 2) higher utilization in 2015.

 

Research and development expenses increased by 25.0% from US$189.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 to US$237.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase was mainly due to higher number of R&D activities related to advance node processes.

 

General and administrative expenses increased by 52.9% from US$139.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 to US$213.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase was primarily due to 1) the start-up expenses relating to the two new fab projects — the 12-inch fab in Beijing and the 8-inch fab in Shenzhen and 2) an increase in accrued employee bonus in 2015.

 

Sales and marketing expenses increased by 9.5% from US$38.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 to US$41.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase of sales and marketing expenses was primarily due to an increase of payroll and bonus expenses related to the Sales Department.

 

Other operating income, net increased by 122.4% from US$14.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 to US$31.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase was due to the higher gain realized from the partial disposal of our living quarters in 2015. Gain from the living quarter sales increased by US$13.2 million from US$14.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 to US$27.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2015.`

 

As a result of the foregoing changes, our profit from operations increased to US$222.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 from US$130.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2014.

 

Profit for the Year

 

Finance cost decreased by 41% from US$20.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 to US$12.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The decrease was mainly due to increased capitalized interest in 2015.

 

Other gains and losses, net increased by 205.5% from US$18.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 to US$55.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase was primarily due to US$30.2 million gain on put option fair value change related to our investment in Changjiang Xinke.

 

Due to the factors described above, we recorded a profit of US$222.3 million in 2015 compared to US$126.3 million in 2014.

 

 61 

Table of Contents 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2014 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2013

 

Revenue

 

Revenue decreased by 4.8% from US$2,069.0 million for 2013 to US$1,970.0 million for 2014, primarily because there had been no wafer shipments from Wuhan Xinxin Semiconductor Manufacturing Corporation (“Wuhan Xinxin”) since the first quarter of 2014. Revenue excluding wafer shipments from Wuhan Xinxin was US$1,970.0 million in 2014, compared to US$1,961.6 million in 2013. For the full year of 2014, the overall wafer shipments were 2,559,245 units of 8-inch equivalent wafers, down 0.6% year-on-year.

 

The average selling price of the wafers we shipped decreased from US$804 per wafer in 2013 to US$770 in 2014. The percentage of wafer revenues from advanced 40/45nm technologies slightly decreased from 12.1% in 2013 to 11.1% in 2014.

 

Cost of sales and gross profit

 

Cost of sales decreased by 8.8% from US$1,630.5 million for 2013 to US$1,486.5 million for 2014, primarily due to

1) no wafer shipments from Wuhan Xinxin and 2) an increase of fab efficiency and cost saving. Out of the total cost of sales, US$474.8 million and US$436.1 million were attributable to depreciation and amortization for the year ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

 

Our gross profit was US$483.5 million for 2014 compared to US$438.4 million for 2013, representing an increase of 10.3%. Gross margin was 24.5% in 2014 compared to 21.2% in 2013. The increase in gross margin was primarily because 1) there were no wafer shipments from Wuhan Xinxin which had lower gross margin since the first quarter of 2014 and 2) of improved fab efficiency in 2014.

 

Profit for the year from operations

 

Profit from operations decreased from US$187.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to US$130.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 primarily due to the combined effect of 1) an increase of gross profit in 2014, 2) an increase in R&D activities in 2014, 3) higher gain realized from the partial disposal of the living quarters in Shanghai in 2013 and 4) the gain arising from the disposal of our total ownership interest in SMIC (Wuhan) Development Corporation (“WHDM”) which was mainly engaged in the construction, operation and management of our living quarters and schools in Wuhan in 2013.

 

Research and development expenses increased by 30.6% from US$145.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to US$189.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. The increase was mainly due to the increase in R&D activities.

 

General and administrative expenses increased by 0.9% from US$138.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to US$139.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2014.

 

Sales and marketing expenses increased by 7.0% from US$35.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to US$38.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2014.

 

Other operating income decreased by 79.1% from US$67.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to US$14.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. The decrease was due to 1) the gains of US$34.0 million realized from the partial disposal of our living quarters in 2013 higher than US$14.6 million in 2014 and 2) the gain of US$28.3 million arising from the disposal of our total ownership interest in WHDM in 2013.

 

As a result, our profit from operations decreased to US$130.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 from US$187.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013.

 

Profit for the Year

 

Due to the factors described above, we recorded a profit of US$126.3 million in 2014 compared to US$174.5 million in 2013.

 

 62 

Table of Contents 

 

B.Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

We anticipate our working capital to be sufficient for our present requirements. We will require access to significant capital to fund our future capital expenditures and capacity expansion requirements, which are difficult to plan in the rapidly changing semiconductor manufacturing industry. In 2015, SMIC Shanghai entered into four new long term loans, which included a five-year loan facility in the aggregate principal amount of US$66.1 million with US Export-Import Bank, a fifteen-year loan facility in the aggregate principal amount of RMB1,000 million with China Development Bank, a ten-year loan facility in the aggregate principal amount of RMB475 million with China Development Bank and a three-year loan facility in the aggregate principal amount of RMB480 million with The Export-Import Bank of China. SMIC Beijing entered into a new fifteen-year loan facility in the aggregate principal amount of RMB195 million with China Development Bank.

 

On February 12, 2015, we entered into a share purchase agreement with China IC Fund. Pursuant to the share purchase agreement, we proposed to issue 4,700,000,000 new ordinary shares (the “Placing of New Shares”) to the China IC Fund for a consideration of approximately HK$3,098.71 million. On June 8, 2015, the Placing of New Shares was completed and we issued 4,700,000,000 new ordinary shares to Xinxin (Hongkong) Capital co., Ltd., a wholly-owned subsidiary of the China IC Fund, at the issue price of HK$0.6593 per ordinary share.

 

On November 6, 2008 and April 18, 2011, respectively, we entered into share purchase agreements with Datang Telecom Technology & Industry Holdings Co., Ltd. (“Datang Holdings”) and Country Hill Limited (“Country Hill”) which granted each of Datang Holdings (Hongkong) Investment Company Limited (“Datang”) and Country Hill a pre-emptive right to subscribe for additional shares if we issue new shares to other investors. On March 2, 2015, we received irrevocable notices from both Datang and Country Hill about exercising their pre-emptive right as a result of the Placing of New Shares. On June 11, 2015, Datang and Country Hill entered into agreements with us (“2015 Datang Pre-emptive Share Purchase Agreement” and “2015 Country Hill Pre-emptive Share Purchase Agreement”, respectively) to subscribe for 961,849,809 ordinary shares and 323,518,848 ordinary shares, respectively, at a price of HK$0.6593 per share. On September 25, 2015, Country Hill subscribed 323,518,848 ordinary shares of the Company. On October 9, 2015, Datang subscribed 961,849,809 ordinary shares of the Company.

 

We plan to fund our capital expenditure through the cash on hands, cash flows from operations in 2016, the proceeds from the above new loans and new ordinary shares issued as well as other external financing. See “Item 3.D-Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Financial Condition and Business —Since our operating cash flows may not be sufficient to cover our planned capital expenditures, we will require additional external financing, which may not be available on acceptable terms, or at all. Any failure to raise adequate funds in a timely manner could adversely affect our business and operating results.”

 63 

Table of Contents 

  

The following table sets forth a condensed summary of our statements of cash flows for the periods indicated:

 

   For the Years Ended December 31, 
   2013   2014   2015 
   (in US$ thousands) 
Cash Flow Data:               
                
Profit for the year   174,467    126,261    222,323 
Non-cash adjustment to reconcile profit to net operating cash flow:               
Depreciation and amortization   546,910    549,468    523,549 
Net cash from operating activities   738,016    608,102    669,197 
Payments for property, plant and equipment   (650,160)   (653,134)   (1,230,812)
Net cash used in investing activities   (807,467)   (1,144,123)   (789,556)
Net cash from financing activities   173,458    676,683    537,078 
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents   104,007    140,662    416,719 

 

Operating Activities

 

As of December 31, 2015, we had US$1,005.2 million in cash and cash equivalents. These cash and cash equivalents were held in the form of United States dollars, Japanese Yen, Euros, and Renminbi. Our net cash generated from operating activities in 2015 was US$669.2 million, which was primarily due to the net profit of US$222.3 million and the add-back of US$523.5 million in depreciation and amortization, partially offset by an increase of US$ 57.9 million in inventories.

 

As of December 31, 2014, we had US$603.0 million in cash and cash equivalents. These cash and cash equivalents were held in the form of United States dollars, Japanese Yen, Euros, and Renminbi. Our net cash generated from operating activities in 2014 was US$608.1 million, which was primarily due to the net profit of US$126.3 million and the add-back of US$549.5 million in depreciation and amortization, partially offset by an increase of US$89.2 million in trade and other receivables.

 

As of December 31, 2013, we had US$462.5 million in cash and cash equivalents. These cash and cash equivalents were held in the form of United States dollars, Japanese Yen, Euros, and Renminbi. Our net cash generated from operating activities in 2013 was US$738.0 million, which was primarily due to the net profit of US$174.5 million and the add-back of US$546.9 million in depreciation and amortization, partially offset by an increase of US$33.4 million in trade and other receivables.

 

The majority of our cash and cash equivalents were held by our PRC subsidiaries in the form of United States dollars.

 

Investing Activities

 

Our net cash used in investing activities was US$789.6 million and US$1,144.1 million in 2015 and 2014, respectively. These amounts were primarily attributable to purchases of plant and equipment for our fabs in Shanghai, Beijing, Tianjin, Shenzhen and Jiangyin.

 

Our net cash used in investing activities was US$807.5 million in 2013 primarily attributable to purchases of plant and equipment for our fabs in Shanghai, Beijing, Tianjin and Shenzhen.

 64 

Table of Contents 

 

Financing Activities

 

Our net cash from financing activities in 2015 was US$537.1 million. This was primarily derived from US$341.2 million in the proceeds from borrowings, US$508.8 million in the proceeds from issuance of ordinary shares and US$132.1 million in the capital contribution from non-controlling interest, which was partially offset by US$453.7 million in the repayment of borrowings.

 

Our net cash from financing activities in 2014 was US$676.7 million. This was primarily derived from US$376.6 million in the proceeds from borrowings, US$203.8 million in the proceeds from issuance of convertible bonds, US$492.3 million in the proceeds from issuance of corporate bonds, US$270.2 million in the proceeds from issuance of ordinary shares and US$276.8 million in the capital contribution from non-controlling interest, which was partially offset by US$952.4 million in the repayment of borrowings.

 

Our net cash from financing activities in 2013 was US$173.5 million. This was primarily derived from US$905.1 million in the proceeds from borrowings, US$195.8 million in the proceeds from issuance of convertible bonds and US$108.0 million in the capital contribution from non-controlling interest, which was partially offset by US$ 1,008.7 million in the repayment of borrowings and US$ 30 million in the repayment of promissory notes.

 

Capital Expenditures

 

We incurred capital expenditures of US$770 million, US$1,014 million and US$1,573 million in 2013, 2014 and 2015, respectively. We currently expect our capital expenditures in 2016 for foundry operations to be approximately US$2.1 billion, subject to adjustment based on market conditions, which are mainly for 1) the expansion of capacity in 12-inch fab in SMNC, 8-inch fab in SMIC Shenzhen, 12-inch fab in SMIC Shanghai and a new majority-owned 12-inch joint venture fab with bumping services in SJ Jiangyin, 2) a new majority-owned joint venture company, which will focus on research and development on 14nm logic technology and 3) research and development equipment, mask shops and intellectual property acquisition. We plan to finance our substantial capital expenditure requirements through funds generated from a combination of cash on hand, cash from operations, bank borrowing, and debt or equity issuances.

 

The construction in progress balance of approximately US$1,180 million as of December 31, 2015, primarily consisted of the followings: US$274 million and US$392 million of the manufacturing equipment acquired to further expand the production capacity at our two 12-inch fabs in Beijing and one 12-inch fab in Shanghai, respectively, US$136 million of the manufacturing equipment acquired to further expand the production capacity at the 8-inch fab in Shenzhen, US$59 million of the manufacturing equipment in relation to bumping services in Jiangyin, US$77 million relating to the headquarter building in Shanghai and other US$242 million was in relating to various ongoing capital expenditures projects of other SMIC subsidiaries, which are expected to be completed by the second half of 2016.

 

Any transfer of funds from our company to our Chinese subsidiaries, either as a shareholder loan or as an increase in registered capital, is subject to registration or approval of Chinese governmental authorities, including the relevant administration of foreign exchange and/or the relevant examining and approval authority. In addition, it is not permitted under Chinese law for our Chinese subsidiaries to directly lend money to each other. Therefore, it is difficult to change our capital expenditure plans once the relevant funds have been remitted from our company to our Chinese subsidiaries. These limitations on the free flow of funds between us and our Chinese subsidiaries could restrict our ability to act in response to changing market conditions and reallocate funds from one Chinese subsidiary to another in a timely manner.

 

 65 

Table of Contents 

 

Commitments

 

As of December 31, 2015, we had commitments of US$165.3 million for facilities construction obligations in connection with our Shanghai, Beijing, Tianjin, Shenzhen and Jiangyin facilities. We had commitments of US$1,146.3 million to purchase machinery and equipment for our Shanghai, Beijing, Tianjin, Shenzhen and Jiangyin fabs. In addition, we had US$29.4 million to purchase intellectual property. We anticipate that the cash on hands, cash flows from operations in 2016, the proceeds from new loans and new ordinary shares issued and other necessary external financing will be sufficient to finance the commitments. For additional information, see “Item 5.A — Operating and Financial Review and Prospects - Operating Results”.

 

Bank Borrowing

 

As of December 31, 2015, our outstanding long-term loans primarily consisted of US$63.6 million in secured bank loans and US$402.6 million in unsecured bank loans, which are repayable in installments starting in June 2016, with the last payment due in December 2030.

 

2013 USD Loan (SMIC Shanghai)

 

In August 2013, SMIS entered into a loan facility in the aggregate principal amount of US$470 million with a syndicate of financial institutions based in the PRC. This seven-year bank facility was used to finance the planned expansion for SMIS’ 12-inch fab. The facility is secured by the manufacturing equipment located in the SMIS’ 12-inch fab. As of December 31, 2015 SMIS had drawn down US$260 million and repaid US$249.2 million on this loan facility. The outstanding balance of US$10.8 million is repayable from February 2018 to August 2018. The interest rate on this loan facility ranged from 4.33% to 4.89% in 2015. SMIS was in compliance with the related financial covenants as of December 31, 2015.

 

2015 USD Loan (SMIC Shanghai)

 

In April 2015, SMIS entered into a loan facility in the aggregate principal amount of US$66.1 million with US Export-Import Bank. This five-year bank facility was used to finance the planned expansion for SMIS’ 12- inch fab. The facility is secured by the manufacturing equipment located in the SMIS’ 12-inch fab. As of December 31, 2015, SMIS had drawn down US$66.1 million and repaid US$13.2 million on this loan facility. The outstanding balance of US$52.9 million is repayable from June 2016 to December 2019. The interest rate on this loan facility ranged from 1.21% to 1.75% in 2015. SMIS was in compliance with the related financial covenants as of December 31, 2015.

 

2015 RMB Loan I (SMIC Shanghai)

 

In December 2015, SMIS entered into a loan facility in the aggregate principal amount of RMB1,000 million with China Development Bank, which is guaranteed by SMIC. This fifteen-year bank facility was used for new SMIS’ 12-inch fab. As of December 31, 2015, SMIS had drawn down RMB1,000 million (approximately US$154.1 million) on this loan facility. The outstanding balance is repayable from November 2021 to November 2030. The interest rate on this loan facility was 1.20% in 2015.

 

2015 RMB Loan II (SMIC Shanghai)

 

In December 2015, SMIS entered into a loan facility in the aggregate principal amount of RMB475 million with China Development Bank, which is guaranteed by SMIC. This ten-year bank facility was used to expand the capacity of SMIS’ 12-inch fab. As of December 31, 2015, SMIS had drawn down RMB475 million (approximately US$73.2 million) on this loan facility. The outstanding balance is repayable from December 2018 to December 2025. The interest rate on this loan facility was 1.20% in 2015.

 66 

Table of Contents 

 

2015 EXIM RMB Loan (SMIC Shanghai)

 

In December 2015, SMIS entered into a loan facility in the aggregate principal amount of RMB480 million with The Export-Import Bank of China, which is unsecured. This three-year bank facility was used for working capital purposes. As of December 31, 2015, SMIS had drawn down RMB480 million (approximately US$74.0 million) on this loan facility. The outstanding balance is repayable in December 2018. The interest rate on this loan facility was 2.65% in 2015.

 

2014 EXIM RMB Loan (SMIC Beijing)

 

In December 2014, SMIB entered into a RMB Loan, a two-year working capital loan facility in the principal amount of RMB240 million with The Export-Import Bank of China, which is unsecured. This two-year bank facility was used for working capital purposes. As of December 31, 2015, SMIB had drawn down RMB240 million (approximately US$37.0 million) on this loan facility. The principal amount is repayable in December 2016. The interest rate on this loan facility ranged from 3.65% to 3.90% in 2015.

 

2015 CDB RMB Loan (SMIC Beijing)

 

In December 2015, SMIB entered into the new RMB Loan, a fifteen-year working capital loan facility in the principal amount of RMB195 million with China Development Bank, which is unsecured. As of December 31, 2015, SMIB had drawn down RMB195 million (approximately US$30.0 million) on this loan facility. The principal amount is repayable from December 2017 to December 2030. The interest rate on this loan facility was 1.20% in 2015.

 

2015 RMB Entrust Loan (SJ Jiangyin)

 

In July 2015, SJ Jiangyin entered into the new RMB Loan of zero-interest rate, a five-year working capital loan facility in the principal amount of RMB93 million with Jiangyin Science and Technology New City Investment Management Company Ltd, which is unsecured. As of December 31, 2015, SJ Jiangyin had drawn down RMB93 million (approximately US$14.3 million) on this loan facility. The principal amount is repayable in July 2020.

 

2015 CDB USD Loan (SJ Jiangyin)

 

In September 2015, SJ Jiangyin entered into the new USD Loan, a seven-year working capital loan facility in the principal amount of US$44.5 million with China Development Bank. This bank facility was used to expand the capacity of SJ Jiangyin’ 12-inch bumping fab. The facility is guaranteed by SMIB. As of December 31, 2015, SJ Jiangyin had drawn down US$20 million on this loan facility. The principal amount is repayable from September 2017 to September 2022. The interest rate on this loan facility ranged from 4.20% to 4.23% in 2015.

 

Short-term Credit Agreements

 

As of December 31, 2015, the Group had 29 short-term credit agreements that provided total credit facilities of up to US$1,414.6 million on a revolving basis. As of December 31, 2015, the Group had drawn down US$62.9 million under these credit agreements and US$1,351.7 million was available for future trading and borrowings. The outstanding borrowings under the credit agreements are unsecured. The interest rate ranged from 0.98% to 4.20% in 2015.

 

In May 2012, SMIS entered into a four-year strategic framework credit facility in the aggregate amount of RMB5 billion with China Development Bank. The 2013 USD Loan (SMIC Shanghai) constituted part of this strategic framework credit facility.

 

Please see “Item 8.A — Financial Information- Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information—Dividends and Dividend Policy” on our ability to pay dividends on our ordinary shares.

 

Please see “Item 11 — Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk” regarding the risk of loss related to adverse changes in market prices, including foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates of financial instruments.

 

 67 

Table of Contents 

  

C.Research and Development, Patents and Licenses, etc.

 

Our research and development activities are principally directed toward the development and implementation of new process technology. We spent US$145.3 million, US$189.7 million and US$237.2 million, respectively in 2013, 2014 and 2015 on research and development expenses, which represented 7.0%, 9.6% and 10.6% respectively, of our sales in those respective years. Our research and development costs were partially offset by related government fundings of US$26.9 million, US$37.4 million and US$34.3 million in 2013, 2014 and 2015, respectively, and included the costs associated with the ramp-up of a new wafer facility. We plan to continue to invest significant amounts in research and development in 2016.

 

The R&D efforts were focused primarily on advanced logic and value-added specialty technologies. We achieved many significant milestones in 2015. In the area of advanced logic technologies, the PolySiON R&D programs on the 28nm successfully entered into mass production in the second half of 2015. On our 14nm technology development, the basic CMOS process-flow was set up; subsequently, the full process characterization and SRAM yield learning vehicle was taped out at the end of 2015.

 

In the area of non-volatile memory (NVM) technologies, we believe that SMIC was the world’s first pure foundry to produce 55nm eflash and we successfully ramped products which were adopted by domestic and overseas telecom carriers. A number of new technologies also entered production in 2015 including Back-Side Illumination CMOS image sensor (BSI-CIS) products with scaled pixel size (1.4μm and 1.1μm), CMOS integrated MEMS devices and TSV- based wafer level packaging technologies. SMIC also launched 95nm ultra-low power SPOCULL (SMIC Poly Contact Ultra Low Leakage) technology, which can pack two times the logic density and three times the SRAM density compared to the 0.13μm node, and which can be used for various applications including RF, power management, and internet-of-things (IoT).

 

The building and strengthening of our technology R&D organization continued in 2015 by further optimizing our organization structure and resource distribution to improve operational efficiency and to address the growing demands on advanced technologies as well as specialty technology enhancements. During 2015, we completed over 1,200 patent filings as a result of its technology R&D activities.

 

As of December 31, 2015, we had been granted 5,669 patents worldwide, of which, 60 were in Taiwan, 611 were in the U.S., 4,975 were in China, and 23 were in other jurisdictions.

 

D.Trend Information

 

See “Item 5 — Operating and Financial Review and Prospects-Factors that Impact Our Results of Operations” for a discussion of the most significant recent trends affecting our operations.

 

E.Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

We have not entered into any off-balance sheet transactions.

 68 

Table of Contents 

  

F.Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations

 

Set forth in the table below are the aggregate amounts, as of December 31, 2015, of our future cash payment obligations (excluding estimated interest payment obligations) under our existing contractual arrangements on a consolidated basis:

 

   Payments due by period 
   (consolidated, in US$ thousands) 
Contractual obligations(4)  Total   Less than 1
year
   1 – 2 years   2 – 5 years   After 5 years 
                     
Short-Term Borrowings(1)   62,872    62,872             
Long-Term Loans(1)   466,232    50,196    15,830    172,916    227,290 
Convertible bonds(2)   392,632    392,632              
Bonds payable   493,207            493,207     
Purchase Obligations(3)   1,340,941    1,340,941             
Total Contractual Obligations   2,755,884    1,846,641    15,830    666,123    227,290 

 

 

 

(1) These amounts represent outstanding borrowings. Refer to F-68, “Borrowings” for a description of the short-term and long-term borrowings.

(2) The holders of each convertible bond will have the right to require the Company to redeem all or some only of the convertible bonds at their principal amount on November 7, 2016.

(3) Represents commitments for construction or purchase of semiconductor equipment, and other property or services.

(4) Please refer to F-83, “Financial instruments” for our non-derivative financial liabilities with both estimated interest and principal.

 

 69 

Table of Contents 

 

Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees

 

A.Directors and Senior Management

 

Members of our Board are elected by our shareholders. As of March 31, 2016, our Board consists of eleven directors, and one alternate director.

 

Our executive officers are appointed by, and serve at the discretion of, our Board. The following table sets forth the names, ages and positions of our directors and executive officers as of March 31, 2016.

 

Name   Age   Position
Directors        
Zhou Zixue   59   Chairman and Executive Director
Tzu-Yin Chiu   59   Chief Executive Officer and Executive Director
Gao Yonggang   51   Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President, Strategic Planning and Executive Director
Chen Shanzhi   47   Non-Executive Director
Zhou Jie   48   Non-Executive Director
Ren Kai   43   Non-Executive Director
Lu Jun   47   Non-Executive Director
Lip-BuTan   56   Independent Non-Executive Director
William Tudor Brown   57   Independent Non-Executive Director
Sean Maloney   59   Independent Non-Executive Director
Carmen I-Hua Chang   68   Independent Non-Executive Director
Li Yonghua   41   Alternate Director to Chen Shanzhi
Senior Management        
Tzu-Yin Chiu   59   Chief Executive Officer and Executive Director
Gao Yonggang   51   Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President, Strategic Planning and Executive Director
Haijun Zhao   52   Chief Operating Officer and Executive Vice President
Jyishyang Liu   63   Executive Vice President, Engineering & Services
Li Zhi   52   Executive Vice President, Legal/Human Resources/Public Affairs/General Administration
Mike Rekuc   67   Executive Vice President, Worldwide Sales & Marketing
Gareth Kung   51   Executive Vice President, Investment and Strategic Business Development and Finance, and Company Secretary

  

Datang Telecom Technology & Industry Holdings Co., Ltd., or Datang Holdings, has the right to nominate two members of our board of directors pursuant to the Share Purchase Agreement between us and Datang Holdings dated November 6, 2008, and Xinxin (Hongkong) Capital Co., Ltd., a wholly-owned subsidiary of China Integrated Circuit Industry Investment Fund Co., Ltd. (“China IC Fund”), has the right to nominate one member of our board of directors pursuant to the Share Subscription Agreement between us and China IC Fund dated February 12, 2015. Save as disclosed above, no other shareholder has a contractual right to designate a person to be elected to our board of directors.

 

There are no family relationships among any of our directors and executive officers.

 

 70 

Table of Contents 

 

Board of Directors

 

Zhou Zixue

Chairman of the Board, Executive Director

 

Dr. Zhou Zixue joined SMIC in 2015 and is currently the Chairman of the Board. Dr. Zhou received a master degree in management engineering from The University of Electronic Science and Technology of China and a Ph.D in Economic History from Central China Normal University. Prior to joining the Company, Dr. Zhou had served as Chief Economist in the Ministry of Industry and Information Technology of China (“MIIT”) since April 2009. He was the Director-General in the Department of Finance of MIIT from 2008 to 2009. Dr. Zhou had worked as Director-General and Deputy Director-General in the Ministry of Information Industry of China and Deputy Director-General of the Ministry of Electronics Industry (“MEI”) and had served in other different divisions of the MEI and the Ministry of Machinery and Electronics Industry. Dr. Zhou had previously worked in Beijing State-Owned Dongguangdian Factory, one of the then largest semiconductor enterprises in China, responsible for accounting and marketing. Dr. Zhou is also the secretary general of the China Information Technology Industry Federation, chairman of the board of directors of the China Semiconductor Industry Association, the executive deputy director of the Standing Committee of Electronic Science and Technology Commission of China, a member of the National Informatization Expert Advisory Committee, a director of Chinese Accounting Association, the executive director and vice chairman of the board of directors of the China Institute of Electronics, the vice president of China Electronic Chamber of Commerce, the executive director of China Association of Chief Financial Officers and the president of its electronic branch and an Adjunct Professor of each of Beihang University, Beijing Institute of Technology, Renmin University of China, Nanjing University of Science and Technology, Zhejiang University, University of Electronic Science and Technology. Dr Zhou is also the director of Hisense Electric Company Limited listed on the Shanghai Stock Exchange, the chairman of the board of directors of SMIC Holdings Corporation and SJ Semiconductor (Jiangyin) Corporation.

 

Tzu-Yin Chiu

Chief Executive Officer & Executive Director

 

Dr. Tzu-Yin Chiu has over 30 years’ experience in the semiconductor industry and a track record of managing successful semiconductor manufacturing companies at the executive level. Dr. Chiu’s expertise spans technology research, business development, operations and corporate management. He began his career in the United States as a research scientist at AT&T Bell Laboratories in Murray Hill, New Jersey, rising to become the department head of its High Speed Electronics Research Department and Silicon Research Operations Department. He then joined Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Corporation (TSMC), where he served as Senior Director of Fab Operations. Subsequently, Dr. Chiu became Senior Vice President of Shanghai Operations for Semiconductor Manufacturing International Corporation (SMIC). He then served as Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of Hua Hong International Management and President of Hua Hong Semiconductor International in Shanghai, China. He was then appointed President and COO of Silterra Malaysia, before joining Hua Hong NEC as President and CEO in February 2009. Dr. Chiu also served as the Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of Shanghai Huali Microelectronics Corporation from 2010 to 2011. From 2005 to 2009, he was an Independent Director of Actions Semiconductor Co., Ltd. Dr. Chiu returned to SMIC in August 2011 as CEO and Executive Director. He is also Vice Council Chairman of China Semiconductor Industry Association (CSIA), a board member of Global Semiconductor Alliance (GSA), the chairman of the board of directors of each of Semiconductor Manufacturing North China (Beijing) Corporation, Brite Semiconductor Corporation, SilTech Semiconductor (Shanghai) Corporation Limited, Semiconductor Manufacturing International (Shanghai) Corporation, Semiconductor Manufacturing International (Shenzhen) Corporation, Semiconductor Manufacturing International (Beijing) Corporation, Semiconductor Manufacturing International (Tianjin) Corporation and SMIC Semiconductor Advanced Technology Research (Shanghai) Corporation. Dr. Chiu is also the director of SJ Semiconductor (Jiangyin) Corporation and Toppan SMIC Electronics (Shanghai) Co., Ltd. Dr. Chiu earned his bachelor’s degree in electrical and systems engineering at Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute in New York, and his doctorate in electrical engineering and computer science at the University of California, Berkeley. He has also earned an executive MBA degree from Columbia University in New York. Dr. Chiu was honored as the 2014 Distinguished Alumni Award by the Department of EECS at the University of California, Berkeley on February 13, 2014. Dr. Chiu received the Outstanding EHS Achievement Award from SEMI on March 18, 2014. Dr. Chiu holds 67 semiconductor technology patents with 33 additional patents application still pending. He is a senior member of the IEEE and has published over 30 technical articles.

 71 

Table of Contents 

 

Gao Yonggang

Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President, Strategic Planning & Executive Director

 

Dr. Gao Yonggang, a non-executive Director since 2009, has been appointed as Executive Vice President, Strategic Planning of the Company and has been re-designated as an executive Director since June 17, 2013. He has been appointed as the Chief Financial Officer of the Company since February 17, 2014. Dr. Gao is a director of six subsidiaries of the Company, namely Semiconductor Manufacturing International (Shanghai) Corporation, Semiconductor Manufacturing International (Beijing) Corporation, Semiconductor Manufacturing International (Tianjin) Corporation, Semiconductor Manufacturing North China (Beijing) Corporation, Semiconductor Manufacturing International (Shenzhen) Corporation and SMIC Holdings Corporation. He is also chairman of the board of China Fortune-Tech Capital Co., Ltd, the Company’s joint venture with independent third parties. Dr. Gao has more than 30 years of experience in the area of financial management and has worked as Chief Financial Officer or person in charge of finance in various industries, including commercial, industrial, and municipal utilities, and in various types of organizations, including state-owned enterprises, private companies, joint ventures, and government agencies. Dr. Gao was the Chief Financial Officer of the China Academy of Telecommunications Technology (Datang Telecom Technology & Industry Group), the chairman of Datang Capital (Beijing) Co., Ltd. and Datang Telecom Group Finance Co., Ltd., and an executive director of Datang Hi-Tech Venture Capital Investment Co., Ltd. He was also a director and the Senior Vice President of Datang Telecom Technology & Industry Holdings Co., Ltd.. Dr. Gao is a standing committee member of Accounting Society of China, standing director of Enterprise Financial Management Association of China, independent director of GRINM Semiconductor Materials Co.,Ltd. Dr. Gao graduated from Nankai University with a Ph.D. in management. He has conducted studies in the field of financial investment, and has been involved in a number of key research projects and publications in this area. Dr. Gao is also a Fellow of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in Australia. Founding Member, director of The Hong Kong Independent Non-Executive Director Association.

 

Chen Shanzhi

Non-executive Director

 

Dr. Chen Shanzhi has been a non-executive Director since 2009. Dr. Chen is currently the SVP and CIO of the China Academy of Telecommunications Technology (Datang Telecom Technology & Industry Group). He is also the SVP of Datang Telecom Technology & Industry Holdings Co., Ltd., where he is responsible for strategy development, technology and standards development, corporate IT, strategic alliances and cooperation, investment budget management, and external Industrial Investment. Dr. Chen received his bachelor’s degree from Xidian University, his master’s degree from the China Academy of Posts and Telecommunications of the Ministry of Posts and Telecommunications, and his Ph.D. from Beijing University of Posts and Telecommunications. Dr. Chen has 20 years of experience in the field of information and communication technology, during which he has been involved in research and development, technology and strategy management. Dr. Chen has made important contributions to the industrialization of TD-SCDMA 3G and the development of TD-LTE-Advanced 4G international standards.

 

Dr. Chen is currently an Expert Advisory Group member of National Science and Technology Platform, the chairman of Chinese high-tech Industrialization Association for Information Technology Committee, a director of The Chinese Institute of Electronics, an executive director of China Institute of Communications, a director of China Communications Standards Association (CCSA) and a senior member of IEEE. Dr. Chen was a member of the IT Experts Panel of the National 863 Program and a member of the Programming Group of the major project of “The New-generation Broadband Wireless Mobile Communications Network”.

 

Dr. Chen has published 3 monographs and more than 150 papers in domestic and foreign academic conferences and publications, of which more than 70 were published by SCI and EI. Many of his papers have received awards. At present, he has applied for more than 10 national invention patents.

 

Dr. Chen received the second prize for the State Award for Technological Invention China in 2015, the first prize for the 2012 National Science and Technology Progress Award, the second prize for the 2001 National Science and Technology Progress Award, the Ninth Guanghua Engineering Science and Technology Award, the first prize for the 2012 China Institute of Communications Science and Technology Award and the first prize for the 2009 National Enterprise Management Modernization Innovation Achievement Award and other honors.

 

 72 

Table of Contents 

 

Zhou Jie

Non-Executive Director

 

Mr. Zhou Jie has been a Director since 2009. Mr. Zhou is an executive director and the president of Shanghai Industrial Investment (Holdings) Company Limited (“SIIC”) and an executive director, the vice chairman and chief executive officer of Shanghai Industrial Holdings Limited (“SIHL”). He is a non-executive director of Shanghai Pharmaceuticals Holding Co., Ltd.. He is also a director of certain subsidiaries of SIIC and SIHL. Mr. Zhou graduated from Shanghai Jiaotong University with a master’s degree in management science and engineering. He was the deputy general manager of the investment banking head office of Shanghai Wanguo Holdings Ltd. (now Shenyin&Wanguo Securities Co., Ltd.) and held the positions of the chairman and general manager of Shanghai S.I. Capital Co., Ltd. He has over 20 years’ experience in corporate management, investment banking and capital markets operation.

 

Ren Kai

Non-Executive Director

 

Mr. Ren Kai has been a director since 2015. Mr. Ren currently also serves as a director of SJ Semiconductor (Jiangyin) Corporation since April 2016. Since September 2014, Mr. Ren has been serving as the Executive Vice President of Sino IC Capital. From October 2007 to August 2014, he had served as the Director of the Review Board 4 of the Review Bureau 2 of China Development Bank. From October 2004 to December 2007, Mr. Ren served as a Deputy Director of each of the Review Board 3 and the Review Board 4 of the Review Bureau 2 of China Development Bank. From July 1995 to October 2004, Mr. Ren had worked in the Electromechanical Textile Credit Bureau, Chengdu representative office, the Review Bureau 4, the Review Bureau 3 and the Review Bureau 2 of China Development Bank. Mr. Ren received a bachelor degree in industry and international trade from Harbin Engineering University. Mr. Ren has been engaged in loan review programs and investment operations in the fields of equipment and electronics; he is familiar with industrial policies and has in-depth understanding in integrated circuit and related industries. Mr. Ren had gained extensive experience in investment management while he was working in the Review Board 2 of China Development Bank as he led the team to complete the review of hundreds of major projects with annual review commitments of over RMB100 billion and accumulative review commitments of over RMB30 billion in the field of integrated circuit.

 

Lu Jun

Non-Executive Director

 

Mr. Lu has been a director since 2016. Since August 2014, in addition to serve as President of Sino IC-Capital Co., Ltd, he is also the Chairman of Sino IC-Leasing Co., Ltd. And since May 2010, Mr. Lu has been serving as Executive Vice President of China Development Bank Capital Co., Ltd (China Development Bank Capital Co., Ltd, a wholly-owned subsidiary of China Development Bank Co., Ltd, has been so far the only large-scale agency in China’s banking industry for RMB equity investment, and has formed an integrated platform for strategic investments domestically and internationally). Previously, Mr. Lu has been worked for China Development Bank for more than 20 years and accumulated wealth of experience in credit, industry investment and fund investment. As Mr. Lu has been engaged in loan review programs and investment operations in the fields of equipment and electronics, he is familiar with industrial policies and has in-depth understanding in integrated circuit and related industries.

 

From July 2007 to May 2010, Mr. Lu had served as the Deputy Director of China Development Bank Shanghai Branch. From April 2006 to July 2007, Mr. Lu served as the Director of industrial integration innovation of Investment business bureau of China Development Bank. From April 2003 to April 2006, Mr. Lu served as the Director of each of the Review Board of China Development Bank Jiangsu Branch and Nanjing Branch. From September 2002 to April 2003, Mr. Lu served as the Director of the Review Board of China Development Bank Nanjing Branch. From March 1994 to September 2002, Mr. Lu had worked in Traffic credit bureau, East China credit bureau, finance department of Nanjing Branch, and the Review Bureau 2 of Nanjing Branch of China Development Bank.

 

Mr. Lu Jun received the Master of Business Administration from Nanjing University and holding a bachelor degree in Shipping and Marine engineering from Hohai University.

 73 

Table of Contents 

  

Lip-Bu Tan

Independent Non-Executive Director

 

Mr. Lip-Bu Tan has been a Director since 2001 and is also a director of a subsidiary of the Company. Mr. Tan is the Founder and Chairman of Walden International, a leading venture capital firm managing over US$2.0 billion in committed capital. He concurrently serves as President and Chief Executive Officer of Cadence Design Systems, Inc., and has been a member of the Cadence Board of Directors since 2004. He also serves on the boards of Ambarella Corp., Hewlett Packard Enterprise, the Global Semiconductor Alliance and several other private companies. Mr. Tan received his B.S. from Nanyang University in Singapore, his MBA from the University of San Francisco, and his M.S. in Nuclear Engineering from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.

 

Sean Maloney

Independent Non-Executive Director

 

Mr. Sean Maloney has been a Director since 2013. Mr. Maloney spent over 30 years at Intel Corporation. He is known within the high tech industry as a visionary whose hard work and strategic planning contributed to the unprecedented global growth of the company. From August 2011 to January 2013, Mr. Maloney served as Chairman of Intel China where he was responsible for overseeing and developing the company’s strategy. Prior to this appointment, Mr. Maloney was an Executive Vice President at Intel and Co-General Manager of the corporation’s Intel Architecture Group (IAG). He was responsible for architecting, developing, and marketing Intel’s platform solutions for all computing segments including: data centers, desktops, laptops, netbooks/net-tops, handhelds, embedded devices, and consumer electronics. In this capacity, Mr. Maloney focused on business and operations with over one half of the company reporting to him. He also previously ran the company’s Communications Group. Over the years, Mr. Maloney has been recognized for his keen understanding and abilities globally in sales and marketing as well as strategic planning. He served as the Chief of Sales and Marketing Worldwide for the company. Mr. Maloney is currently on the board of directors of Netronome, Acumulus9 and the American Heart Association, and advises Cephasonics and Silk Road Medical.

 

William Tudor Brown

Independent Non-Executive Director

 

Mr. William Tudor Brown has been a Director since 2013. He is a Chartered Engineer, a Fellow of the Institution of Engineering and Technology and a Fellow of the Royal Academy of Engineering. He holds a MA (Cantab) Degree in Electrical Sciences from Cambridge University. Mr. Brown was one of the founders of ARM Holdings plc, a British multinational semiconductor and software design company listed on London Stock Exchange and NASDAQ. In ARM Holdings plc, he served as President during the period from July 2008 to May 2012. His previous roles include Engineering Director and Chief Technology Officer, EVP Global Development and Chief Operating Officer. He had responsibility for developing high-level relationships with industry partners and governmental agencies and for regional development. Before joining ARM Holdings plc, Mr. Brown was Principal Engineer at Acorn Computers and worked exclusively on the ARM R&D programme since 1984. Mr. Brown served as a director at ARM Holdings plc from October 2001 to May 2012. He was also a director of ARM Ltd. From May 2005 to February 2013, he was a director of ANT Software PLC (a company listed on AIM of London Stock Exchange). Mr. Brown served on the UK Government Asia Task Force until May 2012. He sat on the advisory board of Annapurna Labs until the sale of the company in 2015. Currently Mr. Brown is an independent non-executive director and a member of the the Compensation Committee and chair of the Nominations and Governance committee of Tessera Technologies, Inc. (a compay listed on NASDAQ), an independent non-executive director and a member of each of the Audit Committee and the Compensation Committee of Lenovo Group Limited (a company listed on Main Board of The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited) and an independent non-executive director of P2i Limited, a world leader in liquid repellent nano-coating technology.

 74 

Table of Contents 

 

Carmen I-Hua Chang

Independent Non-Executive Director

 

Ms. Carmen I-Hua Chang has been an independent non-executive Director since September 2014. Ms. Chang has been involved in seminal cross border transactions between China and the US including the earliest investments by Goldman Sachs in China Netcom and the key transactions of companies such as Lenovo, Foxconn, Google, Tencent, Netease, CEC, China Mobile, Spreadtrum and SMIC. In 2012, Ms. Chang joined New Enterprise Associates (NEA), a venture fund with over US$14 billion dollars under management, where she serves as Partner and Managing Director, Asia (Ex-India). Prior to joining NEA, she was a partner at a SiliconValley law firm, where she headed up its China practice. She is an affiliate of the Center for International Security and Cooperation at Stanford University — Stanford University’s main research organization on international issues — as well as a fellow at the Stanford Business School and Stanford Law School’s Rock Center for Corporate Governance. Ms. Chang also serves as an Independent Non-Executive Director of AAC Technologies Holdings Inc. (SEHK: 2018). Ms. Chang is also on the board of directors for Ruizhang Technologies, Airtake and Availink. Ms. Chang received a graduate degree in modern Chinese history from Stanford University and a Juris Doctor degree from Stanford Law School.

 

Li Yonghua

Alternate Director to Dr. Chen Shanzhi

 

Mr. Li Yonghua has been an alternate Director to Dr. Chen Shanzhi, a non-executive Director of the Company, since October 2013. Mr. Li is currently General Legal Consultant of the China Academy of Telecommunications Technology. Since August 2010 till now, Mr. Li has been a director of Datang Telecom Technology Co., Ltd. (a company listed on Shanghai Stock Exchange). Respectively from June 2011 and December 2011 till now, Mr. Li is also General Legal Consultant and Vice President and General Manager of Operation Management of Datang Telecom Technology & Industry Holdings Co., Ltd.. Mr. Li has been the chairman of the board of directors of Datang Mobile Communications Equipment Co., Ltd. and an executive director of DatangLiancheng Information System Technology Co., Ltd. since September 2014. Mr. Li served in Dongming County People’s Procuratorate of Shandong Province as a civil servant from 1996 to 2005. He was Chief Law Officer of Hanwang Technology Co., Ltd. He was also Vice Legal General Manager, General Manager and Supervisor of Datang Telecom Technology & Industry Holdings Co., Ltd. from 2008 to 2010. Mr. Li holds a Bachelor of Law degree from Shandong Normal University and a Master of Law degree from Peking University.

 

 75 

Table of Contents 

  

Mr. Frank Meng retired as an independent non-executive Director on June 26, 2015 due to his acceptance of appointment as the chairman of Qualcomm China by Qualcomm Incorporated, one of the Company’s major customers. Mr. Ren Kai was nominated by the China Integrated Circuit Industry Investment Fund (“China IC Fund”) as a non-executive Director on August 11, 2015. Mr. Lu Jun has been appointed by the Board of Directors as a non-executive director with effect from February 18, 2016.

 

Senior Management

 

Tzu-Yin Chiu

Chief Executive Officer and Executive Director

 

Biographical details are set out in the above Board of Directors section.

 

Gao Yonggang

Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President, Strategic planning & Executive Director

 

Biographical details are set out in the above Board of Directors section.

 

Haijun Zhao

Chief Operating Officer and Executive Vice President

 

Dr. Haijun Zhao joined SMIC in 2010, and was named Vice President of North Operations in September 2011. In June 2012 he was promoted to Senior Vice President, and on April 25, 2013, he took on the role as Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer. He has 26 years of experience in semiconductor operations and technology development, most recently as a vice president of technology development, product engineering and Greater China business at ProMOS Technologies in Taiwan. He also previously held management positions at TECH Semiconductor Singapore. Dr. Zhao received his B.S. and Ph.D. from Tsinghua University, and his MBA from the University of Chicago. He holds two US semiconductor technology patents, with two pending, and has nine published technical papers.

 

Jyishyang Liu

Executive Vice President, Engineering & Services

 

Dr. Jyishyang Liu joined SMIC in 2001. He became Vice President of Central Engineering & Services in 2010, and has been Acting Vice President of Central Operations since September 2011. In June 2012 he was promoted to Senior Vice President, and on April 25, 2013, he took on the role as Executive Vice President. He has over 30 years of experience in the international semiconductor industry, beginning with research & development work at Motorola and Bell Laboratories, as well as operations management at UMC. Dr. Liu received his BS and MS degrees from National Tsing Hua University and completed his Ph.D. in Materials Science and Engineering at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. He has seven published technical papers and holds two patents.

 

 76 

Table of Contents 

 

Mr. Li Zhi

Executive Vice President, Legal/Human Resources/Public Affairs/General Administration

 

Mr. Li Zhi joined SMIC in March 2013 as Vice President and was promoted to Executive Vice President in November 2014. He is currently responsible for overseeing legal, human resources, public affairs and general administration. He has over 30 years of engineering, management and operations experience in the electronics and semiconductor industry. In his previous roles, he was the Deputy-Director Secretary of the President’s office of the China Electronic Information Industry Group, Deputy-Director Secretary of the Ministry of Electronics Industry, head of General Management Department at Beijing Hua Hong NEC IC Design Co. Ltd., President’s Assistant and head of administrative legal department of Beijing Hua Hong IC Design Co. Ltd., Board Secretary of Hua Hong Semiconductor Company (Shanghai Hua Hong NEC Electronics Co. Ltd.), Director of the Board Office (Board Secretary) of Shanghai Hua Hong (Group) Co. Ltd., Executive Vice President, Board Member and CEO of Shanghai Belling Co. Ltd., Vice President of Shanghai Integrated Circuit Industry Association. Mr. Li holds a Bachelor’s degree in Engineering from Beijing University of Aeronautics and Astronautics, and an EMBA from the University of Texas at Arlington. He also serves as the Vice President of the China Electronic Information Association.

 

Mike Rekuc

Executive Vice President, Worldwide Sales and Marketing

 

Mr. Mike Rekuc joined SMIC in 2011 as President of SMIC Americas. In November 2012, he was promoted to Senior Vice President, initially overseeing Worldwide Sales. As of March 2013, he oversees Worldwide Sales and Marketing, and on April 25, 2013, he took on the role as Executive Vice President. Mr. Rekuc is a distinguished industry veteran with four decades of semiconductor experience in both the United States and Asia. Before joining SMIC, he was President of Grace Semiconductor USA for Shanghai-based foundry Grace Semiconductor. Before Grace, he was Senior Vice President of Sales and Marketing and President of the Americas Region for Singapore-based Chartered Semiconductor (now part of GlobalFoundries) from 1999 to 2010. Prior to joining Chartered, Mr. Rekuc spent 23 years at Motorola, rising from a district sales engineer in Motorola’s semiconductor sector to become Vice President and Global Sales Director of its World Wide Wireless Subscribers Group. Mr. Rekuc began his career working for the United States Navy as a civilian semiconductor specialist. He holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Electrical Engineering from Lawrence Technological University.

 

Gareth Kung

Executive Vice President, Investment and Strategic Business Development and Finance, Company Secretary

 

Mr. Gareth Kung joined SMIC in July 2012. He works as Executive Vice President, Investment and Strategic Business Development and Finance and Company Secretary. Mr. Kung has over 25 years’ work experience working as a chief financial officer in publicly listed companies, private equity investment manager, banker and auditor. Between 2003 and 2009, Mr. Kung worked at SMIC as the Group Treasurer and Group Controller and from July 2012 to February 2014 as the Company’s Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Kung holds a MBA from the University of Western Ontario and a bachelor’s degree in accounting from the National University of Singapore. Mr. Kung is a Certified Public Accountant in Hong Kong, Australia and Singapore and a fellow member of the Association of Chartered Certified Accountants. In addition, he is a Chartered Financial Analyst.

 

 77 

Table of Contents 

 

B.Director and Executive Compensation

 

Details of the emoluments paid or payable by us to our directors, including Zhou Zixue, our chairman and executive director, Tzu-Yin Chiu, our chief executive officer and executive director and Gao Yonggang, our chief financial officer and executive director, in 2015 are set out as below:

 

       Employee settled     
   Salaried and   share-base   Total 
   wages   payment   remuneration 
   (in US$ thousands) 
Executive Directors:               
Zhou Zixue   225    873    1,098 
Zhang Wenyi*   578    32    610 
Tzu-Yin Chiu   918    130    1,048 
Gao Yonggang   376    201    577 
Non-executive directors:               
Chen Shanzhi   50        50 
Zhou Jie            
Li Yonghua (Alternate to Chen Shanzhi)            
Ren Kai       66    66 
Independent non-executive directors:               
William Tudor Brown   47    47    94 
Sean Maloney   50    46    96 
Lip-Bu Tan   70        70 
Frank Meng**   28    6    34 
Carmen I-Hua Chang   42    149    191 
Total remuneration   2,384    1,550    3,934 

* Zhang Wenyi resigned as chairman of the Board and an executive director with effect from March 6, 2015.

** Frank Meng resigned as an independent non-executive director with effect from June 26, 2015.

 

The remuneration paid or payable by us to our senior management personnel, including Tzu-Yin Chiu and Gao Yonggang during the year are as follows:

 

   Year ended 12/31/15 
   USD’000 
Short-term benefits   3,641 
Share-based payments   1,399 
Total   5,040 

 

 

 

We do not provide pension, retirement or similar benefits to our executive officers and directors except statutorily required benefits.

 

In 2015, we did not grant any options to purchase ordinary shares of the Company under our 2014 Stock Option Plan nor did we award any restricted share units under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan to certain of our executive officers.

 

 78 

Table of Contents 

  

C.Board Practices

 

Board of Directors

 

Our board of directors consists of eleven Directors and one alternate Director. Directors may be elected to hold office until the expiration of their respective terms upon a resolution passed at a duly convened shareholders’ meeting by holders of a majority of our issued shares being entitled to vote in person or by proxy at such meeting. The Board is divided into three classes with one class of Directors eligible for re- election at each annual general meeting of shareholders, or AGM. Each class of Director (including all non-executive Directors) will serve a term of three years.

 

The following table sets forth the names, classes and appointment commencement dates of our current Directors:

 

Name of Director   Position   Class   Appointment
Commencement
Date
  Year of Re-election
Zhou Zixue   Chairman and Executive Director   I   2015/3/6   2017
Tzu-Yin Chiu   Chief Executive Officer and Executive Director   I   2011/8/5   2017
Gao Yonggang   Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President, Strategic Planning, Executive Director   I   2009/6/23   2017
William Tudor Brown   Independent Non-executive Director   I   2013/8/8   2017
Chen Shanzhi   Non-executive Director   II   2009/6/23   2018
Li Yonghua   Alternate Director to Chen Shanzhi     2013/10/22    
Lip-Bu Tan   Independent Non-executive Director   II   2001/11/3   2018
Carmen I-Hua Chang   Independent Non-executive Director   II   2014/9/1   2018
Lu Jun*   Non-executive Director   II   2016/2/18   2018
Zhou Jie   Non-executive Director   III   2009/1/23   2016
Sean Maloney   Independent Non-executive Director   III   2013/6/15   2016
Ren Kai   Non-executive Director   III   2015/8/11   2016

 

* Mr. Lu Jun, whose initial appointment as Director took effect as of February 18, 2016, shall retire from office at the 2016 AGM pursuant to Article 126 of the Company’s Articles of Association. Mr. Lu Jun will, being eligible, offer himself for re-election as a Class II Director at the 2016 AGM to hold office until the 2018 AGM.

 

 79 

Table of Contents 

 

 

Please see “Item 7.B—Related Party Transactions — Director Service Contracts” for a description of the service contracts we have entered into with our directors. Except for the indemnification provisions, the Service Contracts (as defined under Item 7) do not provide for benefits upon termination of service or employment.

 

Committees of Our Board of Directors

 

Our board of directors has an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nomination committee. The composition and responsibilities of these committees are described below.

 

Audit Committee.

 

Currently, the members of the Company’s Audit Committee (“Audit Committee”) are Mr. Lip-Bu Tan (Chairman of Audit Committee), Mr. Zhou Jie and Mr. William Tudor Brown. None of these members has been an executive officer or employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries. In addition to acting as the Chairman of the Company’s Audit Committee. Mr. Tan currently also serves on the audit committee of another publicly traded company. In general and in accordance with Section 303A.07(a) of the Listed Company Manual of the New York Stock Exchange, the Board considered and determined that such simultaneous service would not impair the ability of Mr. Tan to effectively serve on the Company’s Audit Committee.

 

The responsibilities of the audit committee include, among other things:

 

making recommendations to the Board concerning the appointment, reappointment, retention, evaluation, oversight and termination of the work of the Company’s independent auditor;

 

reviewing the experience, qualifications and performance of the senior members of the independent auditor team;

 

pre-approving all non-audit services to be provided by the Company’s independent auditor;

 

approving the remuneration and terms of engagement of the Company’s independent auditor;

 

reviewing reports from the Company’s independent auditor regarding the independent auditor’s internal quality-control procedures; and any material issues raised in the most recent internal or peer review of such procedures, or in any inquiry, review or investigation by governmental, professional or other regulatory authority, respecting independent audits conducted by the independent auditor, and any steps taken to deal with these issues; and (to assess the independent auditor’s independence) all relationships between the Company and the independent auditor;

 

pre-approving the hiring of any employee or former employee of the Company’s independent auditor who was a member of the audit team during the preceding three years and the hiring of any employee or former employee of the independent auditor for senior positions regardless of whether that person was a member of the Company’s audit team;

 

reviewing the Company’s annual, interim and quarterly financial statements, earnings releases, critical accounting policies and practices used to prepare financial statements, alternative treatments of financial information, the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures and important trends and developments in financial reporting practices and requirements;

 

reviewing the scope, planning and staffing of internal audits, the organization, responsibilities, plans, results, budget and staffing of the Company’s Internal Audit Department (as defined and discussed below), the quality, adequacy and effectiveness of the Company’s internal controls (including financial, operational and compliance controls) and any significant deficiencies or material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal controls;

 

considering the adequacy of resources, staff qualifications and experience, training programmes and budget of the Company’s accounting and financial reporting function;

 

reviewing the Company’s risk assessment and management policies;

 

reviewing any legal matters that may have a material impact and the adequacy and effectiveness of the Company’s legal and regulatory compliance procedures;

 

establishing procedures for the treatment of complaints received by the Company regarding financial reporting, internal control or possible improprieties in other matters; and

 

obtaining and reviewing reports from management, the Company’s internal auditor and the Company’s independent auditor regarding compliance with applicable legal and regulatory requirements.

 

 80 

Table of Contents 

 

During the year ended December 31, 2015, the audit committee reviewed:

 

the Company’s budget for 2015;

 

the financial reports for the year ended and as of December 31, 2014 and the six months ended and as of June 30, 2015;

 

the quarterly financial statements, earnings releases and any updates thereto;

 

the report and management letter submitted by the Company’s outside auditors summarizing the findings of and recommendations from their audit of the Company’s financial reports;

 

the findings and recommendations of the Company’s outside auditors regarding the Company’s compliance with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”);

 

the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control structure in operations, financial reporting integrity and compliance with applicable laws and regulations;

 

the findings of the Company’s compliance office, which ensures compliance with the CG Code and Insider Trading Policy;

 

the reports of the Company’s ethics hotline;

 

the report on share price performance and shareholders composition;

 

the audit fees for the Company’s independent auditors;

 

the Company’s independent auditors’ engagement letters; and

 

the information security and customer data protection measures implemented by the Company.

 

The Audit Committee reports its work, findings and recommendations to the Board regularly. In addition, the Audit Committee meets in person with the Company’s external auditor four times a year.

 

The Audit Committee meets in person at least four times a year on a quarterly basis and on such other occasions as may be required to discuss and vote upon significant issues. The meeting schedule for the year is planned in the preceding year. The Company Secretary assists the chairman of the Audit Committee in preparing the agenda for meetings and assists the Audit Committee in complying with the relevant rules and regulations. The relevant papers for the Audit Committee meetings were dispatched to the Audit Committee in accordance with the CG Code. Members of the Audit Committee may include matters for discussion in the agenda if the need arises. Within a reasonable time after an Audit Committee meeting is held, minutes are circulated to the members of the Audit Committee for their comment and review prior to their approval of the minutes at the following or a subsequent Audit Committee meeting.

 

At each quarterly Audit Committee meeting, the Audit Committee reviews with the Chief Financial Officer and the Company’s independent auditors the financial statements for the financial period and the financial and accounting principles, policies and controls of the Company and its subsidiaries. In particular, the Committee discusses (i) the changes in accounting policies and practices, if any; (ii) the going concern assumptions; (iii) compliance with accounting standards and applicable rules and other legal requirements in relation to financial reporting and (iv) the internal controls of the Company and the accounting and financial reporting systems. Upon the recommendation of the Audit Committee, the Board approves the financial statements.

 

 81 

Table of Contents 

 

Compensation Committee

 

Currently, the members of the Company’s Compensation Committee (“Compensation Committee”) are Mr. Lip-Bu Tan (Chairman of Compensation Committee), Mr. Sean Maloney and Mr. Zhou Jie. None of these members has been an executive officer or employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

 

The responsibilities of the compensation committee include, among other things:

 

approving and overseeing the total compensation package for the Company’s executive officers and any other officer, evaluating the performance of and determining and approving the compensation to be paid to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and reviewing the results of the Chief Executive Officer’s evaluation of the performance of the Company’s other executive officers;

 

determining the compensation packages of executive Directors and making recommendations to the Board with respect to non-executive Director compensation, including equity-based compensation;

 

administering and periodically reviewing and making recommendations to the Board regarding the long- term incentive compensation or equity plans made available to the Directors, employees and consultants;

 

reviewing and making recommendations to the Board regarding executive compensation philosophy, strategy and principles and reviewing new and existing employment, consulting, retirement and severance agreements proposed for the Company’s executive officers; and

 

ensuring appropriate oversight of the Company’s human resources policies and reviewing strategies established to fulfill the Company’s ethical, legal, and human resources responsibilities.

 

The Compensation Committee shall have the delegated authority to determine the remuneration packages of individual executive Directors and the Company’s executive officers/senior management, and make recommendations to the Board on the remuneration of non-executive Directors. During the year ended December 31, 2015, in addition to reviewing the remuneration of executive Directors and the members of the Company’s management, the Compensation Committee reviewed:

 

the remuneration policy for employees for the year 2015;

 

the profit-sharing and bonus policies and basis of calculation;

 

the long term compensation strategy, including the granting of stock options and Restricted Share Units pursuant to the terms of the Option Plans;

 

the attrition rate;

 

the proposed compensation packages of Dr. Zhou Zixue, a newly-appointed executive Director and Chairman of the Board, and Mr. Ren Kai, a newly-appointed non-executive Director during the year;

 

the competiveness of compensation packages of all non-executive Directors.

 

The Compensation Committee reports its work, findings and recommendations to the Board during each quarterly Board meeting.

 

 82 

Table of Contents 

  

The Compensation Committee meets in person at least on a quarterly basis and on such other occasions as may be required to discuss and vote upon significant issues affecting the compensation policy of the Company. The meeting schedule for a given year is planned in the preceding year. The Company Secretary assists the chairman of the Compensation Committee in preparing the agenda for meetings and assists the Compensation Committee in complying with the relevant rules and regulations. The relevant papers for the Compensation Committee meetings were dispatched to Committee members in accordance with the CG Code. Members of the Compensation Committee may include matters for discussion in the agenda if the need arises. Upon the conclusion of the Compensation Committee meeting, minutes are circulated to the Committee members for their comment and review prior to their approval of the minutes at the following or a subsequent Compensation Committee meeting.

 

Nomination Committee

 

Currently, the members of the Company’s Nomination Committee (“Nomination Committee”) are Dr. Zhou Zixue (Chairman of Nomination Committee), Mr. Lip-Bu Tan, Ms. Carmen I-Hua Chang, Mr. William Tudor Brown and Mr. Lu Jun.

 

According to the Nomination Committee Charter as amended and adopted by the Board on August 8, 2013, the responsibilities of the Nomination Committee include:

 

reviewing the structure, size and composition (including the skills, knowledge and experience) of the Board at least annually and making recommendations on any proposed changes to the Board to complement the Company’s corporate strategy;

 

monitor the implementation of Board Diversity Policy (including any measurable objectives and the progress in achieving those objectives), and ensure that appropriate disclosures are made regarding board diversity in the Corporate Governance Report set out in the Company’s annual report;

 

identifying individuals suitably qualified to become Board members and making recommendations to the Board on the selection of individuals nominated for directorships;

 

assessing the independence of independent non-executive directors; and

 

making recommendations to the Board on the appointment or re-appointment of Directors and succession planning for Directors, in particular the Chairman of the Board and the Chief Executive Officer.

 

The Nomination Committee meets at least once a year and on such other occasions as may be required to discuss and vote upon significant issues relating to Board composition. The Company Secretary assists the chairman of the Nomination Committee in preparing the agenda for meetings and assists the Committee in complying with the relevant rules and regulations. The relevant papers for the Nomination Committee meetings were dispatched to Committee members in accordance with the CG Code. Members of the Nomination Committee may include matters for discussion in the agenda if the need arises. Upon the conclusion of the Nomination Committee meeting, minutes are circulated to the Nomination Committee members for their comment and review prior to their approval of the minutes at the following or a subsequent Committee meeting. During the year ended December 31, 2015, the Nomination Committee:

 

reviewed the structure, size and composition (including the skills, knowledge and experience) of the Board;

 

make recommendations to the Board on succession planning for Chairman, independent non-executive director;

 

evaluated the independence of the independent non-executive director; and

 

reviewed the re-election of Directors.
 83 

Table of Contents 

 

D.Employees

 

The following table sets forth, as of the dates indicated, the number of our employees serving in the capacities indicated:

 

   As of December 31, 
Function  2012   2013   2014   2015 
Managers   922    951    930    962 
Professionals(1)   4,164    4,440    4,988    6,112 
Technicians   4,650    4,751    5,116    6,170 
Clerical staff   238    304    351    229 
Total(2)   9,974    10,446    11,385    13,473 

 

 

(1)Professionals include engineers, lawyers, accountants and other personnel with specialized qualifications, excluding managers.

 

(2)Includes 3, 3, 14 and 13 temporary and part-time employees in 2012, 2013, 2014, and 2015 respectively.

 

The following table sets forth, as of the dates indicated, a breakdown of the number of our employees by geographic location:

 

   As of December 31, 
Location of Facility  2012   2013   2014   2015 
Shanghai   6,037    6,626    6,896    7,533 
Beijing   2,491    2,272    2,518    3,242 
Tianjin   1,354    1,454    1,511    1,630 
Chengdu   11    11    10    10 
Shenzhen   23    43    405    843 
Wuhan   17             
Jiangyin               174 
United States   18    20    25    20 
Europe   8    6    6    7 
Japan       1    2    2 
Taiwan Office   11    10    9    9 
Hong Kong   4    3    3    3 
Total   9,974    10,446    11,385    13,473 

 

Our employees are not covered by any collective bargaining agreements.

 

 84 

Table of Contents 

  

E.Share Ownership

 

The table below sets forth the ordinary shares beneficially owned by each of our Directors and options to purchase ordinary shares as of December 31, 2015:

 

   Derivatives   Percentage
of
Aggregate
Interests to
Total
Issued
Share
 
Board Member  Number of
Ordinary Shares
Held
   Share Options   Other   Aggregate Interest   Capital of
the
Company(1)
 
Executive Director                         
Zhou Zixue   -    25,211,633(2)   10,804,985(3)   36,016,618    0.086%
Tzu-Yin Chiu   40,860,038    86,987,535(4)   -(5)   127,847,573    0.304%
Gao Yonggang   -    19,640,054(6)   2,310,472(7)   21,950,526    0.052%
Non-executive Director                         
Chen Shanzhi   -    3,145,319(8)   -    3,145,319    0.007%
Zhou Jie   -    -    -    -    - 
Ren Kai   -    5,705,608(9)   -    5,705,608    0.014%
Independent Non-executive Director                         
William Tudor Brown   -    4,492,297(10)   -    4,492,297    0.011%
Sean Maloney   -    4,490,377(11)   -    4,490,377    0.011%
Lip-Bu Tan   -    4,634,877(12)   -    4,634,877    0.011%
Carmen I-Hua Chang   -    4,887,303(13)   -    4,887,303    0.012%
Alternate Director                         
Li Yonghua   -    -    -    -    - 

  

 85 

Table of Contents 

 

Notes:

 

(1)Based on 42,073,748,961 Ordinary Shares in issue as at December 31, 2015.

 

(2)On May 20, 2015, Dr. Zhou was granted options to purchase 25,211,633 Ordinary Shares at a price of HK$0.830 per Ordinary Share pursuant to the 2014 Stock Option Plan. These options will expire on the earlier of May 19, 2025 or 120 days after termination of his service as a Director to the Board. As of December 31, 2015, none of these options has been exercised.

 

(3)On May 20, 2015, Dr. Zhou was granted an award of 10,804,985 Restricted Share Units (each representing the right to receive one Ordinary Share) pursuant to the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan. These RSUs, 25% of which will vest on each anniversary of March 6, 2015, shall fully vest on March 6, 2019. As of December 31, 2015, none of Dr. Zhou’s RSUs has been vested.

 

(4)On September 8, 2011, Dr. Chiu was granted options to purchase 86,987,535 Ordinary Shares at a price of HK$0.455 per Ordinary Share pursuant to the 2004 Stock Option Plan. These options will expire on the earlier of September 7, 2021 or 120 days after termination of his service as a Director to the Board. As of December 31, 2015, none of these options were exercised.

 

(5)On September 8, 2011, Dr. Chiu was granted an award of 37,280,372 Restricted Share Units (each representing the right to receive one Ordinary Share) pursuant to the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan. These Restricted Share Units, 25% of which vest on each anniversary of August 5, 2011, were fully vested on August 5, 2015. As of December 31, 2015, 100% of Dr. Chiu’s Restricted Share Units were vested and thus 37,280,372 Ordinary Shares were issued to Dr. Chiu.

 

(6)These options comprise: (a) options which were granted to Dr. Gao on May 24, 2010 to purchase 3,145,319 Ordinary Shares at a price of HK$0.64 per Ordinary Share pursuant to the 2004 Stock Option Plan and will expire on the earlier of May 23, 2020 or 120 days after termination of his service as a Director to the Board, (b) options which were granted to Dr. Gao on June 17, 2013 to purchase 13,608,249 Ordinary Shares at a price of HK$0.624 per Ordinary Share pursuant to the 2004 Stock Option Plan and will expire on the earlier of June 16, 2023 or 120 days after termination of his service as a Director to the Board, (c) options which were granted to Dr. Gao on June 12, 2014 to purchase 2,886,486 Ordinary Shares at a price of HK$0.64 per Ordinary Share pursuant to the 2014 Stock Option Plan and will expire on the earlier of June 11, 2024 or 120 days after termination of his service as a Director to the Board. As of December 31, 2015, none of these options were exercised.

 

(7)On November 17, 2014, Dr. Gao was granted an award of 2,910,836 Restricted Share Units (each representing the right to receive one Ordinary Share) pursuant to the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, consisting of (a) 2,401,456 Restricted Share Units, 25% of which vest on each anniversary of June 17, 2013 and which shall fully vest on June 17, 2017, and (b) 509,380 Restricted Share Units, 25% of which vest on each anniversary of March 1, 2014 and which shall fully vest on March 1, 2018. As of December 31, 2015, 1,328,073 Restricted Shares Units were vested, among which 600,364 were settled in cash.

 

(8)On May 24, 2010, Dr. Chen was granted options to purchase 3,145,319 Ordinary Shares at a price of HK$0.64 per Ordinary Share pursuant to the 2004 Stock Option Plan. These options will expire on the earlier of May 23, 2020 or 120 days after termination of his service as a Director to the Board. As of December 31, 2015, none of these options were exercised.

 

(9)On September 11, 2015, Mr. Ren was granted options to purchase 5,705,608 Ordinary Shares at a price of HK$0.694 per Ordinary Share pursuant to the 2014 Stock Option Plan. These options will expire on the 10 September 2025 or 120 days after termination of his service as a Director to the Board. As of December 31, 2015, none of these options were accepted and exercised by Mr. Ren. On February 18, 2016, the Board approved the cancellation of all options previously granted to Mr. Ren at the request of Mr. Ren.

 

 86 

Table of Contents 

 

(10)On September 6, 2013, Mr. Brown was granted options to purchase 4,492,297 Ordinary Shares at a price of HK$0.562 per Ordinary Share pursuant to the 2004 Stock Option Plan. These options will expire on the earlier of September 5, 2023 or 120 days after termination of his service as a Director to the Board. As of December 31, 2015, none of these options were exercised.

 

(11)On June 17, 2013, Mr. Maloney was granted options to purchase 4,490,377 Ordinary Shares at a price of HK$0.624 per Ordinary Share pursuant to the 2004 Stock Option Plan. These options will expire on the earlier of June 16, 2023 or 120 days after termination of his service as a Director to the Board. As of December 31, 2015, none of these options were exercised.

 

(12)These options comprise (a) options granted to Mr. Tan on September 29, 2006 to purchase 500,000 Ordinary Shares at a price per share of US$0.132 pursuant to the 2004 Stock Option Plan which fully vested on May 30, 2008 and will expire on the earlier of September 28, 2016 or 120 days after termination of Mr. Tan’s service as a Director to the Board, (b) options granted to Mr. Tan on February 17, 2009 to purchase 1,000,000 Ordinary Shares at a price of HK$0.27 per Ordinary Share pursuant to the 2004 Stock Option Plan, which will expire on the earlier of February 16, 2019 or 120 days after termination of Mr. Tan’ service as a Director to the Board, and (c) options granted to Mr. Tan on February 23, 2010 to purchase 3,134,877 Ordinary Shares at a price of HK$0.77 per Ordinary Share pursuant to the 2004 Stock Option Plan, which will expire on the earlier of February 22, 2020 or 120 days after termination of Mr. Tan’s service as a Director to the Board. As of December 31, 2015, none of these options were exercised.

 

(13)On November 17, 2014, Ms. Chang was granted options to purchase 4,887,303 Ordinary Shares at a price of HK$0.85 per Ordinary Share pursuant to the 2014 Stock Option Plan. These options will expire on the earlier of November 16, 2024 or 120 days after termination of her service as a Director to the Board. As of December 31, 2015, none of these options were exercised.

 

 87 

Table of Contents 

 

The shareholdings set forth above excludes shares beneficially owned by entities affiliated with our Directors. Each of our Directors disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares beneficially owned by such affiliated entity, except to the extent of such director’s pecuniary interest therein as disclosed above.

 

The exercise price for our options is denominated in Hong Kong dollars. This annual report translates the Hong Kong dollar exercise prices for our options into U.S. dollars based on exchange rates that were in effect as of the applicable option grants dates.

 

The compensation committee has issued to each of our executive officers options to purchase ordinary shares pursuant to our 2004 Stock Option Plan and 2014 Stock Option Plan, as applicable, and restricted share units that represent rights to receive ordinary shares pursuant to our 2004 Equity Incentive Plan and 2014 Equity Incentive Plan. The exercise price of the options ranges from US$0.03 to US$0.15. The options expire between May 15, 2017 and November 16, 2024. The majority of the options and restricted share units are subject to a four-year vesting period. Each executive officer owns less than 1% of the total outstanding shares.

 

Stock Incentive Schemes

 

2004 Stock Incentive Plans

 

2004 Stock Option Plan

 

Our shareholders adopted on February 16, 2004 a 2004 Stock Option Plan which then became effective on March 18, 2004 and further amended it on June 23, 2009. The number of the Ordinary Shares that may be issued pursuant to our 2004 Stock Option Plan and our 2004 Employee Stock Purchase Plan shall not, in the aggregate, exceed 2,434,668,733 Ordinary Shares.

 

In no event may the number of Ordinary Shares that may be issued pursuant to any outstanding stock option granted under this 2004 Stock Option Plan or any of our other stock option plans or any outstanding purchase right granted under our 2004 Employee Stock Purchase Plan or any other of our employee stock purchase plans exceed, in the aggregate, thirty percent (30%) of the issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares in issuance from time to time. Stock options issued under the 2004 Stock Option Plan may be issued in the form of Ordinary Shares or American depositary shares. For purposes of determining the number of the Ordinary Shares available under the 2004 Stock Option Plan, the issuance of an American depositary share is deemed to equal fifty underlying Ordinary Shares. In addition, Ordinary Shares or American depositary shares subject to stock options under our 2004 Stock Option Plan are again available for grant and issuance under our 2004 Stock Option Plan to the extent such stock options have lapsed without Ordinary Shares or American depositary shares being issued.

 

Our 2004 Stock Option Plan authorizes the award of incentive stock options (ISOs) within the meaning of Section 422 of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), non-qualified stock options and Director options.

 

Director options are non-qualified options granted to non-employee members of the Board, or non-employee Directors. The terms of Director options may vary among non-employee Directors and the 2004 Stock Option Plan does not impose any requirement to grant Director options subject to uniform terms.

 

Our 2004 Stock Option Plan is administered by the Company’s compensation committee or by the Board acting in place of the Company’s compensation committee. The compensation committee has the authority to construe and interpret our 2004 Stock Option Plan, grant stock options and make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the plan.

 

 88 

Table of Contents 

 

Our 2004 Stock Option Plan provides for the grant of options to our employees, officers or other service providers located in China, the United States or elsewhere, or to a trust established in connection with any employee benefit plan of the Company (including the 2004 Stock Option Plan) for the benefit of those individuals eligible to participate in the 2004 Stock Option Plan; provided that, ISOs may be granted only to our employees. The total number of Ordinary Shares underlying stock granted pursuant to the 2004 Stock Option Plan or any of the Company’s other stock option plans to, and the total number of Ordinary Shares that may be purchased under one or more purchase rights granted under our 2004 Employee Stock Purchase Plan or any of the Company’s other employee stock purchase plans by, a participant (including both exercised and outstanding stock options) in any twelve-month period may not exceed at any time one percent (1%) (or 0.1% in the case of an “independent non-executive Director” (as that term is used in the Hong Kong Stock Exchange Listing Rules) of the then issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares subject to such changes from time to time to applicable Hong Kong Stock Exchange Listing Rules.

 

The exercise price of stock options must be at least equal to the fair market value of the Ordinary Shares on the date of grant.

 

In general, options granted under the 2004 Stock Option Plan vest over a four-year period. Options may vest based on time or achievement of performance conditions. The Company’s compensation committee may provide for options to be exercised only as they vest or to be immediately exercisable with any Ordinary Shares or American depositary shares issued on exercise being subject to our right of repurchase that lapses as the shares vest. The maximum term of options granted under our 2004 Stock Option Plan is ten years, subject to changes under the Hong Kong Stock Exchange Listing Rules, as determined by the compensation committee of the Company. Unless otherwise permitted by the Company’s compensation committee, stock options may be exercised during the lifetime of the optionee only by the optionee or the optionee’s family members or to a trust or partnership established for the benefit of such family members. Options granted under our 2004 Stock Option Plan may not be transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, or pursuant to a domestic relations order or as determined by the Company’s compensation committee. Options granted under our 2004 Stock Option Plan generally may be exercised for a period of ninety days after the termination of the optionee’s service to us, except that Director options may be exercised for a period of one hundred and twenty days after the termination of the non-employee Director’s service to us. Options whether or not vested generally terminate immediately upon termination of employment for cause.

 

The number and kind of the Ordinary Shares or American depositary shares authorized for issuance under the various limits set forth in the 2004 Stock Option Plan, the number of outstanding stock options and the number and kind of shares subject to any outstanding stock options and the exercise price per share, if any, under any outstanding stock option are equitably adjusted (including by payment of cash to a participant) by the compensation committee of the Company in the event of a capitalization issue, rights issue, subdivision or consolidation of shares or reduction of capital in order to preserve, but not increase, the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the 2004 Stock Option Plan.

 

 89 

Table of Contents 

  

Our 2004 Stock Option Plan provides that in the event of a change in control, including without limitation a person or entity acquiring beneficial ownership of 35% of the Company’s then-outstanding shares entitled to vote in the election of the Board, the complete dissolution of the Company, consolidation, merger, or similar transaction involving the Company, the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or the consolidated assets of the Company and its subsidiaries, a substantial change in the composition of the Board or any change in control as defined in the Hong Kong Code on Takeovers and Mergers, the compensation committee of the Company determines how to treat each outstanding stock award. The compensation committee of the Company may:

 

shorten the period during which the stock options are exercisable;

 

accelerate the vesting of the stock options or waive, in whole or in part, any performance conditions to such vesting;

 

arrange for the assumption or replacement of stock options by a successor corporation;

 

adjust stock options or their replacements so that such stock options are in respect of the shares of stock, securities or other property (including cash) as may be issuable or payable as a result of such transaction;

 

cancel the stock option prior to the transaction in exchange for a cash payment, which may be reduced by the exercise price payable in connection with the stock option.

 

In the event of a change in control that results in a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company, all outstanding stock options immediately terminate.

 

Our 2004 Stock Option Plan was terminated on November 15, 2013. The stock options granted before such termination remain outstanding and continue to vest and become exercisable in accordance with, and subject to, the terms of the 2004 Stock Option Plan.

 90 

Table of Contents 

  

Amended and Restated 2004 Equity Incentive Plan

 

Our shareholders adopted an Amended and Restated 2004 Equity Incentive Plan that became effective on June 3, 2010. The aggregate number of the Ordinary Shares that may be issued pursuant to the Amended and Restated 2004 Equity Incentive Plan may not exceed 1,015,931,725 Ordinary Shares. Awards issued under the Amended and Restated 2004 Equity Incentive Plan may be issued in the form of Ordinary Shares or American depositary shares. For purposes of determining the number of the Ordinary Shares available under the Amended and Restated 2004 Equity Incentive Plan, the issuance of an American depositary share is deemed to equal fifty underlying Ordinary Shares. In addition, the following Ordinary Shares or American depositary shares may become available for issuance under our Amended and Restated 2004 Equity Incentive Plan:

 

Ordinary Shares or American depositary shares forfeited or withheld from issuance to settle an award;

 

Ordinary Shares or American depositary shares withheld to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to any award; and

 

Ordinary Shares or American depositary shares subject to awards granted under our Amended and Restated 2004 Equity Incentive Plan that otherwise terminate or lapse without ordinary shares or American depositary shares being issued.

 

Our Amended and Restated 2004 Equity Incentive Plan authorizes the award of restricted share awards (RSAs), stock appreciation rights (SARs), restricted share units (RSUs), and other equity-based or equity- related awards based on the value of the Ordinary Shares. Cash payments based on criteria determined by the compensation committee may also be awarded under the Amended and Restated 2004 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

Our Amended and Restated 2004 Equity Incentive Plan is administered by the Company’s compensation committee or by the Board acting in place of the Company’s compensation committee. The Company’s compensation committee has the authority to construe and interpret our Amended and Restated 2004 Equity Incentive Plan, grant awards and make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the plan.

 

Our Amended and Restated 2004 Equity Incentive Plan provides for the grant of awards to our employees, officers or other service providers located in China, the United States or elsewhere, or to a trust established in connection with any employee benefit plan of the Company (including the Amended and Restated 2004 Equity Incentive Plan) for the benefit of those individuals eligible to participate in the Amended and Restated 2004 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

An RSA is an award of the Ordinary Shares or American depositary shares that are granted for no consideration other than the provision of services (or such minimum payment as may be required under applicable law). The price (if any) of an RSA is determined by the compensation committee. Unless otherwise determined by the compensation committee at the time of award, vesting ceases on the date the participant no longer provides services to us and unvested shares are forfeited to or repurchased by us. Performance-based RSAs that vest based on the attainment of one or more performance goals over a period of time that the compensation committee determines may also be awarded under the Amended and Restated 2004 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

Stock appreciation rights provide for a payment, or payments, in cash, Ordinary Shares or American depositary shares, to the holder based upon the difference between the fair market value of the Ordinary Shares or American depositary shares on the date of exercise and the stated exercise price up to a maximum amount of cash or number of Ordinary Shares or American depositary shares. SARs may vest based on time or achievement of performance conditions. The compensation committee may determine whether SARs may be granted alone or in tandem with a stock option granted under our 2004 Stock Option Plan or another award.

 91 

Table of Contents 

 

Restricted share units represent the right to receive the Ordinary Shares or American depositary shares at a specified date in the future, subject to forfeiture of that right because of termination of employment or failure to achieve certain performance conditions. If an RSU has not been forfeited, then on the date specified in the RSU agreement, we deliver to the holder of the restricted share unit the Ordinary Shares (which may be subject to additional restrictions) or American depositary shares, cash or a combination of the Ordinary Shares and cash or our American depositary shares and cash.

 

The number and kind of the Ordinary Shares or American depositary shares under the various limits set forth in the Amended and Restated 2004 Equity Incentive Plan, the number of outstanding awards and the number and kind of shares subject to any outstanding award and the purchase price per share, if any, under any outstanding award shall be equitably adjusted (including by payment of cash to a participant) by the compensation committee in the event of a capitalization issue, rights issue, sub-division or consolidation of shares or reduction of capital in order to preserve, but not increase, the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Amended and Restated 2004 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

Awards granted under our Amended and Restated 2004 Equity Incentive Plan may not be transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, or pursuant to a domestic relations order or as determined by the Company’s compensation committee.

 

Our Amended and Restated 2004 Equity Incentive Plan provides that in the event of a change in control, including without limitation a person or entity acquiring beneficial ownership of 35% of our then-outstanding shares entitled to vote in the election of the Board, the complete dissolution of the Company, consolidation, merger, or similar transaction involving the Company, the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or the consolidated assets of us and our subsidiaries, a substantial change in the composition of the Board or any change in control as defined in the Hong Kong Code on Takeovers and Mergers, the compensation committee of the Company determines how to treat each outstanding award. The compensation committee may.

 

shorten the period during which the awards may be settled;

 

accelerate the vesting of the award or waive, in whole or in part, any performance conditions to such vesting;

 

arrange for the assumption or replacement of an award by a successor corporation;

 

adjust awards or their replacements so that such awards are in respect of the shares of stock, securities or other property (including cash) as may be issuable or payable as a result of such transaction; or

 

cancel the award prior to the transaction in exchange for a cash payment, which may be reduced by the exercise price payable in connection with the award.

 

In the event of a change in control that results in a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company, all outstanding awards immediately terminate.

 

Our Amended and Restated 2004 Equity Incentive Plan was terminated on November 15, 2013. The awards granted before such termination remain outstanding and continue to vest in accordance with, and subject to, the terms of the Amended and Restated 2004 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

 92 

Table of Contents 

  

2014 Stock Incentive Plans

 

2014 Stock Option Plan

 

We adopted a 2014 Stock Option Plan that became effective on November 15, 2013 when the 2014 Stock Option Plan was registered with the PRC State Administration of Foreign Exchange. The number of Ordinary Shares that may be issued pursuant to the 2014 Stock Option Plan and the 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (if adopted) shall not, in the aggregate, exceed 3,207,377,124 Ordinary Shares. In no event may the number of Ordinary Shares that may be issued pursuant to any outstanding stock option granted under this 2014 Stock Option Plan or any of our other stock option plans or any outstanding purchase right granted under the 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (if adopted) or any other of our employee stock purchase plans exceed, in the aggregate, thirty percent (30%) of the issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares in issuance from time to time, subject to such changes with respect to such thirty percent (30%) limit that may apply from time to time under the Hong Kong Stock Exchange Listing Rules. Stock options issued under the 2014 Stock Option Plan may be issued in the form of Ordinary Shares or American depositary shares. For purposes of determining the number of our Ordinary Shares available under the 2014 Stock Option Plan, the issuance of an American depositary share is deemed to equal fifty underlying Ordinary Shares. In addition, Ordinary Shares or American depositary shares subject to stock options under the 2014 Stock Option Plan will again be available for grant and issuance under the 2014 Stock Option Plan to the extent such stock options have lapsed without Ordinary Shares or American depositary shares being issued.

 

The 2014 Stock Option Plan authorizes the award of incentive stock options (ISOs) within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, non-qualified stock options and Director options.

 

Director options are non-qualified options granted to non-employee members of the Board, or non-employee Directors. The terms of director options may vary among non-employee Directors and the 2014 Stock Option Plan does not impose any requirement to grant director options subject to uniform terms.

 

Our 2014 Stock Option Plan will be administered by our compensation committee or by our board of directors acting in place of the compensation committee. The compensation committee will have the authority to construe and interpret the 2014 Stock Option Plan, grant stock options and make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the plan.

 

Our 2014 Stock Option Plan will provide for the grant of options to our employees, officers or other service providers located in China, the United States or elsewhere, or to a trust established in connection with any employee benefit plan of the Company (including the 2014 Stock Option Plan) for the benefit of those individuals eligible to participate in the 2014 Stock Option Plan; provided, that, ISOs may be granted only to our employees. The total number of Ordinary Shares underlying stock granted pursuant to the 2014 Stock Option Plan or any of our other stock option plans to, and the total number of Ordinary Shares that may be purchased under one or more purchase rights granted under the 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (if adopted) or any of our other employee stock purchase plans by, a participant (including both exercised and outstanding stock options) in any twelve-month period may not exceed at any time one percent (1%) (or 0.1% in the case of an “independent non-executive Director” (as that term is used in the Hong Kong Stock Exchange Listing Rules) of the then issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares subject to such changes from time to time to applicable Hong Kong Stock Exchange Listing Rules.

 

The exercise price of stock options must be at least equal to the fair market value of our Ordinary Shares on the date of grant.

 

 93 

Table of Contents 

  

In general, options will vest over a four-year period. Options may vest based on time or achievement of performance conditions. Our compensation committee may provide for options to be exercised only as they vest or to be immediately exercisable with any Ordinary Shares or American depositary shares issued on exercise being subject to our right of repurchase that lapses as the shares vest. The maximum term of options granted under the 2014 Stock Option Plan is ten years, subject to changes under the Hong Kong Stock Exchange Listing Rules, as determined by the compensation committee. Unless otherwise permitted by our compensation committee, stock options may be exercised during the lifetime of the optionee only by the optionee or the optionee’s guardian or legal representative. Options granted under the 2014 Stock Option Plan may not be transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, or pursuant to a domestic relations order or as determined by our compensation committee. Options granted under the 2014 Stock Option Plan generally may be exercised for a period of ninety days after the termination of the optionee’s service to us, except that director options may be exercised for a period of one hundred and twenty days after the termination of the non- employee Director’s service to us. Options generally terminate immediately upon termination of employment for cause.

 

The number and kind of our Ordinary Shares or American depositary shares authorized for issuance under the various limits set forth in the 2014 Stock Option Plan, the number of outstanding stock options and the number and kind of shares subject to any outstanding stock options and the exercise price per share, if any, under any outstanding stock option will be equitably adjusted (including by payment of cash to a participant) by the compensation committee in the event of a capitalization issue, rights issue, sub-division or consolidation of shares or reduction of capital in order to preserve, but not increase, the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the 2014 Stock Option Plan.

 

Our 2014 Stock Option Plan provides that in the event of a change in control, including without limitation a person or entity acquiring beneficial ownership of 35% of the Company’s then-outstanding shares entitled to vote in the election of the Board, the complete dissolution of the Company, consolidation, merger, or similar transaction involving the Company, the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or the consolidated assets of the Company and its subsidiaries, a substantial change in the composition of the Board or any change in control as defined in the Hong Kong Code on Takeovers and Mergers, the compensation committee of the Company will determine how to treat each outstanding stock award. The compensation committee of the Company may:

 

shorten the period during which the stock options are exercisable;

 

accelerate the vesting of the stock options or waive, in whole or in part, any performance conditions to such vesting;

 

arrange for the assumption or replacement of stock options by a successor corporation;

 

adjust stock options or their replacements so that such stock options are in respect of the shares of stock, securities or other property (including cash) as may be issuable or payable as a result of such transaction;

 

cancel the stock option prior to the transaction in exchange for a cash payment, which may be reduced by the exercise price payable in connection with the stock option.

 

In the event of a change in control that results in a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company, all outstanding stock options will immediately terminate.

 

Our 2014 Stock Option Plan will terminate ten years from the date of registration of the Plan with the PRC State Administration of Foreign Exchange, unless it is terminated earlier by the Board. The Board may amend or terminate the 2014 Stock Option Plan at any time. If the Board amends the 2014 Stock Option Plan, it does not need to ask for shareholders approval of the amendment unless required by applicable law.

 

 94 

Table of Contents 

  

2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

 

Our shareholders adopted a 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan on June 13, 2013. Purchases are accomplished through participation in discrete offering periods. Our 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan is intended to qualify as an employee stock purchase plan under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. The number of our Ordinary Shares that may be issued pursuant to the 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and our 2014 Stock Option Plan shall not, in the aggregate, exceed 3,207,377,124 Ordinary Shares. In no event may the number of Ordinary Shares that may be issued pursuant to any outstanding purchase right granted under this 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan or any of our other employee stock purchase plans or any outstanding stock option granted under our 2014 Stock Option Plan or any of our other stock option plans exceed, in the aggregate, thirty percent (30%) of the issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares in issuance from time to time, subject to such changes with respect to such thirty percent (30%) limit that may apply from time to time under the Hong Kong Stock Exchange Listing Rules. All shares purchased under the 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan shall be issued in the form of American depositary shares. For purposes of determining the number of the Company’s Ordinary Shares available under the 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, the issuance of an American depositary share is deemed to equal fifty underlying Ordinary Shares.

 

The Company’s compensation committee administers our 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. Our employees generally are eligible to participate in our 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan; our compensation committee may impose additional eligibility conditions upon the employees of one of the Company’s subsidiaries or exclude employees of a subsidiary from participation. Employees who are 5% stockholders, or would become 5% stockholders as a result of their participation in the Company’s 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, are ineligible to participate in the Company’s 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. In addition, to comply with the Hong Kong Stock Exchange Listing Rules, unless otherwise allowed under such rules, no employee can be granted a right to purchase American depositary shares, or a purchase right under the 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan if such purchase right would permit the employee to purchase Ordinary Shares or American depositary shares under all employee stock purchase plans or other option plans of the Company granted to the employee in any twelve-month period to exceed one percent (1%) of the then issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares.

 

Under our 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, eligible employees are able to acquire our American depositary shares by accumulating funds through payroll deductions. Our compensation committee determines the maximum amount that any employee may contribute to his or her account under the 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan during any calendar year. We also have the right to amend or terminate our 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan at any time.

 

New participants are required to enroll in a timely manner as specified by the Company’s compensation committee. Once an employee is enrolled, participation is automatic in subsequent offering periods. The length of each offering period shall be no shorter than six months and no longer than twenty-seven months. The Company’s compensation committee determines the starting and ending dates of each offering period. An employee’s participation automatically ends upon termination of employment for any reason.

 95 

Table of Contents 

  

No participant has the right to purchase our American depositary shares in an amount, when aggregated with purchase rights under all our employee stock purchase plans that are also in effect in the same calendar year(s), that has a fair market value of more than $25,000, determined as of the first day of the applicable purchase period, for each calendar year in which that right is outstanding. On the first business day of each offering period, a participant shall be granted a purchase right, determined by: (i) dividing (A) the product of $25,000 and the number of calendar years during all or part of which the purchase right shall be outstanding by (B) the fair market value of the American depositary shares on the first business day of the offering period, and (ii) subtracting from the quotient (A) the number of American depositary shares the participant purchased during the calendar year in which the first business day of the applicable offering period occurs under the 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan or under any of our other employee stock purchase plans which is intended to qualify under Section 423 of the Code, plus (B) the number of American depositary shares subject on the first business day of the applicable offering period to any outstanding purchase rights granted to the participant under any of our other employee stock purchase plans which is intended to qualify under Section 423 of the Code. If application of this formula would result in the grant of purchase rights covering, in the aggregate, more than the number of American depositary shares that the compensation committee has made available for the relevant offering period, then the compensation committee shall adjust the number of American depositary shares subject to the purchase right in order that, following such adjustment, the aggregate number of American depositary shares subject to the purchase right shall remain within the applicable limit.

 

The purchase price for shares of our American depositary shares purchased under our 2004 Employee Stock Purchase Plan shall be 85% of the lesser of the fair market value of our American depositary shares on (i) the first business day of the applicable offering period and (ii) the last day of the applicable offering period.

 

We have never granted any purchase right under our 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan so far.

 

2014 Equity Incentive Plan

 

We adopted a 2014 Equity Incentive Plan that became effective on November 15, 2013 when the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan was registered with the PRC State Administration of Foreign Exchange. The aggregate number of the Ordinary Shares that may be issued pursuant to the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan may not exceed 801,844,281 Ordinary Shares. Awards issued under the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan may be issued in the form of Ordinary Shares or American depositary shares. For purposes of determining the number of the Company’s Ordinary Shares available under the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, the issuance of an American depositary share is deemed to equal fifty underlying Ordinary Shares. In addition, the following Ordinary Shares or American depositary shares will again be available for grant and issuance under the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan:

 

Ordinary Shares or American depositary shares subject to stock appreciation rights granted under the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan that cease to be subject to the stock appreciation right for any reason other than exercise of the stock appreciation right;

 

Ordinary Shares or American depositary shares subject to awards granted under the Company’s 2014 Equity Incentive Plan that are subsequently forfeited at the original issue price; including without limitation Ordinary Shares or American depositary shares withheld from issuance to settle an award and Ordinary Shares or American depositary shares withheld to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to any award; and

 

Ordinary Shares or American depositary shares subject to awards granted under the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan that otherwise terminate or lapse without Ordinary Shares or American depositary shares being issued.
 96 

Table of Contents 

  

Our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan authorizes the award of restricted share awards (RSAs), stock appreciation rights (SARs), restricted share units (RSUs) and other equity-based or equity-related awards based on the value of our Ordinary Shares. Cash payments based on criteria determined by the compensation committee may also be awarded under the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

Our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan will be administered by our compensation committee or by our board of directors acting in place of our compensation committee. The compensation committee will have the authority to construe and interpret the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, grant awards and make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the plan.

 

Our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan will provide for the grant of awards to our employees, officers or other service providers located in China, the United States or elsewhere, or to a trust established in connection with any employee benefit plan of the Company (including the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan) for the benefit of those individuals eligible to participate in the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

An RSA is an award of our Ordinary Shares or American depositary shares that are granted for no consideration other than the provision of services (or such minimum payment as may be required under applicable law). The price (if any) of an RSA will be determined by the compensation committee. Unless otherwise determined by the compensation committee at the time of award, vesting will cease on the date the participant no longer provides services to us and unvested shares will be forfeited to or repurchased by us. Performance-based RSAs that vest based on the attainment of one or more performance goals over a period of time that the compensation committee determines may also be awarded under the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

Stock appreciation rights provide for a payment, or payments, in cash, Ordinary Shares or American depositary shares, to the holder based upon the difference between the fair market value of our Ordinary Shares or American depositary shares on the date of exercise and the stated exercise price up to a maximum amount of cash or number of Ordinary Shares or American depositary shares. SARs may vest based on time or achievement of performance conditions. The compensation committee may determine whether SARs may be granted alone or in tandem with a stock option granted under the 2014 Stock Option Plan or another award.

 

Restricted share units represent the right to receive our Ordinary Shares or American depositary shares at a specified date in the future, subject to forfeiture of that right because of termination of employment or failure to achieve certain performance conditions. If an RSU has not been forfeited, then on the date specified in the RSU agreement, we will deliver to the holder of the restricted share unit the Ordinary Shares (which may be subject to additional restrictions) or American depositary shares, cash or a combination of the Ordinary Shares and cash or the American depositary shares and cash.

 

The number and kind of our Ordinary Shares or American depositary shares under the various limits set forth in the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, the number of outstanding awards and the number and kind of shares subject to any outstanding award and the purchase price per share, if any, under any outstanding award will be equitably adjusted (including by payment of cash to a participant) by the compensation committee of our company in the event of a capitalization issue, rights issue, sub-division or consolidation of shares or reduction of capital in order to preserve, but not increase, the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

Awards granted under the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan may not be transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, or pursuant to a domestic relations order or as determined by the compensation committee.

 

 97 

Table of Contents 

 

Our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan provides that in the event of a change in control, including without limitation a person or entity acquiring beneficial ownership of 35% of our then-outstanding shares entitled to vote in the election of our board of directors, the complete dissolution of the company, consolidation, merger, or similar transaction involving our company, the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of our company or the consolidated assets of our company and our subsidiaries, a substantial change in the composition of our board of directors or any change in control as defined in the Hong Kong Code on Takeovers and Mergers, the compensation committee will determine how to treat each outstanding award. The compensation committee may:

 

shorten the period during which the awards may be settled;

 

accelerate the vesting of the award or waive, in whole or in part, any performance conditions to such vesting;

 

arrange for the assumption or replacement of an award by a successor corporation;

 

adjust awards or their replacements so that such awards are in respect of the shares of stock, securities or other property (including cash) as may be issuable or payable as a result of such transaction; or

 

cancel the award prior to the transaction in exchange for a cash payment, which may be reduced by the exercise price payable in connection with the award.

 

In the event of a change in control that results in a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company, all outstanding awards will immediately terminate.

 

Our board of directors may amend or terminate our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan at any time. If our board of directors amends our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, it does not need to ask for stockholder approval of the amendment unless required by applicable law.

 

 98 

Table of Contents 

  

Standard Form of Share Option Plan for Subsidiaries

 

The following is a summary of the principal terms of a standard form of share option plan involving the grant of options over shares in subsidiaries of the Company which adopt such plan to eligible participants such as employees, directors and service providers of the Group (the “Subsidiary Plan”) that was approved by the shareholders at the annual general meeting of the Company held on May 30, 2006.

 

(a)Purpose of the Subsidiary Plan

 

The purposes of the Subsidiary Plan are to attract, retain and motivate employees and directors of and other service providers to the Group, to provide a means of compensating them through the grant of stock options for their contributions to the growth and profits of the Group, and to allow such employees, directors and service providers to participate in such growth and profitability.

 

(b)Who may join

 

The compensation committee of the board of directors of the relevant subsidiary (the “Subsidiary Committee”) may, at its discretion, invite any employee, officer or other service provider of (including, but not limited to, any professional or other adviser of, or consultant or contractor to) the Group whether located in China, the United States or elsewhere to take up options to subscribe for shares (“Subsidiary Shares”) in the relevant subsidiary(ies) which has or have adopted the Subsidiary Plan at a price calculated in accordance with sub-paragraph (e) below. The Subsidiary Committee may also grant stock options to a director who is not an employee of the Company or the relevant subsidiary (“Non-

Employee Subsidiary Director”).

 

(c)Stock Options

 

Stock options granted under the Subsidiary Plan (“Subsidiary Stock Options”) shall entitle a participant (“Subsidiary Participant”) of the Subsidiary Plan to purchase a specified number of Subsidiary Shares during a specified period at a price calculated in accordance with sub-paragraph (e) below. Three types of Subsidiary Stock Options may be granted under a Subsidiary Plan, an Incentive Stock Option, a Non- Qualified Stock Option or a Subsidiary Director Option. An Incentive Stock Option is a stock option that falls within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code and may only be granted to employees of the Company and its subsidiaries from time to time. A Non- Qualified Stock Option is a stock option that is not an Incentive Stock Option. A Subsidiary Director Option is a Non-Qualified Stock Option granted to a Non-Employee Subsidiary Director.

 

The relevant subsidiary shall issue an award document to each Subsidiary Participant of the Subsidiary Plan who is granted a Subsidiary Stock Option. The award document shall set out the terms and provisions of the grant of a Subsidiary Stock Option to a Participant including applicable vesting dates or the attainment of specified performance goals (as determined by the Subsidiary Committee or the Subsidiary Administrator (as defined below), as the case may be) by the Subsidiary Participant. The relevant subsidiary may allow a Subsidiary Participant to exercise his or her Subsidiary Stock Options prior to vesting, provided the Subsidiary Participant agrees to enter into a repurchase agreement in respect of the Subsidiary Stock Option with the relevant subsidiary. The Subsidiary Committee may also (i) accelerate the vesting of a Subsidiary Stock Option, (ii) set the date on which any Subsidiary Stock Option may first become exercisable, or (iii) extend the period during which a Subsidiary Stock Option remains exercisable, except that no Subsidiary Stock Options may be exercised after the tenth anniversary of the date of grant.

 

The Subsidiary Plan does not provide for any payment upon application or acceptance of an option.

 

 99 

Table of Contents 

  

(d)Administration of the Subsidiary Plan

 

The Subsidiary Committee shall be responsible for the administration of the Subsidiary Plan. Its responsibilities include granting Subsidiary Stock Options to eligible individuals, determining the number of Subsidiary Shares subject to each Subsidiary Stock Option, and determining the terms and conditions of each Subsidiary Stock Option. The Subsidiary Committee is not obliged to grant Subsidiary Stock Options to Subsidiary Participants in uniform terms.

 

Accordingly, the terms and conditions which may be imposed may vary between Subsidiary Participants. Any determination by the Subsidiary Committee in relation to the carrying out and administering of the Subsidiary Plan in accordance with its terms shall be final and binding. No member of the Subsidiary Committee shall be liable for any action or determination made in good faith, and the members of the Subsidiary Committee shall be entitled to indemnification and reimbursement in the manner provided in the articles of association, by-laws or other equivalent constitutional document of the relevant subsidiary.

 

The Subsidiary Committee may delegate some or all of its authority under the Subsidiary Plan to an individual or individuals (each a “Subsidiary Administrator”) who may either be one or more of the members of the Subsidiary Committee or one or more of the officers of the Company or relevant subsidiaries. An individual’s status as a Subsidiary Administrator shall not affect his or her eligibility to participate in the Subsidiary Plan. The Subsidiary Committee shall not delegate its authority to grant Subsidiary Stock Options to executive officers of the Company or its subsidiaries.

 

(e)Exercise Price

 

The exercise price per Subsidiary Share purchasable under a Subsidiary Stock Option shall be fixed by the Subsidiary Committee at the time of grant or by a method specified by the Subsidiary Committee at the time of grant, but, subject always to and in accordance with applicable requirements of the Hong Kong Stock Exchange Listing Rules or permission of the Hong Kong Stock Exchange:

 

(i)in the case of an Incentive Stock Option:

 

(1)granted to a Ten Percent Holder, the exercise price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per Subsidiary Share on the date of grant; and

 

(2)granted to any other Subsidiary Participant, the exercise price shall be no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per Subsidiary Share on the date of grant; and.

 

(ii)in the case of any Subsidiary Stock Option:

 

(1)granted to a Ten Percent Holder who is a resident of the State of California, the exercise price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per Subsidiary Share on the date of grant; and

 

(2)granted to any other Subsidiary Participant who is a resident of the State of California, the exercise price shall be no less than 85% of the Fair Market Value per Subsidiary Share on the date of grant.

 

 100 

Table of Contents 

  

A Ten Percent Holder is any Participant who owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of outstanding securities of the relevant subsidiary or any parent or subsidiary (as such terms are defined in and determined in accordance with the Code) of the relevant subsidiary.

 

Fair Market Value shall be determined as follows:

 

(i)If the Subsidiary Shares are listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the NYSE, The Nasdaq Global Market or The Nasdaq Capital Market of The Nasdaq Stock Market, its Fair Market Value shall be the closing sales price for such Subsidiary Shares (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or system on the day of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

 

(ii)If the Subsidiary Shares are regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, its Fair Market Value shall be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Subsidiary Shares on the day of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable; or

 

(iii)In the absence of an established market for the Subsidiary Shares, the Fair Market Value thereof shall be determined in good faith by the Subsidiary Committee in accordance with any applicable law, rule or regulation.

 

(f)Limit of the Subsidiary Plan

 

The number of Subsidiary Shares that may be issued under the Subsidiary Plan and all other schemes of the relevant subsidiary involving the grant by such subsidiary of options over or other similar rights to acquire new shares or other new securities of such subsidiary (“Other Schemes”) shall not exceed ten percent of the issued and outstanding Subsidiary Shares of such subsidiary on the date of approval of the Subsidiary Plan by the board of directors of the relevant subsidiary (the “Subsidiary Board”).

 

The number of Subsidiary Shares which may be issued pursuant to any outstanding Subsidiary Stock Options granted and yet to be exercised under the Subsidiary Plan and all Other Schemes of the relevant subsidiary must not exceed in aggregate 30 percent of the issued and outstanding Subsidiary Shares of the relevant subsidiary in issuance from time to time.

 

(g)Individual Limit

 

The total number of Subsidiary Shares underlying Subsidiary Stock Options or other options granted by the relevant subsidiary to a Subsidiary Participant (including both exercised and outstanding Subsidiary Stock Options) in any twelve-month period may not exceed at any time one percent (1%) (or 0.1 percent in the case of an independent non-executive Director of the Company) of the then issued and outstanding Subsidiary Shares unless otherwise allowed under the Hong Kong Stock Exchange Listing Rules.

 

 101 

Table of Contents 

  

(h)Exercise of Option

 

A Subsidiary Stock Option shall vest, and be exercised, in accordance with the terms of the Subsidiary Plan, the relevant award document and any rules and procedures established by the Subsidiary Committee for this purpose. However, the term of each Subsidiary Stock Option shall not exceed ten years from the date of grant, provided that any Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Holder shall not by its terms be exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years from the date of grant.

 

(i)Director Options

 

Each Non-Employee Subsidiary Director may be granted Subsidiary Stock Options to purchase Subsidiary

Shares on the terms set out in the relevant award document.

 

The directors shall exercise all authority and responsibility with respect to Subsidiary Stock Options granted to directors subject to the requirements of the Hong Kong Stock Exchange Listing Rules.

 

All Non-Employee Subsidiary Directors’ Subsidiary Stock Options shall only vest provided that the director has remained in service as a director through such vesting date. The unvested portion of a Subsidiary Stock Option granted to a director shall be forfeited in full if the director’s service with the Company or the relevant subsidiary ends for any reason prior to the applicable vesting date.

 

Following termination of a Non-Employee Subsidiary Director’s service on the Subsidiary Board, such Non-Employee Subsidiary Director (or his or her estate, personal representative or beneficiary, as the case may be) shall be entitled to exercise those of his or her Subsidiary Stock Options which have vested as of the date of such termination within 120 days following such termination.

 

(j)Termination or Lapse of Option

 

A Subsidiary Stock Option shall terminate or lapse automatically upon:

 

(i)the expiry of ten years from the date of grant;

 

(ii)the termination of a Subsidiary Participant’s employment or service with the relevant subsidiary for a reason set out in sub-paragraph (l) below;

 

(iii)the liquidation or dissolution of the relevant subsidiary, in which case all Subsidiary Stock Options outstanding at the time of the liquidation or dissolution shall terminate without further action by any person save as to any contrary directions of the Subsidiary Committee with the prior approval of the Board of Directors of the Company;

 

(iv)the sale or other divestiture of a subsidiary, division or operating unit of the Company (where the Subsidiary Participant is employed by such subsidiary, division or operating unit); and

 

(v)termination of the service relationship with a service provider (where the Subsidiary Participant is a service provider of the relevant subsidiary).

 

 102 

Table of Contents 

  

(k)Rights are Personal to Subsidiary Participant

 

A Subsidiary Stock Option is personal to the Subsidiary Participant and shall be exercisable by such Subsidiary Participant or his Permitted Transferee (as defined below) only. A Subsidiary Option shall not be transferred other than by will, by the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to a domestic relations order. The Subsidiary Committee may also, at its discretion and subject to such terms and conditions as it shall specify, permit the transfer of a Subsidiary Stock Option for no consideration to a Subsidiary Participant’s family members or to a trust or partnership established for the benefit of such family members (collectively “Permitted Transferees”). Any Subsidiary Stock Option transferred to a Permitted Transferee shall be further transferable only by will or the laws of descent and distribution or, for no consideration, to another Permitted Transferee of the Subsidiary Participant.

 

(l)Termination of Employment or Service

 

If a Subsidiary Participant’s employment or service with the relevant member(s) of the Group is terminated for the following reasons:

 

(i)the failure or refusal of the Subsidiary Participant to substantially perform the duties required of him or her as an employee or officer of, or service provider to, the relevant member(s) of the Group;

 

(ii)any material violation by the Subsidiary Participant of any law or regulation applicable to any business of any relevant member(s) of the Group, or the Subsidiary Participant’s conviction of, or a plea of nolo contendere to, a felony, or any perpetration by the Subsidiary Participant of a common law fraud against any relevant member(s) of the Group; or

 

(iii)any other misconduct by the Subsidiary Participant that is materially injurious to the financial condition, business or reputation of the Group, then all Subsidiary Stock Options granted to the Subsidiary Participant, whether or not then vested, shall immediately lapse.

 

The Subsidiary Committee may permit any Incentive Stock Option to convert into a Non-Qualified Stock Option as of a Subsidiary Participant’s termination of employment for purposes of providing such Subsidiary Participant with the benefit of any extended exercise period applicable to Non-Qualified Stock Options when the contract of employment of the holder of Incentive Stock Option terminates.

 

(m)Change in Control of the Subsidiary

 

The Subsidiary Committee must seek the prior approval of the Board of Directors of the Company and may, subject to such prior approval by the Board of Directors of the Company, specify at or after the date of grant of a Subsidiary Stock Option the effect that a Change in Control (as defined in the Subsidiary Plan) will have on such Subsidiary Stock Option. The Subsidiary Committee may also, subject to such prior approval by the Board of Directors of the Company, in contemplation of a Change in Control, accelerate the vesting, exercisability or payment of Subsidiary Stock Options to a date prior to the Change in Control, if the Subsidiary Committee determines that such action is necessary or advisable to allow the participants to realize fully the value of their share options in connection with such Change in Control.

 103 

Table of Contents 

 

(n)Change in the Capital Structure of the Subsidiary

 

In the event of an alteration in the capital structure of the relevant subsidiary (which includes a capitalization issue, reduction of capital, consolidation, sub-division of Subsidiary Shares, or rights issue to purchase Subsidiary Shares at a price substantially below market value), the Subsidiary Committee may equitably adjust the number and kind of Subsidiary Shares authorized for issuance in order to preserve, the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Subsidiary Plan. In addition, upon the occurrence of any of the foregoing events, the number of outstanding Subsidiary Stock Options and the number and kind of shares subject to any outstanding Subsidiary Stock Option and the purchase price per share under any outstanding Subsidiary Stock Option shall be equitably adjusted so as to preserve the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available to Subsidiary Participants.

 

(o)Period of the Subsidiary Plan

 

The form of the Subsidiary Plan shall be approved by the shareholders of the Company and of the relevant subsidiary respectively, and shall become effective upon its approval by the Subsidiary Board in accordance with the terms thereof. Each Subsidiary Plan shall remain in force for a period of ten years commencing on the date of Subsidiary Board approval of the relevant Subsidiary Plan.

 

(p)Amendments and Termination

 

The Subsidiary Plan may be changed, altered, amended in whole or in part, suspended and terminated by the Subsidiary Board, subject to such prior approval by the Board of Directors of the Company, at any time provided alterations or amendments of a material nature or any change to the terms of the Subsidiary Stock Options granted, or any change to the authority of the Subsidiary Board or the Subsidiary Committee in relation to any alteration to the terms of the Subsidiary Plan, must be approved by the shareholders of the Company, unless such change, alteration or amendment takes effect automatically under the terms of the Subsidiary Plan. For the avoidance of doubt, any change, alteration or amendment pursuant to the exercise of any authority granted under a Subsidiary Plan shall be deemed to take effect automatically under the terms of the relevant Subsidiary Plan. Any change, alteration or amendment must be in accordance with the requirements of the Hong Kong Stock Exchange Listing Rules or permitted by the Hong Kong Stock Exchange.

 

The Subsidiary Board may, subject to prior approval by the Board of Directors of the Company, at any time and from time to time make such changes, alterations or amendments to the Subsidiary Plan as may be necessary or desirable, including (without limitation) changes, alterations or amendments:

 

(i)relating to local legal, regulatory and/or taxation requirements and/or implications applicable to the relevant subsidiary and/or Eligible Participants; and/or

 

(ii)for the purposes of clarification, improvement or facilitation of the interpretation, and/or application of the terms of the Subsidiary Plan and/or for the purposes of improving or facilitating the administration of the Subsidiary Plan, and other changes, alterations or amendments of a similar nature.

 

If the Subsidiary Plan is terminated early by the Subsidiary Board, subject to prior approval by the Board of Directors of the Company, no further Subsidiary Stock Options may be offered but unless otherwise stated in the Subsidiary Plan. Subsidiary Stock Options granted before such termination shall continue to be valid and exercisable in accordance with the Subsidiary Plan.

 104 

Table of Contents 

  

(q)Voting and Dividend Rights

 

No voting rights shall be exercisable and no dividends shall be payable in relation to Subsidiary Stock Options that have not been exercised.

 

(r)Cancellation of Subsidiary Stock Options

 

If the relevant subsidiary is or becomes a public company (within the meaning of the Hong Kong Code on Takeovers and Mergers), then in the case of a Change in Control of the relevant subsidiary, Subsidiary Stock Options granted but not exercised may not be cancelled unless an offer or proposal in respect of the Subsidiary Stock Options has, where applicable, been made pursuant to Rule 13 of The Hong Kong Code on Takeovers and Mergers and the Hong Kong Securities and Futures Commission has consented to such cancellation.

 

(s)Ranking of Subsidiary Shares

 

The Subsidiary Shares to be allotted upon the exercise of a Subsidiary Stock Option will be subject to the then effective articles of association (or equivalent constitutional document) of the relevant subsidiary and will rank pari passu with the Subsidiary Shares in issue on the date of such allotment.

 

The Subsidiary Plans will be administered by the relevant Subsidiary Committees and no other trustee is expected to be appointed in respect of any Subsidiary Plan.

 

As of December 31, 2015, SJ Semiconductor Corporation, which is a majority-owned subsidiary of the Company, has adopted the Subsidiary Plan.

 

 105 

Table of Contents 

  

Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions

 

A.Major Shareholders

 

Ordinary Shares

 

The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership as of December 31, 2014 of our ordinary shares, by each shareholder who is known by us to beneficially own 5% or more of our outstanding ordinary shares as of such date.

  

Name of Shareholder  Number of
Ordinary Shares
Held
   Percentage of
Ordinary Shares
Held to  Total
Issued Share
Capital of  the
Company(1)
   Derivatives   Total Interest   Percentage
of Total
Interests to
Total Issued
Share
Capital of
the
Company(1)
 
Datang Telecom Technology & Industry Holdings Co., Ltd.   7,699,961,231(2)   18.30%   -    7,699,961,231    18.30%
                          
China Integrated Circuit Industry Investment Fund Co., Ltd   7,400,000,000(3)   17.59%   -    7,400,000,000    17.59%

 

 

Notes:

 

(1) Based on 42,073,748,961 Ordinary Shares in issue as at December 31, 2015.

 

(2) All such Ordinary Shares are held by Datang Holdings (Hongkong) Investment Company Limited which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Datang Telecom Technology & Industry Holdings Co., Ltd.

 

(3) All such Ordinary Shares are held by Xinxin (Hongkong) Capital Co., Ltd, a wholly-owned subsidiary of China IC Fund.

 

As of March 31, 2016, 979,759,350 ordinary shares (including 19,595,187 ADSs representing 979,759,350 ordinary shares) of our company were outstanding. J.P. Morgan Chase Bank, the depositary under the deposit agreement, has advised us that, as of March 31, 2016, these 19,595,187 ADSs, representing 979,759,350 ordinary shares, were held of record by thirteen US registered shareholders. We have no further information as to shares held or beneficially owned by U.S. persons. Each ADS represents 50 ordinary shares.

 

We do not believe that we are directly or indirectly owned or controlled by another corporation, by any foreign government or by any other natural or legal person severally or jointly. We are not aware of any arrangement that may, at a subsequent date, result in a change of control of our company.

 

 106 

Table of Contents 

 

B.Related Party Transactions

 

The following disclosure is for the purpose of fulfilling disclosure requirements pursuant to the rules and regulations promulgated pursuant to the Exchange Act, only, and may contain disclosure of related party transactions not required to be disclosed in our financial statements under IFRS.

 

Director Service Contracts

 

We have entered into service contracts with indemnification provisions with each of our current directors. Except for the indemnification provisions, the service contracts as stated in the preceding sentence do not provide for benefits upon termination of service or employment.

 

Datang Pre-emptive Share Purchase Agreement and Country Hill Pre-emptive Share Purchase Agreement (2015)

 

On June 11, 2015, the Company entered into a share purchase agreement (“Datang Pre-emptive Share Purchase Agreement”) with Datang Holdings (Hongkong) Investment Company Limited (“Datang”), a substantial shareholder of the Company, pursuant to which the Company conditionally agreed to issue, and Datang conditionally agreed to subscribe for, 961,849,809 Ordinary Shares (“Datang Pre-emptive Shares”) for a total cash consideration of HK$634,147,579.07 at the price of HK$0.6593 per Ordinary Share.

 

On June 11, 2015, the Company entered into a share purchase agreement (“Country Hill Pre-emptive Share Purchase Agreement”) with Country Hill Limited (“Country Hill”), a substantial shareholder of the Company, pursuant to which the Company conditionally agreed to issue, and Country Hill conditionally agreed to subscribe for, 323,518,848 Ordinary Shares (“Country Hill Pre-emptive Shares”) for a total cash consideration of HK$213,295,976.49 at the price of HK$0.6593 per Ordinary Share.

 

The execution of the Datang Pre-emptive Share Purchase Agreement and the Country Hill Pre-emptive Share Purchase Agreement, the issue of the Datang Pre-emptive Shares to Datang and the issue of the Country Hill Pre-emptive Shares to Country Hill were approved by the independent shareholders of the Company at the extraordinary general meeting of the Company held on August 11, 2015 as required under Chapter 14A of the Hong Kong Stock Exchange Listing Rules. The completion of the issue of the Datang Pre-emptive Shares and the Country Hill Pre-emptive Shares took place on October 9, 2015 and September 25, 2015 respectively.

 

Other than Dr. Gao Yonggang (“Dr. Gao”), an executive Director, and Dr. Chen Shanzhi (“Dr. Chen”), a non-executive Director, both of whom were nominated as Directors by Datang, none of the Directors has a material interest in the Datang Pre-emptive Share Purchase Agreement and the Country Hill Preemptive Share Purchase Agreement or the transactions contemplated thereunder.

 

 107 

Table of Contents 

 

Formation of Joint Venture, Sino IC Leasing Co., Ltd., with China IC Fund

 

On August 27, 2015, the Company entered into a joint venture agreement with China IC Fund, a substantial shareholder of the Company, and its sole manager, Sino IC Capital Co., Ltd., and seven other independent third parties to establish a joint venture company, Sino IC Leasing Co., Ltd. (“Sina IC Leasing”), in accordance with PRC laws and regulations. China IC Fund holds approximately 11.18% equity interest in the Company on the date of transaction through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Xinxin (Hongkong) Capital Co., Limited.

 

The registered capital of Sino IC Leasing is RMB5.68 billion. The capital commitment of China IC Fund and the Company in Sino IC Leasing is RMB2.00 billion and RMB0.60 billion, representing 35.21% and 10.56% interest, respectively.

 

The business scope of Sino IC Leasing includes financial leasing, leasing of equipment, purchase of leased properties in the PRC or overseas, maintaining and processing of the residual value of the leased properties, consulting and guarantee services in relation to leasing and related business factoring services. The term of its operation is 30 years from the date of the establishment the company.

 

Mr. Ren Kai, a non-executive director, is deemed to have a material interest in the joint venture agreement as he holds the position of Vice President in Sino IC Capital Co., Ltd. Mr. Ren Kai has abstained from voting on the relevant board resolution in respect of the joint venture agreement.

 

 108 

Table of Contents 

 

Issue of Series B Preference Shares by SJ Semiconductor Corporation

 

On December 8, 2015, a share purchase agreement was entered into by:

 

SJ Cayman Corporation (“SJ Cayman”) and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, SJ Semiconductor (HK) Limited and SJ Semiconductor (Jiangyin) Corporation; and

 

the Company, Xun Xin (Shanghai) Investment Co., Ltd. (“Xun Xin”) and Qualcomm Global Trading Pte. Ltd (Qualcomm). (each an “Investor” and together as the “Investors”),

 

pursuant to which SJ Cayman agreed to issue and the Investors agreed to subscribe for 466,666,664 Series B Preference Shares for an aggregate cash consideration of US$280,000,000 at a cash purchase price of US$0.60 per share. The transaction helps to expand SJ Semiconductor (Jiangyin) Corporation’s production capacity and accelerate the construction progress.

 

Xun Xin is a wholly-owned subsidiary of China IC Fund, which holds approximately 11.17% equity interest of the Company on the date of transaction in the Company through its other wholly-owned subsidiary, Xinxin (Hong Kong) Capital Co., Limited (“Xinxin”). Xun Xin is an associate of Xinxin and thus a connected person of the Company under the Hong Kong Listing Rules.

 

The Company, Xun Xin and Qualcomm each contributes US$160,000,000, US$100,000,000 and US$20,000,000 for their respective subscription of 266,666,666, 166,666,666 and 33,333,332 Series B Preference Shares, representing respectively 56.06%, 29.41% and 5.88% of the total issued share capital of SJ Cayman. Each Series B Preference Share may be converted at the option of the holder, at any time after the date of issuance thereof, into such number of fully paid SJ Cayman Ordinary Share(s) determined by dividing the original issue price of US$0.60 per share by the then effective conversion price. The initial conversion price will be equal to the original issue price, resulting in an initial conversion ratio of 1:1, that is, one Series B Preference Share is convertible into one SJ Cayman Ordinary Share.

 

Mr Ren Kai, a non-executive Director, is deemed to have a material interest in the share purchase agreement as he holds the position of Vice President in China IC Fund’s sole manager Sino IC Capital Company Limited and the position of legal representative in Xun Xin. However, Mr Ren Kai did not participate in the voting on the relevant board resolutions in respect of the share purchase agreement and the transaction contemplated thereunder.

 

Framework Agreement with Datang Holdings – 2014 to 2015

 

On February 18, 2014, we entered into a Framework Agreement with Datang Holdings, or the 2014 Renewed Framework Agreement, pursuant to which we (including our subsidiaries) and Datang Holdings (including its associates) would engage in business collaboration including but not limited to foundry service. The term of the 2014 Renewed Framework Agreement is two years commencing from February 18, 2014. The pricing for the transactions contemplated under the 2014 Renewed Framework Agreement will be determined by reference to reasonable market price available from or to independent third parties in the ordinary and usual course of business based on normal commercial terms and on arm’s length negotiation, or the price based on the actual production cost incurred plus a reasonable profit margin with reference to the general range of profit margins in the industry, and will be determined on terms not less favorable than those sold by independent third parties to us or our subsidiaries or sold by us or our subsidiaries to independent third parties (if any).

 

The caps, being the maximum revenue on an aggregated basis expected to be generated by us from the transactions contemplated under the 2014 Renewed Framework Agreement, are

 

US$60 million for the year ending December 31, 2014, and

 

US$75 million for the year ending December 31, 2015.

 

 109 

Table of Contents 

 

Framework Agreement with Datang Holdings – 2016 to 2018

 

On December 28, 2015, the Company entered into a new framework agreement (the “2015 Renewed Framework Agreement”) with Datang Holdings, pursuant to which the Group and Datang Holdings (including its associates) would engage in business collaboration including but not limited to foundry service. The term of the 2015 Renewed Framework Agreement is three years commencing from January 1, 2016. The pricing for the transactions contemplated under the 2015 Renewed Framework Agreement is determined based on the same as the Framework Agreement.

 

The expected caps, being the maximum revenue on an aggregated basis expected to be generated by the Group from the transactions contemplated under the 2015 Renewed Framework Agreement, are:

 

US$50 million for the year ended December 31, 2016;

 

US$66 million for the year ended December 31, 2017; and

 

US$82 million for the year ending December 31, 2018.

 

Financial Services Agreement with Datang Finance

 

On December 18, 2015, the Company and Datang Telecom Group Finance Co., Ltd. (“Datang Finance”) entered into the Financial Services Agreement with a three year term commencing on 1 January 2016 and ending on 31 December 2018, pursuant to which Datang Finance has agreed to provide the Company and its subsidiaries, including its associated companies and companies under its management with a range of financial services (including deposit services, loan services, foreign exchange services and other financial services) subject to the terms and conditions provided therein.

 

Each of Datang Finance and Datang Telecom Technology & Industry Holdings Co., Ltd. (“Datang Holdings”) is a wholly-owned subsidiary of China Academy of Telecommunications Technology and Datang Holdings in turn wholly owns Datang Holdings (Hongkong) Investment Company Limited (“Datang Hongkong”), a substantial shareholder of the Company holding approximately 18.30% of the total issued share capital of the Company as at the date of this report. Datang Finance is a fellow subsidiary of Datang Holdings and an associate of Datang Hongkong, and thus a connected person of the Company under Chapter 14A of the Listing Rules.

 

Datang Finance provides to the Group a range of financial services as the Group may request from time to time. Such financial services include deposit services, loan services, foreign exchange services and other financial services.

 

 110 

Table of Contents 

  

The financial services of Datang Finance are provided based on the following pricing principles:

 

1.Deposit services

The terms (including interest rates) in respect of deposit services offered to the Group by Datang Finance shall be no less favourable than those offered to the Group by third parties in respect of comparable services, subject to the relevant provisions of Chinese laws and regulations.

 

2.Loan services

The terms (including interest rates) in respect of loans services offered to the Group by Datang Finance shall be no less favourable than those offered to the Group by third parties in respect of comparable services, subject to the relevant provisions of Chinese laws and regulations.

 

3.Foreign exchange services

The terms (including exchange rates) in respect of foreign exchange services offered to the Group by Datang Finance shall be no less favourable than those offered to the Group by third parties in respect of comparable services, subject to the relevant provisions of Chinese laws and regulations.

 

4.Other financial services

The terms (including fees charged by Datang Finance) for the provision of financial services other than deposits services, loan services and foreign exchange services shall be no less favourable than the terms (including fees charged to the Group) applicable to third parties in respect of comparable services, subject to the relevant provisions of Chinese laws and regulations.

 

The Annual Caps under the Financial Services Agreement are set out below:

 

Annual Caps  For the year ended 31 December 
   2016   2017   2018 
   US$ million   US$ million   US$ million 
Deposit Cap (the maximum daily outstanding balances including accrued interests which is not cumulative in nature and inclusive of foreign currency and RMB deposits)   100    100    100 
                
Spot FX Trading Cap (the maximum daily transaction amount for foreign exchange settlement and sales)   50    50    50 
                
Other Financial Services Cap (the maximum annual fee for other financial services)   5    5    5 

 

There are no historical caps for the deposit services, the foreign exchange services and other financial services with Datang Finance. The Annual Caps are determined based on the Group’s actual financial needs and reasonable forecast.

 

Other than Dr. Gao and Dr. Chen, both of whom are nominated as Directors by Datang Hongkong and its associates, none of the Directors has a material interest in the Financial Services Agreement or the transactions contemplated thereunder.

 

 111 

Table of Contents 

  

Transactions with SJ Cayman Corporation In Relation To Framework Agreement – Supply of Goods and Services

 

On March 11, 2016, the Company and its majority owned subsidiary SJ Semiconductor Corporation (“SJ Cayman”) entered into the Framework Agreement in relation to supply of goods and services, transfer of equipment and provision of technical authorisation or licensing with a term commencing on January 1, 2016 and ending on December 31, 2016 and subject to terms and conditions provided therein.

 

The price of the Continuing Connected Transactions will be determined in accordance with the following general principles in ascending order:

 

(1)the price prescribed or approved by state or local price control department (if any);

 

(2)a reasonable price in accordance with the industry guided price for a particular type of service or product issued by the relevant industry association (if any);

 

(3)the comparable local market price, which shall be determined after arm’s length negotiation between both parties of the contract with reference to (a) the market price charged by independent third parties for comparable product or services at the same time and in the same region; and (b) the lowest quotation that the purchaser can obtain by way of public tender. The Company will obtain at least two quotations or tenders from independent third parties before agreeing upon the applicable price;

 

(4)where there is no comparable local market price, price based on the principle of cost plus a fair and reasonable profit rate, being the aggregate sum of (a) the actual reasonable cost; and (b) a fair and reasonable profit rate. The expected range of profit is from 5% to 10%, which is in line with the industry and not lower than the profit rate charged by the Company or SJ Cayman (as applicable) to independent third parties (to the extent available).

 

Based on the above general principles and the actual circumstances when entering into the Framework Agreement, the parties further agree to the following specific pricing policies for the Continuing Connected Transactions. If any particular Continuing Connected Transactions are not covered by the following policies, or any of the following policies no longer applies, the parties will use the above general principles to determine the price for the relevant transaction.

 

Type of transaction   Pricing policy
     

I. Purchase and sale of goods

 

1. Spare parts  

The market purchase price of spare parts, with the relevant transportation fees borne by the purchaser, with reference to market price (see general pricing principle (3) above)

 

2. Raw materials  

The market purchase price of raw materials, with the relevant transportation fees borne by the purchaser, with reference to market price (see general pricing principle (3) above)

 

II. Rendering of or receiving services
 
1. Processing and testing service  

With reference to market price (see general pricing principle (3) above)

 

2. Procurement service  

Cost plus a fair and reasonable profit rate in line with the industry (see general pricing principle (4) above), based on allocation of procurement department expenses according to working hours

 

  

 112 

Table of Contents 

 

3. Research, development and experiment support service  

With reference to market price (see general pricing principle (3) above)

 

4. Comprehensive administration, logistics, production management and IT service  

Cost plus a fair and reasonable profit rate in line with the industry (see general pricing principle (4) above), based on allocation of labour cost and relevant resources consumption according to the proportion of working hours or workload, with reference to market price provided by independent third parties

 

III. Transfer of equipment
 
1. Transfer of equipment  

With reference to market price (see general pricing principle (3) above)

 

IV. Provision of technical authorisation or licensing
 

1. Provision of technical authorisation or licensing by the Company to SJ Cayman

  With reference to market price (see general pricing principle (3) above)

 

Category III and Category IV transactions (i.e. transfer of assets and provision of technical authorisation or licensing) will be settled in accordance with the relevant agreement for each transaction. All other types of transactions will be settled regularly based on actual circumstances. The Company will monitor closely as an ongoing process to ensure the proposed annual caps are not exceeded.

 

Considering the clear general principles and the detailed pricing policies, the Directors (including the independent non-executive Directors) are of the view that the methods and procedures are sufficient to ensure that the Continuing Connected Transactions will be conducted on normal commercial terms or better and not prejudicial to the interests of the Company and its minority Shareholders.

 

The proposed annual caps for the Continuing Connected Transactions for the year ending on December 31, 2016 are set out below:

 

Transactions  

Maximum annual transaction value of
the Continuing Connected Transactions 

Supply of goods and services, transfer of equipment and provision of technical authorisation or licensing by the Company

 

 

US$49 million

(or its equivalent in other currencies)

 

Supply of goods and services and transfer of equipment by SJ Cayman

 

US$49 million

(or its equivalent in other currencies)

 

The Company confirms that the historical transactions between the Company and SJ Cayman were incidental and immaterial in value, therefore in arriving at the proposed annual caps, the Company has considered reasonable factors such as the expected occurrences of Continuing Connected Transactions in light of current market conditions of the semiconductor industry and the technological capability of the Company as well as the Company’s historical revenues.

 

Other than Mr. Lu Jun and Mr. Ren Kai, both of whom holds positions in China Integrated Circuit Investment Fund Co., Ltd. none of the Directors has a material interest in the Framework Agreement in relation the supply of goods and services or transactions contemplated thereunder.

 

 113 

Table of Contents 

 

Transactions with Semiconductor Manufacturing International (Beijing) Corporation and SJ Semiconductor (Jiangyin) Corporation In Relation To Centralized Fund Management Agreement

 

On March 21, 2016, the Company, Semiconductor Manufacturing International (Beijing) Corporation (“SMIC Beijing”) and SJ Semiconductor (Jiangyin) Corporation (“SJ Jiangyin”) entered into the Centralized Fund Management Agreement in relation to: (i) the Company authorizing its wholly-owned subsidiary SMIC Beijing to carry out centralized management of the Group’s RMB fund and foreign exchange in accordance with the relevant PRC laws and regulations; and (ii) SJ Jiangyin participating in the Group’s centralized fund management system. The agreement is effective from 21 March 2016 and ending on 31 December 2018.

 

Pursuant to the agreement, the Company will authorize its wholly-owned subsidiary SMIC Beijing to carry out centralized management of the Group’s RMB fund and foreign exchange in accordance with the relevant PRC laws and regulations. Based on such authorization, SMIC Beijing will provide fund management services to SJ Jiangyin within the scope permitted by the relevant PRC policies.

 

The price of the services provided by SMIC Beijing to SJ Jiangyin contemplated under the Centralized Fund Management Agreement will be fair and reasonable under the Hong Kong Stock Exchange Listing Rules, determined according to the market principle on an arm’s length basis, subject to compliance with requirements for connected transactions of the Hong Kong Stock Exchange. The Company will ensure that the prices charged to SJ Jiangyin will not be more favourable than prices charged to its other subsidiaries which are not connected persons under the Hong Kong Stock Exchange listing rules.

 

1. Internal Deposit Services

 

The terms (including interest rates) in respect of the internal deposit services provided by SMIC Beijing to SJ Jiangyin will be on normal commercial terms or better, in the ordinary and usual course of business of the Group and in the interests of the Company and the Shareholders as a whole, subject to the relevant provisions of PRC laws and regulations.

 

The interest rate applicable to SJ Jiangyin’s deposits with SMIC Beijing will be

determined based on arm’s length negotiations by the parties. The Company will make reference to the interest rate (if any) prescribed by the PBOC applicable to RMB deposits from time to time and published on the PBOC’s website for the same type of deposits.

 

2.Collection and Payment Services and Foreign Exchange Services

 

The terms (including fees charged by SMIC Beijing and exchange rates) in respect of the collection and payment services and foreign exchange services provided by SMIC Beijing to SJ Jiangyin will be on normal commercial terms or better, in the ordinary and usual course of business of the Group and in the interests of the Company and the Shareholders as a whole, subject to the relevant provisions of PRC laws and regulations. The fees charged by SMIC Beijing to SJ Jiangyin for providing such services will be determined based on arm’s length negotiations by the parties.

 

3.Internal Loan Services

 

The terms (including interest rates) in respect of the internal loan services provided by SMIC Beijing to SJ Jiangyin will be on normal commercial terms or better, in the ordinary and usual course of business of the Group and in the interests of the Company and the Shareholders as a whole, subject to the relevant provisions of PRC laws and regulations.

 

The interest rate applicable to loans granted to SJ Jiangyin by SMIC Beijing will be based on arm’s length negotiation by the parties. The Company will make reference to the benchmark interest rate (if any) prescribed by the PBOC applicable to RMB loans from time to time and published on the PBOC’s website for the same type of loans.

 

4.Provision of Letter of Credit Services

 

The terms (including fees charged by the Company) in respect of the letters of credit provided by the Company to SJ Jiangyin will be on normal commercial terms or better, in the ordinary and usual course of business of the Group and in the interests of the Company and the Shareholders as a whole, subject to the relevant provisions of PRC laws and regulations. The fees charged by the Company to SJ Jiangyin for providing such services will be determined based on arm’s length negotiations by the parties.

 

 114 

Table of Contents 

  

5.Other Financial Services

 

The terms (including fees charged by SMIC Beijing) in respect of other financial services provided by SJ Beijing to SJ Jiangyin will be on normal commercial terms or better, in the ordinary and usual course of business of the Group and in the interests of the Company and the Shareholders as a whole, subject to the relevant provisions of PRC laws and regulations. The fees charged by SMIC Beijing to SJ Jiangyin for providing such services will be determined based on arm’s length negotiations by the parties.

 

The Annual Caps under the Centralised Fund Management Agreement are set out below.

 

Annual Caps

 

   For the year ending 31 December 
  

2016

US$ million

  

2017

US$ million

  

2018

US$ million

 
Internal Deposit Cap (the maximum daily outstanding balances including accrued interests)   500    500    500 
                
Collection and Payment and Foreign Exchange Cap (the maximum daily transaction amount for collection and payment services and foreign exchange services)   500    500    500 
                
Internal Loan Cap (the maximum borrowing limit per calendar year)   500    500    500 
                
Letter of Credit Cap (the maximum aggregate amount under the letter(s) of credit issued on SJ Jiangyin’s behalf per calendar year)   500    500    500 
                
Other Financial Services Cap (the maximum fees charged for provision of other financial services per calendar year)   50    50    50 

 

The Company confirms that there are no historical transactions for the internal deposit services, the collection and payment services, the foreign exchange services, the internal loan services and other financial services with SJ Jiangyin. Before SJ Jiangyin became a connected subsidiary of the Company, there were a few ad-hoc provisions of letters of credit by the Company to SJ Jiangyin when SJ Jiangyin had only commenced small-scale production and was in preparation for expansion (SJ Jiangyin is now expanding).

 

Other than Mr. Lu Jun and Mr. Ren Kai, both of whom holds positions in China Integrated Circuit Industry Investment Fund Co. Ltd., none of the Directors has a material interest in the Centralized Fund Management Agreement or transactions contemplated thereunder.

 

 115 

Table of Contents 

 

Framework Agreement with Sino IC Leasing Co., Ltd – Financial Services and Other Related Services

 

On March 30, 2016, the Company and Sino IC Leasing Co., Ltd. entered into the Framework Agreement, pursuant to which Sino IC Leasing Co., Ltd. will provide to the Company a range of financial services (including but not limited to leasing, factoring, loan entrustment, bills acceptance and discounting services) and certain other related services (including but not limited to financial advisory and consulting services). The term of the agreement is effective from March 30, 2016 and ending on December 31, 2020.

 

The price for the services provided by Sino IC Leasing Co., Ltd. to the Company contemplated under the Framework Agreement will be determined by reference to the current market conditions and the terms (including the prices) which are comparable to the quotes from independent third parties (to the extent available) providing services of a similar nature with comparable scale in the ordinary and usual course of business based on normal commercial terms and on arm’s length negotiations, as well as the reasonable market prices which are applicable around that time, subject to compliance with requirements for related party transactions and connected transactions of the Hong Kong Stock Exchange.

 

The annual caps of the transactions are set out below:

 

  

For the year ending December 31, 

 
  

2016

US$ billion

  

2017

US$ billion

  

2018

US$ billion

  

2019

US$ billion

  

2020

US$ billion

 
                     
Financial services Cap (the maximum rental and fees charged for provision of financial services per calendar year)   1.5    1.5    1.5    1.5    1.5 
                          
Other related services Cap (the maximum fees charged for provision of other related services per calendar year)   0.15    0.15    0.15    0.15    0.15 

 

The Company confirms that there are no historical transactions for the finance related services and the other related services with Sino IC Leasing Co., Ltd.

 

Other than Mr. Lu Jun and Mr. Ren Kai, both of whom holds positions in China Integrated Circuit Industry Investment Fund Co. Ltd., none of the Directors has a material interest in the Framework Agreement or transactions contemplated thereunder.

 

 116 

Table of Contents 

 

Contemplating the Exercise of SilTech Shanghai’s Put Option

 

On December 22, 2014, we entered into a co-investment agreement through SilTech Shanghai with JCET and China IC Fund to acquire all or part of the issued and paid-up ordinary shares in the capital of STATS ChipPAC through JCET-SC (Singapore) Pte. Ltd.. On June 18, 2015, according to the co-investment agreement, we made a total capital contribution of the RMB equivalent of US$100 million to subscribe for 19.61% equity interest in Changjiang Xinke and the acquisition was completed in the second half of 2015.

 

Furthermore, based on an investment exit agreement entered into by SilTech Shanghai, JCET and Jiangsu Xinchao Technology Group Co., Ltd (a substantial shareholder of JCET), JCET granted us an option (“SilTech Shanghai’s put option”) to sell the shares of Changjiang Xinke to JCET at exercise price equivalent to our initial investment plus an annual return rate at any time after Stats ChipPAC was acquired. We recently made a voluntary announcement of contemplating the exercise of SilTech Shanghai’s put option. As at the date of this report, we are in discussions with JCET surrounding the potential exercise of the put option in consideration of the issuance of shares by JCET and no contractual agreement has been entered into.

 

Issue of New Ordinary Shares

 

On February 12, 2015, we entered into a share purchase agreement with China Integrated Circuit Industry Investment Fund Co., Ltd., (the “China IC Fund”). Pursuant to the share purchase agreement, we proposed to issue 4,700,000,000 new ordinary shares (the “Placing of New Shares”) to the China IC Fund at a consideration of approximately HK$3,098.71 million. On June 8, 2015, the Placing of New Shares was completed and we issued 4,700,000,000 new ordinary shares to Xinxin (Hongkong) Capital Co., Ltd., a wholly-owned subsidiary of the China IC Fund, at the issue price of HK$0.6593 per ordinary share. The net proceeds are recorded as share capital of approximately US$1.9 million and share premium of approximately US$397.6 million in the statements of financial position. Net proceeds of issue are measured after deducting directly attributable transaction costs of the share issue.

 

On November 6, 2008 and April 18, 2011, respectively, we entered into share purchase agreements with Datang Telecom Technology & Industry Holdings Co., Ltd. (“Datang Holdings”) and Country Hill Limited (“Country Hill”) which granted each of Datang Holdings (Hongkong) Investment Company Limited (“Datang”) and Country Hill a pre-emptive right to subscribe for additional shares if we issue new shares to other investors. On March 2, 2015, we received irrevocable notices from both Datang and Country Hill about exercising their pre-emptive right as a result of the Placing of New Shares. On June 11, 2015, the Company entered into the 2015 Datang Pre-emptive Share Purchase Agreement and the 2015 Country Hill Pre-emptive Share Purchase Agreement, respectively, with Datang and Country Hill pursuant to which Datang and Country Hill subscribed for 961,849,809 ordinary shares and 323,518,848 ordinary shares of the Company, respectively, at a price of HK$0.6593 per share. On September 25, 2015, Country Hill subscribed 323,518,848 ordinary shares of the Company. On October 9, 2015, Datang subscribed 961,849,809 ordinary shares of the Company.

 

Other Related Party Transactions

 

Please see Note 40 of Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information regarding the transactions between us and our related parties.

 

C.Interests of Experts and Counsel.

 

Not applicable.

 

 117 

Table of Contents 

 

Item 8. Financial Information

 

A.Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information

 

Please see “Item 18. Financial Statements” for our audited consolidated financial statements filed as a part of this annual report on Form 20-F.

 

See “Item4.B—Information on the Company—Business Overview—Customers and Markets” regarding the percentage of our sales which are exported from China.

Dividends and Dividend Policy

 

As of December 31, 2015, our accumulated deficit decreased to US$1,287.5 million from an accumulated deficit of US$1,540.9 million at the end of 2014. We have not declared or paid any cash dividends on the ordinary shares. We intend to retain any earnings for use in our business and do not currently intend to pay cash dividends on the ordinary shares. Dividends, if any, on the outstanding shares will be declared by and subject to the discretion of the Board and must be approved at the annual general meeting of shareholders. The timing, amount and form of future dividends, if any, will also depend, among other things, on:

 

·our results of operations and cash flow;

 

·our future prospects;

 

·our capital requirements and surplus;

 

·our financial condition;

 

·general business conditions;

 

·contractual restrictions on the payment of dividends by the Company to its shareholders or by our subsidiaries to the Company; and

 

·other factors deemed relevant by the Board.

 

Our ability to pay cash dividends will also depend upon the amount of distributions, if any, received by us from our wholly-owned Chinese operating subsidiaries. Under the applicable requirements of Chinese Company Law, our subsidiaries in China may only distribute dividends after they have made allowances for:

 

·recovery of losses, if any;

 

·allocation to the statutory common reserve funds;

 

·allocation to staff and workers’ bonus and welfare funds; and

 

·allocation to a discretionary common reserve fund if approved by our shareholders.

 

More specifically, these operating subsidiaries may only pay dividends after 10% of their net profit has been set aside as statutory common reserves and a discretionary percentage of their net profit has been set aside for the staff and workers’ bonus and welfare funds. These operating subsidiaries are not required to set aside any of their net profit as statutory common reserves if the accumulation of such reserves has reached at least 50% of their respective registered capital. Furthermore, if they record no net income for a year, they generally may not distribute dividends for that year.

 

 118 

Table of Contents 

 

B.Significant Changes

 

Except as disclosed elsewhere in this annual report, we have not experienced any significant changes since the date of our audited consolidated financial statements included in this annual report.

 

Item 9. The Offer and Listing

 

Our ordinary shares are principally traded on the HKSE under the stock code “981.” Our ordinary shares began trading on the HKSE on March 18, 2004. Our ADSs, which began trading on the NYSE on March 17, 2004, are traded under the symbol “SMI.”

 

The table below sets forth the high and low closing prices on the HKSE and the NYSE for the ordinary shares and ADSs representing such ordinary shares, respectively, since March 2004 and for the most recent six months.

 

   Stock Exchange of Hong Kong   New York Stock Exchange(1) 
   Closing price per ordinary share   Closing Price per ADS 
   High Price   Low Price   High Price   Low Price 
Annual                
Fiscal year 2011  HK$0.940   HK$0.335   US$5.780   US$2.120 
Fiscal year 2012  HK$0.445   HK$0.239   US$2.860   US$1.490 
Fiscal year 2013  HK$0.720   HK$0.400   US$4.560   US$2.560 
Fiscal year 2014  HK$0.860   HK$0.580   US$5.460   US$3.760 
Fiscal year 2015  HK$0.950   HK$0.600   US$6.060   US$3.910 
Quarterly                    
First Quarter 2014  HK$0.840   HK$0.580   US$5.310   US$3.770 
Second Quarter 2014  HK$0.680   HK$0.580   US$4.380   US$3.760 
Third Quarter 2014  HK$0.820   HK$0.670   US$5.220   US$4.260 
Fourth Quarter 2014  HK$0.860   HK$0.710   US$5.460   US$4.500 
First Quarter 2015  HK$0.750   HK$0.670   US$4.730   US$4.100 
Second Quarter 2015  HK$0.950   HK$0.780   US$6.060   US$4.960 
Third Quarter 2015  HK$0.830   HK$0.600   US$5.380   US$3.910 
Fourth Quarter 2015  HK$0.880   HK$0.710   US$5.600   US$4.490 
First Quarter 2016  HK$0.780   HK$0.640   US$4.970   US$4.060 
Monthly                    
October 2015  HK$0.760   HK$0.710   US$4.880   US$4.490 
November 2015  HK$0.880   HK$0.720   US$5.600   US$4.670 
December 2015  HK$0.820   HK$0.780   US$5.280   US$4.960 
January 2016  HK$0.780   HK$0.640   US$4.970   US$4.160 
February 2016  HK$0.710   HK$0.640   US$4.480   US$4.060 
March 2016  HK$0.700   HK$0.660   US$4.540   US$4.280 
April 2016 (through April 22, 2016)  HK$0.700   HK$0.670   US$4.510   US$4.300 

 

 119 

Table of Contents 

  

The closing prices on the HKSE and the NYSE for our ordinary shares and ADSs, respectively, on the first trading day in the 6 months immediately preceding our pre-emptive issues of new ordinary shares to Country Hill and Datang on September 25, 2015 and October 9, 2015, respectively are set forth below:

 

   Stock Exchange of Hong Kong
Closing price per ordinary share
   New York Stock Exchange(1)
Closing price per ADS
 
May 1, 2015   Market closed    Market closed 
           
April 1, 2015  HK$0.790   US$4.960 
           
May 1, 2015   Market closed   US$5.470 
           
June 1, 2015  HK$0.890   US$5.680 
           
July 1, 2015   Market closed   US$5.380 
           
August 1, 2015   Market closed    Market closed 
           
September 1, 2015  HK$0.660    Market closed 

 

The closing prices on the HKSE and the NYSE for our ordinary shares and ADSs, respectively, on the last trading day before our announcement dated December 18, 2013 of the pre-emptive issues to Datang and Country Hill are set forth below:

 

    Stock Exchange of Hong Kong
Closing price per ordinary share
  New York Stock Exchange(1)
Closing price per ADS
 
               
December 17, 2013   HK$ 0.600   US$ 3.760  

  

The closing prices on the HKSE and the NYSE for our ordinary shares and ADSs, respectively, on the last trading day before our announcement dated August 22, 2014 of the pre-emptive issues to Datang and Country Hill are set forth below:

 

    Stock Exchange of Hong Kong
Closing price per ordinary share
  New York Stock Exchange(1)
Closing price per ADS
 
               
August 22, 2014   HK$ 0.730   US$ 4.630  

  

The closing prices on the HKSE and the NYSE for our ordinary shares and ADSs, respectively, on the last trading day before our announcement dated June 12, 2015 of the pre-emptive issues to Datang and Country Hill are set forth below:

 

    Stock Exchange of Hong Kong
Closing price per ordinary share
  New York Stock Exchange(1)
Closing price per ADS
 
               
June 12, 2015   HK$ 0.870   US$ 5.560  

 

The closing prices on the HKSE and the NYSE for our ordinary shares and ADSs, respectively, on April [24], 2016 are set forth below:

 

    Stock Exchange of Hong Kong
Closing price per ordinary share
  New York Stock Exchange(1)
Closing price per ADS
 
               
April 22, 2016   HK$ 0.670   US$ 4.310  

 

 

 

(1) Each ADS represents 50 ordinary shares

 

 120 

Table of Contents 

  

Item 10. Additional Information

 

A.Share Capital

 

Not applicable.

 

B.Memorandum and Articles of Association

 

The section entitled “Description of Share Capital” in our IPO registration statement is incorporated by reference into this annual report.

 

The sections entitled “Item 10-Additional Information-Memorandum and Articles of Association” in our annual report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, filed with the SEC on June 26, 2005 and in our annual report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005, filed with the SEC on June 26, 2006 are incorporated by reference into this annual report. In addition, at the annual general meeting of our shareholders held on June 2, 2008, our shareholders approved an amendment to our Articles of Association to provide that a member of our board of directors may be removed by Ordinary Resolution.

 

C.Material Contracts

 

Joint Venture Agreement with ZDG and BIDIMC

 

On June 3, 2013, we entered into a Joint Venture Agreement with SMIC Beijing, Beijing industrial Developing Investment Management Co., Ltd (“BIDIMC”) and Zhongguancun Development Group (“ZDG”) in relation to the establishment of a joint venture which will principally engage in, among other things, the testing, development, design, manufacturing, packaging and sale of integrated circuits.

 

Pursuant to the Joint Venture Agreement, the parties established SMNC, a new company to be established in Beijing, for the purpose of establishing and building up significant manufacturing capacity with a focus on 45-nanometer and finer technologies, with a goal to reach a manufacturing capacity of 35,000 wafers per month. Under the Joint Venture Agreement, we and SMIC Beijing shall contribute 55% of the registered capital, and ZDG and BIDIMC shall contribute 45% of the registered capital. The registered capital of SMNC is US$1.2 billion.

 

On December 8, 2014, the Joint Venture Agreement was revised and entered into by and between the Company, SMIC Beijing, ZDG, BIDIMC and Beijing Integrated Circuits Industrial Development Fund Manufacturing and Equipment Sub-Fund (“Sub-Fund”). Pursuant to the revised Joint Venture Agreement, we and SMIC Beijing shall still contribute 55% of the SMNC registered capital, and Sub-Fund, ZDG and BIDIMC shall contribute 45% of the SMNC registered capital.

 

SMNC shared part of Group’s advance-technology research and development expenses in 2014 and had the start-up cost in 2015, which also caused the change in loss of year attributable to non-controlling interests.

 

Issue of US$200 Million Zero Coupon Convertible Bonds due 2018

 

The Subscription Agreement related to US$200 Million Zero Coupon Convertible Bonds due 2018 convertible into our ordinary shares, dated as of October 24 2013 and entered into by us and J.P. Morgan Securities PLC and Deutsche Bank AG, Hong Kong Branch (jointly referred to as “the Joint Managers”), includes among others, the following terms:

 

 121 

Table of Contents 

  

1)Agreement by each of the Joint Managers to subscribe and pay for, or to procure subscribers to subscribe and pay for the placed bonds to be issued by the Company in an aggregate principal amount of US$200 million (“the Placed Bonds”);

 

2)Based on the initial Conversion Price of HK$0.7965 and assuming full conversion of the Bonds at the initial conversion price, the Bonds were convertible into 1,946,817,325 shares, representing (i) approximately 6.07% of the issued share capital of the Company on the last trading day before Bond issuance and (ii) approximately 5.72% of the issued share capital of the Company as enlarged by the issue of the conversion shares. The conversion shares were allotted and issued pursuant to the general mandate of the Company granted to the Directors at the annual general meeting held on 13 June 2013 and rank pari passu in all respects with the shares then in issue on the relevant conversion date. The issue of the Bonds was not subject to the approval of the shareholders;

 

3)Application was made to the Hong Kong Stock Exchange for the listing of, and permission to deal in, the conversion shares. An application was made to the Singapore Exchange for the listing of the Bonds;

 

4)The maturity date for the Bonds is November 7, 2018. Unless previously redeemed, converted or repurchased and cancelled, the Company will redeem each Bond at its principal amount on the maturity date. The Bonds will not bear interest;

 

5)The net proceeds (net of fees, commissions and expenses) from the issue of the Bonds will be approximately US$194.6 million;

 

6)The Company intends to use the net proceeds (net of fees, commissions and expenses) from the issue of the Bonds, for the Company’s capital expenditure used for capacity expansion associated with 8-inch and 12-inch manufacturing facilities and general corporate purposes.

 

Datang and CIC Subscription Agreements (2013)

 

Please see “Item 7.B— Related Party Transactions — Datang and CIC Subscription Agreement (2013).”

 

Yizhuang Residential Project Investment and Development Agreement

 

On June 15, 2012, SMIC Beijing, SMIC Shanghai, ZhongxinXiecheng Investment (Beijing) Co., Ltd., and China Investment Development Corporation entered into a cooperation agreement to jointly develop the SMIC Beijing Yizhuang residential area. The agreement covers development, construction management and other matters pertaining to Phase 2 of SMIC Beijing residential area and SMIC Private School Beijing Phase 2.

 

Under the agreement, ZhongxinXiecheng Investment (Beijing) Co., Ltd., the joint-venture formed by and between SMIC Shanghai and China Investment Development Corporation, is fully responsible for the investment planning, development, and construction of both the residential area and the school projects. ZhongxinXiecheng is also responsible for the day-to-day operations under the project management framework agreement. Pursuant to the agreement, profits derived from the residential area development project will be distributed between the parties.

 

 122 

Table of Contents 

 

SMIC Beijing Phase 2 Project Fab Construction Framework Agreement

 

On October 15, 2012, SMIC Beijing signed an agreement with BDC, pursuant to which BDC will be responsible for the development of the fab for the BJ Phase 2 Project. BDC will contribute US$ 340 million for the development and all costs in the development of the fab will be borne by BDC.

 

Joint Venture Agreement with Jiangsu Changjiang Electronics Technology Co., Ltd

 

On February 20, 2014, the Company and JCET entered into a joint venture agreement. On October 17, 2014, the Company and Changjiang Electronics International (Hong Kong) Trading & Investing Limited (“JCET HK”), a wholly owned subsidiary of JCET, jointly established SJ Semiconductor Corporation, an exempted company incorporated with limited liability in the Cayman Islands, with a total capitalization of US$50,000,000, subscribing for, respectively, 51% and 49% interest therein. On November 25, 2014, SJ Semiconductor (Jiangyin) Corp. (“SJ Jiangyin”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of SJ Semiconductor Corporation was established in Jiangyin National High-Tech Industrial Development Zone (JOIND), in Jiangsu Province, China.

 

Issue of Series B Preference Shares by SJ Semiconductor Corporation

 

Please see “Item 7.B— Related Party Transactions — Please see “Item 7.B— Related Party Transactions — Issue of Series B Preference Shares by SJ Semiconductor Corporation.”

 

Issue of 2,590,000,000 New Ordinary Shares

 

On June 9, 2014, the Company issued 2,590,000,000 new ordinary shares pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Placing and Subscription Agreement of the same date, and entered into by the Company and J.P. Morgan Securities PLC and Deutsche Bank AG, Hong Kong Branch (the “Joint Placing Agents”) which included, among other things, the following terms:

 

1)a total of 2,590,000,000 new ordinary shares were successfully placed by the Joint Placing Agents to not fewer than six (6) independent placees, who are third parties independent of and not connected with the Company and its connected persons;

 

2)None of the placees became substantial shareholder of the Company immediately after the completion of the placing.

 

3)The placing price was HK$0.60 per share;

 

4)The allotted and issued 2,590,000,000 new ordinary shares represented approximately 7.44% of the issued share capital of the Company following the issuance of the 2,590,000,000 new shares.

 

 123 

Table of Contents 

  

Issue of US$95 million Zero Coupon Convertible Bonds Due 2018

 

The Subscription Agreement related to US$95 Million Zero Coupon Convertible Bonds due 2018 convertible into the Company’s ordinary shares, dated as of June 4, 2014 and entered into by the Company and J.P. Morgan Securities PLC and Deutsche Bank AG, Hong Kong Branch (jointly referred to as “the Joint Managers”), includes among others, the following terms:

 

1)Agreement by each of the Joint Managers to subscribe and pay for, or to procure subscribers to subscribe and pay for the placed bonds to be issued by the Company in an aggregate principal amount of US$95 million (“the Placed Bonds”);

 

2)Based on the initial Conversion Price of HK$0.7965 and assuming full conversion of the Bonds at the initial conversion price, the Bonds were convertible into 924,738,230 shares, representing (i) approximately 2.65% of the issued share capital of the Company on the last trading day before the Bond issuance and (ii) approximately 2.59% of the issued share capital of the Company following the issuance of the conversion shares. The conversion shares were authorized and issued by a resolution passed at a meeting of the Board of Directors held February 17, 2014, and rank pari passu in all respects with the shares then in issue on the relevant conversion date. The issue of the Bonds was not subject to the approval of the shareholders;

 

3)Application was made to the Hong Kong Stock Exchange for the listing of, and permission to deal in, the conversion shares. An application was made to the Singapore Exchange for the listing of the Bonds;

 

4)The maturity date for the Bonds is November 7, 2018. Unless previously redeemed, converted or repurchased and cancelled, the Company will redeem each Bond at its principal amount on the maturity date. The Bonds will not bear interest;

 

5)The net proceeds (net of fees, commissions and expenses) from the issue of the Bonds was approximately US$94.2 million;

 

6)The Company intends to use the net proceeds (net of fees, commissions and expenses) from the issue of the Bonds, for the Company’s capital expenditure used for capacity expansion associated with 8-inch and 12-inch manufacturing facilities, and general corporate purposes.

 

 124 

Table of Contents 

  

Issue of US$500 million 4.125% Bonds Due 2019

 

The Subscription Agreement related to US$500 Million 4.125% Bonds due 2019, dated as of September 25, 2014 and entered into by us and J.P. Morgan Securities PLC and Deutsche Bank AG, Hong Kong Branch (jointly referred to as “the Joint Lead Managers”), includes among others, the following terms:

 

1)Agreement by each of the Joint Managers to subscribe and pay for, or to procure subscribers to subscribe and pay for the placed bonds to be issued by the Company in an aggregate principal amount of US$500 million (“the Bonds”);

 

2)The issue of the Bonds was authorised by a resolution passed at a meeting of the Board of Directors of the Company held on August 6, 2014;

 

3)Approval in principle was obtained from the Singapore Exchange for the listing and quotation of the Bonds;

 

4)The maturity date for the Bonds is October 7, 2019. Unless previously redeemed, purchased, or cancelled, the Company will redeem each Bond at its principal amount on the maturity date. The Bonds will bear 4.125% interest per annum;

 

5)The net proceeds (net of fees, commissions and expenses) from the issue of the Bonds was approximately US$491.2 million;

 

6)The Company intends to use the net proceeds (net of fees, commissions and expenses) from the issue of the Bonds, for the Company’s debt repayment and capital expenditure for capacity expansion associated with 8-inch and 12-inch manufacturing facilities, and general corporate purposes.

 

Co-investment Agreement and Investment Exit Agreement in relation to Proposed Acquisition of STATS ChipPAC

 

On December 22, 2014, (i) SilTech Shanghai, an indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company; (ii) JCET, the largest chip- packaging service provider in China; and (iii) China Integrated Circuit Industry Investment Fund Co., Ltd., a company incorporated under PRC law, entered into a co-investment agreement to form an investment consortium in connection with the proposed acquisition of STATS ChipPAC, a leading provider of advanced semiconductor packaging and test services in the world and a company incorporated in the Republic of Singapore, shares of which were listed on the Singapore Exchange Securities Trading Limited.

 

Under such co-investment agreement, SilTech Shanghai, JCET and China IC Fund will make a total capital contribution of the RMB equivalent of US$100 million, US$260 million and US$150 million, respectively to subscribe for, respectively, 19.61%, 50.98% and 29.41% equity interest in Changjiang Xinke. Changjiang Xinke and China IC Fund will make a total capital contribution of the RMB equivalent of US$510 million and US$10 million respectively to subscribe for, respectively, 98.08% and 1.92% equity interest in Suzhou Changdian Xinpeng Investment Co., Ltd. China IC Fund is committed to providing Suzhou Changdian Xinpeng Investment Co., Ltd. with a shareholder’s loan of US$140 million and is entitled, at any time after the third anniversary of the date on which Bidco becomes a shareholder of STATS ChipPAC, to convert its shareholder’s loan into the equity of Suzhou Changdian Xinpeng Investment Co., Ltd. in accordance with the co-investment agreement. JCET-SC (Singapore) Pte. Ltd., a company incorporated and wholly owned by Suzhou Changdian Xinpeng Investment Co., Ltd. in the Republic of Singapore was established as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Suzhou Changdian Xinpeng Investment Co., Ltd. and will be the entity carrying out the proposed acquisition. The acquisition was completed in the second half of 2015.

 

 125 

Table of Contents 

  

Furthermore, on December 22, 2014, in connection with the co-investment agreement, SilTech Shanghai, JCET and Jiangsu Xinchao Technology Group Co., Ltd., a company incorporated under PRC law and a substantial shareholder of JCET, entered into an investment exit agreement, pursuant to which JCET agreed to grant to SilTech Shanghai a put option to sell the shares it acquires pursuant to the co-investment agreement.

 

Under such investment exit agreement, at any time after the completion of the proposed acquisition, SilTech Shanghai has the option to sell all the option shares to JCET at an exercise price equivalent to SilTech Shanghai’s capital contribution to Holdco A with an annualized effective compounded return rate of between 10% and 12%. SilTech Shanghai has the right to choose the issuance of shares by JCET or cash or any other payment methods within the range permitted by China’s securities regulatory authorities as JCET’s payment method. JCET and SilTech Shanghai shall sign a relevant share transfer agreement within ninety (90) days from the date of SilTech Shanghai and JCET reaching consensus.

 

Proposed Issue of 4,700,000,000 New Shares

 

On February 12, 2015, the Company and China IC Fund entered into a Share Purchase Agreement related to the proposed issuance of 4,700,000,000 new shares (the “New Shares”), pursuant to which:

 

1)The New Shares will be issued pursuant to the general mandate granted to the Directors to allot and issue up to 20% of the then issued share capital of the Company, being 6,966,266,242 New Shares, by the Company’s shareholders at the annual general meeting of the Company held on June 27, 2014. The issue of the New Shares is not subject to Company shareholders’ approval.

 

2)the Company conditionally agreed to allot and issue to China IC Fund, and China IC Fund conditionally agreed to subscribe, through its wholly-owned subsidiary incorporated in Hong Kong, for 4,700,000,000 New Shares at a subscription price of HK$0.6593 per New Share.

 

3)The aggregate consideration for the New Shares is HK$3,098.71 million.

 

4)The New Shares represent approximately 13.10% of the existing issued share capital of the Company as at February 12, 2015, and approximately 11.58% of the issued share capital of the Company as enlarged by the issue of the New Shares.

 

5)The gross proceeds from the issue of the New Shares will be approximately HK$3,098.71 million and the net proceeds will be approximately HK$3,094.71 million (HK$0.6584 per New Share). The Company intends to use the net proceeds from the issue of the New Shares, for the purpose of capital expenditure, debt repayment and general corporate purposes.

 

Datang Pre-emptive Share Purchase Agreement and Country Hill Pre-emptive Share Purchase Agreement (2015)

 

Please see “Item 7.B— Related Party Transactions — Datang Pre-emptive Share Purchase Agreement and Country Hill Pre-emptive Share Purchase Agreement (2015).”

 

Equity Joint Venture Contract.

 

On June 23, 2015, the Company executed Equity Joint Venture Contract with Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. (“Huawei”), Qualcomm Global Trading Pte. Ltd. (“Qualcomm”) and IMEC International (“IMEC”) in respect of establishment, via capital increase, of SMIC Advanced Technology Research & Development (Shanghai) Corporation (“ATD”).

 

ATD was originally wholly owned by the Company with registered capital of USD 12 million. ATD’s registered capital was increased by USD 87 million, which was subscribed and contributed by the Company with USD 76.8 million in addition, by Huawei with USD 3 million, by Qualcomm with USD 5 million and by IMEC with USD 2.2 million. After capital increase, each of the Company, Huawei, Qualcomm and IMEC owns approximately 89.697%, 3.030%, 5.051% and 2.222% of ATD.

 

The Company is entitled to appoint four out of five directors of ATD. The fifth board member is jointly appointed by all parties. The matters that need unanimous approval from board members are minimal according to PRC law.

 

 126 

Table of Contents 

 

Shanghai Commercial Housing Sale Contract

 

On December 7, 2015, we executed Shanghai Commercial Housing Sale Contract with Shanghai Zhangjiang Integrated Circuit Industry Zone Developing Co., Ltd. in respect of acquiring the whole office building located at 1158 Zhangdong Road and 1059 Dangui Road, Building No. 1, named Zhangdong Business Center.

 

Zhangdong Business Center has 11 floors with floor area of 26,869.84 square meters. The total payment is RMB 487,092,040. The property has been delivered to us on December 21, 2015. We acquired Zhangdong Business Center for office use of SMIC Holdings Corporation mainly.

 

Framework Agreement with SJ Cayman (2016)

 

Please see “Item 7.B— Related Party Transactions —Transactions with SJ Cayman Corporation In Relation To Framework Agreement – Supply of Goods and Services.”

 

Centralized Fund Management Agreement with SMIC Beijing and SJ Jiangyin (2016)

 

Please see “Item 7.B— Related Party Transactions —Transactions with Semiconductor Manufacturing International (Beijing) Corporation and SJ Semiconductor (Jiangyin) Corporation In Relation To Centralized Fund Management Agreement.”

 

Framework Agreement with Sino IC Leasing Co., Ltd. (2016)

 

Please see “Item 7.B— Related Party Transactions —Framework Agreement with Sino IC Leasing Co., Ltd – Financial Services and Other Related Services.”

 

D.Exchange Controls

 

We receive government fundings and a portion of our sales in Renminbi, which is currently not a freely convertible currency. Approximately 19.3% of our sales for the year ended December,31, 2013, approximately 23.8% of our sales for the year ended December 31, 2014 and approximately 28.4% of our sales for the year ended December, 31, 2015 were denominated in Renminbi. While we have used these proceeds for the payment of our Renminbi expenses, we may in the future need to convert these sales into foreign currencies to allow us to purchase imported materials and equipment, particularly as we expect the proportion of our sales to China-based companies to increase in the future. Under China’s existing foreign exchange regulations, payments of current account items, including profit distributions, interest payments and expenditures from trade may be made in foreign currencies without government approval, except for certain procedural requirements. The Chinese government may, however, at its discretion, restrict access in the future to foreign currencies for current account transactions and prohibit us from converting our Renminbi sales into foreign currencies.

 

 127 

Table of Contents 

 

E.Taxation

 

The following discussion of the material U.S. federal income and Cayman Islands tax consequences of an investment in our ADSs or ordinary shares is based upon laws and relevant interpretations thereof in effect as of the date of this prospectus, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. This discussion does not deal with all possible tax consequences relating to an investment in our ADSs or ordinary shares, such as the tax consequences under state, local and non-U.S. tax laws.

 

United States Federal Income Taxation

 

Except where noted, this summary deals only with the ownership and disposition of the ADSs and ordinary shares that are held as capital assets by U.S. Holders. This summary does not represent a detailed description of the U.S. federal income tax consequences applicable to U.S. Holders that are subject to special treatment under the U.S. federal income tax laws, including:

 

·banks;

 

·dealers in securities or currencies;

 

·financial institutions;

 

·real estate investment trusts;

 

·insurance companies;

 

·tax-exempt organizations;

 

·persons holding ADSs or ordinary shares as part of a hedging, integrated or conversion transaction, constructive sale or straddle;

 

·traders in securities that have elected the mark-to-market method of accounting;

 

·persons liable for the alternative minimum tax;

 

·persons who have ceased to be U.S. citizens or to be taxed as resident aliens;

 

·persons who own or are deemed to own more than 10% of our voting shares; or

 

·U.S. persons whose “functional currency” is not the U.S. dollar.

 

This summary is based in part on representations by the depositary and assumes that each obligation under the deposit agreement and any related agreement will be performed in accordance with its terms. Furthermore, the discussion below is based upon the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, and U.S. Treasury Regulations, Internal Revenue Service rulings and judicial decisions as of the date hereof. Such authorities may be replaced, revoked or modified, possibly on a retroactive basis, so as to result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those discussed below.

 

A U.S. Holder that holds ADSs or ordinary shares is urged to consult its own tax advisor concerning the U.S. federal income tax consequences as well as any consequences arising under the laws of any other taxing jurisdiction (including any U.S. state or locality) or any aspect of U.S. federal gift or estate law in light of the particular circumstances of the U.S. Holder.

 

 128 

Table of Contents 

 

A U.S. Holder is a beneficial owner of ADSs or ordinary shares that is a U.S. person. A U.S. person is:

 

·a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

·a corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia;

 

·an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation, regardless of its source; or

 

·a trust if (i) it is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or (ii) it has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

 

If a partnership holds ADSs or ordinary shares, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. A U.S. Holder that is a partner of a partnership holding ADSs or ordinary shares is urged to consult its own tax advisors.

 

ADSs or Ordinary Shares. In general, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a U.S. Holder of ADSs will be treated as the owner of the underlying ordinary shares that are represented by such ADSs. Deposits and withdrawals of ordinary shares in exchange for ADSs will not be subject to U.S. federal income taxation.

 

Distributions on ADSs or Ordinary Shares. Subject to the discussion under “-Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules” below, the gross amount of the cash distributions on the ADSs or ordinary shares will be taxable to a U.S. Holder as dividends to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Subject to certain limitations, dividends paid to noncorporate U.S. Holders, including individuals may be eligible for a reduced rate of taxation if we are deemed to be a “qualified foreign corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A qualified foreign corporation includes:

 

·a foreign corporation that is eligible for the benefits of a comprehensive income tax treaty with the United States that includes an exchange of information program; or

 

·a foreign corporation if its stock with respect to which a dividend is paid or its ADSs backed by such stock are readily tradable on an established securities market within the United States but does not include an otherwise qualified corporation that is a passive foreign investment company. We believe that we will be a qualified foreign corporation for so long as we are not a passive foreign investment company and the ordinary shares or ADSs are considered to be readily tradable on an established securities market within the United States. A U.S. Holder that exchanges its ADSs for ordinary shares may not be eligible for the reduced rate of taxation on dividends if the ordinary shares are not readily tradable on an established securities market within the United States. Our status as a qualified foreign corporation, however, may change.

 

Dividends will be includable in a U.S. Holder’s gross income on the date actually or constructively received by such U.S. Holder, in the case of ordinary shares, or by the depositary, in the case of ADSs. These dividends will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction generally allowed to U.S. corporations in respect of dividends received from other U.S. corporations.

 

To the extent that the amount of any cash distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, the distribution will first be treated as a tax-free return of capital, causing a reduction in the adjusted basis of the ADSs or ordinary shares (thereby increasing the amount of gain, or decreasing the amount of loss, a U.S. Holder would recognize on a subsequent disposition of the ADSs or ordinary shares), and the balance in excess of adjusted basis will be subject to tax as capital gain.

 

 129 

Table of Contents 

 

To the extent we pay dividends on the ADSs or the ordinary shares in Hong Kong dollars, the U.S. dollar value of such dividends should be calculated by reference to the exchange rate prevailing on the date of actual or constructive receipt of the dividend, regardless of whether the Hong Kong dollars are converted into U.S. dollars at that time. If Hong Kong dollars are converted into U.S. dollars on the date of actual or constructive receipt of such dividends, the tax basis of the U.S. holder in such Hong Kong dollars will be equal to their U.S. dollar value on that date and, as a result, the U.S. Holder generally should not be required to recognize any foreign currency exchange gain or loss. Any gain or loss recognized on a subsequent conversion or other disposition of the Hong Kong dollars generally will be treated as U.S. source ordinary income or loss.

 

Dividends paid on the ADSs or ordinary shares will be income from sources outside of the United States and will constitute “passive category income” or, in the case of certain U.S. Holders, “general category income” for U.S. foreign tax credit limitation purposes.

 

Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of ADSs or Ordinary Shares. Subject to the discussion under “- Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules” below, upon the sale, exchange or other disposition of ADSs or ordinary shares, a U.S. Holder generally will recognize capital gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount realized upon the sale, exchange or other disposition and the adjusted tax basis of the U.S. Holder in the ADSs or ordinary shares. A U.S. Holder’s tax basis in an ADS or an ordinary share will be, in general, the price it paid for that ADS or ordinary share. The capital gain or loss generally will be long-term capital gain or loss if, at the time of sale, exchange or other disposition, the U.S. Holder has held the ADS or ordinary share for more than one year. Net long-term capital gains of noncorporate U.S. Holders, including individuals, are eligible for reduced rates of taxation. The deductibility of capital loss is subject to limitations. Any gain or loss that a U.S. Holder recognizes generally will be treated as gain or loss from sources within the United States for U.S. foreign tax credit limitation purposes.

 

Medicare Tax. US Holders who are individuals, estates or trusts may be required to pay up to an additional 3.8% tax on, among other things, dividends and capital gains. You are urged to consult your tax advisor regarding the potential tax consequences to you from the Medicare Tax, also called the Net Investment Income Tax.

 

Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules. We believe that we were not a passive foreign investment company for 2015. Based on the projected composition of our income, the timing of our anticipated capital expenditures and valuation of our assets, we do not expect to be a passive foreign investment company for 2016 and do not expect to become one in the future, although this may change.

 

In general, we will be deemed to be a passive foreign investment company for any taxable year in which either (i) at least 75% of our gross income is passive income or (ii) at least 50% of the value (determined on the basis of a quarterly average) of our assets is attributable to assets that produce or are held for the production of passive income. For this purpose, passive income generally includes dividends, interest, royalties, rents (other than rents and royalties derived in the active conduct of a trade or business and not derived from a related person), annuities and gains from assets that produce passive income.

 

If we are a PFIC in any taxable year, unless a mark-to-market election described below is made, U.S. Holders will generally be subject to additional taxes and interest charges on certain “excess” distribution we make and on any gain realized on the disposition or deemed disposition of ADSs or ordinary shares regardless of whether we continue to be a PFIC in the year of the “excess” distribution or disposition. Distributions in respect of a U.S. Holder’s ADSs or ordinary shares during the taxable year will generally constitute “excess” distributions if, in the aggregate, they exceed 125% of the average amount of distributions in respect of the U.S. Holder’s ADSs or ordinary shares over the three preceding taxable years or, if shorter, the portion of the U.S. Holder’s holding period before such taxable year.

 

 130 

Table of Contents 

 

To compute the tax on “excess” distributions or any gain, (i) the “excess” distribution or the gain will be allocated ratably to each day in the holding period; (ii) the amount allocated to the current year and any tax year before we became a PFIC will be taxed as ordinary income in the current year; (iii) the amount allocated to other taxable years will be taxable at the highest applicable marginal rate in effect for that year; and (iv) an interest charge at the rate for underpayment of taxes will be imposed with respect to any portion of the “excess” distribution or gain described under (iii) above that is allocated to such other taxable years. In addition, if we are PFIC, no distribution will qualify for taxation at the preferential rate for non-corporate holders discussed in “-Distributions on ADSs or Ordinary Shares” above.

 

If we are a PFIC in any year in which our ADSs or ordinary shares are “marketable”, a U.S. Holder will be able to avoid the “excess” distribution rules described above if such U.S. Holder makes a timely “mark-to-market” election with respect to its ADSs or ordinary shares. The ADSs or ordinary shares will be “marketable” as long as they remain regularly traded on a national securities exchange, such as the New York Stock Exchange or the Hong Kong Stock Exchange. If this election is made in a timely fashion, the U.S. Holder will generally recognize as ordinary income or ordinary loss the difference between the fair market value of the ADSs or ordinary shares on the last day of any taxable year and the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the ADSs or ordinary shares. Any ordinary income resulting from this election will generally be taxed at ordinary income rates. Any ordinary losses will be deductible only to the extent of the net amount of previously included income as a result of the mark-to-market election, if any. The U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the ADSs or ordinary shares will be adjusted to reflect any such income or loss.

 

Alternatively, the “excess” distribution” rules described above may generally be avoided by electing to treat us as a “Qualified Electing Fund,” or QEF, under Section 1295 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. A QEF election is available only if the U.S. Holder receives an annual information statement from the PFIC setting forth its ordinary earnings and net capital gains, as calculated for U.S. federal income tax purposes. We will not provide our U.S. Holders with the information statement necessary to make a QEF election. Accordingly, U.S. Holders will not be able to make or maintain such an election.

 

A U.S. Holder is urged to consult its own tax advisors concerning the availability of making a mark-to-market election or a qualified electing fund election and the U.S. federal income tax consequences of holding the ADSs or ordinary shares if we are deemed to be a passive foreign investment company in any taxable year.

 

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding. In general, unless a U.S. Holder belongs to a category of certain exempt recipients (such as corporations), information reporting requirements will apply to distributions on ADSs or ordinary shares made within the United States and to the proceeds of sales of ADSs or ordinary shares that are effected through the U.S. office of a broker or the non-U.S. office of a broker that has certain connections with the United States. Backup withholding currently imposed at a rate of 28% may apply to these payments if a U.S. Holder fails to provide a correct taxpayer identification number or certification of exempt status, fails to report in full dividend and interest income or, in certain circumstances, fails to comply with applicable certification requirements.

 

Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may generally be allowed as a refund or a credit against a U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax, provided the U.S. Holder furnishes the required information to the Internal Revenue Service in a timely manner.

 

 131 

Table of Contents 

 

Cayman Islands Taxation

 

The following summary constitutes the opinion of Conyers Dill & Pearman (Cayman) Limited to the material Cayman Islands tax consequences of acquiring, owning, and transferring our ADSs and ordinary shares.

 

The Cayman Islands currently levy no taxes on individuals or corporations based upon profits, income, gains or appreciation and there is no taxation in the nature of inheritance tax or estate duty. You will not be subject to Cayman Islands taxation on payments of dividends or upon the repurchase by us of your ADSs or ordinary shares. In addition, you will not be subject to withholding tax on payments of dividends or distributions, including upon a return of capital, nor will gains derived from the disposal of ADSs or ordinary shares be subject to Cayman Islands income or corporation tax.

 

No Cayman Islands stamp duty will be payable by you in respect of the issue or transfer of ADSs or ordinary shares. However, an instrument transferring title to an ADS, if brought to or executed in the Cayman Islands, would be subject to Cayman Islands stamp duty. The Cayman Islands are not party to any double taxation treaties. There are no exchange control regulations or currency restrictions in the Cayman Islands.

 

We were incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands as an exempted company and, as such, obtained an undertaking in April 2000 from the Governor in Council of the Cayman Islands substantially that, for a period of twenty years from the date of such undertaking, no law which is enacted in the Cayman Islands imposing any tax to be levied on profit or income or gains or appreciation shall apply to us and no such tax and no tax in the nature of estate duty or inheritance tax will be payable, either directly or by way of withholding, on our ADSs or ordinary shares.

 

F.Dividends and Paying Agents

 

Not applicable.

 

G.Statements by Experts

 

Not applicable.

 

H.Documents on Display

 

Documents on Display

 

We are subject to the information requirements of the Exchange Act. In accordance with these requirements, we file reports and other information with the SEC. These materials, including this annual report and the exhibits thereto, may be inspected and copied at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation of the SEC’s Public Reference Room by calling the SEC in the United States at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains a website at http://www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC.

 

Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

 

Market risk is the risk of loss related to adverse changes in market prices, including foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates of financial instruments. We are exposed to these risks in the ordinary course of our business. Our exposure to these risks derives primarily from changes in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates. To mitigate some of these risks, we utilize spot, forward, and derivative financial instruments.

 

 132 

Table of Contents 

 

Foreign Exchange Rate Fluctuation Risk

 

Our revenue, expense, and capital purchasing activities are primarily transacted in U.S. dollars. However, since we have operations consisting of manufacturing, sales activities and purchase outside of the U.S., we enter into transactions in other currencies. We are primarily exposed to changes in exchange rate for the Euro, Japanese Yen, and Renminbi.

 

To minimize these risks, we purchase foreign-currency forward exchange contracts with contract terms normally lasting less than twelve months to protect against the adverse effect that exchange rate fluctuations may have on foreign- currency denominated activities. These forward exchange contracts are principally denominated in Renminbi, Japanese Yen or Euros, and do not qualify for hedge accounting. As of December 31, 2015, we had outstanding foreign currency forward exchange contracts with notional amounts of US$42.9 million.

 

On December 11, 2015, we entered into a long-term loan facility agreement in the aggregate principal amount of RMB 480 million. We were primarily exposed to changes in the exchange rate for the RMB. To minimize the currency risk, we entered into cross currency swap contracts with a contract term fully matching the repayment schedule of the whole part of this RMB long-term loan to protect against the adverse effect of exchange rate fluctuations arising from foreign-currency denominated loans. As of December 31, 2015, we had outstanding cross currency swap contracts with notional amounts of US$74.0 million.

 

The carrying amounts of the Group’s foreign currency denominated monetary assets and monetary liabilities at the end of the reporting period are as follows:

 

   Liabilities   Assets 
   12/31/13   12/31/14   12/31/15   12/31/13   12/31/14   12/31/15 
   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000 
                               
EUR   3,037    2,488    76,462    2,595    480    33,968 
JPY   7,925    7,560    5,553    1,499    606    2,986 
RMB   133,177    221,336    586,931    766,960    1,148,146    909,497 
Others   8,226    4,684    14,127    7,323    1,100    2,529 

 

We do not enter into foreign currency exchange contracts for speculative purposes. See “Item 3.D— Key Information— Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Financial Condition and Business-Exchange rate fluctuations could increase our costs, which could adversely affect our operating results and the value of our ADSs” and “Item 3.D—Key Information— Risk Factors—Risks Related to Conducting Operations in China-Devaluation or appreciation in the value of the Renminbi or restrictions on convertibility of the Renminbi could adversely affect our business and operating results.”

 

 133 

Table of Contents 

 

Interest Rate Risk

 

Our exposure to interest rate risks relates primarily to our long-term loans, which we generally assume to fund capital expenditures and working capital requirements. The table below presents annual principal amounts due and related weighted average implied forward interest rates by year of maturity for the our debt obligations outstanding as of December 31, 2015. Our long-term loans are all subject to variable interest rates. The interest rates on our U.S. dollar-denominated loans are linked to the LIBOR. The interest rates on our RMB denominated loan is linked to People’s Bank of China (PBOC) RMB Interest Rate. As a result, the interest rates on our loans are subject to fluctuations in the underlying interest rates to which they are linked.

 

   2016   2017   2018   2019   2020 and
thereafter
 
   (Expected Maturity Date) 
   (in US$ thousands, except percentages) 
US$ denominated                         
Average balance   910,807    561,418    465,203    444,044    2,455 
Average interest rate   2.78%   2.40%   2.37%   2.33%   5.22%
RMB denominated                         
Average balance   381,640    345,630    340,924    261,762    123,970 
Average interest rate   1.66%   1.46%   1.45%   1.13%   1.19%
Weighted average forward interest rate   2.45%   2.04%   1.98%   1.89%   1.27%

 

Item 12. Description of Securities Other Than Equity Securities

 

A.Debt Securities

 

Not applicable.

 

B.Warrants and Rights

 

Not applicable.

 

C.Other Securities

 

Not applicable.

 

 134 

Table of Contents 

 

D.American Depositary Shares

 

Fees and Charges That An ADR Holder May Have To Pay

 

Category

(as defined by SEC)   Depositary Actions   Associated Fee
         
(a) Depositing or substituting the underlying shares   Each person to whom ADSs are issued against deposits of Shares, including deposits in respect of Share Distributions, Rights and Other Distributions (as such terms are defined in paragraph (10) of the Deposit Agreement as filed with the SEC on March 10, 2004 which we are referred to herein as the “Depositary Agreement”)   $5.00 for each 100 ADSs (or portion thereof) evidenced by the new ADRs delivered
         
(b) Receiving or distributing dividends   Distribution of dividends   $0.02 or less per ADS (or portion thereof)
         
(c) Selling or exercising rights   Distribution or sale of securities   Such fee being in an amount equal to the fee for the execution and delivery of ADSs referred to above which would have been charged as a result of the deposit of such securities
         
(d) Withdrawing an underlying security   Each person surrendering ADSs for withdrawal of Deposited Securities   $5.00 for each 100 ADSs (or portion thereof) surrendered.
         
(e) Transferring, splitting or grouping receipts   Transfers, combining or grouping of depositary receipts   $1.50 per ADR
         
(f) General depositary services, particularly those charged on an annual basis   Not applicable   Not applicable
         
(g) Expenses of the depositary   Fees and expenses incurred by the Depositary (including without limitation expenses incurred on behalf of Holders in connection with compliance with foreign exchange control regulations or any law or regulation relating to foreign investment) in delivery of Deposited Securities or otherwise in connection with the Depositary’s or its Custodian’s compliance with applicable law, rule or regulation.   The Company will pay all other charges and expenses of the Depositary and any agent of the Depositary (except the Custodian) pursuant to agreements from time to time between the Company and the Depositary, except (i) stock transfer or other taxes and other governmental charges (which are payable by Holders or persons depositing Shares), (ii) cable, telex and facsimile transmission and delivery charges incurred at the request of persons depositing, or Holders delivering Shares, ADRs or Deposited Securities (which are payable by such persons or Holders), (iii) transfer or registration fees for the registration of transfer of
         
        Deposited Securities on any applicable register in connection with the deposit or withdrawal of
         
        Deposited Securities (which are payable by persons depositing Shares or Holders withdrawing Deposited Securities; there are no such fees in respect of the Shares as of the date of the Deposit Agreement), and (iv) expenses of the Depositary in connection with the conversion of foreign currency into U.S. dollars (which are paid out of such foreign currency). These charges may be changed in the manner indicated in paragraph (16) of the Depositary Agreement

 

 135 

Table of Contents 

 

Fees and Payments Made By The Depositary To The Company

 

DIRECT PAYMENTS

 

We did not receive any direct payment from the depositary in 2015.

 

INDIRECT PAYMENTS

 

As part of its service to us, J.P. Morgan has agreed to waive US$120,000 annually for on-going ADR program maintenance. The table below sets forth the fees that J.P. Morgan has agreed to waive and/or expenses that J.P. Morgan has agreed to pay in the year ended December 31, 2015.

 

   Amount Waived or Paid for Fiscal 
   Year Ended December 31, 2015 
     
Category of Expenses     
      
Third-party expenses paid directly  $ 
      
Fees waived  $120,000 

 

Part II

 

Item 13. Defaults, Dividend Arrearages, and Delinquencies

 

None.

 

Item 14. Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds

 

Not applicable.

 

 136 

Table of Contents 

 

Item 15. Controls and Procedures

 

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

Our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer have evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of the Exchange Act) as of December 31, 2015. Based on that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective and designed to ensure that the information required to be disclosed by us in reports filed under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified by the SEC’s rules, regulations and forms and to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports we file or submit is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

 

Report by Management on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act for our company. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS and includes those policies and procedures that (a) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of a company’s assets, (b) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS and that a company’s receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of a company’s management and directors and (c) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of a company’s assets that could have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, a system of internal control over financial reporting can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to consolidated financial statement preparation and presentation and may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies and procedures may deteriorate.

 

As required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and related rules as promulgated by the SEC, our management assessed the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015 using criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

 

Based on this evaluation, our management has concluded that the internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2015, based on the criteria established in Internal Control— Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

 

Attestation Report of the Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

The effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015 has been audited by our independent registered public accounting firm, PricewaterhouseCoopers Zhong Tian LLP as stated in its report (See F-2).

 

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 

There were no changes in the design in our internal controls over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by this annual report that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal controls over financial reporting.

 

 137 

Table of Contents 

 

Item 16A. Audit Committee Financial Expert

 

Our board has determined that Mr. Lip-Bu Tan is an audit committee financial expert as defined under the applicable rules of the SEC issued pursuant to Section 407 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Mr. Tan is independent as such term is defined under Section 303A.02 of the New York Stock Exchange Listed Company Manual.

 

Item 16B. Code of Ethics

 

We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics which is applicable to all of our employees, including our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, and any other persons performing similar functions.

 

Our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is available, free of charge, to any person who sends a request for a paper copy to us at Semiconductor Manufacturing International Corporation, 18 Zhangjiang Road, Pudong New Area, Shanghai, China 201203, Attention: Investor Relations.

 

Item 16C. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

 

The following table sets forth the aggregate audit fees, audit-related fees, tax fees and all other fees we paid or incurred for audit services, audit-related services, tax services and other services rendered by our principal accountants during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2015.

 

   2014   2015 
   (in US$ thousands) 
          
Audit Fees  US$1,208   US$1,142 
          
Tax Fees  US$94   US$36 

 

Audit fees consist of the standard work associated with the statutory audit as well as audit of our annual financial statements including the review of our quarterly financial results and filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, Hong Kong Stock Exchange and other regulators.

 

Audit fees also include services relating to our compliance with the requirements of the Sarbanes- Oxley Act and services relating to our resolution of SEC related comments.

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers and PricewaterhouseCoopers Zhong Tian LLP (“PwC”) was the principal auditor for the year ended December 31, 2015. The audit committee has also approved and will continue to consider, on a case-by-case basis, all non-audit services. According to the charter of our audit committee, before our principal accountants are engaged by us to render audit or non-audit services, the engagement, including the nature and scope of the work to be performed and the associated fees, must be approved by our audit committee. Our audit committee has not established any pre-approval policies and procedures.

 

Item 16D. Exemptions from the Listing Standards of Audit Committees

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 16E. Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

 

Not applicable.

 

 138 

Table of Contents 

 

Item 16F. Changes in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 16G. Corporate Governance

 

We are incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands. The principal trading market for our shares is the Hong Kong Stock Exchange. We have adopted a set of corporate governance guidelines in accordance with the applicable laws, rule and regulations, including our Corporate Governance Policy and our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, each of which are posted on our website.

 

Because our American Depositary Shares are registered with the SEC and are listed on the New York Stock Exchange, or the NYSE, we are also subject to certain U.S. corporate governance requirements, including many of the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. However, because we are a “foreign private issuer”, many of the corporate governance rules in the NYSE Listed Company Manual, or the NYSE Standards, do not apply to us. We are permitted to follow corporate governance practices in accordance with Cayman Islands law and the Hong Kong Stock Exchange Listing Rules in lieu of most of the corporate governance standards contained in the NYSE Standards.

 

Set forth below is a brief summary of the significant differences between our corporate governance practices and the corporate governance standards applicable to U.S. domestic companies listed on the NYSE, or U.S. domestic issuers:

 

 139 

Table of Contents 

 

·The NYSE Standards require U.S. domestic issuers to have a nominating/corporate governance committee composed entirely of independent directors. We are not subject to this requirement, and we have not established a nominating/corporate governance committee. Instead, our Board has established a nomination committee to review the structure, size and composition (including the skills, knowledge and experience) of the Board at least annually, make recommendations on any proposed changes to the Board to complement our corporate strategy, identify individuals suitably qualified to become Board members consistent with criteria approved by the Board, assess the independence of independent non-executive Directors, make recommendations to the Board on the selection of individuals nominated for directorships, and make recommendations to the Board on the appointment or re-appointment of Directors and succession planning for Directors, in particular the chairman of the Board and the Chief Executive Officer. However, such nomination committee is not responsible for developing and recommending to the Board a set of corporate governance guidelines applicable to the Company and overseeing the evaluation of the Board and management.

 

·The NYSE Standards provide detailed tests that U.S. domestic issuers must use for determining independence of directors. While we may not specifically apply the NYSE tests, our Board assesses independence in accordance with Hong Kong Stock Exchange Listing Rules, and in the case of audit committee members in accordance with Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act, and considers whether there are any relationships or circumstances which are likely to affect such director’s independence from management.

 

·We believe that the composition of our Board and its committees and their respective duties and responsibilities are otherwise generally responsive to the relevant NYSE Standards applicable to U.S. domestic issuers. However, the charters for our audit and compensation committees may not address all aspects of the NYSE Standards. For example, NYSE Standards require compensation committees of U.S. domestic issuers to produce a compensation committee report annually and include such report in their annual proxy statements or annual reports on Form 10-K. We are not subject to this requirement, and we have not addressed this in our compensation committee charter. We disclose the amounts of compensation of our directors on a named basis, remuneration payable to members of the senior management by band, and the five highest individuals on an aggregate basis in our annual report in accordance with the requirements of the Hong Kong Stock Exchange Listing Rules.

 

·The NYSE Standards require that shareholders must be given the opportunity to vote on all equity compensation plans and material revisions to those plans. We comply with the requirements of Cayman Islands law and the Hong Kong Stock Exchange Listing Rules in determining whether shareholder approval is required, and we do not take into consideration the NYSE’s detailed definition of what are considered “material revisions”.

 

The above summary is not a detailed, item-by-item analysis of the differences between our corporate governance practices and the corporate governance standards applicable to U.S. domestic issuers, but rather is intended to provide our U.S. shareholders with a brief, general summary of the significant ways that our corporate governance practices differ from those of a U.S. domestic issuer.

 

Item 16H. Mine Safety Disclosure

 

Not applicable.

 

 140 

Table of Contents 

 

Part III

 

Item 17. Financial Statements

 

We have elected to provide the financial statements and related information specified in Item 18 in lieu of Item 17.

 

Item 18. Financial Statements

 

See pages F-1 to F-98.

 

Item 19. Exhibits

 

Exhibit 1.1        Eleventh Amended and Restated Articles of Association, as adopted at the Registrant’s annual general meeting of shareholders on June 2, 2008(1)

 

Exhibit 4.1        Form of Indemnification Agreement, as adopted at the Registrant’s annual general meeting of shareholders on May 6, 2005(2)

 

Exhibit 4.2        Form of Service Contract between the Company and each of its executive directors(3)

 

Exhibit 4.3        Form of Service Contract between the Company and each of its non-executive directors and independent non-executive directors(3)

 

Exhibit 4.4        English language translation of Strategic Cooperation Agreement, dated December 24, 2008 by and between the Company and Datang Telecom Technology & Industry Holdings Co., Ltd.(4)

 

Exhibit 4.5        Placing Agreement dated July 8, 2010 by and between the Company as the Issuer and J.P. Morgan (Asia Pacific) Limited and The Royal Bank of Scotland N.V., Hong Kong Branch as placing agents(5)

 

Exhibit 4.6        English language summary of Chinese language Syndicate Loan Agreement dated March 21, 2012, between Semiconductor Manufacturing International (Shanghai) Corporation, Semiconductor Manufacturing International Corporation, as guarantor, and Bank of China, The Export-Import Bank of China, China Construction Bank, Shanghai Pudong Development Bank, Cathay United Bank, Bank Sinopac, Taishin International Bank, EnTie Commercial Bank, Ta Chong Bank(3)

 

Exhibit 4.7        English language summary of Chinese language Syndicate Loan Agreement dated March 23, 2012, between Semiconductor Manufacturing International (Beijing) Corporation, Semiconductor Manufacturing International Corporation, as guarantor, and China Development Bank,, The Export-Import Bank Of China, China Construction Bank, Bank of Shanghai, Bank of Beijing(3)

 

Exhibit 4.8        Summary of Long-term Loan Agreement dated June 26, 2013, between Semiconductor Manufacturing International (Beijing) Corporation, Semiconductor Manufacturing International (Tianjin) Corporation, as guarantor, and The Export-Import Bank of China(6)

 

 141 

Table of Contents 

 

Exhibit 4.9        Summary of Syndicate Loan Agreement dated August 7, 2013, between Semiconductor Manufacturing International (Shanghai) Corporation, Semiconductor Manufacturing International Corporation, as guarantor, and Bank of China, The Export-Import Bank of China, China Development Bank, China Construction Bank and Bank of Shanghai(6)

 

Exhibit 4.10      Subscription Agreement related to US$200 Million Zero Coupon Convertible Bonds due 2018, dated October 24, 2013 by and between the Company as the Issuer and Deutsche Bank AG, Hong Kong Branch and J.P.Morgan Securities PLC as the Manager(6)

 

Exhibit 4.11      English language summary of Chinese language Joint Venture Agreement dated June 3, 2013, among SMIC Beijing, SMIC, ZDG and BIDIMC(6)

 

Exhibit 4.12      The Subscription Agreement related to US$95 Million Zero Coupon Convertible Bonds due 2018 convertible into our ordinary shares, dated as of June 4, 2014 and entered into by SMIC and J.P. Morgan Securities PLC and Deutsche Bank AG, Hong Kong Branch(7)

 

Exhibit 4.13      The Subscription Agreement related to US$500 Million 4.125% Bonds due 2019, dated as of September 25, 2014 and entered into by SMIC and J.P. Morgan Securities PLC and Deutsche Bank AG, Hong Kong Branch(7)

 

Exhibit 4.14      The Placing and Subscription Agreement related to issue of 2,590,000,000 new ordinary shares, dated as of June 4, 2014 and entered into by SMIC, J.P. Morgan Securities PLC, Deutsche Bank AG, Hong Kong Branch and Datang Holdings (Hongkong) Investment Company Limited(7)

 

Exhibit 4.15      The Share Purchase Agreement related to the proposed issuance of 4,700,000,000 new shares dated as of February 12, 2015, and entered into by the Company and China Integrated Circuit Industry Investment Fund Co., Ltd.(7)

 

Exhibit 4.16      Share Purchase Agreement by and between the Company and Datang Holdings (Hongkong) Investment Company Limited dated as of June 11, 2015

 

Exhibit 4.17      Shares Purchase Agreement by and between the Company and Country Hill Limited dated as of June 11, 2015

 

Exhibit 4.18      Form of Director Service Agreement (For Directors Appointed by the Board)(7)

 

Exhibit 4.19      Form of Director Service Agreement (For Directors Elected or Re-elected by the Shareholders)(7)

 

Exhibit 8.1        List of Subsidiaries

 

Exhibit 12.1      Certification of CEO under Section 302 of the U.S. Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

Exhibit 12.2      Certification of CFO under Section 302 of the U.S. Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

Exhibit 13.1      Certification of CEO and CFO under Section 906 of the U.S. Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

Exhibit 15.1      Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers Zhong Tian LLP

 

Exhibit 15.2      Consent of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu

 

 142 

Table of Contents 

 

(1)Previously filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, filed June 27, 2008 and amended November 28, 2008.

 

(2)Previously filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, filed June 28, 2005. With respect to Exhibit 4.1, please refer to Item 8 “Litigation” in the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008.

 

(3)Previously filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012, filed April 15, 2013.

 

(4)Previously filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Form 6-K dated January 5, 2009. Portions of this exhibit were omitted and filed separately with the Commission pursuant to Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, concerning confidential treatment.

 

(5)Previously filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, filed June 28, 2011.

 

(6)Previously filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, filed April 14, 2014.

 

(7)Previously filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014, filed April 28, 2015.

 

 143 

Table of Contents 

 

SIGNATURES

 

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.

 

  SEMICONDUCTOR MANUFACTURING INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION
     
Date: April 25, 2016 By: /s/ Dr. Tzu-Yin Chiu
     
    Name: Dr. Tzu-Yin Chiu
    Title: Chief Executive Officer and Executive Director

 

 144 

Table of Contents 

 

INDEX OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Contents   Page(s)
     
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm   F-2
     
Consolidated statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013   F-4
   
Consolidated statements of financial position as of December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013   F-5
     
Consolidated statements of changes in equity for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013   F-7
     
Consolidated statements of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013   F-8
     
Notes to the consolidated financial statements   F-10
     
Additional information — Financial statement Schedule I   F-96

 

 F-1 

Table of Contents 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Semiconductor Manufacturing International Corporation

 

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated statement of financial position as at December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income, the consolidated statement of changes in equity and the consolidated statement of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Semiconductor Manufacturing International Corporation and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2015 in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework 2013 issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company's management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying report by management on internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers Zhong Tian LLP

Shanghai, the People’s Republic of China

April 25, 2016

 

 F-2 

Table of Contents 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Semiconductor Manufacturing International Corporation

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial position of Semiconductor Manufacturing International Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2013, and the related consolidated statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income, changes in equity, and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2013. These financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Semiconductor Manufacturing International Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2013, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2013, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standard Board. Also, in our opinion, such financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

 

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on the criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated March 12, 2014 expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

/s/ Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu

Certified Public Accountants

Hong Kong

March 12, 2014

 

 F-3 

Table of Contents 

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS
AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

For the year ended December 31, 2015

 

(In USD’000, except share and per share data)

 

   Notes 

Year ended

12/31/15

   Year ended
12/31/14
   Year ended
12/31/13
 
      USD’000   USD’000   USD’000 
Revenue  5   2,236,415    1,969,966    2,068,964 
Cost of sales      (1,553,795)   (1,486,514)   (1,630,528)
Gross profit      682,620    483,452    438,436 
Research and development expenses, net      (237,157)   (189,733)   (145,314)
Sales and marketing expenses      (41,876)   (38,252)   (35,738)
General and administration expenses      (213,177)   (139,428)   (138,167)
Other operating income (expense), net  7   31,594    14,206    67,870 
Profit from operations      222,004    130,245    187,087 
Interest income      5,199    14,230    5,888 
Finance costs  8   (12,218)   (20,715)   (34,392)
Foreign exchange gains or losses      (26,349)   (5,993)   13,726 
Other gains or losses, net  9   55,611    18,210    4,010 
Share of (loss) profit of investment using equity method      (13,383)   2,073    2,278 
Profit before tax      230,864    138,050    178,597 
Income tax expense  10   (8,541)   (11,789)   (4,130)
Profit for the year  11   222,323    126,261    174,467 
Other comprehensive income (loss)                  
Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss                  
Exchange differences on translating foreign operations      (8,185)   (324)   731 
Change in value of available-for-sale financial assets      452         
Others      130         
Total comprehensive income for the year      214,720    125,937    175,198 
Profit (loss) for the year attributable to: Owners of the Company      253,411    152,969    173,177 
Non-controlling interests      (31,088)   (26,708)   1,290 
       222,323    126,261    174,467 
Total comprehensive income (loss) for the year attributable to:                  
Owners of the Company      245,803    152,645    173,908 
Non-controlling interests      (31,083)   (26,708)   1,290 
       214,720    125,937    175,198 
Earnings per share                  
Basic  14   0.01    0.00    0.01 
Diluted  14   0.01    0.00    0.01 

 

 F-4 

Table of Contents 

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

As of December 31, 2015

 

(In USD’000, except share and per share data)

 

   Notes  12/31/15   12/31/14   12/31/13 
      USD’000   USD’000   USD’000 
Assets                  
Non-current assets                  
Property, plant and equipment  17   3,903,818    2,995,086    2,528,834 
Land use right      91,030    135,331    136,725 
Intangible assets  18   224,279    207,822    215,265 
Investments in associates  20   181,331    57,631    29,200 
Investments in joint ventures  21   17,646         
Deferred tax assets  10   44,942    44,383    43,890 
Derivative financial instrument  22   30,173         
Other assets  23   32,078    30,867    6,237 
Total non-current assets      4,525,297    3,471,120    2,960,151 
Current assets                  
Inventories  25   387,326    316,041    286,251 
Prepayment and prepaid operating expenses      40,184    40,628    43,945 
Trade and other receivables  26   499,846    456,388    379,361 
Other financial assets  24   282,880    644,071    240,311 
Restricted cash  27   302,416    238,051    147,625 
Cash and cash equivalent      1,005,201    603,036    462,483 
       2,517,853    2,298,215    1,559,976 
Assets classified as held-for-sale  16   72,197    44    3,265 
Total current assets      2,590,050    2,298,259    1,563,241 
Total assets      7,115,347    5,769,379    4,523,392 

 

 F-5 

Table of Contents 

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

As of December 31, 2015

 

(In USD’000, except share and per share data)

 

    Notes   12/31/15     12/31/14     12/31/13  
        USD’000     USD’000     USD’000  
Equity and liabilities                            
Capital and reserves                            
Ordinary shares $0.0004 par value,                            
50,000,000,000 shares authorized, 42,073,748,961, 35,856,096,167 and 32,112,307,101 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively   28     16,830       14,342       12,845  
Share premium   28     4,903,861       4,376,630       4,089,846  
Reserves   29     96,644       98,333       74,940  
Accumulated deficit   30     (1,287,479 )     (1,540,890 )     (1,693,859 )
Equity attributable to owners of the Company         3,729,856       2,948,415       2,483,772  
Non-controlling interests         460,399       359,307       109,410  
Total equity         4,190,255       3,307,722       2,593,182  
Non-current liabilities                            
Borrowings   31     416,036       256,200       600,975  
Convertible bonds   32           379,394       180,563  
Bonds payable   33     493,207       491,579        
Deferred tax liabilities   10     7,293       69       167  
Deferred government funding         175,604       184,174       209,968  
Other liabilities   34     65,761              
Total non-current liabilities         1,157,901       1,311,416       991,673  
Current liabilities                            
Trade and other payables   35     1,047,766       794,361       393,890  
Borrowings   31     113,068       162,054       390,547  
Convertible bonds   32     392,632              
Deferred government funding         79,459       62,609       26,349  
Accrued liabilities   36     132,452       131,114       127,593  
Other financial liabilities   37     1,459              
Current tax liabilities   10     355       103       158  
Total current liabilities         1,767,191       1,150,241       938,537  
Total liabilities         2,925,092       2,461,657       1,930,210  
Total equity and liabilities         7,115,347       5,769,379       4,523,392  

 

 F-6 

Table of Contents 

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

For the year ended December 31, 2015

 

(In USD’000)

 

                   Change in                         
           Equity-       value of                         
           settle   Foreign   available-   Convertible           Attributable         
           employee   currency   for-sale   bonds           to owner   Non-     
   Ordinary   Share   benefits   translation   financial   equity       Accumulated   of the   controlling   Total 
   shares   premium   reserve   reserve   assets   reserve   Others   deficit   Company   interest   Equity 
   USD'000   USD'000   USD'000   USD'000   USD'000   USD'000   USD'000   USD'000   USD'000   USD'000   USD'000 
   (Note 28)   (Note 28)   (Note 29)   (Note 29)   (Note 29)   (Note 29)       (Note 30)             
Balance at December 31, 2012   12,800    4,083,588    42,232    3,916    -    -    -    (1,867,036)   2,275,500    952    2,276,452 
Profit for the year   -    -    -    -    -    -    -    173,177    173,177    1,290    174,467 
Other comprehensive income for the year   -    -    -    731    -    -    -    -    731    -    731 
Total comprehensive income for the year   -    -    -    731    -    -    -    173,177    173,908    1,290    175,198 
Exercise of stock options   45    6,641    (3,457)   -    -    -    -    -    3,229    -    3,229 
Share-based compensation   -    -    16,402    -    -    -    -    -    16,402    -    16,402 
Capital contribution from non-controlling interest   -    -    -    -    -    -    -    -    -    108,000    108,000 
Purchased additional shares of subsidiaries   -    (383)   -    -    -    -    -    -    (383)   (178)   (561)
Deconsolidation of subsidiaries due to loss of control   -    -    -    (94)   -    -    -    -    (94)   (654)   (748)
Recognition of equity component of convertible bonds   -    -    -    -    -    15,210    -    -    15,210    -    15,210 
Subtotal        6,258    12,945    (94)   -    15,210    -    -    34,364    107,168    141,532 
Balance at December 31, 2013   12,845    4,089,846    55,177    4,553    -    15,210    -    (1,693,859)   2,483,772    109,410    2,593,182 
Profit for the year   -    -    -    -    -    -    -    152,969    152,969    (26,708)   126,261 
Other comprehensive income for the year   -    -    -    (324)   -    -    -    -    (324)   -    (324)
Total comprehensive income for the year   -    -    -    (324)   -    -    -    152,969    152,645    (26,708)   125,937 
Issuance of ordinary shares   1,411    268,362    -    -    -    -    -    -    269,773    -    269,773 
Exercise of stock options   86    18,422    (9,025)   -    -    -    -    -    9,483    -    9,483 
Share-based compensation   -    -    18,388    -    -    -    -    -    18,388    -    18,388 
Capital contribution from non-controlling interest   -    -    -    -    -    -    -    -    -    276,605    276,605 
Recognition of equity component of convertible bonds   -    -    -    -    -    14,354    -    -    14,354    -    14,354 
Subtotal   1,497    286,784    9,363    -    -    14,354    -    -    311,998    276,605    588,603 
Balance at December 31, 2014   14,342    4,376,630    64,540    4,229    -    29,564    -    (1,540,890)   2,948,415    359,307    3,307,722 
Profit for the year   -    -    -    -    -    -    -    253,411    253,411    (31,088)   222,323 
Other comprehensive income for the year   -    -    -    (8,185)   447    -    130    -    (7,608)   5    (7,603)
Total comprehensive income for the year   -    -    -    (8,185)   447    -    130    253,411    245,803    (31,083)   214,720 
Issuance of ordinary shares   2,395    506,412    -    -    -    -    -    -    508,807    -    508,807 
Exercise of stock options   93    20,819    (12,169)   -    -    -    -    -    8,743    -    8,743 
Share-based compensation   -    -    18,088    -    -    -    -    -    18,088    241    18,329 
Capital contribution from non-controlling interest   -    -    -    -    -    -    -    -    -    132,082    132,082 
Deconsolidation of subsidiaries due to loss of control   -    -    -    -    -    -    -    -    -    (148)   (148)
Subtotal   2,488    527,231    5,919    -    -    -    -    -    535,638    132,175    667,813 
Balance at December 31, 2015   16,830    4,903,861    70,459    (3,956)   447    29,564    130    (1,287,479)   3,729,856    460,399    4,190,255 

 

 F-7 

Table of Contents 

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

For the year ended December 31, 2015

 

(In USD’000)

 

   Year ended
12/31/15
   Year ended
12/31/14
   Year ended
12/31/13
 
   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000 
Profit for the year   222,323    126,261    174,467 
Adjustments for:               
Income tax expense   8,541    11,789    4,130 
Amortization of intangible assets and land use right   50,541    43,102    44,987 
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment   473,008    506,366    501,923 
Impairment loss of available-for-sale equipment           279 
Expense recognized in respect of equity-settled share-based payments   18,329    18,388    16,402 
Finance costs   12,218    20,715    34,392 
Gain on disposal of available-for-sale investment   (387)        
Gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment   (28,949)   (13,904)   (33,996)
Gain on disposal of subsidiaries           (28,304)
Loss (gain) on deconsolidation of subsidiaries   57    208    (5,419)
Interest income recognized in profit or loss   (5,199)   (14,230)   (5,888)
Bad debt allowance on trade receivables   528    1,616    617 
Impairment (reversal) loss recognized on inventories   (13,338)   29,577    (141)
Net (gain) loss arising on financial assets at fair value through profit or loss   (52,834)   (8,649)   76 
Net loss (gain) arising on financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss   1,459        (25)
Net loss on foreign exchange   15,608         
Reversal of bad debt allowance on trade receivables   (541)   (59)   (1,213)
Share of loss (profit) of investment using equity method   13,383    (2,073)   (2,278)
Other non-cash expense       (769)   (413)
    714,747    718,338    699,596 
Operating cash flows before movements in working capital:               
Increase in trade and other receivables   (39,902)   (89,232)   (33,375)
(Increase) decrease in inventories   (57,947)   (59,367)   8,595 
Increase in restricted cash relating to operating activities   (16,675)   (41,637)   (5,944)
(Increase) decrease in prepaid operating expenses   (856)   1,129    2,129 
(Increase) decrease in other assets   (6,476)   (1,731)   619 
Increase (decrease) in trade and other payables   39,096    79,340    (24,311)
Increase in deferred government funding   8,280    8,268    85,972 
Increase (decrease) in accrued liabilities and other liabilities   49,928    (3,768)   42,264 
Cash generated from operations   690,195    611,340    775,545 
Interest paid   (26,174)   (16,087)   (43,239)
Interest received   4,894    14,239    6,770 
Income taxes received (paid)   282    (1,390)   (1,060)
Net cash generated from operating activities   669,197    608,102    738,016 

 

 F-8 

Table of Contents 

 

(In USD’000)

 

   Year ended
12/31/15
   Year ended
12/31/14
   Year ended
12/31/13
 
   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000 
Investing activities               
Payments to acquire financial assets   (2,412,259)   (1,997,624)   (258,102)
Proceeds on sale of financial assets   2,782,181    1,602,513    39,245 
Payments for property, plant and equipment   (1,230,812)   (653,134)   (650,160)
Net proceeds after netting off land appreciation tax from disposal of property, plant and equipment and assets classified as held for sale   87,890    52,911    61,099 
Proceeds from disposal of available-for-sale investment   1,204         
Payments for intangible assets   (29,384)   (49,285)   (45,425)
Payments for land use rights   (9,265)   (1,123)   (76,032)
Payments to acquire long-term investment   (160,777)   (49,034)   (562)
Change in restricted cash relating to investing activities   181,963    (48,411)   71,933 
Net cash inflow from disposition of disposal subsidiaries           57,743 
Net cash outflow from deconsolidation of subsidiaries   (297)   (936)   (6,799)
Others           (407)
Net cash used in investing activities   (789,556)   (1,144,123)   (807,467)
Financing activities               
Proceeds from borrowings   341,176    376,554    905,127 
Repayment of borrowings   (453,730)   (952,383)   (1,008,698)
Proceeds from issuance of new shares   508,807    270,180     
Proceeds from issuance of convertible bonds       203,763    195,800 
Proceeds from issuance of corporate bonds       492,315     
Proceeds from exercise of employee stock options   8,743    9,483    3,229 
Repayment of promissory notes           (30,000)
Proceeds from non-controlling interest-capital contribution   132,082    276,771    108,000 
Net cash from financing activities   537,078    676,683    173,458 
Net increase in cash and cash equivalent   416,719    140,662    104,007 
Cash and cash equivalent at the beginning of the year   603,036    462,483    358,490 
Effects of exchange rate changes on the balance of cash held in foreign currencies   (14,554)   (109)   (14)
Cash and cash equivalent at the end of the year   1,005,201    603,036    462,483 

 

 F-9 

Table of Contents 

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the year ended December 31, 2015

 

1.General information

 

Semiconductor Manufacturing International Corporation (the “Company” or “SMIC”) was established as an exempt company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands on April 3, 2000. The address of the principal place of business is 18 Zhangjiang Road, Pudong New Area, Shanghai, China, 201203. The registered address is at PO Box 309, Ugland House, Grand Cayman, KY1-1104 Cayman Islands. Semiconductor Manufacturing International Corporation is an investment holding company.

 

The Company and its subsidiaries (hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Group”) are mainly engaged in the computer-aided design, manufacturing, testing, packaging, and trading of integrated circuits and other semiconductor services, as well as designing and manufacturing semiconductor masks. The principal subsidiaries and their activities are set out in Note 19.

 

These financial statements are presented in US dollars, unless otherwise stated.

 

2.Application of new and revised International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRSs”)

 

(a)New and revised IFRSs that are mandatorily effective for the year ended December 31, 2015

In the current year, the Group has adopted the following amendments to IFRSs that are mandatorily effective for an accounting period that begins on or after January 1, 2015. Such adoption did not have a material effect on the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

 

 F-10 

Table of Contents 

 

2.Application of new and revised International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRSs”) (continued)

 

(a)New and revised IFRSs that are mandatorily effective for the year ended December 31, 2015 (continued)

Annual Improvements to IFRSs 2010–2012 Cycle

The amendments to IAS 24 clarify that the reporting entity is not required to disclose the compensation paid by the management entity (as a related party) to the management entity’s employee or directors, but it is required to disclose the amounts charged to the reporting entity by the management entity for services provided. The amendments are effective for annual periods beginning on or after July 1, 2014.

 

Annual Improvements to IFRSs 2011–2013 Cycle

The amendments to IFRS 3 clarify that IFRS 3 does not apply to the accounting for the formation of any joint arrangement under IFRS 11 in the financial statements of the joint arrangement. The amendments are prospectively effective for annual periods beginning on or after July 1, 2014 with early adoption permitted.

 

(b)New or revised IFRSs in issue but not yet effective

The Group has not applied the following new and revised IFRSs that have been issued but are not yet effective:

 

New or revised IFRSs   Effective date
     
IFRS 9 — Financial Instruments   On or after July 1, 2018
IFRS 15 — Revenue from contracts with customers   On or after January 1, 2017
IFRS 16 — Leases   On or after January 1, 2019
Amendments to IFRS 11 — Accounting for acquisitions of interests in joint operations   On or after January 1, 2016
Amendments to IFRS 10, 12 and IAS 28 — Investment entities: applying the consolidation exception   On or after January 1, 2016
Amendments to IAS 1 — Disclosure initiative   On or after January 1, 2016
Amendments to IAS 16 and IAS 38 — Clarification of acceptable methods of depreciation and amortization   On or after January 1, 2016
Amendments to IFRS 10 and IAS 28 — Sale or contribution of assets between an investor and its associate or joint venture   On or after January 1, 2016
Amendments to IAS 27 — Equity method in separate financial statements   On or after January 1, 2016
Amendments to IFRSs — Annual Improvements to IFRSs 2012–2014 Cycle   On or after January 1, 2016

 

The Group is in the process of evaluating the impact of the new standards or amendments on its consolidated financial statements.

 

 F-11 

Table of Contents 

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the year ended December 31, 2015

 

2.Application of new and revised International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRSs”) (continued)

 

(c)New Hong Kong Companies Ordinance (Cap. 622)

The requirements of Part 9 “Accounts and Audit” of the new Hong Kong Companies Ordinance (Cap. 622) come into operation during the financial year, as a result, there are changes to presentation and disclosures of certain information in the consolidated financial statements. Major changes include: (i) Parent company balance sheet is no longer required to be presented as a primary statement. It is presented in the notes to the financial statements; (ii) More extensive disclosures are required for the benefits and interests of directors.

 

3.Significant accounting policies

 

Statement of compliance

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with all applicable IFRS issued by the IASB. In addition, the consolidated financial statements include applicable disclosures required by the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited.

 

Basis of preparation

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a historical cost basis, except for certain financial instruments that are measured at fair value as explained in the accounting policies set out below. The consolidated financial statements are presented in US dollars and all values are rounded to the nearest thousand, except when otherwise indicated.

 

Historical cost is generally based on the fair value of the consideration given in exchange for goods and services.

 

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date, regardless of whether that price is directly observable or estimated using another valuation technique. In estimating the fair value of an asset or a liability, the Group takes into account the characteristics of the asset or liability if market participants would take those characteristics into account when pricing the asset or liability at the measurement date. Fair value for measurement and/or disclosure purposes in these consolidated financial statements is determined on such a basis, except for share-based payment transactions that are within the scope of IFRS 2, and measurements that have some similarities to fair value but are not fair value, such as net realizable value in IAS 2 or value in use in IAS 36.

 

In addition, for financial reporting purposes, fair value measurements are categorized into Level 1, 2 or 3 based on the degree to which the inputs to the fair value measurements are observable and the significance of the inputs to the fair value measurement in its entirety, which are described as follows:

 

Level 1 inputs are quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the entity can access at the measurement date;

 

 F-12 

Table of Contents 

 

3.Significant accounting policies (continued)

 

Basis of preparation (continued)

Level 2 inputs are inputs, other than quoted prices included within Level 1, that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly; and

 

Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs for the asset or liability

 

The principal accounting policies are set out below.

 

Basis of consolidation

The consolidated financial statements incorporate the financial statements of the Group and entities (including structured entities) controlled by the Group. Control is achieved when the Group:

 

has power over the investee;

 

is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee; and

 

has the ability to use its power to affect its returns.

 

The Group reassesses whether or not it controls an investee if facts and circumstances indicate that there are changes to one or more of the three elements of control listed above.

 

When the Group has less than a majority of the voting rights of an investee, it has power over the investee when the voting rights are sufficient to give it the practical ability to direct the relevant activities of the investee unilaterally. The Group considers all relevant facts and circumstances in assessing whether or not the Group’s voting rights in an investee are sufficient to give it power, including:

 

the size of the Group’s holding of voting rights relative to the size and dispersion of holdings of the other vote holders;

 

potential voting rights held by the Group, other vote holders or other parties;

 

rights arising from other contractual arrangements; and

 

any additional facts and circumstances that indicate that the Group has, or does not have, the current ability to direct the relevant activities at the time that decisions need to be made, including voting patterns at previous shareholders’ meetings.

 

Consolidation of a subsidiary begins when the Group obtains control over the subsidiary and ceases when the Group loses control of the subsidiary. Specifically, income and expenses of a subsidiary acquired or disposed of during the year are included in the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income from the date the Group gains control until the date when the Group ceases to control the subsidiary.

 

 F-13 

Table of Contents 

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the year ended December 31, 2015

 

3.Significant accounting policies (continued)

 

Basis of consolidation (continued)

Profit or loss and each component of other comprehensive income are attributed to the owners of the Company and to the non-controlling interests. Total comprehensive income of subsidiaries is attributed to the owners of the Company and to the non-controlling interests even if this results in the non- controlling interests having a deficit balance.

 

When necessary, adjustments are made to the financial statements of subsidiaries to bring their accounting policies into line with the Group’s accounting policies.

 

All intragroup assets and liabilities, equity, income, expenses and cash flows relating to transactions between members of the Group are eliminated in full on consolidation.

 

Changes in the Group’s ownership interests in existing subsidiaries

Changes in the Group’s ownership interests in subsidiaries that do not result in the Group losing control over the subsidiaries are accounted for as equity transactions. The carrying amounts of the Group’s interests and the non-controlling interests are adjusted to reflect the changes in their relative interests in the subsidiaries. Any difference between the amount by which the non-controlling interests are adjusted and the fair value of the consideration paid or received is recognized directly in equity and attributed to owners of the Company.

 

When the Group loses control of a subsidiary, a gain or loss is recognized in profit or loss and is calculated as the difference between (i) the aggregate of the fair value of the consideration received and the fair value of any retained interest and (ii) the previous carrying amount of the assets (including goodwill), and liabilities of the subsidiary and any non-controlling interests. All amounts previously recognized in other comprehensive income in relation to that subsidiary are accounted for as if the Group had directly disposed of the related assets or liabilities of the subsidiary (i.e. reclassified to profit or loss or transferred to another category of equity as specified/permitted by applicable IFRSs). The fair value of any investment retained in the former subsidiary at the date when control is lost is regarded as the fair value on initial recognition for subsequent accounting under IAS 39, when applicable, the cost on initial recognition of an investment in an associate or a joint venture.

 

Investments in associates

An associate is an entity over which the Group has significant influence and that is neither a subsidiary nor an interest in a joint venture. Significant influence is the power to participate in the financial and operating policy decisions of the investee but is not control or joint control over those policies.

 

The results and assets and liabilities of associates are incorporated in these consolidated financial statements using the equity method of accounting. Under the equity method, investments in associates are initially recognized in the consolidated statement of financial position at cost and adjusted thereafter to recognize the Group’s share of the profit or loss and other comprehensive income of the associates. When the Group’s share of losses of an associate exceeds the Group’s interest in that associate (which includes any long-term interests that, in substance, form part of the Group’s net investment in the associate), the Group discontinues recognizing its share of further losses. Additional losses are recognized only to the extent that the Group has incurred legal or constructive obligations or made payments on behalf of that associate.

 

 F-14 

Table of Contents 

 

3.Significant accounting policies (continued)

 

Investments in associates (continued)

An investment in an associate is accounted for using the equity method from the date on which the investee becomes an associate. On acquisition of the investment in an associate, any excess of the cost of the investment over the Group’s share of the net fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities of the investee is recognized as goodwill, which is included within the carrying amount of the investment. Any excess of the Group’s share of the net fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities over the cost of the investment, after reassessment, is recognized immediately in profit or loss in the period in which the investment is acquired.

 

The requirements of IAS 39 are applied to determine whether it is necessary to recognize any impairment loss with respect to the Group’s investment in an associate. When necessary, the entire carrying amount of the investment (including goodwill) is tested for impairment in accordance with IAS 36 Impairment of Assets as a single asset by comparing its recoverable amount (higher of value in use and fair value less costs to sell) with its carrying amount. The difference between the recoverable amount and the carrying amount is recognized as impairment loss in the profit or loss. Any reversal of that impairment loss is recognized in accordance with IAS 36 to the extent that the recoverable amount of the investment subsequently increases.

 

The Group discontinues the use of the equity method from the date when the investment ceases to be an associate, or when the investment is classified as held for sale. When the Group retains an interest in the former associate and the retained interest is a financial asset, the Group measures the retained interest at fair value at that date and the fair value is regarded as its fair value on initial recognition in accordance with IAS 39. The difference between the carrying amount of the associate at the date the equity method was discontinued, and the fair value of any retained interest and any proceeds from disposing of a part interest in the associate is included in the determination of the gain or loss on disposal of the associate. In addition, the Group accounts for all amounts previously recognized in other comprehensive income in relation to that associate on the same basis as would be required if that associate had directly disposed of the related assets or liabilities. Therefore, if a gain or loss previously recognized in other comprehensive income by that associate would be reclassified to profit or loss on the disposal of the related assets or liabilities, the Group reclassifies the gain or loss from equity to profit or loss (as a reclassification adjustment) when the equity method is discontinued.

 

When the Group reduces its ownership interest in an associate but the Group continues to use the equity method, the Group reclassifies to profit or loss the proportion of the gain or loss that had previously been recognized in other comprehensive income relating to that reduction in ownership interest if that gain or loss would be reclassified to profit or loss on the disposal of the related assets or liabilities.

 

When a group entity transacts with an associate of the Group, profits and losses resulting from the transactions with the associate are recognized in the Group’s consolidated financial statements only to the extent of interests in the associate that are not related to the Group. Unrealized losses are eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of an impairment of the asset transferred. Accounting policies of associates have been changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group.

 

 F-15 

Table of Contents 

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the year ended December 31, 2015

 

3.Significant accounting policies (continued)

 

Investments in joint ventures

The Group has applied IFRS 11 to all joint arrangements. Under IFRS 11 investments in joint arrangements are classified as either joint operations or joint ventures depending on the contractual rights and obligations each investor. The Group has assessed the nature of its joint arrangements and determined them to be joint ventures. Joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method.

 

Under the equity method of accounting, interests in joint ventures are initially recognized at cost and adjusted thereafter to recognize the Group’s share of the post-acquisition profits or losses and movements in other comprehensive income. The Group’s investments in joint ventures include goodwill identified on acquisition. Upon the acquisition of the ownership interest in a joint venture, any difference between the cost of the joint venture and the Group’s share of the net fair value of the joint venture’s identifiable assets and liabilities is accounted for as goodwill. When the Group’s share of losses in a joint venture equals or exceeds its interests in the joint ventures (which includes any long-term interests that, in substance, form part of the Group’s net investment in the joint ventures), the Group does not recognize further losses, unless it has incurred obligations or made payments on behalf of the joint ventures.

 

Unrealized gains on transactions between the Group and its joint ventures are eliminated to the extent of the Group’s interest in the joint ventures. Unrealized losses are also eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of an impairment of the asset transferred. Accounting policies of the joint ventures have been changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group.

 

Non-current assets held-for-sale

Non-current assets and disposal groups are classified as held for sale if their carrying amount will be recovered principally through a sale transaction rather than through continuing use. This condition is regarded as met only when the sale is highly probable and the non-current asset (or disposal group) is available for immediate sale in its present condition. Management must be committed to the sale, which should be expected to qualify for recognition as a completed sale within one year from the date of classification.

 

Non-current assets (and disposal groups) classified as held-for-sale are measured at the lower of their previous carrying amount and fair value less costs of disposal.

 

 F-16 

Table of Contents 

 

3.Significant accounting policies (continued)

 

Revenue recognition

Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable. Revenue is reduced for estimated customer returns, rebates and other similar allowances.

 

Sale of goods

The Group manufactures semiconductor wafers for its customers based on the customers’ designs and specifications pursuant to manufacturing agreements and/or purchase orders. The Group also sells certain semiconductor standard products to customers.

 

Revenue from the sale of goods is recognized when the goods are delivered and titles have passed, at which time all the following conditions are satisfied:

 

the Group has transferred to the buyer the significant risks and rewards of ownership of the goods;

 

the Group retains neither continuing managerial involvement to the degree usually associated with ownership nor effective control over the goods sold;

 

the amount of revenue can be measured reliably;

 

it is probable that the economic benefits associated with the transaction will flow to the Group; and

 

the costs incurred or to be incurred in respect of the transaction can be measured reliably.

 

Customers have the right of return within one year pursuant to warranty provisions. The Group typically performs tests of its products prior to shipment to identify yield rate per wafer. Occasionally, product tests performed after shipment identify yields below the level agreed with the customer. In those circumstances, the customer arrangement may provide for a reduction to the price paid by the customer or for the costs to return products and to ship replacement products to the customer. The Group estimates the amount of sales returns and the cost of replacement products based on the historical trend of returns and warranty replacements relative to sales as well as a consideration of any current information regarding specific known product defects at customers that may exceed historical trends.

 

Gain on sale of real estate property

Gain from sales of real estate property is recognized when all the following conditions are satisfied: 1) sales contract executed, 2) full payment collected, or down payment collected and non-cancellable mortgage contract is executed with borrowing institution, 3) and the respective properties have been delivered to the buyers.

 

Interest income

Interest income from a financial asset is recognized when it is probable that the economic benefits will flow to the Group and the amount of income can be measured reliably. Interest income is accrued on a time basis, by reference to the principal outstanding and at the effective interest rate applicable.

 

 F-17 

Table of Contents 

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the year ended December 31, 2015

 

3.Significant accounting policies (continued)

 

Foreign currencies

Items included in the financial statements of each of the Group’s entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates (“the functional currency”). The consolidated financial statements are presented in Untied States dollar (“US dollar”), which is the Company’s functional and the Group’s presentation currency.

 

In preparing the financial statements of each individual group entity transactions in currencies other than the entity’s functional currency (foreign currencies) are recognized at the rates of exchange prevailing at the dates of the transactions. At the end of each reporting period, monetary items denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated at the rates prevailing at that date. Non-monetary items that are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are not retranslated.

 

Exchange differences on monetary items are recognized in profit or loss in the period in which they arise.

 

For the purposes of presenting consolidated financial statements, the assets and liabilities of the Group’s foreign operations are translated into United States dollars using exchange rates prevailing at the end of each reporting period. Income and expense items are translated at the average exchange rates for the period, unless exchange rates fluctuate significantly during that period, in which case the exchange rates at the dates of the transactions are used. Exchange differences arising, if any, are recognized in other comprehensive income and accumulated in equity (attributed to non-controlling interests as appropriate).

 

On the disposal of a foreign operation (i.e. a disposal of the Group’s entire interest in a foreign operation, or a disposal involving loss of control over a subsidiary that includes a foreign operation, or a disposal involving loss of significant influence over an associate that includes a foreign operation), all of the exchange differences accumulated in equity in respect of that operation attributable to the owners of the Company are reclassified to profit or loss.

 

Borrowing costs

Borrowing costs directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of qualifying assets, which are assets that necessarily take a substantial period of time to get ready for their intended use or sale, are added to the cost of those assets, until such time as the assets are substantially ready for their intended use or sale.

 

Investment income earned on the temporary investment of specific borrowings pending their expenditure on qualifying assets is deducted from the borrowing costs eligible for capitalization.

 

All other borrowing costs are recognized in profit or loss in the period in which they are incurred.

 

 F-18 

Table of Contents 

 

3.Significant accounting policies (continued)

 

Government funding

Government funding is not recognized in profit or loss until there is reasonable assurance that the Group will comply with the conditions attaching to them and that the funding will be received.

 

Government funding relating to costs are deferred and recognized in profit or loss over the period necessary to match them with the costs that they are intended to compensate.

 

Government funding relating to property, plant and equipment, whose primary condition is that the Group should purchase, construct or otherwise acquire non-current assets, are recognized as deferred income in the consolidated statements of financial position and transferred to profit or loss on a systematic and rational basis over the useful lives of the related assets.

 

Government funding that is receivable as compensation for expenses or losses already incurred or for the purpose of giving immediate financial support to the Group with no future related cost are recognized in profit or loss in the period in which they become receivable.

 

Retirement benefits

The Group’s local Chinese employees are entitled to a retirement benefit based on their basic salary upon retirement and their length of service in accordance with a state-managed pension plan. The PRC government is responsible for the pension liability to these retired staff. The Group is required to make contributions to the state-managed retirement plan at a main rate equal to 20.0% to 21.0% (the standard in Shenzhen site ranges from 13% to 14% according to Shenzhen government regulation) of the monthly basic salary of current employees. The Group has no further payment obligations once the contributions have been paid. The costs are recognized in profit or loss when incurred.

 

Share-based payment arrangements

Equity-settled share-based payments to employees and others providing similar services are measured at the fair value of the equity instruments at the grant date. Details regarding the determination of the fair value of equity-settled share-based transactions are set out in Note 38.

 

The fair value determined at the grant date of the equity-settled share-based payments is expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, based on the Group’s estimate of equity instruments that will eventually vest, with a corresponding increase in equity. At the end of each reporting period, the Group revises its estimate of the number of equity instruments expected to vest. The impact of the revision of the original estimates, if any, is recognized in profit or loss such that the cumulative expense reflects the revised estimate, with a corresponding adjustment to the equity-settled employee benefits reserve. When share options are exercised, the amount previously recognized in the reserve will be transferred to share premium.

 

Equity-settled share-based payment transactions with parties other than employees are measured at the fair value of the goods or services received, except where that fair value cannot be estimated reliably, in which case they are measured at the fair value of the equity instruments granted, measured at the date the entity obtains the goods or the counterparty renders the service.

 

 F-19 

Table of Contents 

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the year ended December 31, 2015

 

3.Significant accounting policies (continued)

 

Taxation

Income tax expense represents the sum of the tax currently payable and deferred tax.

 

Current tax

The tax currently payable is based on taxable profit for the year. Taxable profit differs from profit before tax as reported in the consolidated statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income because of items of income or expense that are taxable or deductible in other years and items that are never taxable or deductible. The Group’s liability for current tax is calculated using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the end of the reporting period.

 

Deferred tax

Deferred tax is recognized on temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the consolidated financial statements and the corresponding tax bases used in the computation of taxable profit. Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognized for all taxable temporary differences. Deferred tax assets are generally recognized for all deductible temporary differences to the extent that it is probable that taxable profits will be available against which those deductible temporary differences can be utilized. Such deferred tax assets and liabilities are not recognized if the temporary difference arises from goodwill or from the initial recognition other than in a business combination of other assets and liabilities in a transaction that affects neither the taxable profit nor the accounting profit.

 

Deferred tax liabilities are recognized for taxable temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries and associates, except where the Group is able to control the reversal of the temporary difference and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future. Deferred tax assets arising from deductible temporary differences associated with such investments are only recognized to the extent that it is probable that there will be sufficient taxable profits against which to utilize the benefits of the temporary differences and they are expected to reverse in the foreseeable future.

 

The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at the end of each reporting period and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profits will be available to allow all or part of the asset to be recovered.

 

Deferred tax liabilities and assets are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the period in which the liability is settled or the asset is realized, based on tax rates (and tax laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the end of the reporting period.

 

The measurement of deferred tax liabilities and assets reflects the tax consequences that would follow from the manner in which the Group expects, at the end of the reporting period, to recover or settle the carrying amount of its assets and liabilities.

 

 F-20 

Table of Contents 

 

3.Significant accounting policies (continued)

 

Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment held for use in the production or supply of goods or services, or for administrative purposes, are stated in the consolidated statement of financial position at their costs, less any subsequent accumulated depreciation and subsequent accumulated impairment losses. Such cost includes the cost of replacing part of the property, plant and equipment and borrowing costs for long- term construction projects if the recognition criteria are met.

 

The Group constructs certain of its plant and equipment. In addition to costs under the construction contracts, external costs that are directly related to the construction and acquisition of such plant and equipment are capitalized. Depreciation is recorded at the time assets are ready for their intended use. Such properties are classified to the appropriate categories of property, plant and equipment when completed and ready for intended use. Depreciation of these assets, on the same basis as other property assets, commences when the assets are ready for their intended use.

 

Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognized as a separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the group and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. The carrying amount of the replaced part is derecognized. All other repairs and maintenance are charged to the profit or loss during the financial period in which they are incurred.

 

An item at property, plant and equipment is derecognized upon disposal or when no future economic benefits are expected to arise from the continued use of the asset. Any gain or loss arising on the disposal or retirement of an item of property, plant and equipment is determined as the difference between the sales proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset and is recognized in profit or loss.

 

Depreciation is recognized so as to write off the cost of items of property, plant and equipment other than properties under construction over their estimated useful lives, using the straight-line method. The estimated useful lives and depreciation method are reviewed at the end of each reporting period, with the effect of any changes in estimate accounted for on a prospective basis.

 

The following useful lives are used in the calculation of depreciation.

 

Buildings 25 years
Plant and equipment 5–10 years
Office equipment 3–5 years

 

Land use right

Land use rights, which are all located in the PRC, are recorded at cost and are charged to profit or loss ratably over the term of the land use agreements which range from 50 to 70 years.

 

 F-21 

Table of Contents 

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the year ended December 31, 2015

 

3.Significant accounting policies (continued)

 

Intangible assets

Acquired intangible assets which consists primarily of technology, licenses and patents, are carried at cost less accumulated amortization and any accumulated impairment loss. Amortization is computed using the straight-line method over the expected useful lives of the assets of three to ten years. The estimated useful life and amortization method are reviewed at the end of each reporting period, with effect of any changes in estimate being accounted for on a prospective basis.

 

Impairment of tangible and intangible assets other than goodwill

At the end of each reporting period, the Group reviews the carrying amounts of its tangible and intangible assets to determine whether there is any indication that those assets have suffered an impairment loss. If any such indication exists, the recoverable amount of the asset is estimated in order to determine the extent of the impairment loss (if any). When it is not possible to estimate the recoverable amount of an individual asset, the Group estimates the recoverable amount of the cash- generating unit to which the asset belongs. When a reasonable and consistent basis of allocation can be identified, corporate assets are also allocated to individual cash-generating units, or otherwise they are allocated to the smallest group of cash-generating units for which a reasonable and consistent allocation basis can be identified.

 

Recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less costs to sell and value in use. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset for which the estimates of future cash flows have not been adjusted.

 

If the recoverable amount of an asset (or cash-generating unit) is estimated to be less than its carrying amount, the carrying amount of the asset (or cash-generating unit) is reduced to its recoverable amount. An impairment loss is recognized immediately in profit or loss.

 

When an impairment loss subsequently reverses, the carrying amount of the asset (or a cash-generating unit) is increased to the revised estimate of its recoverable amount, but so that the increased carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined had no impairment loss been recognized for the asset (or cash-generating unit) in prior years. A reversal of an impairment loss is recognized as income.

 

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash equivalents are short-term, highly liquid investments that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and are subjected to an insignificant risk of changes in value, with original maturities of three months or less.

 

Restricted cash

Restricted cash consists of bank deposits pledged against letters of credit and short-term credit facilities and unused government funding for certain research and development projects. Changes of restricted cash pledged against letter of credit and short-term credit facilities and changes of restricted cash paid for property, plant and equipment are presented as investing activity in consolidated statements of cash flows. Changes of restricted cash of unused government funding for expensed research and development activities are presented as operating activity in consolidated statements of cash flows.

 

 F-22 

Table of Contents 

 

3.Significant accounting policies (continued)

 

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Costs of inventories are determined on a weighted average basis. Net realizable value represents the estimated selling price for inventories less all estimated costs of completion and costs necessary to make the sale.

 

Provisions

Provisions are recognized when the Group has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event, it is probable that the Group will be required to settle the obligation, and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation.

 

The amount recognized as a provision is the best estimate of the consideration required to settle the present obligation at the end of the reporting period, taking into account the risks and uncertainties surrounding the obligation. When a provision is measured using the cash flows estimated to settle the present obligation, its carrying amount is the present value of those cash flows (when the effect of the time value of money is material).

 

When some or all of the economic benefits required to settle a provision are expected to be recovered from a third party, a receivable is recognized as an asset if it is virtually certain that reimbursement will be received and the amount of the receivable can be measured reliably.

 

Financial instruments

Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognized when a group entity becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instruments.

 

Financial assets and financial liabilities are initially measured at fair value. Transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition or issue of financial assets and financial liabilities other than financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss are added to or deducted from the fair value of the financial assets or financial liabilities, as appropriate, on initial recognition. Transaction costs directly attributable to the acquisition of financial assets or financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss are recognized immediately in profit or loss.

 

Financial assets

Financial assets are classified into the following specified categories: financial assets ‘at fair value through profit or loss’ (“FVTPL”) and ‘available-for-sale’ (“AFS”) financial assets and ‘loans and receivables’. The classification depends on the nature and purpose of the financial assets and is determined at the time of initial recognition. All regular way purchases or sales of financial assets are recognized and derecognized on a trade date basis. Regular way purchases or sales are purchases or sales of financial assets that require delivery of assets within the time frame established by regulation or convention in the marketplace.

 

 F-23 

Table of Contents 

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the year ended December 31, 2015

 

3.Significant accounting policies (continued)

 

Financial assets (continued)

Effective interest method

The effective interest method is a method of calculating the amortized cost of a debt instrument and of allocating interest income over the relevant period. The effective interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash receipts (including all fees and points paid or received that form an integral part of the effective interest rate, transaction costs and other premiums or discounts) through the expected life of the debt instrument, or, where appropriate, a shorter period, to the net carrying amount on initial recognition.

 

Income is recognized on an effective interest basis for debt instruments other than those financial assets classified as at FVTPL.

 

Financial assets at FVTPL

Financial assets are classified as at FVTPL when the financial asset is held for trading.

 

A financial asset is classified as held for trading if:

 

it has been acquired principally for the purpose of selling in the near term; or

 

it is a part of a portfolio of identified financial instruments that the Group manages together and has a recent actual pattern of short-term profit-taking; or

 

it is a derivative that is not designated and effective as a hedging instrument.

 

Financial assets at FVTPL (including foreign currency forward contracts, cross currency swap contracts, put option and financial products sold by banks) are stated at fair value, with any gains or losses arising on remeasurement recognized in profit or loss. The net gain or loss recognized in profit or loss incorporates any dividend or interest earned on the financial asset and is included in the ’other gains and losses’ line item.

 

Available-for-sale financial assets (AFS financial assets)

AFS financial assets are non-derivatives that are either designated as AFS or are not classified as (a) loans and receivables, (b) held-to-maturity investments or (c) financial assets at fair value through profit or loss.

 

AFS financial assets are initially recognized at fair value plus transaction costs and subsequently carried at fair value, with changes in fair value recognized in other comprehensive income.

 

 F-24 

Table of Contents 

 

3.Significant accounting policies (continued)

 

Financial assets (continued)

Available-for-sale financial assets (AFS financial assets) (continued)

When securities classified as available for sale are sold or impaired, the accumulated fair value adjustments recognized in equity are included in the income statement as “other gains and losses”.

 

Interest on available-for-sale securities calculated using the effective interest method is recognized in the income statement as part of “other income”.

 

Dividends on AFS equity instruments are recognized in profit or loss when the Group’s right to receive the dividends is established.

 

Loans and receivables

Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market. Loans and receivables including trade and other receivables, and cash and bank balances and restricted cash are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method, less any impairment loss.

 

Interest income is recognized by applying the effective interest rate, except for short-term receivables when the effect of discounting is immaterial.

 

Impairment of financial assets

Financial assets, other than those at FVTPL, are assessed for indicators of impairment at the end of each reporting period. Financial assets are considered to be impaired when there is objective evidence that, as a result of one or more events that occurred after the initial recognition of the financial asset, the estimated future cash flows of the investment have been affected.

 

For all other financial assets, objective evidence of impairment could include:

 

significant financial difficulty of the issuer or counterparty; or

 

breach of contract, such as a default or delinquency in interest or principal payments; or

 

it becoming probable that the borrower will enter bankruptcy or financial re-organization.

 

 F-25 

Table of Contents 

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the year ended December 31, 2015

 

3.Significant accounting policies (continued)

 

Financial assets (continued)

Impairment of financial assets (continued)

For certain categories of financial assets, such as trade receivables, assets are assessed for impairment on a collective basis even if they were assessed not to be impaired individually. Objective evidence of impairment for a portfolio of receivables could include the Group’s past experience of collecting payments, an increase in the number of delayed payments in the portfolio past the average credit period, as well as observable changes in national or local economic conditions that correlate with default on receivables.

 

For financial assets carried at amortized cost, the amount of the impairment loss recognized is the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows, discounted at the financial asset’s original effective interest rate.

 

For financial assets measured at amortized cost, if, in a subsequent period, the amount of the impairment loss decreases and the decrease can be related objectively to an event occurring after the impairment was recognized, the previously recognized impairment loss is reversed through profit or loss to the extent that the carrying amount of the investment at the date the impairment is reversed does not exceed what the amortized cost would have been had the impairment not been recognized.

 

For assets classified as available for sale, it is assessed at the end of each reporting period whether there is objective evidence that a financial asset or a group of financial assets is impaired.

 

For debt securities, if any such evidence exists the cumulative loss — measured as the difference between the acquisition cost and the current fair value, less any impairment loss on that financial asset previously recognized in profit or loss — is removed from equity and recognized in profit or loss. If, in a subsequent period, the fair value of a debt instrument classified as available for sale increases and the increase can be objectively related to an event occurring after the impairment loss was recognized in profit or loss, the impairment loss is reversed through the consolidated statement of profit or loss.

 

For equity investments, a significant or prolonged decline in the fair value of the security below its cost is also evidence that the assets are impaired. If any such evidence exists the cumulative loss — measured as the difference between the acquisition cost and the current fair value, less any impairment loss on that financial asset previously recognized in profit or loss — is removed from equity and recognized in profit or loss. Impairment losses recognized in the consolidated statement of profit or loss on equity instruments are not reversed through the consolidated statement of profit or loss.

 

The carrying amount of the financial asset is reduced by the impairment loss directly for all financial assets with the exception of trade receivables, where the carrying amount is reduced through the use of an allowance account. When a trade receivable is considered uncollectible, it is written off against the allowance account. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off are credited to profit or loss.

 

 F-26 

Table of Contents 

 

3.Significant accounting policies (continued)

 

Financial assets (continued)

Derecognition of financial assets

The Group derecognizes a financial asset only when the contractual rights to the cash flows from the asset expire, or when it transfers the financial asset and substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the asset to another party. If the Group neither transfers nor retains substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership and continues to control the transferred asset, the Group recognizes its retained interest in the asset and an associated liability for amounts it may have to pay. If the Group retains substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of a transferred financial asset, the Group continues to recognize the financial asset and also recognizes a collateralized borrowing for the proceeds received.

 

On derecognition of a financial asset in its entirety the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the sum of the consideration received and receivable and the cumulative gain or loss that had been recognized in other comprehensive income and accumulated in equity is recognized in profit or loss.

 

Financial liabilities and equity instruments

Classification as debt or equity

Debt and equity instruments issued by a group entity are classified as either financial liabilities or as equity in accordance with the substance of the contractual arrangements and the definitions of a financial liability and an equity instrument.

 

Equity instruments

An equity instrument is any contract that evidences a residual interest in the assets of the group after deducting all of its liabilities. Equity instruments issued by the Group are recognized at the proceeds received, net of direct issue costs.

 

Convertible Bonds

The component parts of the convertible bonds issued by the Group are classified separately as financial liabilities and equity in accordance with the substance of the contractual arrangements and the definitions of a financial liability and an equity instrument. Conversion option that will be settled by the exchange of a fixed amount of cash or another financial asset for a fixed number of the Group’s own equity instruments is an equity instrument.

 

At the date of issue, the fair value of the liability component is estimated using the prevailing market interest rate for similar non-convertible instruments. This amount is recorded as a liability on an amortized cost basis using the effective interest method until extinguished upon conversion or at the instrument’s maturity date.

 

 F-27 

Table of Contents 

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the year ended December 31, 2015

 

3.Significant accounting policies (continued)

 

Financial liabilities and equity instruments (continued)

Convertible Bonds (continued)

The conversion option classified as equity is determined by deducting the amount of the liability component from the fair value of the compound instrument as a whole. This is recognized and included in equity, net of income tax effects, and is not subsequently remeasured. In addition, the conversion option classified as equity will remain in equity until the conversion option is exercised, in which case, the balance recognized in equity will be transferred to share premium. Where the conversion option remains unexercised at the maturity date of the convertible note, the balance recognized in equity will be transferred to retained earnings. No gain or loss is recognized in profit or loss upon conversion or expiration of the conversion option.

 

The Group assesses if the embedded derivatives in respect of the early redemption features are deemed to be clearly and closely related to the host debt contract. Embedded derivatives need not be separated if they are regarded as closely related to its host contract. If they are not, they would be separately accounted for.

 

Transaction costs that relate to the issue of the convertible bonds are allocated to the liability and equity components in proportion to the allocation of the gross proceeds. Transaction costs relating to the equity component are charged directly to equity. Transaction costs relating to the liability component are included in the carrying amount of the liability portion and amortized over the period of the convertible bonds using the effective interest method.

 

Financial liabilities

Financial liabilities are classified as either financial liabilities ‘at FVTPL’ or ‘other financial liabilities’.

 

Financial liabilities at FVTPL

Financial liabilities are classified as at FVTPL (including cross currency swap contracts) when the financial liability is held for trading.

 

Financial liabilities at FVTPL are stated at fair value, with any gains or losses arising on remeasurement recognized in profit or loss. The net gain or loss recognized in profit or loss incorporates any interest paid on the financial liability and is included in the ‘other gains and losses’ line item. Fair value is determined in the manner described in Note 39.

 

Other financial liabilities

Other financial liabilities (including borrowings, trade and other payables, promissory notes, long-term financial liabilities and bonds payable) are subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method.

 

The effective interest method is a method of calculating the amortized cost of a financial liability and of aIIocating interest expense over the relevant period. The effective interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash payments (including all fees and points paid or received that form an integral part of the effective interest rate, transaction costs and other premiums or discounts) through the expected life of the financial liability or (where appropriate) shorter period, to the net carrying amount on initial recognition.

 

 F-28 

Table of Contents 

 

3.Significant accounting policies (continued)

 

Financial liabilities and equity instruments (continued)

Financial liabilities (continued)

Derecognition of financial liabilities

The Group derecognizes financial liabilities when, and only when, the Group’s obligations are discharged, cancelled or they expire. The difference between the carrying amount of the financial liability derecognized and the consideration paid and payable is recognized in profit or loss.

 

Derivative financial instruments

The Group enters into a variety of derivative financial instruments to manage its exposure to interest rate and foreign exchange rate risks, including foreign exchange forward contracts, interest rate swaps and cross currency swaps. Further details of derivative financial instruments are disclosed in Note 39.

 

Derivatives are initially recognized at fair value at the date the derivative contracts are entered into and are subsequently remeasured to their fair value at the end of each reporting period. The resulting gain or loss is recognized in profit or loss immediately unless the derivative is designated and effective as a hedging instrument, in which event the timing of the recognition in profit or loss depends on the nature of the hedge relationship.

 

4.Critical accounting judgments and key sources of estimation uncertainty

 

In the application of the Group’s accounting policies, which are described in Note 3, the Group is required to make judgments, estimates and assumptions about the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. The estimates and associated assumptions are based on historical experience and other factors that are considered to be relevant. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

 

The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognized in the period in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that period, or in the period of the revision and future periods if the revision affects both current and future periods.

 

Key sources of estimation uncertainty

The following are the key assumptions concerning the future, and other key sources of estimation uncertainty at the end of the reporting period, that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year.

 

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (weighted average) or net realizable value (NRV), with NRV being the “estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business less the estimated costs of completion and the estimated costs necessary to make the sale”. The Group estimates the recoverability for such finished goods and work-in-progress based primarily upon the latest invoice prices and current market conditions. If the NRV of an inventory item is determined to be below its carrying value, the Group records a write-down to cost of sales for the difference between the carrying cost and NRV.

 

 F-29 

Table of Contents 

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the year ended December 31, 2015

 

4.Critical accounting judgments and key sources of estimation uncertainty (continued)

 

Key sources of estimation uncertainty (continued)

Long-lived assets

The Group assesses the impairment of long-lived assets when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of asset or cash-generating unit (“CGU”) may not be recoverable. Factors that the Group considers in deciding when to perform an impairment review include, but are not limited to significant under-performance of a business or product line in relation to expectations, significant negative industry or economic trends, and significant changes or planned changes in the use of the assets.

 

An impairment analysis is performed at the lowest level of identifiable independent cash flows for an asset or CGU. An impairment exists when the carrying value of an asset or cash-generating unit exceeds its recoverable amount, which is the higher of its fair value less costs to sell and its value in use. The fair value less costs to sell calculation is based on available data from binding sales transactions, conducted at arm’s length, for similar assets or observable market prices less incremental costs for disposing of the asset. The value in use calculation is based on a discounted cash flow model.

 

The Group makes subjective judgments in determining the independent cash flows that can be related to a specific CGU based on its asset usage model and manufacturing capabilities. The Group measures the recoverability of assets that will continue to be used in the Group’s operations by comparing the carrying value of CGU to the Group’s estimate of the related total future discounted cash flows. If a CGU’s carrying value is not recoverable through the related discounted cash flows, the impairment loss is measured by comparing the difference between the CGU’s carrying value and its recoverable amount, based on the best information available, including market prices or discounted cash flow analysis. The recoverable amount is most sensitive to the discount rate used for the discounted cash flow model as well as the expected future cash-inflows and the growth rate and sales margin used for extrapolation purposes.

 

In order to remain technologically competitive in the semiconductor industry, the Group has entered into technology transfer and technology license arrangements with third parties in an attempt to advance the Group’s process technologies. The payments made for such technology licenses are recorded as an intangible asset or as a deferred cost and amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the asset. The Group routinely reviews the remaining estimated useful lives of these intangible assets and deferred costs. The Group also evaluates these intangible assets and deferred costs for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying amounts may not be recoverable. When the carrying amounts of such assets are determined to exceed their recoverable amounts, the Group will impair such assets and write down their carrying amounts to recoverable amount in the year when such determination was made.

 

 F-30 

Table of Contents 

 

4.Critical accounting judgments and key sources of estimation uncertainty (continued)

 

Key sources of estimation uncertainty (continued)

Share-based Compensation Expense

The fair value of options and shares issued pursuant to the Group’s option plans at the grant date was estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. This model was developed for use in estimating the fair value of traded options that have no vesting restrictions and are fully transferable. In addition, option-pricing models require the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the expected term of the options, the estimated forfeiture rates and the expected stock price volatility. The expected term of options granted represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding. The Group estimated forfeiture rates using historical data to estimate option exercise and employee termination within the pricing formula. The Group uses projected volatility rates based upon the Group’s historical volatility rates. These assumptions are inherently uncertain. Different assumptions and judgments would affect the Group’s calculation of the fair value of the underlying ordinary shares for the options granted, and the valuation results and the amount of share-based compensation would also vary accordingly. Further details on share-based compensation are disclosed in note 38.

 

Taxes

Uncertainties exist with respect to the interpretation of complex tax regulations, changes in tax laws, and the amount and timing of future taxable income. Given the wide range of international business relationships and the long-term nature and complexity of existing contractual agreements, differences arising between the actual results and the assumptions made, or future changes to such assumptions, could necessitate future adjustments to tax income and expense already recorded. The Group establishes provisions, based on reasonable estimates, for possible consequences of audits by the tax authorities of the respective counties in which it operates. The amount of such provisions is based on various factors, such as experience of previous tax audits and differing interpretations of tax regulations by the taxable entity and the responsible tax authority. Such differences of interpretation may arise on a wide variety of issues depending on the conditions prevailing in the respective domicile of the Group companies.

 

Deferred tax assets are recognized for unused tax losses to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will be available against which the losses can be utilized. Significant management judgment is required to determine the amount of deferred tax assets that can be recognized, based upon the likely timing and the level of future taxable profits together with tax planning strategies.

 

As at December 31, 2015, a deferred tax asset of US$0.4 million (December 31, 2014: US$0.5 million and December 31, 2013: nil) in relation to unused tax losses recognized in the Group’s consolidated statement of financial position. The realizability of the deferred tax asset mainly depends on whether sufficient profits or taxable temporary differences will be available in the future. In cases where the actual future profits generated are less than expected, a material reversal of deferred tax assets may arise, which would be recognized in profit or loss for the period in which such a reversal takes place. Further details on taxes are disclosed in Note 10.

 

 F-31 

Table of Contents 

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the year ended December 31, 2015

 

4.Critical accounting judgments and key sources of estimation uncertainty (continued)

 

Key sources of estimation uncertainty (continued)

Fair value of financial instruments

Some of the Group’s assets and liabilities are measured at fair value for financial reporting purposes.

 

In estimating the fair value of an asset or a liability, the Group uses market-observable data to the extent it is available. Where Level 1 inputs are not available, the Group engages third party qualified valuers to perform the valuation.

 

The Group uses valuation techniques that include inputs that are not based on observable market data to estimate the fair value of certain types of financial instruments. Notes 39 provide detailed information about the valuation techniques, inputs and key assumptions used in the determination of the fair value of various assets and liabilities.

 

Impairment of trade and other receivable

The Group assesses at the end of each reporting period whether there is any objective evidence that trade and other receivable is impaired. To determine whether there is objective evidence of impairment, the Group considers factors such as the probability of insolvency or significant financial difficulties of the debtor and default or significant delay in payments.

 

When there is objective evidence of impairment loss, the Group takes into consideration the estimation of future cash flows. The amount of the impairment loss is measured as the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows (excluding future credit losses that have not been incurred) discounted at the financial asset’s original effective interest rate (that is, the effective interest rate computed at initial recognition). Where the actual future cash flows are less than expected, a material impairment loss may arise. The carrying amount of the Group’s trade and other receivable at the end of the reporting period is disclosed in Note 26.

 

5.Segment information

 

The Group is engaged principally in the computer-aided design, manufacturing and trading of integrated circuits. The Group’s chief operating decision maker has been identified as the Chief Executive Officer, who reviews consolidated results when making decisions about resources allocation and assessing performance of the Group. The Group operates in one segment. The measurement of segment profits is based on profit from operation as presented in the statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income.

 

The Group operates in three principal geographical areas — United States, Europe, and Asia Pacific. The Group’s operating revenue from customers, based on the location of their headquarters, is detailed below.

 

 F-32 

Table of Contents 

 

5.Segment information (continued)
    Revenue from external customers
  

Year ended

12/31/15

   Year ended
12/31/14
   Year ended
12/31/13
 
   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000 
United States   776,223    855,792    1,002,699 
Mainland China and Hong Kong   1,066,558    852,204    836,771 
Eurasia*   393,634    261,970    229,494 
    2,236,415    1,969,966    2,068,964 

 

*Not including Mainland China and Hong Kong

 

The Group’s operating revenue by product and service type is detailed below:

 

   Revenue by product and service type 
  

year ended

12/31/15

   year ended
12/31/14
   year ended
12/31/13
 
   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000 
Sales of wafers   2,134,943    1,864,524    1,952,774 
Mask making, testing and others   101,472    105,442    116,190 
    2,236,415    1,969,966    2,068,964 

 

The Group’s business is characterized by high fixed costs relating to advanced technology equipment purchases, which result in correspondingly high levels of depreciation expenses. The Group will continue to incur capital expenditures and depreciation expenses as it equips and ramps-up additional fabs and expand its capacity at the existing fabs. The following table summarizes property, plant and equipment of the Group by geographical location.

 

   Property, plant and equipment 
   12/31/15   12/31/14   12/31/13 
   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000 
United States   95    124    33 
Europe   5    4    4 
Taiwan   122    9    14 
Hong Kong   3,040    3,240    3,440 
Mainland China   3,900,556    2,991,709    2,525,343 
    3,903,818    2,995,086    2,528,834 

 

 F-33 

Table of Contents 

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the year ended December 31, 2015

 

6.Significant customers

 

The following table summarizes net revenue or gross accounts receivable for customers which accounted for 10% or more of net revenue and gross accounts receivable:

 

   Net revenue   Gross accounts receivable 
   Year ended December 31,   December 31, 
   2015   2014   2013   2015   2014   2013 
Customer A   366,696    483,430    473,699    75,643    107,475    109,778 
Customer B   324,267    *    *    50,068    *    * 
Customer C   215,527    *    270,230    25,548    *    19,619 
Customer D   168,352    *    *    55,852    *    * 
Customer A   16%   25%   23%   19%   25%   31%
Customer B   15%   *    *    13%   *    * 
Customer C   10%   *    13%   6%   *    6%
Customer D   8%   *    *    14%   *    * 

 

*Less than 10% of net revenue and gross accounts receivable in the period.

 

7.Other operating income (expense), net

 

   Year ended
12/31/15
   Year ended
12/31/14
   Year ended
12/31/13
 
   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000 
Gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment and assets classified as held-for-sale   28,949    13,904    33,996 
Gain on disposal of subsidiaries           28,304 
(Loss) gain on deconsolidation of subsidiaries   (57)   (208)   5,419 
Others   2,702    510    151 
    31,594    14,206    67,870 

 

The gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment and assets classified as held-for-sale for the year ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 was primarily from the sales of the staff living quarters in Shanghai and Beijing to employees.

 

 F-34 

Table of Contents 

 

8.Finance costs
   Year ended
12/31/15
   Year ended
12/31/14
   Year ended
12/31/13
 
   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000 
Interest on:               
Bank and other borrowings               
— wholly repayable within five years   6,782    19,245    45,924 
— not wholly repayable within five years   202        1,440 
Interest on convertible bonds   13,238    9,614    1,173 
Interest on corporate bonds   22,253    5,554     
Accretion of interest to preferred shareholders of a subsidiary           1,683 
Total interest expense for financial liabilities not classified as at FVTPL   42,475    34,413    50,220 
Less: amounts capitalized   (30,257)   (13,698)   (15,828)
    12,218    20,715    34,392 

 

The weighted average effective interest rate on funds borrowed generally is 3.75% per annum (2014: 2.91% per annum and 2013: 4.42% per annum).

 

9.Other gains and losses, net

 

For the year ended December 31, 2015, other gains or losses, net were US$55.6 million (2014: US$18.2 million and 2013: US$4.0 million), within which the changes of fair value of the financial products were US$22.5 million (2014: US$14.5 million and 2013: US$0.4 million) and the changes of far value of the derivative financial instruments were US$28.9 million (2014: nil and 2013: nil).

 

10.Income taxes

 

Income tax recognized in profit or loss

 

   Year ended
12/31/15
   Year ended
12/31/14
   Year ended
12/31/13
 
   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000 
Current tax — Enterprise Income Tax   (47)   1,226    957 
Deferred tax   6,665    (591)   (783)
Current tax — Land Appreciation Tax   1,923    11,154    3,956 
Total income tax expense raised in the current year   8,541    11,789    4,130 

 

 F-35 

Table of Contents 

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the year ended December 31, 2015

 

10.Income taxes (continued)

 

Income tax recognized in profit or loss (continued)

 

The income tax expense for the year can be reconciled to the accounting profit as follows:

 

   Year ended
12/31/15
   Year ended
12/31/14
   Year ended
12/31/13
 
   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000 
Profit before tax   230,864    138,050    178,597 
Income tax expense calculated at 15% (2014: 15% and 2013:15%)   34,630    20,708    26,790 
Effect of expenses not deductible for tax purpose           1,247 
Effect of tax holiday and tax concession   (54,483)   (12,032)   (3,045)
Tax losses for which no deferred tax assets were recognized   25,732    20,134     
Utilization of previously unrecognized tax losses and temporary differences   (3,687)   (32,818)   (23,042)
Effect of different tax rates of subsidiaries operating in other jurisdictions    4,226    6,387    (641)
Others   488    (71)   (578)
Land Appreciation Tax (after tax)   1,635    9,481    3,399 
Income tax expense   8,541    11,789    4,130 

 

The tax rate used for the 2015, 2014 and 2013 reconciliation above is the corporate tax rate of 15% payable by most of the Group’s entities in Mainland China under tax law in that jurisdiction.

 

Current tax liabilities

 

   12/31/15   12/31/14   12/31/13 
   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000 
Current tax liabilities               
Income tax payable — Land Appreciation Tax           73 
Income tax payable — Others   355    103    85 
    355    103    158 

 

 F-36 

Table of Contents 

 

10.Income taxes (continued)

 

Deferred tax balances

 

The following is the analysis of deferred tax assets (liabilities) presented in the consolidated statement of financial position:

 

   12/31/15   12/31/14   12/31/13 
   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000 
Deferred tax assets   44,942    44,383    43,890 
Deferred tax liabilities   (7,293)   (69)   (167)
    37,649    44,314    43,723 

 

   12/31/15   12/31/14   12/31/13 
   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000 
Deferred tax assets               
Net operating loss carry forwards   419    524     
Property plant and equipment   44,523    43,859    43,890 
Deferred tax assets   44,942    44,383    43,890 
Deferred tax liabilities               
Capitalized interest   (3)   (69)   (167)
Property plant and equipment   (7,290)        
Deferred tax liabilities   (7,293)   (69)   (167)

 

2015.12.31

 

   Opening
balance
   Recognized
in profit
or loss
   Closing
balance
 
   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000 
Deferred tax (liabilities)/assets in relation to:               
Property plant and equipment   43,859    (6,626)   37,233 
Capitalized interest   (69)   66    (3)
Others   524    (105)   419 
    44,314    (6,665)   37,649 

 

2014.12.31

 

   Opening
balance
   Recognized
in profit
or loss
   Closing
balance
 
   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000 
Deferred tax (liabilities)/assets in relation to:               
Property plant and equipment   43,890    (31)   43,859 
Capitalized interest   (167)   98    (69)
Others       524    524 
    43,723    591    44,314 

 

 F-37 

Table of Contents 

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the year ended December 31, 2015

 

10.Income taxes (continued)

 

Deferred tax balances (continued)

2013.12.31

 

   Opening
balance
   Recognized
in profit
or loss
   Closing
balance
 
   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000 
Deferred tax (liabilities)/assets in relation to:               
Property plant and equipment   38,955    4,935    43,890 
Allowances and reserves   3,829    (3,829)    
Accrued expenses   224    (224)    
Capitalized interest   (373)   206    (167)
Unrealized exchange gain   (64)   64     
Depreciation for asset held for sale   (3)   3     
Others   372    (372)    
    42,940    783    43,723 

 

Under the Law of the People’s Republic of China (the “PRC”) on Enterprise Income Tax, or the EIT Law, the profits of a foreign invested enterprise arising in 2008 and beyond that distributed to its immediate holding company who is a non-PRC tax resident will be subject to a withholding tax rate of 10%. A lower withholding tax rate may be applied if there is a favorable tax treaty between mainland China and the jurisdiction of the foreign holding company. For example, holding companies in Hong Kong that are also tax residents in Hong Kong (which should have commercial substance and proceed the formal treaty benefit application with in-charge tax bureau) are eligible for a 5% withholding tax on dividends under the Tax Memorandum between China and the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region.

 

The Company is incorporated in the Cayman Islands, where it is not currently subject to taxation.

 

The EIT law (became effective on January 1, 2008) applies a uniform 25% enterprise income tax rate to both tax resident enterprise and non-tax resident enterprise, except where a special preferential rate applies.

 

Pursuant to Caishui Circular [2008] No. 1 (“Circular No. 1”) promulgated on February 22, 2008, integrated circuit production enterprises whose total investment exceeds RMB8,000 million (approximately US$1,095 million) or whose integrated circuits have a line width of less than 0.25 micron are entitled to a preferential tax rate of 15%. Enterprises with an operation period of more than 15 years are entitled to a full exemption from income tax for five years starting from the first profitable year after utilizing all prior years’ tax losses and 50% reduction of the tax for the following five years. Pursuant to Caishui Circular [2009] No. 69 (“Circular No. 69”), the 50% reduction should be based on the statutory tax rate of 25%.

 

On January 28, 2011, the State Council of China issued Guofa [2011] No. 4 (“Circular No. 4”), the Notice on Certain Policies to Further Encourage the Development of the Software and Integrated Circuit Industries which reinstates the EIT incentives stipulated by Circular No. 1 for the software and integrated circuit enterprises.

 

 F-38 

Table of Contents 

 

10.Income taxes (continued)

 

Deferred tax balances (continued)

On April 20, 2012, State Tax Bureau issued CaiShui [2012] No. 27 (“Circular No. 27”), stipulating the income tax policies for the development of integrated circuit industry. Circular No. 1 was partially abolished by Circular No. 27 and the preferential taxation policy in Circular No. 1 was replaced by Circular No. 27.

 

On July 25, 2013, State Tax Bureau issued [2013] No. 43 (“Circular No. 43”), clarifying that the accreditation and preferential tax policy of integrated circuit enterprise established before December 31, 2010, is applied pursuant to Circular No. 1.

 

The detailed tax status of SMIC’s principal PRC entities with tax holidays is elaborated as follows:

 

1)Semiconductor Manufacturing International (Shanghai) Corporation (“SMIS” or “SMIC Shanghai”) Pursuant to the relevant tax regulations, SMIS is qualified as an integrated circuit enterprise and enjoyed a 10-year tax holiday (five year full exemption followed by five year half reduction) beginning from 2004 after utilizing all prior years’ tax losses. The income tax rate for SMIS was 15% in 2015 (2014: 15% and 2013: 12.5%).

 

2)Semiconductor Manufacturing International (Tianjin) Corporation (“SMIT” or “SMIC Tianjin”)

In accordance with Circular No. 43 and Circular No. 1, SMIT is qualified as an integrated circuit enterprise and enjoying a 10-year tax holiday (five year full exemption followed by five year half reduction) beginning from 2013 after utilizing all prior years’ tax losses. The income tax rate for SMIT was 0% from 2013 to 2017 and 12.5% from 2018 to 2022. After that, the income tax rate will be 15%.

 

3)Semiconductor Manufacturing International (Beijing) Corporation (“SMIB” or “SMIC Beijing”)

In accordance with Circular No. 43 and Circular No. 1, SMIB is qualified as an integrated circuit enterprise and enjoying a 10-year tax holiday (five year full exemption followed by five year half reduction) beginning from 2015 after utilizing all prior years’ tax losses. The income tax rate for SMIB was 0% from 2015 to 2019 and 12.5% from 2020 to 2024. After that, the income tax rate will be 15%.

 

4)Semiconductor Manufacturing International (Shenzhen) Corporation (“SMIC Shenzhen”), Semiconductor Manufacturing North China (Beijing) Corporation (“SMNC”) and SJ Semiconductor (Jiangyin) Corporation (“SJ Jiangyin”)

In accordance with Circular No. 43, Circular No. 1 and Circular No. 27, SMIC Shenzhen, SMNC and SJ Jiangyin are entitled to the preferential tax rate of 15% and 10-year tax holiday (five year full exemption followed by five year half reduction) subsequent to its first profit-making year after utilizing all prior tax losses on or before December 31, 2017. SMIC Shenzhen, SMNC and SJ Jiangyin were in accumulative loss positions as of December 31, 2015 and the tax holiday has not begun to take effect.

 

All the other PRC entities of SMIC were subject to income tax rate of 25%.

 F-39 

Table of Contents 

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the year ended December 31, 2015

 

10.Income taxes (continued)

 

Unused tax losses

At the end of the reporting period, no deferred tax asset was recognized in respect of tax losses of US$577.3 million (December 31, 2014: US$532.8 million and December 31, 2013: US$851.7 million) due to the unpredictability of future profit streams, of which US$228.0 million, US$156.2 million, US$8.9 million, US$81.3 million and US$102.9 million will expire in 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

 

11.Profit (loss) for the year

 

Profit (loss) for the year has been arrived at after charging (crediting)

11.1Impairment losses (reversal of impairment losses) on trade receivables

 

   Year ended
12/31/15
   Year ended
12/31/14
   Year ended
12/31/13
 
   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000 
Allowance on trade receivables (see Note 26)   528    1,616    617 
Reversal of allowance on doubtful trade receivables (see Note 26)    (541)   (59)   (1,213)
    (13)   1,557    (596)

 

11.2Depreciation and amortization expense

 

   Year ended
12/31/15
   Year ended
12/31/14
   Year ended
12/31/13
 
   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000 
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment   473,008    506,366    501,923 
Amortization of intangible assets and land use right   50,541    43,102    44,987 
Total depreciation and amortization expense   523,549    549,468    546,910 

 

11.3Employee benefits expense

 

   Year ended
12/31/15
   Year ended
12/31/14
   Year ended
12/31/13
 
   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000 
Wages, salaries and social security contributions   299,267    249,622    233,025 
Bonus   107,859    50,157    68,618 
Paid annual leave   66    796    541 
Non-monetary benefits   21,414    17,231    17,937 
Equity-settled share-based payments (Note 38)   18,329    18,388    16,402 
Total employee benefits expense   446,935    336,194    336,523 

 

 F-40 

Table of Contents 

 

11.Profit (loss) for the year (continued)

 

Profit (loss) for the year has been arrived at after charging (crediting) (continued)

11.4Royalties expense

 

   Year ended 
12/31/15
   Year ended
12/31/14
   Year ended
12/31/13
 
   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000 
Royalties expense   36,262    26,344    32,546 

 

11.5Government funding

Government funding under specific R&D projects

The Group received government funding (including those with primary condition that the Group should purchase, construct or otherwise acquire non-current assets) of US$40.2 million, US$57.3 million and US$145.8 million and recognized US$34.3 million, US$37.4 million and US$26.9 million as reductions of certain R&D expenses in 2015, 2014 and 2013 for several specific R&D projects respectively. The government funding is recorded as a liability upon receipt and recognized as reduction of R&D expenses until the milestones specified in the terms of the funding have been reached.

 

Government funding for specific intended use

The Group received government funding of US$4.9 million, US$21.4 million and US$7.1 million and recognized US$4.9 million, US$21.4 million and US$7.1 million as reduction of interest expense in 2015, 2014 and 2013 respectively. The government funding is recorded as a liability upon receipt and recognized as reduction of interest expense until the requirements (if any) specified in the terms of the funding have been reached.

 

11.6Auditors’ remuneration

 

   Year ended 
12/31/15
   Year ended
12/31/14
   Year ended
12/31/13
 
   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000 
Audit services   1,322    1,568    1,187 
Non-audit services   65    94     

 

 F-41 

Table of Contents 

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the year ended December 31, 2015

 

12.Directors’ remuneration

 

   Year ended 
12/31/15
   Year ended
12/31/14
   Year ended
12/31/13
 
   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000 
Salaries   2,384    2,216    1,756 
Equity-settled share-based payments   1,550    1,305    1,504 
    3,934    3,521    3,260 

 

The equity-settled share-based payments granted to directors include both stock options and restricted share units (“RSUs”).

 

The Group granted 30,917,241, 7,773,789 and 27,083,220 options to purchase ordinary shares of the Company to the directors in 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2015, 18,353,433 stock options were exercised and 1,117,811 stock options were expired. During the year ended December 31, 2014, 1,123,074 stock options were exercised and 3,369,223 stock options were expired. And during the year ended December 31, 2013, 1,000,000 stock options were exercised and 4,634,877 stock options were expired.

 

The Group granted 10,804,985, 2,910,836 and nil RSUs to purchase ordinary shares of the Company to the directors in 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2015, 12,377,826 RSUs automatically vested and no RSUs were forfeited. During the year ended December 31, 2014, 12,250,480 RSUs automatically vested and no RSUs were forfeited. And during the year ended December 31, 2013, 11,650,116 RSUs automatically vested and no RSUs were forfeited.

 

In 2015, 2014 and 2013, no emoluments were paid by the Group to any of the directors as an inducement to join or upon joining the Group or as compensation for loss of office. In 2015, 2014 and 2013, no directors waived any emoluments.

 

(a)Independent non-executive directors

The fees paid or payable to independent non-executive directors of the Company during the year were as follows:

 

  

Salaries and

wages

   Employee
settle share-
based payment
   Total
remuneration
 
   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000 
2015               
William Tudor Brown   47    47    94 
Sean Maloney   50    46    96 
Lip-Bu Tan   70        70 
Frank Meng***   28    6    34 
Carmen I-Hua Chang   42    149    191 
    237    248    485 

 

 F-42 

Table of Contents 

 

12.Directors’ remuneration (continued)

 

(a)Independent non-executive directors (continued)

 

   Salaries and
wages
   Employee 
settle share- 
based payment
   Total 
remuneration
 
   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000 
2014               
William Tudor Brown   57    90    147 
Sean Maloney   62    87    149 
Lip-Bu Tan   92    1    93 
Frank Meng***   76    18    94 
Carmen I-Hua Chang   13    59    72 
    300    255    555 

 

   Salaries and
wages
   Employee
settle share-
based payment
   Total
remuneration
 
   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000 
2013               
Tsuyoshi Kawanishi   20    5    25 
William Tudor Brown   18    45    63 
Sean Maloney   27    65    92 
Lip-Bu Tan   65    5    70 
Frank Meng***   54    36    90 
    184    156    340 

 

There were no other emoluments payable to the independent non-executive directors during the year (2014: Nil and 2013: Nil).

 F-43 

Table of Contents 

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the year ended December 31, 2015

 

12.Directors’ remuneration (continued)

 

(b)Executive directors and non-executive director

 

   Salaries
and wages
   Employee
settle share-
based payment
   Total
remuneration
 
   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000 
2015               
Executive directors:               
Zhou Zixue   225    873    1,098 
Zhang Wenyi*   578    32    610 
Tzu-Yin Chiu**   918    130    1,048 
Gao Yonggang   376    201    577 
    2,097    1,236    3,333 
Non-executive director:               
Chen Shangzhi   50        50 
Zhou Jie            
Li Yonghua (Alternate to Chen Shanzhi)            
Ren Kai       66    66 
    50    66    116 

 

   Salaries
and wages
   Employee
settle share-
based payment
   Total
remuneration
 
   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000 
2014               
Executive directors:               
Zhang Wenyi*   524    124    648 
Tzu-Yin Chiu**   973    442    1,415 
Gao Yonggang   307    399    706 
    1,804    965    2,769 
Non-executive director:               
Chen Shangzhi   61    3    64 
Lawrence Juen-Yee Lau   51    82    133 
Zhou Jie            
Li Yonghua (Alternate to Chen Shanzhi)            
Chen Datong
(Alternate to Lawrence Juen-Yee Lau)
            
    112    85    197 
 F-44 

Table of Contents 

 

12.Directors’ remuneration (continued)

 

(b)Executive directors and non-executive director (continued)

 

   Salaries
and wages
   Employee
settle share-
based payment
   Total
remuneration
 
   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000 
2013               
Executive directors:               
Zhang Wenyi*   391    274    665 
Tzu-Yin Chiu**   963    901    1,864 
Gao Yonggang   142    101    243 
    1,496    1,276    2,772 
Non-executive director:               
Chen Shangzhi   54    10    64 
Lawrence Juen-Yee Lau   22    62    84 
Zhou Jie            
Li Yonghua (Alternate to Chen Shanzhi)            
Chen Datong
(Alternate to Lawrence Juen-Yee Lau)
            
    76    72    148 

 

*Zhang Wenyi resigned as chairman of the Board and an executive director with effect from March 6, 2015.

 

**Tzu-Yin Chiu is also the Chief Executive Officer of the Company.

 

***Frank Meng resigned as an independent non-executive director with effect from June 26, 2015.

 

There was no arrangement under which a director waived or agreed to waive any remuneration during the year.

 

13.Five highest paid employees

 

The five highest paid individuals during the year included two (2014: three and 2013: two) directors, details of whose remuneration are set out in Note 12 above. Details of the remuneration of the remaining three (2014: two and 2013: three) non-directors, highest paid individuals (including one former director who resigned as an executive director in 2015) for the year are as follows:

 

   Year ended
12/31/15
   Year ended
12/31/14
   Year ended
12/31/13
 
   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000 
Salaries and other benefits   962    633    955 
Bonus   636    328    386 
Stock option benefits   552    473    566 
    2,150    1,434    1,907 

 

 F-45 

Table of Contents 

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the year ended December 31, 2015

 

13.Five highest paid employees (continued)

 

The bonus is determined on the basis of the basic salary and the performance of the Group and the individual.

 

In 2015, 2014 and 2013, no emoluments were paid by the Group to any of the five highest paid individuals as an inducement to join or upon joining the Group or as compensation for loss of office.

 

The number of non-director, highest paid individuals whose remuneration fell within the following bands is as follows:

 

   Number of employees 
   2015   2014   2013 
HK$3,500,001 (US$451,605) to HK$4,000,000 (US$516,119)           1 
HK$4,500,001 (US$580,635) to HK$5,000,000 (US$645,150)   1         
HK$5,000,001 (US$645,151) to HK$5,500,000 (US$709,665)       1    1 
HK$5,500,001 (US$709,666) to HK$6,000,000 (US$774,180)   1    1    1 
HK$6,000,001 (US$774,181) to HK$6,500,000 (US$838,695)   1         
    3    2    3 

 

14.Earnings per share
   Year ended
12/31/15
   Year ended
12/31/14
   Year ended
12/31/13
 
   USD   USD   USD 
Basic earnings per share   0.01    0.00    0.01 
Diluted earnings per share   0.01    0.00    0.01 

 

Basic earnings per share

The earnings and weighted average number of ordinary shares used in the calculation of basic earnings per share are as follows:

 

   Year ended
12/31/15
   Year ended
12/31/14
   Year ended
12/31/13
 
   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000 
Profit for the year attributable to owners of the Company   253,411    152,969    173,177 
Earnings used in the calculation of basic earnings per share   253,411    152,969    173,177 
Weighted average number of ordinary shares for the purposes of basic earnings per share   38,960,416,674    33,819,162,742    32,063,137,846 

 

 F-46 

Table of Contents 

 

14.Earnings per share (continued)

 

Diluted earnings per share

The earnings used in the calculation of diluted earnings per share are as follows:

 

   Year ended
12/31/15
   Year ended
12/31/14
   Year ended
12/31/13
 
   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000 
Earnings used in the calculation of basic earnings per share   253,411    152,969    173,177 
Interest expense from convertible bonds   13,238    9,614    1,173 
Earnings used in the calculation of diluted earnings per share   266,649    162,583    174,350 

 

The weighted average number of ordinary shares used in the calculation of basic earnings per share reconciles to the weighted average number of ordinary shares used in the calculation of diluted earnings per share as follows:

 

   Year ended
12/31/15
   Year ended
12/31/14
   Year ended
12/31/13
 
   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000 
Weighted average number of ordinary shares used in the calculation of basic earnings per share   38,960,416,674    33,819,162,742    32,063,137,846 
Employee option and restricted share units   369,448,306    343,030,318    237,913,672 
Convertible bonds   3,932,570,996    2,931,293,510    288,027,267 
Weighted average number of ordinary shares used in the calculation of diluted earnings per share   43,262,435,976    37,093,486,570    32,589,078,785 

 

During the year ended December 31, 2015, the Group had 403,670,171 weighted average outstanding employee stock options which were excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share because the exercise price was greater than the average market price of the common shares.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2014, the Group had 528,860,129 weighted average outstanding employee stock options which were excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share because the exercise price was greater than the average market price of the common shares.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Group had 785,159,938 weighted average outstanding employee stock options which were excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share because the exercise price was greater than the average market price of the common shares.

 

15.Dividend

 

The Board did not recommend the payment of any dividend for the year ended December 31, 2015 (December 31, 2014: Nil and December 31, 2013: Nil). 

 

 F-47 

Table of Contents 

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the year ended December 31, 2015

 

16.Assets classified as held for sale
   12/31/15   12/31/14   12/31/13 
   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000 
Assets related to employee’s living quarters   72,197    44    3,265 

 

Non-current assets are classified as held for sale if their carrying amount will be recovered principally through a sale transaction rather than through continuing use. This condition is regarded as met only when the sale is highly probable and the non-current asset is available for immediate sale in its present condition. Management must be committed to the sale, which should be expected to qualify for recognition as a completed sale within one year from the date of classification. The Group is committing to sell these self-constructed living quarters to its employees in the following year.

 

17.Property, plant and equipment

 

   Buildings   Plant and
equipment
   Office
equipment
  

Construction
in progress

(CIP)

   Total 
   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000 
Cost                         
Balance at December 31, 2012   335,542    7,577,375    103,954    410,067    8,426,938 
Transfer from (out) CIP   7,238    553,162    9,610    (570,010)    
Addition               670,853    670,853 
Disposals   (20,698)   (1,163)   (5,531)   (10,000)   (37,392)
Reclassified as held for sale   (2,999)       (2)       (3,001)
Balance at December 31, 2013   319,083    8,129,374    108,031    500,910    9,057,398 
Transfer from (out) CIP   6,896    366,298    13,652    (386,846)    
Addition               977,487    977,487 
Disposals   (635)   (23,486)   (1,611)   (3,471)   (29,203)
Balance at December 31, 2014   325,344    8,472,186    120,072    1,088,080    10,005,682 
Transfer from (out) CIP   263,476    985,820    14,966    (1,264,262)    
Addition               1,498,201    1,498,201 
Disposals       (53,550)   (180)   (654)   (54,384)
Reclassified as held for sale               (114,534)   (114,534)
Balance at December 31, 2015   588,820    9,404,456    134,858    1,206,831    11,334,965 

 F-48 

Table of Contents 

 

17.Property, plant and equipment (continued)

 

               Construction     
       Plant and   Office   in progress     
   Buildings   equipment   equipment   (CIP)   Total 
   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000 
Accumulated depreciation and impairment                         
Balance at December 31, 2012   99,205    5,827,519    82,091    32,688    6,041,503 
Disposal   (3,030)   (1,405)   (5,073)   (4,490)   (13,998)
Depreciation expense   13,160    477,600    11,163         501,923 
Reclassified as held for sale   (862)       (2)       (864)
Balance at December 31, 2013   108,473    6,303,714    88,179    28,198    6,528,564 
Disposal   (170)   (21,687)   (1,610)   (867)   (24,334)
Depreciation expense   13,377    476,044    16,945        506,366 
Balance at December 31, 2014   121,680    6,758,071    103,514    27,331    7,010,596 
Disposal        (51,840)   (180)   (437)   (52,457)
Depreciation expense   13,858    451,027    8,123        473,008 
Balance at December 31, 2015   135,538    7,157,258    111,457    26,894    7,431,147 

 

   Buildings   Plant and
equipment
   Office
equipment
   Construction in
progress
(CIP)
   Total 
   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000 
Balance at December 31, 2013   210,610    1,825,660    19,852    472,712    2,528,834 
Balance at December 31, 2014   203,664    1,714,115    16,558    1,060,749    2,995,086 
Balance at December 31, 2015   453,282    2,247,198    23,401    1,179,937    3,903,818 

 

Construction in progress

 

The construction in progress balance of approximately US$1,180 million as of December 31, 2015, primarily consisted of US$274 million and US$392 million of the manufacturing equipment acquired to further expand the production capacity at our two 12” fabs in Beijing and one 12” fab in Shanghai, respectively, and US$136 million of the manufacturing equipment acquired to further expand the production capacity at the 8” fab in Shenzhen. The amount of US$59 million was for acquiring the manufacturing equipment in relation to bumping services in Jiangyin. In addition, the amount of US$77 million was related to the headquarter building in Shanghai and other US$242 million was in relation to various ongoing capital expenditures projects of other SMIC subsidiaries, which are expected to be completed by the second half of 2016.

 

Impairment losses recognized in the year

 

In 2015, 2014 and 2013, the Group didn’t record any impairment loss of property, plant and equipment.

 

 F-49 

Table of Contents 

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the year ended December 31, 2015

 

17.Property, plant and equipment (continued)

 

Assets pledged as security

 

Property, plant and equipment with carrying amount of approximately US$324 million (2014: approximately US$306 million and 2013: approximately US$1,000 million) have been pledged to secure borrowings of the Group (see Note 31). The plant and equipment have been pledged as security for bank loans under a mortgage. The Group is not allowed to pledge these assets as security for other borrowings or to sell them to other entities.

 

18.Intangible assets

 

  

Acquired

intangible

assets

 
   USD’000 
Cost     
Balance at December 31, 2012   341,909 
Additions   23,139 
Expired and disposal   (16,627)
Balance at December 31, 2013   348,421 
Additions   37,595 
Expired and disposal   (15,295)
Balance at December 31, 2014   370,721 
Additions   65,269 
Expired and disposal   (44,813)
Balance at December 31, 2015   391,177 
Accumulated amortization and impairment     
Balance at December 31, 2012   106,531 
Amortization expense for the year   40,796 
Expired and disposal   (14,171)
Balance at December 31, 2013   133,156 
Amortization expense for the year   41,046 
Expired and disposal   (11,303)
Balance at December 31, 2014   162,899 
Amortization expense for the year   48,812 
Expired and disposal   (44,813)
Balance at December 31, 2015   166,898 
Balance at December 31, 2013   215,265 
Balance at December 31, 2014   207,822 
Balance at December 31, 2015   224,279 

 

 F-50 

Table of Contents 

 

19.Subsidiaries

 

Details of the Company’s subsidiaries at the end of the reporting period are as follows:

 

Name of company  Place of establishment
and operation
  Class of
shares
held
 

Paid up

registered capital

   Proportion of
ownership interest
held by the Company
  Proportion of
voting power
held by the
Company
   Principal activities
Better Way Enterprises Limited (“Better Way”)#  Samoa  Ordinary  US$ 1,000,000   Directly   100%   100%  Provision of marketing related activities
Semiconductor Manufacturing International (Shanghai) Corporation (“SMIS” or “SMIC Shanghai”)#  People’s Republic of China (the “PRC”)  Ordinary   US$1,740,000,000   Directly   100%   100%  Manufacturing and trading of semiconductor products
SMIC, Americas  United States of America  Ordinary   US$500,000   Directly   100%   100%  Provision of marketing related activities
Semiconductor Manufacturing International (Beijing) Corporation (“SMIB” or “SMIC Beijing”)#  PRC  Ordinary  US$ 1,000,000,000   Directly   100%   100%  Manufacturing and trading of semiconductor products
SMIC Japan  Japan  Ordinary   JPY10,000,000   Directly   100%   100%  Provision of marketing related activities
SMIC Europe S.R.L  Italy  Ordinary   Euros100,000   Directly   100%   100%  Provision of marketing related activities
Semiconductor Manufacturing International (Solar Cell) Corporation  Cayman Islands  Ordinary   US$11,000   Directly   100%   100%  Investment holding
SMIC Commercial (Shanghai) Limited Company (formerly SMIC Consulting Corporation)  PRC  Ordinary   US$800,000   Directly   100%   100%  Provision of marketing related activities
Semiconductor Manufacturing International (Tianjin) Corporation (“SMIT” or “SMIC Tianjin”)#  PRC  Ordinary   US$690,000,000   Directly   100%   100%  Manufacturing and trading of semiconductor products
SMIC Development (Chengdu) Corporation (“SMICD”)#  PRC  Ordinary   US$5,000,000   Directly   100%   100%  Construction, operation, and management of SMICD’s living quarters, schools, and supermarket
Semiconductor Manufacturing International (BVI) Corporation (“SMIC (BVI)”)#  British Virgin Islands  Ordinary   US$10   Directly   100%   100%  Provision of marketing related activities
Admiral Investment Holdings Limited  British Virgin Islands  Ordinary   US$10   Directly   100%   100%  Investment holding
SMIC Shanghai (Cayman) Corporation  Cayman Islands  Ordinary  US$50,000   Directly   100%   100%  Investment holding
SMIC Beijing (Cayman) Corporation  Cayman Islands  Ordinary  US$ 50,000   Directly   100%   100%  Investment holding
SMIC Tianjin (Cayman) Corporation  Cayman Islands  Ordinary  US$ 50,000   Directly   100%   100%  Investment holding
SilTech Semiconductor Corporation  Cayman Islands  Ordinary   US$10,000   Directly   100%   100%  Investment holding
SMIC Shenzhen (Cayman) Corporation  Cayman Islands  Ordinary  US$ 50,000   Directly   100%   100%  Investment holding
SMIC Advanced Technology Research & Development (Shanghai) Corporation  PRC  Ordinary   US$99,000,000   Directly   89.697%   89.697%  Manufacturing and trading of semiconductor products
SMIC Holdings Corporation  PRC  Ordinary  US$ 50,000,000   Directly   100%   100%  Investment holding
SJ Semiconductor Corporation  Cayman Islands  Ordinary and preferred   US$3,335   Directly   55.277%   55.277%  Investment holding
SMIC Energy Technology (Shanghai) Corporation (“Energy Science”)#  PRC  Ordinary  US$ 10,400,000   Indirectly   100%   100%  Manufacturing and trading of solar cell related semiconductor products
Magnificent Tower Limited  British Virgin Islands  Ordinary  US$ 50,000   Indirectly   100%   100%  Investment holding
SMIC Shanghai (HK) Company Limited  Hong Kong  Ordinary  HK$1,000   Indirectly   100%   100%  Investment holding
SMIC Beijing (HK) Company Limited  Hong Kong  Ordinary   HK$1,000   Indirectly   100%   100%  Investment holding
SMIC Tianjin (HK) Company Limited  Hong Kong  Ordinary  HK$ 1,000   Indirectly   100%   100%  Investment holding
SMIC Solar Cell (HK) Company Limited  Hong Kong  Ordinary   HK$10,000   Indirectly   100%   100%  Investment holding
SMIC Shenzhen (HK) Company Limited  Hong Kong  Ordinary  HK$ 1,000   Indirectly   100%   100%  Investment holding
SilTech Semiconductor (Hong Kong) Corporation Limited  Hong Kong  Ordinary  HK$1,000   Indirectly   100%   100%  Investment holding
Semiconductor Manufacturing International (Shenzhen) Corporation  PRC  Ordinary  US$ 127,000,000   Indirectly   100%   100%  Manufacturing and trading of semiconductor products
SilTech Semiconductor (Shanghai) Corporation Limited  PRC  Ordinary   US$12,000,000   Indirectly   100%   100%  Manufacturing and trading of semiconductor products
Semiconductor Manufacturing North China (Beijing) Corporation (“SMNC”)#  PRC  Ordinary  US$ 937,500,000   Directly and indirectly   55%   55%  Manufacturing and trading of semiconductor products
China IC Capital Co., Ltd  PRC  Ordinary   RMB500,000,000   Indirectly   100%   100%  Investment holding
Shanghai Hexin Investment Management Limited Partnership  PRC  Ordinary   RMB15,900,000   Indirectly   99%   99%  Investment holding
Shanghai Rongxin Investment Management Limited Partnership  PRC  Ordinary      Indirectly   99%   99%  Investment holding
SJ Semiconductor (HK) Limited  Hong Kong  Ordinary  HK$ 1,000   Indirectly   55.277%   55.277%  Investment holding
SJ Semiconductor (Jiangyin) Corp. (“SJ Jiangyin”)#  PRC  Ordinary   US$179,500,000   Indirectly   55.277%   55.277%  Bumping and circuit probe testing activities

 

 

#Abbreviation for identification purposes.

 

 F-51 

Table of Contents 

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the year ended December 31, 2015

 

19.Subsidiaries (continued)

 

During this year, the Company lost control of Shanghai Xinxin Investment Centre (Limited Partnership) (“Shanghai Xinxin”) and Shanghai Chengxin Investment Center (Limited Partnership) (“Shanghai Chengxin”), but still has significant influence over both of them. The Company recorded its ownership of Shanghai Xinxin and Shanghai Chengxin as investment in joint ventures. Please refer to Note 21 for details.

 

Details of non-wholly owned subsidiaries that have material non-controlling interests (“NCI”)

 

The table below shows details of a non-wholly owned subsidiary of the Company that have material non-controlling interests:

 

   Place of  Proportion of ownership interests         
   establishment  and voting rights held by   Profit (loss) allocated to   Accumulated 
Name of company  and operation  non-controlling interests   non-controlling interests   non-controlling interests 
    12/31/15   12/31/14   12/31/13   12/31/15   12/31/14   12/31/13   12/31/15   12/31/14   12/31/13 
             USD’000   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000 
Semiconductor Manufacturing North China(Beijing) Corporation (“SMNC”)  Beijing, PRC   45.0%   45.0%   45.0%   (25,596)   (26,353)   1,410    371,446    335,057    109,410 
SJ Semiconductor Corporation  Cayman Islands   44.7%   49.0%   N/A    (5,077)   (424)   N/A    79,621    24,076    N/A 
Total                     (30,673)   (26,777)   1,410    451,067    359,133    109,410 

 

Semiconductor Manufacturing North China (Beijing) Corporation (“SMNC”, the Company’s majority owned subsidiary in Beijing) shared part of Group’s advance-technology R&D expenses in 2014 and had the start-up cost in 2015, which also caused the change in loss of year attributable to non-controlling interests.

 

According to the joint venture agreements entered into by the Group and the NCI of SMNC, additional capital injection into SMNC was completed in 2015 and 2014. The additional capital injection from NCI amounted to US$61.9 million in 2015 and US$252 million in 2014 respectively.

 

According to the joint venture agreements entered into by the Company and the NCI of SJ Semiconductor Corporation, additional capital injection into SJ Semiconductor Corporation was completed in 2015 and 2014. The additional capital injection from NCI amounted to US$60.0 million in 2015 and US$24.5 million in 2014 respectively.

 

Summarized financial information in respect of the Company’s subsidiary that has material non- controlling interests is set out below. The summarized financial information below represents amounts before intragroup eliminations.

 

 F-52 

Table of Contents 

 

19.Subsidiaries (continued)

 

SMNC

 

   12/31/15   12/31/14   12/31/13 
   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000 
Current assets   381,640    659,596    243,719 
Non-current assets   917,719    550,859     
Current liabilities   (350,298)   (347,217)   (586)
Non-current liabilities   (123,626)   (118,667)    
Net assets   825,435    744,571    243,133 
Equity attributable to owners of the Company   453,989    409,514    133,723 
Non-controlling interests   371,446    335,057    109,410 

 

   Year ended   Year ended   Year ended 
   12/31/15   12/31/14   12/31/13 
   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000 
Revenue   4,721         
Expense   (64,032)   (65,058)   (709)
Other income   2,430    6,496    3,843 
Profit (loss) for the year   (56,881)   (58,562)   3,134 
Profit (loss) attributable to owners of the Company   (31,285)   (32,209)   1,724 
Profit (loss) attributable to the non-controlling interests   (25,596)   (26,353)   1,410 
Profit (loss) for the year   (56,881)   (58,562)   3,134 
Other comprehensive income attributable to owners of the Company            
Other comprehensive income attributable to the non-controlling interests            
Other comprehensive income for the year            
Total comprehensive income (loss) attributable to owners of the Company   (31,285)   (32,209)   1,724 
Total comprehensive income (loss) attributable to the non-controlling interests   (25,596)   (26,353)   1,410 
Total comprehensive income (loss) for the year   (56,881)   (58,562)   3,134 
Dividends paid to non-controlling interests            
Net cash (outflow) inflow from operating activities   (71,817)   7,758    1,959 
Net cash outflow from investing activities   (173,535)   (436,449)   (164,810)
Net cash inflow from financing activities   137,500    560,000    240,000 
Net cash (outflow) inflow   (107,852)   131,309    77,149 

 

 F-53 

Table of Contents 

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the year ended December 31, 2015

 

19.Subsidiaries (continued)

 

SJ Semiconductor Corporation and its subsidiaries

 

   12/31/15   12/31/14 
   USD’000   USD’000 
Current assets   164,495    49,901 
Non-current assets   66,772    59 
Current liabilities   (18,904)   (825)
Non-current liabilities   (34,331)    
Net assets   178,032    49,135 
Equity attributable to owners of the Company   98,411    25,059 
Non-controlling interests   79,621    24,076 

 

   Year ended   Year ended 
   12/31/15   12/31/14 
   USD’000   USD’000 
Revenue   1,543      
Expense   (9,621)   (175)
Other expense   (3,274)   (690)
Loss for the year   (11,352)   (865)
Loss attributable to owners of the Company   (6,275)   (441)
Loss attributable to the non-controlling interests   (5,077)   (424)
Loss for the year   (11,352)   (865)
Other comprehensive income attributable to owners of the Company        
Other comprehensive income attributable to the non-controlling interests        
Other comprehensive income for the year        
Total comprehensive loss attributable to owners of the Company   (6,275)   (441)
Total comprehensive loss attributable to the non-controlling interests   (5,077)   (424)
Total comprehensive loss for the year   (11,352)   (865)
Dividends paid to non-controlling interests        
Net cash outflow from operating activities   (9,841)   (38)
Net cash outflow from investing activities   (60,336)   (67)
Net cash inflow from financing activities   175,211    50,000 
Net cash inflow   105,034    49,895 

 

 F-54 

Table of Contents 

 

20.Investments in associates

 

Details of the Group’s associates, which are all unlisted companies, at the end of the reporting period are as follows:

 

Name of company  Place of establishment 

Class of

share

 

Proportion of ownership

interest and voting power held

by the Group

 
   and operation  held  12/31/15   12/31/14   12/31/13 
Toppan SMIC Electronic (Shanghai) Co., Ltd. (“Toppan”)  Shanghai, PRC  Ordinary   30.0%   30.0%   30.0%
Zhongxin Xiecheng Investment (Beijing) Co., Ltd. (“Zhongxin Xiecheng”)  Beijing, PRC  Ordinary   49.0%   49.0%   49.0%
Brite Semiconductor Corporation  Cayman Island  Ordinary   47.8%   47.8%   48.7%
Suzhou Changjiang Electric Xinke Investment Co., Ltd. (“Changjiang Xinke”)  Jiangsu, PRC  Ordinary   19.6%   NA    NA 
Sino IC Leasing Co., Ltd. (“Sino IC Leasing”)  Shanghai, PRC  Ordinary   8.8%*   NA    NA 
China Fortune-Tech Capital Co., Ltd (“China Fortune-Tech”)  Shanghai, PRC  Ordinary   45.0%   45.0%   NA 
Beijing Wu Jin Venture Investment Center (Limited Partnership) (“WuJin”)**  Beijing, PRC  Ordinary   32.6%   32.6%   NA 
Shanghai Fortune-Tech Qitai Invest Center (Limited Partnership) (“Fortune- Tech Qitai”)**  Shanghai, PRC  Ordinary   33.0%   NA    NA 
Shanghai Fortune-Tech Zaixing Invest Center (Limited Partnership) (“Fortune-Tech Zaixing”)**  Shanghai, PRC  Ordinary   66.2%*   NA    NA 
Suzhou Fortune-Tech Oriental Invest Fund Center (Limited Partnership)
(“Fortune-Tech Oriental”)**
  Jiangsu, PRC  Ordinary   44.8%   NA    NA 

 

* In accordance with investment agreements, the Group has significant influence over Fortune-Tech Zaixing and Sino IC Leasing.

 

** The Group invested in these associates indirectly though China IC Capital Co., Ltd (the “Fund”), a wholly-owned investment fund company of the Group, as set out in Note 19. The Fund is intended to invest primarily in integrated circuits related fund products and investment projects. The Group’s joint ventures and available-for-sale investments invested indirectly through the Fund are disclosed in Note 21 and Note 23, respectively.

 

All of these associates are accounted for using the equity method in these consolidated financial statements.

 

 F-55 

Table of Contents 

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the year ended December 31, 2015

 

20.Investments in associates (continued)

 

In December 2014, the Company entered into an investment agreement through SilTech Shanghai with Jiangsu Changjiang Electronics Technology Co., Ltd (“JCET”) and China Integrated Circuit Industry Investment Fund Co., Ltd., (“China IC Fund”) to set up Changjiang Xinke. The Group paid US$102 million to obtain 19.6% of total shares and 1 of 7 board seats. Changjiang Xinke and China IC Fund set up Suzhou Changdian Xinpeng Investment Ltd., Co. (“Changdian Xinpeng”) which acquired Stats ChipPAC Limited (“Stats ChipPAC”), a public company listed in Singapore capital market before acquired by Changdian Xinpeng. The investment was made in 2015 and the acquisition was completed in the same year.

 

Furthermore, JCET granted the Company an option to sell the shares of Changjiang Xinke to JCET at an exercise price equivalent to the Company’s initial investment plus an annual return rate at any time after Stats ChipPAC was acquired. Please refer to note 22.

 

Summarized financial information in respect of the Group’s material associates are set out below.

 

Toppan

 

   12/31/15   12/31/14   12/31/13 
   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000 
Current assets   51,661    44,538    47,554 
Non-current assets   22,554    28,789    22,660 
Current liabilities   (2,062)   (311)   (2,117)
Non-current liabilities            
Net assets   72,153    73,016    68,097 

 

  

Year ended

12/31/15

  

Year ended

12/31/14

  

Year ended

12/31/13

 
   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000 
Total revenue   20,782    23,498    23,796 
Profit for the year   3,267    5,493    7,364 
Other comprehensive income for the year            
Total comprehensive income for the year   3,267    5,493    7,364 
Dividends received from the associate during the year            

 

Reconciliation of the above summarized financial information to the carrying amount of the interest in the associate recognized in the consolidated financial statements:

 

   12/31/15   12/31/14   12/31/13 
   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000 
Net assets of the associate   72,153    73,016    68,097 
Proportion of the Group’s ownership interest in Toppan   30%   30%   30%
Carrying amount of the Group’s interest in Toppan   21,646    21,905    20,429 

 

 F-56 

Table of Contents 

 

20.Investments in associates (continued)

 

Changjiang Xinke

 

   12/31/15 
   USD’000 
Current assets   445,709 
Non-current assets   1,837,445 
Current liabilities   (581,838)
Non-current liabilities   (1,093,368)
Net assets   607,948 
Equity attributable to owners of the associate   455,862 
Non-controlling interests   152,086 

 

 

   Year ended 
   12/31/15 
   USD’000 
Total revenue   519,582 
Loss for the year   (67,135)
Loss attributable to owners of the associate   (65,589)
Loss attributable to the non-controlling interests   (1,546)
Loss for the year   (67,135)
Other comprehensive income for the year   16,224 
Total comprehensive loss for the year   (50,911)
Total comprehensive loss attributable to owners of the associate   (51,473)
Total comprehensive income attributable to the non-controlling interests   562 
Total comprehensive loss for the year   (50,911)
Dividends received from the associate during the year    

 

Reconciliation of the above summarized financial information to the carrying amount of the interest in the associate recognized in the consolidated financial statements:

 

   12/31/15 
   USD’000 
Equity attributable to owners of the associate   455,862 
Proportion of the Group’s ownership interest in Changjiang Xinke   19.6%
Carrying amount of the Group’s interest in Changjiang Xinke   89,395 

 

Fortune-Tech Zaixing

 

   12/31/15 
   USD’000 
Current assets   15,513 
Non-current assets   7,581 
Current liabilities   (3)
Non-current liabilities    
Net assets   23,091 

 

 F-57 

Table of Contents 

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the year ended December 31, 2015

 

20.Investments in associates (continued)

 

Fortune-Tech Zaixing (continued)

 

   Year ended
12/31/15
 
   USD’000 
Total revenue    
Loss for the year   (178)
Other comprehensive income for the year    
Total comprehensive loss for the year   (178)
Dividends received from the associate during the year    

 

Reconciliation of the above summarized financial information to the carrying amount of the interest in the associate recognized in the consolidated financial statements:

 

   12/31/15 
   USD’000 
Net assets of the associate   23,091 
Proportion of the Group’s ownership interest in Fortune-Tech Zaixing   66.2%
Carrying amount of the Group’s interest in Fortune-Tech Zaixing   15,292 

 

Sino IC Leasing

 

   12/31/15 
   USD’000 
Current assets   502,454 
Non-current assets   21,374 
Current liabilities   (8,679)
Non-current liabilities   (190,021)
Net assets   325,128 

 

  

Year ended

12/31/15

 
   USD’000 
Total revenue   2,437 
Profit for the year   3,761 
Other comprehensive income for the year    
Total comprehensive income for the year   3,761 
Dividends received from the associate during the year    

 

 F-58 

Table of Contents 

 

20.Investments in associates (continued)

 

Sino IC Leasing (continued)

 

Reconciliation of the above summarized financial information to the carrying amount of the interest in the associate recognized in the consolidated financial statements:

 

   12/31/15 
   USD’000 
Net assets of the associate   325,128 
Proportion of the Group’s ownership interest in Sino IC Leasing   8.8%
Carrying amount of the Group’s interest in Sino IC Leasing   28,736 

 

21.Investments in joint ventures

 

Details of the Group’s joint ventures, which are all unlisted companies invested indirectly through China IC Captial Co., Ltd, at the end of the reporting period are as follows:

 

Name of company  Place of establishment
and operation
 

Class of

share
held

 

Proportion of ownership

interest and voting power held

by the Group

 
       12/31/15   12/31/14   12/31/13 
Shanghai Xinxin Investment Centre (Limited Partnership) (“Shanghai Xinxin”)  Shanghai, PRC  Ordinary   49.0%   NA    NA 
Shanghai Chengxin Investment Center (Limited Partnership) (“Shanghai Chengxin”)  Shanghai, PRC  Ordinary   42.0%   NA    NA 

 

Summarized financial information in respect of the Group’s material joint venture is set out below.

 

Shanghai Xinxin

 

   12/31/15 
   USD’000 
Current assets   4,917 
Non-current assets   28,631 
Current liabilities   (3,287)
Non-current liabilities    
Net assets   30,261 

 

   Year ended
12/31/15
 
   USD’000 
Total revenue    
Loss for the year   (609)
Other comprehensive income for the year    
Total comprehensive loss for the year   (609)
Dividends received from the joint venture during the year    

 

 F-59 

Table of Contents 

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the year ended December 31, 2015

 

21.Investments in joint ventures (continued)

 

Shanghai Xinxin (continued)

 

Reconciliation of the above summarized financial information to the carrying amount of the interest in the joint venture recognized in the consolidated financial statements:

 

   12/31/15 
   USD’000 
Net assets of the joint venture   30,261 
Proportion of the Group’s ownership interest in Shanghai Xinxin   49.0%
Carrying amount of the Group’s interest in Shanghai Xinxin   14,829 

 

22.Derivative financial instrument

 

As of December 31, 2015, the amount of the derivative financial instrument was US$30.2 million (2014: nil and 2013: nil), which is a put option granted by JCET to sell the shares of Changjiang Xinke to JCET, pursuant to an investment exit agreement entered into by SilTech Shanghai (a subsidiary of the Company), JCET and Jiangsu Xinchao Technology Group Co., Ltd (a substantial shareholder of JCET). The fair value change of the derivative financial instrument was US$30.2 million for the year ended 2015 (2014: nil and 2013: nil). Please refer to note 20 for more details of the put option and refer to note 39 for valuation techniques of the put option.

 

23.Other assets

 

   12/31/15   12/31/14   12/31/13 
   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000 
Available-for-sale investment   19,750    15,081    1,278 
Others   12,328    15,786    4,959 
Non-current   32,078    30,867    6,237 

 

Available-for-sale investments are primarily fund companies and investment projects invested indirectly through China IC Capital Co., Ltd in the integrated circuits industry.

 

24.Other financial assets

 

   12/31/15   12/31/14   12/31/13 
   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000 
Derivatives               
Foreign currency forward contracts   172         
Short-term investments               
Financial products sold by banks   257,583    616,862    240,311 
Bank deposits will mature over 3 months   25,125    27,209     
    282,880    644,071    240,311 

 

 F-60 

Table of Contents 

 

25.Inventories

 

   12/31/15   12/31/14   12/31/13 
   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000 
Raw materials   88,134    65,598    56,242 
Work in progress   225,475    179,047    180,710 
Finished goods   73,717    71,396    49,299 
    387,326    316,041    286,251 

 

The cost of inventories recognized as an expense (income) during the year in respect of inventory provision (reversal) was US$(13.3) million (2014: US$29.6 million and 2013: US$(0.1) million).

 

26.Trade and other receivables

 

   12/31/15   12/31/14   12/31/13 
   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000 
Trade receivables   399,200    424,661    352,872 
Allowance for doubtful debts   (41,976)   (42,014)   (44,643)
    357,224    382,647    308,229 
Other receivables and refundable deposits   142,622    73,741    71,132 
    499,846    456,388    379,361 

 

The Group determines credit terms mostly ranging from 30 to 60 days for each customer on a case- by-case basis, based on its assessment of such customer’s financial standing and business potential with the Group.

 

The Group determines its allowance for doubtful debts based on the Group’s historical experience and the relative aging of receivables as well as individual assessment of certain debtors. The Group provides allowance for doubtful debts based on recoverable amount by making reference to the age category of the remaining receivables and subsequent settlement. The Group’s allowance for doubtful debts excludes receivables from a limited number of customers due to their high credit worthiness. The Group recognized US$0.5 million, US$1.6 million and US$0.6 million of allowance for doubtful debts respectively during the year ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 respectively. The Group reviews, analyzes and adjusts allowance for doubtful debts on a monthly basis.

 

In evaluating the customers’ credit quality, the Group used an internal system based on each customer’s operation size, financial performance, listing status, payment history and other qualitative criteria. These criteria are reviewed and updated annually. Based on such evaluation, the Group believes the recoverability of those receivables that are not impaired is reasonably assured.

 

Trade receivables

 

Of the trade receivables balance at the end of the year of 2015, 2014 and 2013, US$125.7 million, US$131.3 million and US$129.4 million respectively are due from the Group’s two largest customers.

 

The following is an aged analysis of trade receivables presented based on the invoice date at the end of the reporting period.

 

 F-61 

Table of Contents 

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the year ended December 31, 2015

 

26.Trade and other receivables (continued)

 

Trade receivables (continued)

 

Age of receivables

 

   12/31/15   12/31/14   12/31/13 
   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000 
Within 30 days   177,542    167,137    166,117 
31–60 days   151,377    122,387    110,470 
Over 60 days   70,281    135,137    76,285 
Total   399,200    424,661    352,872 

 

Trade receivables disclosed above include amounts (see below for aged analysis) that are past due at the end of the reporting for which the Group has not recognized an allowance for doubtful debts because there has not been a significant change in credit quality and the amounts are still considered recoverable.

 

   12/31/15   12/31/14   12/31/13 
   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000 
Current   312,479    270,220    269,740 
Past due but not impaired               
Within 30 days   39,737    55,412    24,480 
31–60 days   3,534    20,915    10,068 
Over 60 days   1,474    36,100    3,941 
Total   357,224    382,647    308,229 
Average overdue days   23    74    40 

 

Movement in the allowance for doubtful debts

 

   12/31/15   12/31/14   12/31/13 
   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000 
Balance at beginning of the year   42,014    44,643    45,340 
Addition in allowance for doubtful debts   528    1,616    617 
Amounts written off during the year as uncollectible   (25)   (4,186)   (101)
Reversal of allowance for doubtful debts   (541)   (59)   (1,213)
Balance at end of the year   41,976    42,014    44,643 

 

In determining the recoverability of a trade receivable, the Group considers any change in the credit quality of the trade receivable from the date credit was initially granted up to the end of the reporting period.

 

 F-62 

Table of Contents 

 

26.Trade and other receivables (continued)

 

Trade receivables (continued)

 

Age of impaired trade receivables

 

   12/31/15   12/31/14   12/31/13 
   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000 
Within 30 days   315    306    192 
31–60 days   122    338    89 
Over 60 days   41,539    41,370    44,362 
Total   41,976    42,014    44,643 

 

27.Restricted cash

 

As of December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, restricted cash consisted of US$1.1 million, US$0.6 million and US$35.7 million, respectively of bank time deposits pledged against letters of credit and short-term borrowings, and US$74.0 million, US$135.4 million and US$111.9 million, respectively of government funding received mainly for the reimbursement of research and development expenses to be incurred.

 

As of December 31, 2015 the restricted cash of US$227.3 million was from a low interest cost entrusted loan granted by CDB Development Fund through China Development Bank, which is designated to be used for future capacity expansion. The Company expects to spend the restricted cash within the next 12 months.

 

As of December 31, 2014 the restricted cash of US$102 million was for the co-investment in the proposed acquisition of STATS ChipPAC through Changjiang Xinke. On June 18, 2015, the amount of US$102 million was applied as a capital contribution for 19.6% equity interest in Changjiang Xinke, which is accounted as an associate of the Group.

 

 F-63 

Table of Contents 

 

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the year ended December 31, 2015

 

28.Shares and issued capital

 

Fully paid ordinary shares

 

  

Number of
shares

   Share
capital
   Share
premium
 
       USD’000   USD’000 
Balance at December 31, 2012   32,000,139,623    12,800    4,083,588 
Issuance of shares under the Company’s employee share option plan and RSU (see note 38)   112,167,478    45    6,641 
The Company purchased shares of subsidiaries           (383)
Balance at December 31, 2013   32,112,307,101    12,845    4,089,846 
Issuance of shares under the Company’s employee share option plan and RSU (see note 38)   215,677,649    86    18,422 
Ordinary shares issued at June 12, 2014   2,590,000,000    1,036    196,161 
Ordinary shares issued at November 21, 2014   669,468,952    268    51,523 
Ordinary shares issued at November 27, 2014   268,642,465    107    20,678 
Balance at December 31, 2014   35,856,096,167    14,342    4,376,630 
Issuance of shares under the Company’s employee share option plan and RSU (see note 38)   232,284,137    93    20,819 
Ordinary shares issued at June 8, 2015   4,700,000,000    1,880    397,580 
Ordinary shares issued at September 25, 2015   323,518,848    130    27,392 
Ordinary shares issued at October 9, 2015   961,849,809    385    81,440 
Balance at December 31, 2015   42,073,748,961    16,830    4,903,861 

 

On February 12, 2015, the Company entered into a share purchase agreement with China IC Fund. Pursuant to the share purchase agreement, the Company proposed to issue 4,700,000,000 new ordinary shares (the “Placing of New Shares”) to the China IC Fund at a consideration of approximately HK$3,098.71 million. On June 8, 2015, the Placing of New Shares was completed and the Company issued 4,700,000,000 new ordinary shares to Xinxin (Hongkong) Capital Co., Limited, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the China IC Fund, at the issue price of HK$0.6593 per ordinary share. The net proceeds are recorded as share capital of approximately US$1.9 million and share premium of approximately US$397.6 million in the statements of financial position. Net proceeds of issue are measured after deducting directly attributable transaction costs of the share issue.

 

 F-64 

Table of Contents 

 

28.Shares and issued capital (continued)

 

Fully paid ordinary shares (continued)

 

On November 6, 2008 and April 18, 2011, respectively, the Company entered into share purchase agreements with Datang Telecom Technology & Industry Holdings Co., Ltd. (“Datang Holdings”) and Country Hill Limited (“Country Hill”) which granted each of Datang Holdings (Hongkong) Investment Company Limited (“Datang”) and Country Hill a pre-emptive right to subscribe for additional shares if the Company issues new shares to other investors. On March 2, 2015, the Company received irrevocable notices from both Datang and Country Hill about exercising their pre-emptive right as a result of the Placing of New Shares. On June 11, 2015, Datang and Country Hill entered into agreements with the Company (“2015 Datang Pre-emptive Share Purchase Agreement” and “2015 Country Hill Pre-emptive Share Purchase Agreement”, respectively) to subscribe for 961,849,809 ordinary shares and 323,518,848 ordinary shares of the Company, respectively, at a price of HK$0.6593 per share. On September 25, 2015, Country Hill subscribed 323,518,848 ordinary shares of the Company. On October 9, 2015, Datang subscribed 961,849,809 ordinary shares of the Company.

 

Fully paid ordinary shares, which have a par value of US$0.0004, carry one vote per share and carry a right to dividends.

 

Stock incentive plans

The Company has adopted the stock incentive plans under which options to subscribe for the Company’s shares have been granted to certain employees, officers and other service providers (Note 38).

 

29.Reserves

 

Equity-settled employee benefits reserve

 

   12/31/15   12/31/14   12/31/13 
   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000 
Balance at beginning of year   64,540    55,177    42,232 
Arising on share-based payments   18,088    18,388    16,402 
Transfer to share premium   (12,169)   (9,025)   (3,457)
Balance at end of year   70,459    64,540    55,177 

 

The above equity-settled employee benefits reserve related to share options and RSUs granted by the Company to the Group’s employees and service providers under stock incentive plans. Items included in equity-settled employee benefits reserve will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss. Further information about share-based payments to employees and service providers is set out in Note 38.

 

 F-65 

Table of Contents 

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the year ended December 31, 2015

 

29.Reserves (continued)

 

Foreign currency translation reserve

 

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss

 

   12/31/15   12/31/14   12/31/13 
   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000 
Balance at beginning of year   4,229    4,553    3,916 
Exchange differences arising on translating the foreign operations   (8,185)   (324)   731 
Disposal of subsidiaries           (94)
Balance at end of year   (3,956)   4,229    4,553 

 

Exchange differences relating to the translation of the results and net assets of the Group’s foreign operations from their functional currencies to the Group’s presentation currency (i.e. United States dollars) are recognized directly in other comprehensive income and accumulated in the foreign currency translation reserve. Exchange differences previously accumulated in the foreign currency translation reserve (in respect of translating both the net assets of foreign operations and hedges of foreign operations) are reclassified to profit or loss on the disposal/deconsolidation of the foreign operation.

 

Change in value of available-for-sale financial assets

 

   12/31/15 
   USD’000 
Balance at beginning of year    
Change in value of available-for-sale financial assets during this year   447 
Balance at end of year   447 

 

The changes in the carrying amount of available-for-sale financial assets, which were initially recognized at fair value plus transaction costs and subsequently carried at fair value, recognized in other comprehensive income and accumulated under the heading of investments revaluation reserve. When the investment is disposed of or is determined to be impaired, the cumulative gain or loss previously accumulated in the investments revaluation reserve is reclassified to profit or loss.

 

Convertible bonds equity reserve

 

   12/31/15   12/31/14   12/31/13 
   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000 
Balance at beginning of year   29,564    15,210     
Recognition of the equity component of convertible bonds       14,354    15,210 
Balance at end of year   29,564    29,564    15,210 

 

 

 F-66 

Table of Contents 

 

29.Reserves (continued)

 

Convertible bonds equity reserve (continued)

 

The conversion option from the issuance of convertible bonds classified as equity is determined by deducting the amount of the liability component from the fair value of the compound instrument (i.e. convertible bond) as a whole. This is recognized and included in equity, net of income tax effects, and is not subsequently remeasured. In addition, the conversion option classified as equity will remain in equity until the conversion option is exercised, in which case, the balance recognized in equity will be transferred to share premium. Where the conversion option remains unexercised at the maturity date of the convertible bond, the balance recognized in equity will be transferred to retained earnings. No gain or loss is recognized in profit or loss upon conversion or expiration of the conversion option.

 

30.Accumulated deficit

 

As stipulated by the relevant laws and regulations applicable to China’s foreign investment enterprise, the Company’s PRC subsidiaries are required or allowed to make appropriations to non-distributable reserves. The general reserve fund requires annual appropriation of 10% of after tax profit (as determined under accounting principles generally accepted in the PRC at each year-end), after offsetting accumulated losses from prior years, until the accumulative amount of such reserve fund reaches 50% of registered capital of the relevant subsidiaries. The general reserve fund can only be used to increase the registered capital and eliminate future losses of the relevant subsidiaries under PRC regulations. The staff welfare and bonus reserve is determined by the board of directors of the respective PRC subsidiaries and used for the collective welfare of the employee of the subsidiaries. The enterprise expansion reserve is for the expansion of the subsidiaries’ operations and can be converted to capital subject to approval by the relevant authorities. These reserves represent appropriations of the retained earnings determined in accordance with Chinese law. In 2015 the Group did not make any appropriation to non-distributable reserves. As of December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, the accumulated non-distributable reserve was US$30 million, US$30 million and US$30 million respectively.

 

In addition, due to restrictions on the distribution of paid-in capital from the Company’s PRC subsidiaries, the PRC subsidiaries’ paid-in capital of US$4,939 million at December 31, 2015 is considered restricted.

 

As a result of these PRC laws and regulations, as of December 31, 2015, reserve and capital of approximately US$4,969 million was not available for distribution to the Company by its PRC subsidiaries in the form of dividends, loans or advances.

 

In 2015, 2014 and 2013 the Company did not declare or pay any cash dividends on the ordinary shares.

 

 F-67 

Table of Contents 

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the year ended December 31, 2015

 

31.Borrowings

 

   12/31/15   12/31/14   12/31/13 
   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000 
At amortized cost            
Short-term commercial bank loans (i)   62,872    115,084    219,727 
    62,872    115,084    219,727 
Long-term debt by contracts               
2012 USD Loan (SMIC Shanghai) (ii)           201,000 
2013 USD Loan (SMIC Shanghai) (iii)   10,760    221,520    260,000 
2015 USD Loan (SMIC Shanghai) (iv)   52,854         
2015 RMB Loan I (SMIC Shanghai) (v)   154,095         
2015 RMB Loan II (SMIC Shanghai) (vi)   73,195         
2015 EXIM RMB Loan (SMIC Shanghai) (vii)   73,966         
2012 USD Loan (SMIC Beijing) (viii)           260,000 
2013 EXIM USD Loan (SMIC Beijing) (ix)       40,000    40,000 
2013 CIDC RMB Entrust loan (SMIC Beijing) (x)       2,450    10,795 
2014 EXIM RMB Loan (SMIC Beijing) (xi)   36,983    39,200     
2015 CDB RMB Loan (SMIC Beijing) (xii)   30,048         
2015 RMB Entrust Loan (SJ Jiangyin) (xiii)   14,331         
2015 CDB USD Loan (SJ Jiangyin) (xiv)   20,000         
    466,232    303,170    771,795 
Less: current maturities of long-term debt   50,196    46,970    170,820 
Non-current maturities of long-term debt   416,036    256,200    600,975 
Borrowing by repayment schedule:               
Within 1 year   113,068    162,054    390,547 
Within 1–2 years   15,830    125,200    209,965 
Within 2–5 years   172,916    131,000    367,990 
Over 5 years   227,290        23,020 
    529,104    418,254    991,522 

 

Summary of borrowing arrangements

 

(i)As of December 31, 2015, the Group had 29 short-term credit agreements that provided total credit facilities up to US$1,414.6 million on a revolving credit basis. As of December 31, 2015, the Group had drawn down US$62.9 million under these credit agreements. The outstanding borrowings under these credit agreements are unsecured. The interest rate on this loan facility ranged from 0.98% to 4.20% in 2015.

 

(ii)In March 2012, SMIS entered into a loan facility in the aggregate principal amount of US$268 million from a consortium of international and Chinese banks. This three-year bank facility was used to finance the working capital for SMIS’s 8-inch fab. The facility was secured by the manufacturing equipment located in the SMIS 8-inch fabs, buildings and land use right of SMIS. SMIS had drawn down US$268 million and repaid the outstanding balance on this loan facility in advance by December 2014.

 

 F-68 

Table of Contents 

 

31.Borrowings (continued)

 

Summary of borrowing arrangements (continued)

 

(iii)In August 2013, SMIS entered into a loan facility in the aggregate principal amount of US$470 million with a syndicate of financial institutions based in the PRC. This seven-year bank facility was used to finance the planned expansion for SMIS’ 12-inch fab. The facility is secured by the manufacturing equipment located in the SMIS’ 12-inch fab. As of December 31, 2015, SMIS had drawn down US$260 million and repaid US$249.2 million on this loan facility. The outstanding balance of US$10.8 million is repayable from February 2018 to August 2018. The interest rate on this loan facility ranged from 4.33% to 4.89% in 2015. SMIS was in compliance with the related financial covenants as of December 31, 2015.

 

(iv)In April 2015, SMIS entered into a loan facility in the aggregate principal amount of US$66.1 million with US Export-Import Bank. This five-year bank facility was used to finance the planned expansion for SMIS’ 12-inch fab. The facility is secured by the manufacturing equipment located in the SMIS’ 12-inch fab. As of December 31, 2015, SMIS had drawn down US$66.1 million and repaid US$13.2 million on this loan facility. The outstanding balance of US$52.9 million is repayable from June 2016 to December 2019. The interest rate on this loan facility ranged from 1.21% to 1.75% in 2015. SMIS was in compliance with the related financial covenants as of December 31, 2015.

 

(v)In December 2015, SMIS entered into a loan facility in the aggregate principal amount of RMB1,000 million with China Development Bank, which is guaranteed by SMIC. This fifteen-year bank facility was used for new SMIS’ 12-inch fab. As of December 31, 2015, SMIS had drawn down RMB1,000 million (approximately US$154.1 million) on this loan facility. The outstanding balance is repayable from November 2021 to November 2030. The interest rate on this loan facility was 1.20% in 2015.

 

(vi)In December 2015, SMIS entered into a loan facility in the aggregate principal amount of RMB475 million with China Development Bank, which is guaranteed by SMIC. This ten-year bank facility was used to expand the capacity of SMIS’ 12-inch fab. As of December 31, 2015, SMIS had drawn down RMB475 million (approximately US$73.2 million) on this loan facility. The outstanding balance is repayable from December 2018 to December 2025. The interest rate on this loan facility was 1.20% in 2015.

 

(vii)In December 2015, SMIS entered into a loan facility in the aggregate principal amount of RMB480 million with The Export-Import Bank of China, which is unsecured. This three-year bank facility was used for working capital purposes. As of December 31, 2015, SMIS had drawn down RMB480 million (approximately US$74.0 million) on this loan facility. The outstanding balance is repayable in December 2018. The interest rate on this loan facility was 2.65% in 2015.

 

 F-69 

Table of Contents 

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the year ended December 31, 2015

 

31.Borrowings (continued)

 

Summary of borrowing arrangements (continued)

 

(viii)In March 2012, SMIB entered into the Beijing USD syndicate loan, a seven-year loan facility in the aggregate principal amount of US$600 million, with a syndicate of financial institutions based in the PRC. This seven-year bank facility was used to expand the capacity of SMIB’s 12-inch fabs. The facility was secured by the manufacturing equipment located in the SMIB and SMIT fabs, and 100% equity pledge of SMIB and SMIT. As of December 31, 2014, SMIB had drawn down US$260 million and repaid the outstanding balance on this loan facility in advance by September 2014.

 

(ix)In June 2013, SMIB entered into a USD Loan, a twenty-six-month working capital loan facility in the principal amount of US$60 million with The Export-Import Bank of China, which was unsecured. This twenty-six-month bank facility was used for working capital purposes. As of December 31, 2015, SMIB had drawn down US$40 million on this loan facility. The principal amount was repaid in August 2015. The interest rate on this loan facility was 3.33% in 2015.

 

(x)In June 2013, SMIB entered into a RMB Loan, a two-year working capital entrust loan facility in the principal amount of RMB70 million with China Investment Development Corporation through China CITIC Bank, which was unsecured. This two-year entrust loan facility was used for working capital purposes. SMIB drawn down RMB70 million (approximately US$10.8 million) and had repaid the outstanding balance on this loan facility in advance by May 2015. The interest rate on this loan facility was 12.0% in 2015.

 

(xi)In December 2014, SMIB entered into the new RMB Loan, a two-year working capital loan facility in the principal amount of RMB240 million with The Export-Import Bank of China, which is unsecured. This two-year bank facility was used for working capital purposes. As of December 31, 2015, SMIB had drawn down RMB240 million (approximately US$37.0 million) on this loan facility. The principal amount is repayable in December 2016. The interest rate on this loan facility ranged from 3.65% to 3.90% in 2015.

 

(xii)In December 2015, SMIB entered into the new RMB Loan, a fifteen-year working capital loan facility in the principal amount of RMB195 million with China Development Bank, which is unsecured. As of December 31, 2015, SMIB had drawn down RMB195 million (approximately US$30.0 million) on this loan facility. The principal amount is repayable from December 2017 to December 2030. The interest rate on this loan facility was 1.20% in 2015.

 

(xiii)In July 2015, SJ Jiangyin entered into the new RMB Loan of zero-interest rate, a five-year working capital loan facility in the principal amount of RMB93 million with Jiangyin Science and Technology New City Investment Management Company Ltd, which is unsecured. As of December 31, 2015, SJ Jiangyin had drawn down RMB93 million (approximately US$14.3 million) on this loan facility. The principal amount is repayable in July 2020.

 

 F-70 

Table of Contents 

 

31.Borrowings (continued)

 

Summary of borrowing arrangements (continued)

 

(xiv)In September 2015, SJ Jiangyin entered into the new USD Loan, a seven-year working capital loan facility in the principal amount of US$44.5 million with China Development Bank. This bank facility was used to expand the capacity of SJ Jiangyin’s 12-inch bumping fab. The facility is guaranteed by SMIB. As of December 31, 2015, SJ Jiangyin had drawn down US$20 million on this loan facility. The principal amount is repayable from September 2017 to September 2022. The interest rate on this loan facility ranged from 4.20% to 4.23% in 2015.

 

As of December 31, 2015, property, plant and equipment and land use right with carrying amount of approximately US$324 million (2014: US$308 million and 2013: US$1,007 million) have been pledged to secure borrowings of the Group.

 

32.Convertible bonds

 

(i)Issue of US$200 million zero coupon convertible bonds due 2018

 

The Company issued convertible bonds at a par value of US$200,000 each with an aggregate principal amount of US$200,000,000 on November 7, 2013 (the “Original Bonds”).

 

The principal terms of the Original Bonds are as follows:

 

(1)Denomination of the Original Bonds — The Original Bonds are denominated in USD.

 

(2)Maturity date — Five years from the date of issuance, which is November 7, 2018 (“Maturity Date”).

 

(3)Interest — The Original Bonds do not bear any cash interest.

 

(4)Conversion —

 

a)Conversion price — The price is HK$0.7965 per each new share to be issued upon conversion of the Original Bonds (“Conversion Share”), subject to anti-dilutive adjustment in accordance with the terms of the bonds, including subdivision, reclassification or consolidation of shares of the Company, capitalization of profits or reserves, capital distribution, issuance of options or rights, and certain other events.

 

b)Conversion period — The Bondholder has the right to convert the Original Bonds into shares at any time on or after December 18, 2013 up to the close of business on the date falling seven days prior to the Maturity Date or if such bonds shall have been called or put for redemption at any time before the Maturity Date, then up to the close of business on a date no later than seven days prior to the date fixed for redemption, which is discussed below.

 

c)Number of Conversion Shares issuable — 1,946,817,325 Conversion Shares will be issued upon full conversion of the Original Bonds based on the initial conversion price of HK$0.7965 (translated at the fixed exchange rate of HK$7.7532 = US$1.0 as pre- determined).

 

 F-71 

Table of Contents 

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the year ended December 31, 2015

 

32.Convertible bonds (continued)

 

(i)Issue of US$200 million zero coupon convertible bonds due 2018 (continued)

 

(1)Redemption —

 

a)At the option of the Company:

 

(I)Redemption at maturity — The Company will redeem the outstanding Original Bonds at principal amount on the Maturity Date.

 

(II)Redemption for tax reasons — The Company will redeem all and not only some of the Original Bonds at their principal amount, at its option, at any time, on giving not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice to the Bondholders on the date specified in the Tax Redemption Notice.

 

(III)Redemption at the Option — The Company may redeem all and not only some of the Original Bonds on the date specified in the Option Redemption Notice at their principal amount at any time after November 7, 2015, provided that the Closing Price of a Share at least 120 percent of the Conversion Price then in effect immediately prior to the date upon which notice of such redemption is given. If at any time the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Original Bonds is less than 10% of the aggregate principal amount originally issued, the Issuer may redeem all and not only some of such outstanding Original Bonds at their principal amount.

 

b)At the option of the Bondholder:

 

(I)Redemption on change of control — Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Bondholder will have the right, at such holder’s option, to require the Company to redeem all or some only of such holder’s bonds on the Change of Control put date at their principal amount of the Original Bonds.

 

(II)Redemption at the option — The holders of each Bond will have the right at such holder’s option, to require the Issuer to redeem all or some only of the Original Bonds of such holder on the Optional Put Date (on November 7, 2016) at their principal amount.

 

(2)Purchase — The Issuer or any of their respective Subsidiaries may, subject to applicable laws and regulations, at any time and from time to time purchase the Original Bonds at any price in the open market or otherwise.

 

(3)Cancellation — All the Original Bonds which are redeemed, converted or purchased by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, will forthwith be cancelled. Certificates in respect of all the Original Bonds cancelled will be forwarded to or to the order of the Registrar and such Original Bonds may not be reissued or resold.

 

 

 F-72 

Table of Contents 

 

32.Convertible bonds (continued)

 

(i)Issue of US$200 million zero coupon convertible bonds due 2018 (continued)

 

The Original Bonds issued at November 7, 2013 is a compound instrument included a liability component and an equity component. There are embedded derivatives in respect of the early redemption features of the Original Bonds, which are deemed to be clearly and closely related to the host contract and therefore, do not need to be separately accounted for. The fair value of the liability component of the Original Bonds was approximately US$179.4 million and the equity component was approximately US$15.2 million, determined by deducting the amount of the liability component from the fair value of the compound instrument as a whole.

 

   USD’000 
Principal amount   200,000 
Transaction cost   (5,400)
Liability component at the date of issue   (179,390)
Equity component   15,210 

 

Subsequent to the initial recognition, the liability component of the Original Bonds was carried at amortized cost using the effective interest method. The effective interest rate of the liability component of the Original Bonds was 3.69% per annum. The movement of the liability component and equity component of the Original Bonds for the year ended December 31, 2015 is set out below:

 

   Liability
Component
   Equity
Component
  

 

Total

 
   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000 
As at November 7, 2013   179,390    15,210    194,600 
Interest charged during 2013   1,173        1,173 
As at December 31, 2013   180,563    15,210    195,773 
Interest charged during 2014   6,593        6,593 
As at December 31, 2014   187,156    15,210    202,366 
Interest charged during 2015   6,910        6,910 
As at December 31, 2015   194,066    15,210    209,276 

 

The equity component will remain in convertible bond equity reserve until the embedded conversion option is exercised or the Original Bonds mature.

 

 F-73 

Table of Contents 

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the year ended December 31, 2015

 

32.Convertible bonds (continued)

 

(ii)Issue of US$86.8 million zero coupon convertible bonds due 2018

 

On May 29, 2014, the Company issued convertible bonds at a par value of US$200,000 each with an aggregate principal amount of US$54,600,000 to Datang and an aggregate principal amount of US$32,200,000 to Country Hill (collectively, the “Original Pre-emptive Bonds”). The issue price was 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Original Pre-emptive Bonds and the terms and conditions of the Original Pre-emptive Bonds are the same in all respects as those for the Original Bonds except for the issue date (details have been set out in Note 32(i)). The Original Pre-emptive Bonds is a compound instrument that included a liability component and an equity component. There are embedded derivatives in respect of the early redemption features of the Original Pre-emptive Bonds, which are deemed to be clearly and closely related to the host contract and therefore, do not need to be separately accounted for. The fair value of the liability component of the Original Pre-emptive Bonds was approximately US$81.2 million and the equity component was approximately US$5.6 million, determined by deducting the amount of the liability component from the fair value of the compound instrument as a whole.

 

   USD’000 
Principal amount   86,800 
Transaction cost    
Liability component at the date of issue   (81,235)
Equity component   5,565 

 

Subsequent to the initial recognition, the liability component of the Original Pre-emptive Bonds was carried at amortized cost using the effective interest method. The effective interest rate of the liability component of the Original Pre-emptive Bonds was 2.78% per annum. The movement of the liability component and equity component of the Original Pre-emptive Bonds for the year ended December 31, 2015 is set out below:

 

   Liability Component   Equity Component  

 

Total

 
   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000 
As at May 29, 2014   81,235    5,565    86,800 
Interest charged during 2014   1,315        1,315 
As at December 31, 2014   82,550    5,565    88,115 
Interest charged during 2015   2,292        2,292 
As at December 31, 2015   84,842    5,565    90,407 

 

The equity component will remain in convertible bond equity reserve until the embedded conversion option is exercised or the Original Pre-emptive Bonds mature.

 

The Original Pre-emptive Bonds have been consolidated and have formed a single series with the Original Bonds from the date of their issue.

 

 F-74 

Table of Contents 

 

32.Convertible bonds (continued)

 

(iii)Issue of US$95 million zero coupon convertible bonds due 2018

 

On June 24, 2014, the Company issued convertible bonds at a par value of US$200,000 each with an aggregate principal amount of US$95,000,000 (the “Further Bonds”). The issue price was 101.5% of the aggregate principal amount of the Further Bonds and the terms and conditions of the Further Bonds are the same in all respects as those for the Original Bonds except for the issue date (details have been set out in Note 32(i)). The Further Bonds is a compound instrument that included a liability component and an equity component. There are embedded derivatives in respect of the early redemption features of the Further Bonds, which are deemed to be clearly and closely related to the host contract and therefore, do not need to be separately accounted for. The fair value of the liability component of the Further Bonds was approximately US$87.1 million and the equity component was approximately US$7.1 million, determined by deducting the amount of the liability component from the fair value of the compound instrument as a whole.

 

   USD’000 
Principal amount   95,000 
Premium of convertible bonds   1,425 
Transaction cost   (2,187)
Liability component at the date of issue   (87,090)
Equity component   7,148 

 

Subsequent to the initial recognition, the liability component of the Further Bonds was carried at amortized cost using the effective interest method. The effective interest rate of the liability component of the Further Bonds was 3.79% per annum. The liability component and equity component of the Further Bonds for the year ended December 31, 2015 is set out below:

 

   Liability
Component
   Equity
Component
  

 

Total

 
   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000 
As at June 24, 2014   87,090    7,148    94,238 
Interest charged during 2014   1,650        1,650 
As at December 31, 2014   88,740    7,148    95,888 
Interest charged during 2015   3,362        3,362 
As at December 31, 2015   92,102    7,148    99,250 

 

The equity component will remain in convertible bond equity reserve until the embedded conversion option is exercised or the Further Bonds mature.

 

The Further Bonds have been consolidated and have formed a single series with the Original Bonds from the date of their issue.

 

 F-75 

Table of Contents 

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the year ended December 31, 2015

 

32.Convertible bonds (continued)

 

(iv)Issue of US$22.2 million zero coupon convertible bonds due 2018

 

On December 4, 2014, the Company issued convertible bonds at a par value of US$200,000 each with an aggregate principal amount of US$22,200,000 to Datang (the “Further Pre-emptive Bonds”). The issue price was 101.5% of the aggregate principal amount of the Further Pre-emptive Bonds and the terms and conditions of the Further Pre-emptive Bonds are the same in all respects as those for the Original Bonds except for the issue date (details have been set out in Note 32(i)). The Further Pre-emptive Bonds is a compound instrument that included a liability component and an equity component. There are embedded derivatives in respect of the early redemption features of the Further Pre-emptive Bonds, which are deemed to be clearly and closely related to the host contract and therefore, do not need to be separately accounted for. The fair value of the liability component of the Further Pre-emptive Bonds was approximately US$20.9 million and the equity component was approximately US$1.6 million, determined by deducting the amount of the liability component from the fair value of the compound instrument as a whole.

 

   USD’000 
Principal amount   22,200 
Premium of convertible bonds   333 
Liability component at the date of issue   (20,892)
Equity component   1,641 

 

Subsequent to the initial recognition, the liability component of the Further Pre-emptive Bonds was carried at amortized cost using the effective interest method. The effective interest rate of the liability component of the Further Pre-emptive Bonds was 3.22% per annum. The liability component and equity component of the Further Pre-emptive Bonds for the year ended December 31, 2015 is set out below:

 

   Liability
Component
   Equity
Component
  

 

Total

 
   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000 
As at December 4, 2014   20,892    1,641    22,533 
Interest charged during 2014   56        56 
As at December 31, 2014   20,948    1,641    22,589 
Interest charged during 2015   674        674 
As at December 31, 2015   21,622    1,641    23,263 

 

The equity component will remain in convertible bond equity reserve until the embedded conversion option is exercised or the Further Pre-emptive Bonds mature.

 

The Further Pre-emptive Bonds have been consolidated and have formed a single series with the Original Bonds from the date of their issue.

 

The holders of each convertible bond may require the Company to redeem all or some only of the convertible bonds at their principal amount on November 7, 2016. Accordingly, all the convertible bonds disclosed above were classified as current liabilities at December 31, 2015.

 

 F-76 

Table of Contents 

 

33.Bonds payable

 

On October 7, 2014, the Company issued 5-year unsecured corporate bonds for a total amount of US$500 million. The corporate bonds carry a coupon interest rate of 4.125% with bond interest payable semi-annually on March 31 and September 30. As at the issue date, the net book value of the liabilities amounted to US$491.2 million after the deduction of (1) a discount of US$5.2 million and (2) issue expenses of US$3.6 million.

 

   USD’000 
Principal amount   500,000 
Discount of bonds payable   (5,185)
Transaction cost   (3,634)
Bonds payable   491,181 

 

The movement of the corporate bonds for the year ended December 31, 2015 is set out below:

 

   USD’000 
As at October 7, 2014   491,181 
Interest charged during 2014   5,554 
Interest payable recognized during 2014   (5,156)
As at December 31, 2014   491,579 
Interest charged during 2015   22,253 
Interest payable recognized during 2015   (20,625)
As at December 31, 2015   493,207 

 

34.Other liabilities

 

The amounts of other liabilities as of December 31, 2015 were US$65.8 million (2014: nil and 2013: nil), US$48.0 million (2014: nil and 2013: nil) of which were accrued bonus to be paid later than one year.

 

 

 F-77 

Table of Contents 

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the year ended December 31, 2015

 

35.Trade and other payables

 

   12/31/15   12/31/14   12/31/13 
   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000 
Trade payables   885,438    645,414    285,967 
Advance receipts from customers   72,865    54,724    41,164 
Deposit received   47,468    77,296    48,976 
Other payable   41,995    16,927    17,783 
    1,047,766    794,361    393,890 

 

Trade payables are non-interest bearing and are normally settled on 30-day to 60-day terms.

 

As of December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, trade payables were US$885.4 million, US$645.4 million and US$286.0 million, within which the payables for property, plant and equipment were US$660.7 million, US$425.1 million and US$117.6 million, respectively.

 

The following is an aged analysis of accounts payable presented based on the invoice date at the end of the reporting period.

 

   12/31/15   12/31/14   12/31/13 
   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000 
Within 30 days   788,936    555,556    214,219 
Between 31 to 60 days   36,596    25,729    20,295 
Over 60 days   59,906    64,129    51,453 
    885,438    645,414    285,967 

 

An aged analysis of the accounts payable is as follows:

 

   12/31/15   12/31/14   12/31/13 
   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000 
Current   814,553    599,584    237,337 
Overdue:               
Within 30 days   24,554    12,520    9,493 
Between 31 to 60 days   10,458    4,954    12,299 
Over 60 days   35,873    28,356    26,838 
    885,438    645,414    285,967 

 

36.Accrued liabilities

 

The amounts of accrued liabilities as of December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 were US$132.5 million, US$131.1 million and US$127.6 million, within which the amounts of accrued payroll expenses were US$71.5 million, US$62.5 million and US$55.5 million, respectively.

 

 F-78 

Table of Contents 

 

37.Other financial liabilities

 

   12/31/15   12/31/14   12/31/13 
   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000 
Derivatives carried at fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL)
Cross currency swap contracts   1,459         
    1,459         

 

38.Share-based payments

 

Stock incentive plans

 

The Company’s stock incentive plans allow the Company to offer a variety of incentive awards to employees, consultants or external service advisors of the Group.

 

Stock option plan

The options are granted at the fair market value of the Company’s ordinary shares and expire 10 years from the date of grant and vest over a requisite service period of four years.

 

The fair value of each option granted is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, taking into account the terms and conditions upon which the share options were granted.

 

Restricted share units (“RSUs”)

The Company adopted the Equity Incentive Plan (“EIP”) whereby the Company provides additional incentives to the Group’s employees, directors and external consultants through the issuance of restricted shares, RSUs and stock appreciation rights to the participants at the discretion of the Board of Directors. The RSUs vest over a requisite service period of 4 years and expire 10 years from the date of grant.

 

The fair value of each RSU granted is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, taking into account the terms and conditions upon which the instruments were granted.

 

Share option plan for subsidiaries (“Subsidiary Plan”)

The options granted under the Subsidiary Plan shall entitle a participant of the Subsidiary Plan to purchase a specified number of subsidiary shares during a specified period at the price fixed by the relevant subsidiary committee at the time of grant or by a method specified by the relevant subsidiary committee at the time of grant and expire 10 years from the date of grant. The options vest over a requisite service period of four years.

 

The fair value of each option granted is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, taking into account the terms and conditions upon which the share options were granted.

 

The expense recognized for employee services received during the year is shown in the following table:

 

   Year ended
12/31/15
   Year ended
12/31/14
   Year ended
12/31/13
 
   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000 
Expense arising from equity-settled share-based payment transactions   18,329    18,388    16,402 

 

 

 F-79 

Table of Contents 

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the year ended December 31, 2015

 

38.Share-based payments (continued)

 

Movements during the year

(i)The following table illustrates the number and weighted average exercise prices (“WAEP”) of, and movements in, share options during the year (excluding RSUs and Subsidiary Plan):

 

   2015   2015   2014   2014   2013   2013 
   Number   WAEP   Number   WAEP   Number   WAEP 
Outstanding at January 1   1,163,627,269    US$0.08    1,320,383,853    US$0.09    1,285,367,372    US$0.09 
Granted during the year   56,565,258    US$0.10    153,998,051    US$0.10    270,695,247    US$0.08 
Forfeited and expired during the year   (87,928,903)   

 

US$0.14

    (161,539,854)   

 

US$0.15

    (158,907,830)   

 

US$0.11

 
Exercised during the year   (129,307,845)   US$0.07    (149,214,781)   US$0.06    (76,770,936)   US$0.04 
Outstanding at December 31   1,002,955,779    US$0.08    1,163,627,269    US$0.08    1,320,383,853    US$0.09 
Exercisable at December 31   513,197,994    US$0.08    489,477,234    US$0.09    483,679,899    US$0.11 

 

The weighted average remaining contractual life for the share options outstanding as at December 31, 2015 was 6.04 years (2014: 6.59 years and 2013: 6.58 years).

 

The range of exercise prices for options outstanding at the end of the year was from US$0.02 to US$0.15 (2014: from US$0.02 to US$0.22 and 2013: from US$0.02 to US$0.35).

 

The weighted average closing price of the Company’s shares immediately before the dates on which the share options were exercised was US$0.11 (2014: US$0.10 and 2013: US$0.07).

 

During the year ended December 31, 2015, share options were granted on February 24, 2015 May 20, 2015 and September 11, 2015. The fair values of the options determined at the dates of grant using the Black-Scholes Option Pricing model were US$0.04, US$0.04 and US$0.05, respectively.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2014, share options were granted on June 12, 2014 and November 17, 2014. The fair values of the options determined at the dates of grant using the Black-Scholes Option Pricing model were US$0.04 and US$0.05, respectively.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2013, share options were granted on May 7, 2013, June 11, 2013, June 17, 2013, September 6, 2013 and November 4, 2013. The fair values of the options determined at the dates of grant using the Black-Scholes Option Pricing model were US$0.04, US$0.04, US$0.04, US$0.04 and US$0.03, respectively.

 

The following table list the inputs to the Black Scholes Pricing models used for the option granted during the years ended 31 December 2015, 2014 and 2013 respectively:

 

   2015   2014   2013 
Dividend yield (%)            
Expected volatility   46.13%   50.93%   62.18%
Risk-free interest rate   1.61%   1.67%   1.23%
Expected life of share options   6 years    5 years    5 years 

 

 

 

 F-80 

Table of Contents 

 

38.Share-based payments (continued)

 

Movements during the year (continued)

(i)The following table illustrates the number and weighted average exercise prices (“WAEP”) of, and movements in, share options during the year (excluding RSUs and Subsidiary Plan): (continued)

 

The risk-free rate for periods within the contractual life of the option is based on the yield of the US Treasury Bond. The expected term of options granted represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding. Expected volatilities are based on the average volatility of the Company’s stock prices with the time period commensurate with the expected term of the options. The dividend yield is based on the Company’s intended future dividend plan.

 

The valuation of the options are based on the best estimates from Company by taking into account a number of assumptions and is subject to limitation of the valuation model. Changes in variables and assumptions may affect the fair value of these options.

 

(ii)The following table illustrates the number and weighted average fair value (“WAFV”) of, and movements in, RSUs during the year (excluding stock option plan and Subsidiary Plan):

 

   2015   2015   2014   2014   2013   2013 
   Number   WAFV   Number   WAFV   Number   WAFV 
Outstanding at January 1   274,057,667    US$0.09    233,158,731    US$0.07    125,358,288    US$0.06 
Granted during the year   146,852,985    US$0.11    114,726,892    US$0.11    151,336,161    US$0.08 
Forfeited during the year   (13,421,683)   US$0.10    (7,365,088)   US$0.09    (8,139,176)   US$0.07 
Exercised during the year   (102,976,292)   US$0.08    (66,462,868)   US$0.07    (35,396,542)   US$0.06 
Outstanding at December 31   304,512,677    US$0.10    274,057,667    US$0.09    233,158,731    US$0.07 

 

The weighted average remaining contractual life for the RSUs outstanding as at December 31, 2015 was 8.69 years (2014: 8.75 years and 2013: 8.88 years).

 

The weighted average closing price of the Company’s shares immediately before the dates on which the RSUs were exercised was US$0.09 (2014: US$0.08 and 2013: US$0.08).

 

During the year ended December 31, 2015, RSUs were granted on May 20, 2015, September 11, 2015 and November 23, 2015. The fair values of the RSUs determined at the dates of grant using the Black-Scholes Option Pricing model were US$0.11, US$0.09 and US$0.11.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2014, RSUs were granted on November 17, 2014. The fair values of the RSUs determined at the dates of grant using the Black-Scholes Option Pricing model were US$0.11.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2013, RSUs were granted on June 11, 2013. The fair values of the RSUs determined at the dates of grant using the Black-Scholes Option Pricing model were US$0.08.

 

 F-81 

Table of Contents 

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the year ended December 31, 2015

 

38.Share-based payments (continued)

 

Movements during the year (continued)

(ii)The following table illustrates the number and weighted average fair value (“WAFV”) of, and movements in, RSUs during the year (excluding stock option plan and Subsidiary Plan): (continued)

 

The following table list the inputs to the models used for the plans for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively:

 

   2015   2014   2013 
Dividend yield (%)            
Expected volatility   37.07%   38.49%   47.03%
Risk-free interest rate   0.60%   0.54%   0.34%
Expected life of RSUs   2 years    2 years    2 years 

 

The risk-free rate for periods within the contractual life of the RSUs is based on the yield of the US Treasury Bond. The expected term of RSUs granted represents the period of time that RSUs granted are expected to be outstanding. Expected volatilities are based on the average volatility of the Company’s stock prices with the time period commensurate with the expected term of the RSUs. The dividend yield is based on the Company’s intended future dividend plan.

 

The valuation of the RSUs is based on the best estimates from Company by taking into account a number of assumptions and is subject to limitation of the valuation model. Changes in variables and assumptions may affect the fair value of these RSUs.

 

(iii)The following table illustrates the number and weighted average exercise prices (“WAEP”) of, and movements in, share options of the Subsidiary Plan during the year (excluding stock option plan and RSUs):

 

   2015   2015 
   Number   WAEP 
Outstanding at January 1        
Granted during the year   8,330,000    US$0.06 
Forfeited and expired during the year   (1,192,500)   US$0.06 
Exercised during the year   (137,500)   US$0.05 
Outstanding at December 31   7,000,000    US$0.06 
Exercisable at December 31   689,479    US$0.05 

 

The weighted average remaining contractual life for the share options outstanding as at December 31, 2015 was 9.1 years.

 

The range of exercise prices for options outstanding at the end of the year was from US$0.05 to US$0.08.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2015, share options of the Subsidiary Plan were granted on January 1, 2015, May 4, 2015 and September 15, 2015. The fair values of the options of the Subsidiary Plan determined at the dates of grant using the Black-Scholes Option Pricing model were US$0.069, US$0.069 and US$0.099, respectively.

 

 F-82 

Table of Contents 

 

38.Share-based payments (continued)

 

Movements during the year (continued)

(iii)The following table illustrates the number and weighted average exercise prices (“WAEP”) of, and movements in, share options of the Subsidiary Plan during the year (excluding stock option plan and RSUs): (continued)

 

The following table list the inputs to the Black Scholes Pricing models used for the option of the Subsidiary Plan granted during the years ended 31 December 2015:

 

   2015 
Dividend yield (%)    
Expected volatility   36.0%
Risk-free interest rate   1.01%
Expected life of share options   3 years 

 

The risk-free rate for periods within the contractual life of the option of the Subsidiary Plan is based on the yield of the US Treasury Bond. The expected term of options of the Subsidiary Plan granted represents the period of time that options of the Subsidiary Plan granted are expected to be outstanding. Expected volatilities are based on the average volatility of the relevant subsidiary’s set of public comparables with the time period commensurate with the expected term of the options. The dividend yield is based on the relevant subsidiary’s intended future dividend plan.

 

The valuation of the options of the Subsidiary Plan are based on the best estimates from the relevant subsidiary by taking into account a number of assumptions and is subject to limitation of the valuation model. Changes in variables and assumptions may affect the fair value of these options.

 

39.Financial instruments

 

Capital management

The Group manages its capital to ensure that entities in the Group will be able to continue as going concerns while maximizing the return to stakeholders through the optimization of the capital structure.

 

The capital structure of the Group consists of net debt (debt as detailed in Note 31, Note 32 and Note 33 offset by cash and cash equivalent) and equity of the Group.

 

Where the entity manages its capital through issuing/repurchasing shares and raising/repayment of debts. The Group reviews the capital structure on a semi-annual basis. As part of this review, the Group considers the cost of capital and the risks associates with each class of capital. The Group will balance its overall capital structure through the payment of dividends, new share issues and share buy-backs as well as the issue of new debt or the redemption of existing debt.

 

 F-83 

Table of Contents 

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the year ended December 31, 2015

 

39.Financial instruments (continued)

 

Gearing ratio

The gearing ratio at end of the reporting period was as follows.

 

    12/31/15     12/31/14     12/31/13  
    USD’000     USD’000     USD’000  
Debt (i)     1,414,943       1,289,227       1,172,085  
Cash and cash equivalent     (1,005,201 )     (603,036 )     (462,483 )
Other financial assets     (282,880 )     (644,071 )     (240,311 )
Net debt     126,862       42,120       469,291  
Equity     4,190,255       3,307,722       2,593,182  
Net debt to equity ratio     3.0 %     1.3 %     18.1 %

 

(i)Debt is defined as long-and short-term borrowings (excluding derivatives), convertible bonds, and bonds payables as described in Note 31, Note 32 and Note 33.

 

Financial risk management objectives

The Group’s corporate treasury function co-ordinates access to domestic and international financial markets, monitors and manages the financial risks relating to the operations of the Group through internal risk reports which analyze exposures by degree and magnitude of risks. These risks include market risk including currency risk, interest rate risk and other price risk, credit risk and liquidity risk.

 

The Group seeks to minimize the effects of these risks by using derivative financial instruments to hedge risk exposures. The use of financial derivatives is governed by the Group’s policies approved by the board of directors, which provide written principles on foreign exchange risk, interest rate risk, credit risk, the use of financial derivatives and non-derivative financial instruments, and the investment of excess liquidity. Compliance with policies and exposure limits is reviewed on continuous basis. The Group does not enter into or trade financial instruments, including derivative financial instruments, for speculative purposes.

 

Market risk

The Group’s activities expose it primarily to the financial risks of changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates. The Group enters into a variety of derivative financial instruments to manage its exposure to foreign currency risk and interest rate risk, including:

 

forward foreign exchange contracts to hedge the exchange rate risk arising on the import from suppliers;

 

interest rate swaps to mitigate the risk of rising interest rates; and

 

cross-currency interest rate swap agreements to protect against volatility of future cash flows caused by the changes in both interest rates and exchange rates associated with outstanding long-term debt denominated in a currency other than the US dollar.

 

Market risk exposures are measured using the sensitivity analysis and the analysis in the following sections relate to the position as at December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013.

 

 F-84 

Table of Contents 

 

39.Financial instruments (continued)

 

Market risk (continued)

There has been no change to the Group’s exposure to market risks or the manner in which these risks are managed and measured.

 

Foreign currency risk management

The Group undertakes transactions denominated in foreign currencies, consequently, exposures to exchange rate fluctuations arise. Exchange rate exposures are managed within approved policy parameters utilizing forward foreign exchange contracts.

 

The carrying amounts of the Group’s foreign currency denominated monetary assets and monetary liabilities at the end of the reporting period were as follows:

 

   Liabilities   Assets 
   12/31/15   12/31/14   12/31/13   12/31/15   12/31/14   12/31/13 
   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000 
EUR   76,462    2,488    3,037    33,968    480    2,595 
JPY   5,553    7,560    7,925    2,986    606    1,499 
RMB   586,931    221,336    133,177    909,497    1,148,146    766,960 
Others   14,127    4,684    8,226    2,529    1,100    7,323 

 

Foreign currency sensitivity analysis

The Group is mainly exposed to the currency of RMB, Japanese Yen (“JPY”) and Euros (“EUR”).

 

The following table details the Group’s sensitivity to a 5% increase in the foreign currencies against USD. 5% represents management’s assessment of the reasonably possible change in foreign exchange rates. The sensitivity analysis includes only outstanding foreign currency denominated monetary items and adjusts their translation at the period end for a 5% change in foreign currency rates. For a 5% decrease of the foreign currency against USD, there would be an equal and opposite impact on the profit or equity below predicted.

 

   EUR   JPY   RMB   Others 
   2015   2014   2013   2015   2014   2013   2015   2014   2013   2015   2014   2013 
   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000 
Profit or loss   (2,125)   (100)   (22)   (128)   (366)   (338)   16,128    48,780    33,357    (580)   (190)   (1)
Equity   (2,125)   (100)   (22)   (128)   (366)   (338)   16,128    48,780    33,357    (580)   (190)   (1)

 

Forward foreign exchange contracts

It is the policy of the Group to enter into forward foreign exchange contracts to cover specific foreign currency payments and receipts within the exposure generated. The Group also enters into forward foreign exchange contracts to manage the foreign currency exposure from purchases/sales and financing activities.

 

 F-85 

Table of Contents 

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the year ended December 31, 2015

 

39.Financial instruments (continued)

 

Foreign currency risk management (continued)

Forward foreign exchange contracts (continued)

The following table details the forward foreign currency (FC) contracts outstanding at the end of the reporting period:

 

Outstanding contracts

 

    Average exchange rate  Foreign currency   Notional value   Fair value assets/(liabilities) 
   12/31/15   12/31/14   12/31/13   12/31/15   12/31/14   12/31/13   12/31/15   12/31/14   12/31/13   12/31/15   12/31/14   12/31/13 
               FC’000   FC’000   FC’000   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000 
Buy EUR                                                            
Less than 3 months   1.0895            39,192            42,872            172         

 

The Group does not enter into foreign currency exchange contracts for speculative purposes.

 

Cross currency swap contracts

It is the policy of the Group to enter into cross-currency swap agreements to protect against volatility of future cash flows caused by the changes in exchange rates associated with outstanding long-term debt denominated in a currency other than the US dollar.

 

The following table details the cross currency swap contracts outstanding at the end of the reporting period:

 

Outstanding contracts

 

  Average exchange rate  Foreign currency   Notional value   Fair value assets/(liabilities) 
   12/31/15   12/31/14   12/31/13   12/31/15   12/31/14   12/31/13   12/31/15   12/31/14   12/31/13   12/31/15   12/31/14   12/31/13 
               FC’000   FC’000   FC’000   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000 
Buy RMB                                                            
1 year to 5 years   6.4360            480,000            73,966            (1,459)        

 

The Group does not enter into cross currency swap contracts for speculative purposes.

 

Interest rate risk management

The Group is exposed to interest rate risk relates primarily to the Group’s long-term debt obligations, which the Group generally assumes to fund capital expenditures and working capital requirements. The risk is managed by the Group by maintaining an appropriate mix between fixed and floating rate borrowings, and by the use of interest rate swap contracts and cross currency swap contracts.

 

The Group’s exposures to interest rates on financial assets and financial liabilities are detailed in the liquidity risk management section of this note.

 

 F-86 

Table of Contents 

 

39.Financial instruments (continued)

 

Interest rate risk management (continued)

Interest rate sensitivity analysis

The sensitivity analyses below have been determined based on the exposure to interest rates for both derivatives and non-derivative instruments at the end of the reporting period. For floating rate liabilities, the analysis is prepared assuming the amount of the liability outstanding at the end of the reporting period was outstanding for the whole year.

 

A 10 basis point increase or decrease represents management’s assessment of the reasonably possible change in interest rates. If interest rates had been 10 basis points higher and all other variables were held constant, the Group’s profit for the year ended December 31, 2015 would decrease by US$0.4 million (2014: profit decrease by US$0.2 million and 2013: profit decrease by US$0.6 million). This is mainly attributable to the Group’s exposure to interest rates on its variable rate borrowings.

 

Credit risk management

Credit risk refers to the risk that counterparty will default on its contractual obligations resulting in financial loss to the Group. The Group is mainly exposed to credit risk from trade and other receivables and deposits with banks and financial institutions.

 

Customer credit risk is managed by each business unit subject to the Group’s established policy, procedures and control relating to customer credit risk management. It is the Group’s policy that all customers who wish to trade on credit terms are subject to credit verification procedures and is offered credit terms only with the approval from Finance and Sales Division. Credit quality of a customer is assessed using publicly available financial information and its own trading records to rate its major customers. The Group’s exposure and credit ratings of its counterparties are continuously monitored. In addition, receivable balances are monitored on an ongoing basis with the result that the Group’s exposure to bad debts is not significant.

 

Trade receivables consist of a large number of customers, spread across diverse industries and geographical areas.

 

Apart from Customers A, B, C and D , four largest customers of the Group, the Group does not have significant credit risk exposure to any single counterparty or any group of counterparties having similar characteristics. The Group defines counterparties as having similar characteristics if they are related entities. Concentration of credit risk related to Customers A, B, C and D did not exceed 5%, 4%, 3% and 3% respectively of gross monetary assets at the end of current year. Concentration of credit risk to any other counterparty did not exceed 3% of gross monetary assets at the end of current year.

 

Net revenue and accounts receivable for customers which accounted for 10% or more of the Group’s net sales and gross accounts receivable is disclosed in Note 6.

 

The credit risk on liquid funds and derivative financial instruments is limited because the counterparties are banks with high credit-ratings.

 

 F-87 

Table of Contents 

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the year ended December 31, 2015

 

39.Financial instruments (continued)

 

Liquidity risk management

The Group manages liquidity risk by maintaining adequate cash reserves, banking facilities and reserve borrowing facilities, by continuously monitoring forecast and actual cash flows, and by matching the maturity profiles of financial assets and liabilities.

 

Liquidity and interest risk tables

The following tables detail the Group’s remaining contractual maturity for its non-derivative financial liabilities with agreed repayment periods. The tables have been drawn up based on the undiscounted cash flows of financial liabilities based on the earliest date on which the Group can be required to pay. The tables include both interest and principal cash flows. To the extent that interest flows are floating rate, the undiscounted amount is derived from interest rate curves at the end of the reporting period. The contractual maturity is based on the earliest date on which the Group may be required to pay.

 

 

       Weighted
average
effective
interest rate
  

 

 

Less than
3 months

  

 

 

3 months
to 1 year

  

 

 

1–5 years

  

 

 

5+ years

  

 

 

Total

 
       %   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000 
December 31, 2015                                   
Interest-bearing bank and other borrowings   Fixed    1.69%   42,963        149,253    238,831    431,047 
    Floating    4.98%       71,944    158,744        230,688 
Convertible bonds       2.78%–3.79%       404,000            404,000 
Bonds payable        4.52%           500,000        500,000 
Trade and other payables             920,426    28,508    5,350    93,482    1,047,766 
              963,389    504,452    813,347    332,313    2,613,501 

 

       Weighted
average
effective
interest rate
  

 

 

Less than
3 months

  

 

 

3 months
to 1 year

  

 

 

1–5 years

  

 

 

5+ years

  

 

 

Total

 
       %   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000 
December 31, 2014                                   
Interest-bearing bank and other borrowings   Fixed    2.54%   39,075    77,099            116,174 
    Floating    6.13%       48,408    287,596        336,004 
Convertible bonds       2.78%–3.79%           404,000        404,000 
Bonds payable        4.52%           500,000        500,000 
Trade and other payables             727,589    744    3,492    62,536    794,361 
              766,664    126,251    1,195,088    62,536    2,150,539 

 

       Weighted
average
effective
interest rate
  

 

 

Less than
3 months

  

 

 

3 months
to 1 year

  

 

 

1–5 years

  

 

 

5+ years

  

 

 

Total

 
       %   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000 
December 31, 2013                                   
Interest-bearing bank and other borrowings   Fixed    3.72%   102,800    119,588            222,388 
    Floating    5.66%   82,741    91,169    643,369    26,928    844,207 
Convertible bonds        3.69%           200,000        200,000 
Trade and other payables             334,622    56,383    2,885        393,890 
              520,163    267,140    846,254    26,928    1,660,485 

 

 F-88 

Table of Contents 

 

39.Financial instruments (continued)

 

Liquidity risk management (continued)

Liquidity and interest risk tables (continued)

The following table details the Group’s expected maturity for its non-derivative financial assets. The table has been drawn up based on the undiscounted contractual maturities of the financial assets including interest that will be earned on those assets. The inclusion of information on non-derivative financial assets is necessary in order to understand the Group’s liquidity risk management as the liquidity is managed on a net asset and liability basis.

 

  

Weighted
average
effective
interest
rate

  

 

 

Less than
3 months

  

 

 

3 months
to 1 year

  

 

 

1–5 years

  

 

 

5+ years

  

 

 

Total

 
   %   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000 
December 31, 2015                              
Trade and other receivables        499,846                499,846 
Cash and cash equivalent, restricted cash & short-term investments   2.12%   1,549,692    45,038            1,594,730 
Available for sale financial assets                    19,750    19,750 
         2,049,538    45,038        19,750    2,114,326 

 

   Weighted
average
effective
interest rate
  

 

 

Less than 3
months

  

 

 

3 months
to 1 year

  

 

 

1–5 years

  

 

 

5+ years

  

 

 

Total

 
   %   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000 
December 31, 2014                              
Trade and other receivables        456,388                456,388 
Cash and cash equivalent, restricted cash & short-term investments   2.60%   1,309,979    45,484            1,355,463 
Available for sale financial assets                    15,081    15,081 
         1,766,367    45,484        15,081    1,826,932 

 

   Weighted
average
effective
interest rate
  

 

 

Less than 3
months

  

 

 

3 months
to 1 year

  

 

 

1–5 years

  

 

 

5+ years

  

 

 

Total

 
   %   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000 
December 31, 2013                              
Trade and other receivables        379,361                379,361 
Cash and cash equivalent, restricted cash & short-term investments   1.34%   680,525    59,437            739,962 
Available for sale financial assets                    1,278    1,278 
         1,059,886    59,437        1,278    1,120,601 

 

The amounts included above for variable interest rate instruments for both non-derivative financial assets and liabilities is subject to change if changes in variable interest rates differ to those estimates of interest rates determined at the end of the reporting period.

 

 F-89 

Table of Contents 

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the year ended December 31, 2015

 

39.Financial instruments (continued)

 

Liquidity risk management (continued)

Liquidity and interest risk tables (continued)

The Group has access to short-term financing facilities as described in below section, of which US$1,351.7 million were unused at the end of the reporting period (2014: US$767.4 million and 2013: US$927.5 million). The Group expects to meet its other obligations from operating cash flows and proceeds of maturing financial assets.

 

The following table details the Group’s liquidity analysis for its derivative financial instruments. The table has been drawn up based on the undiscounted contractual net cash inflows and outflows on derivative instruments that settle on a net basis, and the undiscounted gross inflows and outflows on those derivatives that require gross settlement. When the amount payable or receivable is not fixed, the amount disclosed has been determined by reference to the projected interest rates as illustrated by the yield curves at the end of the reporting period.

 

  

 

1 month

   Less than 1
month
  

 

1–3 months

  

3 months
to 1 year

  

 

1–5 years

  

 

5+ years

 
   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000 
December31, 2015                              
Net settled:                              
— foreign exchange forward contracts       42,872                 
— cross currency swap contracts                   73,966     
        42,872            73,966     

 

Fair value of financial instruments

Fair value of financial instruments carried at amortized cost

The Group considers that the carrying amounts of financial assets and financial liabilities recognized in the consolidated financial statements approximate their fair values.

 

Valuation techniques and assumptions applied for the purposes of measuring fair value

The fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities are determined as follows:

 

the fair value of financial instruments based on quoted market prices in active markets, valuation techniques that use observable market-based inputs or unobservable inputs that are corroborated by market data. Pricing information that the Group obtains from third parties is internally validated for reasonableness prior to use in the consolidated financial statements. When observable market prices are not readily available, the Group generally estimates the fair value using valuation techniques that rely on alternate market data or inputs that are generally less readily observable from objective sources and are estimated based on pertinent information available at the time of the applicable reporting periods. In certain cases, fair values are not subject to precise quantification or verification and may fluctuate as economic and market factors vary and the Group’s evaluation of those factors changes.

 

 F-90 

Table of Contents 

 

39.Financial instruments (continued)

 

Fair value of financial instruments (continued)

Fair value measurements recognized in the consolidated statement of financial position

The following tables provide an analysis of financial instruments that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis subsequent to initial recognition, grouped into Levels 1 to 3 based on the degree to which the fair value is observable. There is no transfer within different levels of the fair value hierarchy in the year ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013:

 

Level 1 fair value measurements are those derived from quoted prices (unadjusted) in active market for identical assets or liabilities;

 

Level 2 fair value measurements are those derived from inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices), and

 

Level 3 fair value measurements are those derived from valuation techniques that include inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs).

 

        12/31/15  
    Valuation technique(s) and key input   Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total  
        USD’000     USD’000     USD’000     USD’000  
Financial assets at FVTPL                                    
Short-term investment carried at fair value through profit or loss   Discounted cash flow. Future cash flows are estimated based on contracted interest rates and discounted.           257,583             257,583  
Foreign currency forward contracts classified as other financial assets in the statement of financial position   Discounted cash flow. Future cash flows are estimated based on forward exchange rates (from observable forward exchange rates at the end of the reporting period) and contracted forward rates and discounted.           172             172  
Available-for-sale investment   Quoted prices in active markets     3,300                   3,300  
Available-for-sale investment   Recent transaction price                 15,173       15,173  
Derivative financial instrument   Measured by Binational Model with key assumptions including exercise multiple (75%), risk free rate of interest (1.2%), expected volatility (46.8%) and rate of return (10%).                 30,173       30,173  
Total         3,300       257,755       45,346       306,401  
Financial liabilities at FVTPL                                    
Cross currency swap contracts classified as other financial liabilities in the statement of financial position   Discounted cash flow. Future cash flows are estimated based on forward exchange rates (from observable forward exchange rates at the end of the reporting period) and contracted forward rates and discounted.           1,459             1,459  
Total               1,459             1,459  

 

 F-91 

Table of Contents 

 

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the year ended December 31, 2015

 

39.Financial instruments (continued)

 

Fair value of financial instruments (continued)

Fair value measurements recognized in the consolidated statement of financial position (continued)

 

      12/31/14 
   Valuation technique(s) and key input  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total 
      USD’000   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000 
Financial assets at FVTPL                       
                        
Short-term investment carried at fair value through profit or loss  Discounted cash flow. Future cash flows are estimated based on contracted interest rates and discounted.       616,862        616,862 
                        
Available-for-sale investment  Recent transaction price.           13,803    13,803 
Total          616,862    13,803    630,665 

 

      12/31/13 
   Valuation technique(s) and key input  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total 
      USD’000   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000 
Financial assets at FVTPL                       
                        
Short-term investment carried at fair value through profit or loss  Discounted cash flow. Future cash flows are estimated based on contracted interest rates and discounted.       240,311        240,311 
                        
Total          240,311        240,311 

 

40.Related party transactions

 

The names of the related parties which had transactions with the Group for the year ended December 31, 2015 and the relationships with the Group are disclosed below:

 

Related party name   Relationship with the Group
China Academy of Telecommunication Technology   A member of Datang Telecom Technology & Industry Group (“Datang Group”), which owns Datang Holdings
Datang Telecom Technology & Industry Holdings Co., Ltd. (“Datang Holdings”)   A substantial shareholder of the Company
Datang Microelectronics Technology Co., Ltd.   A member of Datang Group
Datang Semiconductor Co., Ltd.   A member of Datang Group
Leadcore Technology Co., Ltd and Leadcore Technology (Hong Kong) Co., Ltd (“Leadcore”)   A member of Datang Group
Datang Telecom Group Finance Co., Ltd. (“Datang Finance”)   A member of Datang Group
China IC Fund   A substantial shareholder of the Company
China Investment Corporation (“CIC”)   A substantial shareholder of the Company in the middle of 2015, which was interested in less than 5% of the share capital of the Company as at December 31, 2015
Country Hill   A wholly-owned subsidiary of Bridge Hill Investments Limited, which is a subsidiary controlled by CIC
Toppan   An associate of the Group
Brite Semiconductor Corporation and its subsidiaries (“Brite”)   An associate of the Group
China Fortune-Tech   An associate of the Group
Zhongxin Xiecheng   An associate of the Group

 

 F-92 

Table of Contents 

 

40.Related party transactions (continued)

 

Trading transactions

During the year, group entities entered into the following trading transactions with related parties that are not members of the Group:

 

   Sale of goods   Sale of services 
   Year ended   Year ended 
   12/31/15   12/31/14   12/31/13   12/31/15   12/31/14   12/31/13 
   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000 
Datang Microelectronics Technology Co., Ltd   12,885    12,340    14,821             
Datang Semiconductor Co., Ltd   865                     
Leadcore   8,881    2,173    1,905             
Toppan               3,699    4,486    4,317 
Brite   31,379    31,444    NA            NA 
China Fortune-Tech           NA    60    41    NA 

 

    Purchase of goods  Purchase of services 
   Year ended   Year ended 
   12/31/15   12/31/14   12/31/13   12/31/15   12/31/14   12/31/13 
   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000 
China Academy of Telecommunication Technology                   1,163     
Toppan   7,996    1,345    7    3,516    22,726    22,854 
Zhongxin Xiecheng               1,199    2,673    1,930 
Brite           NA    2,582    3,201    NA 
China Fortune-Tech           NA    938    116    NA 

  

 F-93 

Table of Contents 

  

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the year ended December 31, 2015

 

40.Related party transactions (continued)

 

Trading transactions (continued)

The following balances were outstanding at the end of the reporting period:

 

    Amounts due from
related parties
  Amounts due to
related parties
 
   12/31/15   12/31/14   12/31/13   12/31/15   12/31/14   12/31/13 
   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000 
China Academy of Telecommunication Technology       360                 
Datang Semiconductor Co., Ltd   61                     
Datang Microelectronics Technology Co., Ltd   5,338    5,642    6,124             
Datang Finance                       65,884 
Leadcore   1,948    619    405    3,667    7    140 
Toppan   317    387    370    1,148    2,739    2,397 
Zhongxin Xiecheng           6             
Brite   5,661    3,772    683    141    700    645 
China Fortune-Tech   40    41                 

 

On February 18, 2014, the Company entered into a framework agreement with Datang Holdings (the “Framework Agreement”). Pursuant to the agreement, the Group and Datang Holdings (including its associates) will engage in business collaboration including but not limited to foundry service. The effective period of the Framework Agreement is two years. The pricing for the transactions contemplated under the agreement will be determined by reference to reasonable market price.

 

On June 8, 2015, the Company issued 4,700,000,000 new ordinary shares to Xinxin (Hongkong) Capital Co., Limited, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the China IC Fund. Please refer to Note 28 for details.

 

On September 25, 2015, Country Hill subscribed 323,518,848 ordinary shares of the Company. Please refer to Note 28 for details.

 

On October 9, 2015, Datang subscribed 961,849,809 ordinary shares of the Company. Please refer to Note 28 for details.

 

On December 18, 2015, the Company and Datang Finance entered into a financial services agreement with a three year term commencing on January 1, 2016 and ending on December 31, 2018, pursuant to which Datang Finance has agreed to provide the Company and its subsidiaries, including its associated companies and companies under its management with a range of financial services (including deposit services, loan services, foreign exchange services and other financial services).

 

On December 28, 2015, the Company entered into a new framework agreement (the “Renewed Framework Agreement”) with Datang Holdings, pursuant to which the Group and Datang Holdings (including its associates) would engage in business collaboration including but not limited to foundry service. The term of the Renewed Framework Agreement is three years commencing from January 1, 2016. The pricing for the transactions contemplated under the Renewed Framework Agreement is determined based on the same as the Framework Agreement.

  

 F-94 

Table of Contents 

  

40.Related party transactions (continued)

 

Compensation of key management personnel

Key management personnel are those persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of the Group, directly or indirectly, including directors of the Company.

 

The remuneration of key management personnel during the year are as follows:

 

   Year ended
12/31/15
   Year ended
12/31/14
   Year ended
12/31/13
 
   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000 
Short-term benefit   4,731    4,593    4,318 
Share-based payments   2,618    2,535    3,028 
    7,349    7,128    7,346 

 

The remuneration of key management personnel is determined by the Compensation Committee having regard to the performance of individuals and market trends.

 

Arrangements/contracts for sale of self-developed living quarter unit

In 2015, the Group entered into arrangement/contracts with 4 of the Company’s directors and key management for sale of self-developed living quarter units and the amount of the considerations was approximately US$3.6 million. The transactions were not completed as of the date of this annual report.

 

In 2013, amount of sale of self-developed living quarter units to one of directors of the Company and one of the key management, which were approved by the Board, were US$1.1 million and US$0.8 million.

 

41.Commitments for expenditure

 

Purchase commitments

As of December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, the Group had the following commitments to purchase machinery, equipment and construction obligations. The machinery and equipment is scheduled to be delivered to the Group’s facility by December 31, 2016.

 

   12/31/15   12/31/14   12/31/13 
   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000 
Commitments for the facility construction   165,274    211,696    114,878 
Commitments for the acquisition of property, plant and equipment   1,146,275    292,867    178,382 
Commitments for the acquisition of intangible assets   29,392    14,109    10,147 
    1,340,941    518,672    303,407 

  

42.Approval of financial statements

 

The financial statements were approved and authorized for issue by the board of directors of the Company on March 30, 2016.

 

 F-95 

Table of Contents 

  

Additional Information - Financial statement Schedule I

 

For the year ended December 31, 2015

 

Financial information of parent company

 

(i)Statement of profit or loss

 

   Year   Year   Year 
   ended   ended   ended 
   12/31/15   12/31/14   12/31/13 
   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000 
             
Continuing operations               
Revenue   -    -    - 
General and administration expenses   (51,682)   (54,544)   (59,771)
Loss from operations   (51,682)   (54,544)   (59,771)
Interest income   474    1,077    1,050 
Finance costs   (12,477)   (12,405)   (2,972)
Foreign exchange gains or losses   (2,848)   (21,791)   558 
Other gains or losses, net   (1,577)   852    (916)
Loss before tax   (68,110)   (86,811)   (62,051)
Income tax expense   -    -    - 
Loss for the year   (68,110)   (86,811)   (62,051)

 

 F-96 

Table of Contents 

  

Financial information of parent company (continued)

 

(ii)Statement of financial position

 

    12/31/15     12/31/14     12/31/13  
    USD’000     USD’000     USD’000  
Assets                        
Non-current assets                        
Property, plant and equipment     30,123       10,244       7,301  
Intangible assets     108,897       133,117       154,682  
Investment in subsidiaries     3,153,887       2,888,658       2,689,158  
Investments in associates     42,553       14,205       12,301  
Other assets     118,989       166,500       1,000  
Total non-current assets     3,454,449       3,212,724       2,864,442  
Current assets                        
Prepayment and prepaid operating expenses     633       641       626  
Trade and other receivables     450,224       312,760       201,352  
Other financial assets     15,000       12,000        
Restricted cash                 29,130  
Cash and cash equivalent     115,726       55,600       162,360  
Total current assets     581,583       381,001       393,468  
Total assets     4,036,032       3,593,725       3,257,910  
Equity and liabilities                        
Capital and reserves                        
Ordinary shares $0.0004 par value, 50,000,000,000 shares authorized, 42,073,748,961, 35,856,096,167 and 32,112,307,101 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively     16,830       14,342       12,845  
Share premium     4,904,244       4,377,013       4,090,229  
Reserves     98,931       93,012       69,295  
Accumulated deficit     (1,918,402 )     (1,850,292 )     (1,763,481 )
Total equity     3,101,603       2,634,075       2,408,888  
Non-current liabilities                        
Convertible bonds     —        379,394       180,563  
Bonds payable     493,207       491,579        
Other long-term liabilities     2,080              
Total non-current liabilities     495,287       870,973       180,563  
Current liabilities                        
Trade and other payables      33,445        18,391        527,035  
Borrowings           61,221       133,803  
Convertible bonds     392,632              
Accrued liabilities     11,606       9,065       7,615  
Other financial liabilities     1,459              
Current tax liabilities                 6  
Total current liabilities     439,142       88,677       668,459  
Total liabilities     934,429       959,650       849,022  
Total equity and liabilities     4,036,032       3,593,725       3,257,910  

   

 F-97 

Table of Contents 

 

Financial information of parent company (continued)

 

(iii)Statement of cash flow

 

   Year   Year   Year 
   ended   ended   ended 
   12/31/15   12/31/14   12/31/13 
   USD’000   USD’000   USD’000 
Operating activities               
Loss for the year   (68,110)   (86,811)   (62,051)
Adjustments for:               
Amortization of intangible assets and land use right   30,780    29,566    28,946 
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment   4,046    2,225    1,806 
Loss from investment in associates   -    -    750 
Impairment loss of available-for-sale investment   -    -    279 
Expense recognized in respect of equity-settled share-based payments   5,169    18,388    16,402 
Finance costs   12,477    12,405    2,972 
Interest income recognized in profit or loss   (474)   (1,077)   (1,050)
Net loss arising on financial assets at fair value through profit or loss   -    -    64 
Net loss (gain) arising on financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss   1,459    -    (25)
    (14,653)   (25,304)   (11,907)
Operating cash flows before movements in working capital:               
Decrease (increase) in trade and other receivables   465    (111)   476 
Decrease in inventories   -    -    168 
Decrease (increase) in prepaid operating expenses   8    (2,514)   (91)
Increase (decrease) in other payables   7,550    (11,356)   (53,194)
Increase (decrease) in accrued liabilities   2,541    (5,410)   74 
Decrease in other liabilities   -    (6)   - 
Cash used in operations   (4,089)   (44,701)   (64,474)
                
Interest paid   (21,536)   (2,406)   (3,072)
Interest received   474    1,077    1,050 
Net cash used in operating activities   (25,151)   (46,030)   (66,496)
                
Investing activities               
Payments to acquire financial assets   (12,000)   (12,000)   (4,000)
Proceeds on sale of financial assets   9,000    -    21,020 
Investment in subsidiaries   (280,658)   (204,103)   (129,010)
Cash from disposal of investment   -    2,699    - 
Payments for intangible assets   (4,480)   (10,000)   (24,858)
Payment to a proposed to associates   -    -    (387)
Change in restricted cash relating to investing activities   -    29,130    18,376 
Cash (paid for) received from subsidiaries   (137,929)   (274,327)   10,112 
Net cash used in investing activities   (426,067)   (468,601)   (108,747)
                
Financing activities               
Proceeds from borrowings   21,912    103,684    241,775 
Repayment of borrowings   (83,133)   (176,266)   (288,007)
Proceeds from issuance of convertible bonds.   -    203,763    195,800 
Proceeds from issuance of corporate bonds   -    492,315    - 
Proceeds from issuance of new shares   508,807    270,180    - 
Proceeds from exercise of employee stock options   8,743    9,483    3,229 
Repayment of promissory notes   -    -    (30,000)
Prepayment for bank financing management fee   -    -    (370)
Cash received (paid for) from subsidiaries   55,015    (495,288)   137,307 
Net cash from financing activities   511,344    407,871    259,734 
                
Net increase (decrease ) in cash and cash equivalent   60,126    (106,760)   84,491 
Cash and cash equivalent at the beginning of the year   55,600    162,360    77,869 
Cash and cash equivalent at the end of the year   115,726    55,600    162,360 

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE I

 

Schedule 1 has been provided pursuant to the requirements of Rules 12-04(a) and 4-08(e)(3) of SEC Regulation S-X, which require condensed financial information as to financial position, changes in financial position and results of operations of a parent company as of the same dates and for the same periods for which audited consolidated financial statements have been presented when the restricted net assets of consolidated and unconsolidated subsidiaries together exceed 25 percent of consolidated net assets as of the end of the most recently completed fiscal year.

 

Basic of Presentation

 

For the purpose of the presentation of the parent company only financial information, the Company records its investment in subsidiaries under the cost method of accounting. Such investment is presented on the statements of financial position as “Investment in subsidiaries” at cost less any identified impairment loss.

 

 F-98 

Table of Contents 

 

Annex A

GLOSSARY OF TECHNICAL TERMS

 

ASIC/ASSPApplication Specific Integrated Circuit/Application Specific Standard Parts. ASICs/ASSPs are designed to provide a very specific function for a specific application in any one of the six application markets: computing, communications, consumer, automotive and industrial. ASICs include both standard catalogue products, standard and customized/application-specific logic ICs.

 

CellA primary unit that normally repeats many times in an integrated circuit. Cells represent individual functional design units or circuits that may be reused as blocks in designs. For example, a memory cell represents a storage unit in a memory array.
  
CISCMOS Image Sensor. CIS can be used in applications such as still and video cameras and embedded cameras in mobile telephones. It is a fast growing imaging sensor technology. The fabrication of CIS is fully compatible with the mainstream CMOS process, which enables system-on-chip capability, low power consumption and low cost of fabrication.
  
Clean room Area within a fab in which the wafer fabrication takes place. The classification of a clean room relates to the maximum number of particles of contaminants per cubic foot within that room. For example, a class 100 clean room contains less than 100 particles of contaminants per cubic foot.
  
CMOSComplementary Metal Oxide Silicon. A fabrication process that incorporates n-channel and p-channel CMOS transistors within the same silicon substrate. Currently, this is the most commonly used integrated circuit fabrication process technology and is one of the latest fabrication techniques to use metal oxide semiconductor transistors.
  
CVDChemical Vapor Deposition. A process in which gaseous chemicals react on a heated wafer surface to form solid film.
  
DieOne individual chip cut from a wafer before being packaged.
  
DRAMDynamic Random Access Memory. A device that temporarily stores digital information but requires regular refreshing to ensure data is not lost.
  
DSPDigital Signal Processor. A type of integrated circuit that processes and manipulates digital information after it has been converted from an analog source.
  
eEEPROMEmbedded Electrically Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory is a type of embedded Non-Volatile Memory that has similar function as an EEPROM, but in generally is embedded in a system or in a controller IC or SoC
  
EEPROMElectrically Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory. An integrated circuit that can be electrically erased and electrically programmed with user-defined information.
  
EPROMErasable Programmable Read-Only Memory. A form of PROM that is programmable electrically yet erasable using ultraviolet light.
  
FinFetFin Field Effect Transistors (FinFET) are self-aligned multi-gate devices with a conventional CMOS process. It allows extending the gate scaling beyond the planar transistor limits with 3d shape above the substrate. FinFET's conducting channel is wrapped by a thin silicon "fin", which forms the body of the device. The thickness of the "fin" will determine the effective channel length of the device. FinFET greatly reduces the leakage currents and enables the use of lower threhold voltages and results better performance and power savings.
  
Flash memory A type of non-volatile memory where data is erased in blocks. The name “flash” is derived from the rapid block erase operation. Flash memory requires only one transistor per memory cell versus two transistors per memory cell for EEPROMs, making flash memory less expensive to produce. Flash memory is the most popular form of non-volatile semiconductor memory currently available.
  
Gold Bumping The fabrication process of forming gold bump termination electrodes on a finished wafer.
  
High-K Metal
Gate (HKMG)
High-k Metal Gate (HKMG) is referring to High-k dielectrics, used in semiconductor manufacturing process with metallic gate, generally replaces a silicon dioxide gate dielectric or another dielectric layers of a device. HKMG allows the increase of gate capacitance without the associated leakage effects.
  
High voltage
semiconductor
High voltage semiconductors are semiconductor devices that can drive relatively high voltage potential to systems that require higher voltage of between five volts to several hundred volts.
  
IDMIntegrated Device Manufacturer.

 

 A-1 

Table of Contents 

 

Integrated
circuit
An electronic circuit where all the elements of the circuit are integrated together on a single semiconductor substrate.
  
InterconnectConductive materials such as aluminum doped polysilicon or copper that form the wiring circuitry to carry electrical signals to different parts of the chip.

 

IPDIntegrated Passive Devices. IPDs are generally fabricated using standard wafer fab technologies such as thin film and photolithography processing. IPDs can be designed as flip chip mountable or wire bondable components and the substrates for IPDs usually are thin film substrates like silicon, alumina or glass.
  
I/OInputs/Outputs.
  
Logic deviceA device that contains digital integrated circuits that perform a function rather than store information.

 

MaskA glass plate with a pattern of transparent and opaque areas used to create patterns on wafers. “Mask” is commonly used to refer to a plate that has a pattern large enough to pattern a whole wafer at one time, as compared to a reticle, where a glass plate can contain the pattern for one or more dies but is not large enough to transfer a wafer-sized pattern all at once.

 

MCUMicrocontroller Unit. Includes a central processing unit, program memory, read/write data memory and some I/O capability. May include EEPROM, Flash and/or other types of memory embedded inside.
  
MemoryA device that can store information for later retrieval.
  
MEMSMicro-Electro-Mechanical Systems.

 

Micro-displayA small display that is of such high resolution that it is only practically viewed or projected with lenses or mirrors. A micro-display is typically magnified by optics to enlarge the image viewed by the user. For example, a miniature display smaller than one inch in size may be magnified to provide a 12-inch to 60- inch viewing area.

 

MicronA term for micrometer, which is a unit of linear measure that equals one one-millionth (1/1,000,000) of a meter. There are 25.4 microns in one one-thousandth of an inch.
  
Mixed-signalThe combination of analog and digital circuitry in a single semiconductor.

  

MPUMicroprocessors (MPUs). MPU includes an instruction decoder, ALU, registers and additional logic for fetching instructions, executing instructions and manipulating data. Computer MPU; Embedded MPU; General Purpose MPUs.

 

MPWMulti-Project Wafer integrates numbers of different integrated circuit designs from various parties onto one single wafer in order for these parties to share mask and wafer resources to reduce cost and to produce in low quantities.

 

 A-2 

Table of Contents 

  

NanometerA term for micrometer, which is a unit of linear measure that equals one thousandth (1/1,000) of a micron.
  
Non-volatile
memory
Memory products that maintain their content when the power supply is switched off.
  
PolySiONPolycrystalline silicon oxygen nitride (PolySiON) is referrring to semiconductor manufaturing process with CMOS technology using conventional poly gate and silicon oxygen nitride gate dielectrics.
  
PROMProgrammable Read-Only Memory. Memory that can be reprogrammed once after manufacturing.

  

RAMRandom Access Memory. Memory devices where any memory cell in a large memory array may be accessed in any order at random.
  
ReticleSee “Mask” above.

  

RFRadio Frequency. Radio frequency semiconductors are primarily used in communications devices such as cell phones.
  
RFIDRadio Frequency Identification. Radio-frequency identification (RFID) is the use of a wireless non-contact system that uses radio-frequency electromagnetic fields to transfer data from a tag attached to an object. RFID's frequency bands ranges from (125kHz~135kHz) (13.56MHz), and (860MHz~960MHz).
  

RF-FEMRadio Frequency Front End Module. RF-Front End Module, a generic term for all the circuitry between the antenna and the first intermediate frequency (IF) stage. It consists of all the components in the receiver that process the signal at the original incoming radio frequency (RF), before it is converted to a lower intermediate frequency (IF). RF-FEM can consist of the combination of Tuner, Switch, PA, Filter, Transceivers related devices.
  
RF PARadio Frequency Power Amplifier. Primarily referring to CMOS-based Power Amplifier which increases radio signal frequencies in radio communications.
  
RF Tx/RxRadio Frequency Transceiver. Referring to Transmitter, Receiver, or both functions in one common circuitry as a Transceiver.
  
ROMRead-Only Memory. See “Mask ROM” above.
  
ScannerAn aligner that scans light through a slit across a mask to produce an image on a wafer.
  
SemiconductorAn element with an electrical resistivity within the range of an insulator and a conductor. A semiconductor can conduct or block the flow of electric current depending on the direction and magnitude of applied electrical biases.

 

SoCSystem on Chip. A system on a chip or system on chip (SoC or SOC) is an integrated circuit (IC) that integrates all components of a computer, communication or other electronic system into a single chip. It may contain digital, analog, mixed-signal, and often radio-frequency functions—all on a single chip substrate.
  
Solder bumpingThe fabrication processes of forming solder bump termination electrodes, which are elevated metal structures, or lead free bump termination electrodes.

 

SRAMStatic Random Access Memory. A type of volatile memory product that is used in electronic systems to store data and program instructions. Unlike the more common DRAM, it does not need to be refreshed.
  
System-on-chip A chip that incorporates functions usually performed by several different devices and therefore generally offers better performance and lower cost.
  
Systems
companies
Companies that design and manufacture complete end market products or systems for sale to the market.

  

TransistorAn individual circuit that can amplify or switch electric current. This is the building block of all integrated circuits.
  
Volatile memory Memory products that lose their content when the power supply is switched off. Wafer A thin, round, flat piece of silicon that is the base of most integrated circuits.

 

 A-3 


 

Exhibit 4.16

 

SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”), dated as of 11 June 2015, by and among Semiconductor Manufacturing International Corporation, a company established under the laws of Cayman Islands (the “Company”), and Datang Holdings (Hongkong) Investment Company Limited, a company established under the laws of Hong Kong (the “Buyer”).

 

WHEREAS

 

A.           The Buyer wishes to purchase, and the Company wishes to sell, upon the terms and conditions stated in this Agreement an aggregate of 961,849,809 common shares, par value US$0.0004 per share, of the Company (the “New Common Shares”) at a purchase price of HK$0.6593 per share for an aggregate purchase price of HK$634,147,579.07 (the “Aggregate Purchase Price”). Unless the context otherwise requires, the New Common Shares subscribed for shall be referred to herein as the “Securities”.

 

B.           The Company and the Buyer are executing and delivering this Agreement in reliance upon the exemption from securities registration under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”) afforded by Regulation S (“Regulation S”) as promulgated by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) under the 1933 Act.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the Company and the Buyer hereby agree as follows:

 

1.          PURCHASE AND SALE OF NEW COMMON shares

 

(a)   Purchase of New Common Shares. Subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth in Sections 5, 6 and 7 below, the Company shall issue and sell to the Buyer, and the Buyer shall purchase from the Company on the Closing Date (as defined in Section 1(c)(i) below), the New Common Shares (the “Closing”).

 

(b)   Purchase Price. The Aggregate Purchase Price shall be HK$634,147,579.07 .

 

(c)   Closing.

 

(i)          Date and Time. The date and time of the Closing (the “Closing Date”) shall be 10:00 a.m., Hong Kong time, on such date as is specified by the Company and the Buyer, which date shall be no later than the third Business Day after the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions to the Closing set forth in Sections 5, 6 and 7 below and no later than the expiry of four months after this Agreement is signed (or such later date as may be agreed between the parties), at the offices of Slaughter and May, 47th Floor, Jardine House, One Connaught Place, Central, Hong Kong or at such other time, date and location as is mutually agreed in writing by the Company and the Buyer.

 

(ii)         Payment and Delivery. On or before the Closing Date:

 

(A)   the Buyer shall pay the Aggregate Purchase Price to the Company for the New Common Shares to be issued and sold to the Buyer at the Closing, by electronic bank

 

 

 

 

transfer, in immediately available funds. The payment shall be made to the bank account, bank and bank address as specified by the Company in writing prior to the Closing Date;

  

(B)   the Company shall deliver to the Buyer:

 

(1)copies of the special mandate of the Company Extraordinary General Meeting (the “EGM”) approving the entering into and execution of this Agreement and for the issue of the New Common Shares contemplated herein, pursuant to the matters set forth in Section 5 (c);

 

(2)copies of the approval for the listing of, and permission to deal in the New Common Shares, duly obtained from the SEHK;

 

2.          BUYER’S REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

 

The Buyer hereby represents and warrants to the Company that as at the date of this Agreement and as at the Closing Date (except for representations and warranties that speak as of a specific date, which shall be true and correct as of such specified date):

 

(a)   Regulation S.

 

(i)          The Buyer (A) is domiciled and has its principal place of business outside the United States, (B) certifies that it is not a U.S. Person as defined under Rule 902 of Regulation S and is not acquiring the Securities for the account or benefit of any U.S. Person, (C) at the time of offering to the Buyer and communication of the Buyer’s order to purchase the Securities and at the time of the Buyer’s execution of this Agreement, the Buyer was located outside the United States, and (D) at the time of the Closing the Buyer or persons acting on the Buyer’s behalf in connection therewith, will be located outside the United States. As used herein, the term “United States” means and includes the United States of America, its territories and possessions, any state of the United States, and the District of Columbia

 

(ii)         The Buyer has been advised and acknowledges that: (A) the Securities issued pursuant to this Agreement have not been, and when issued, will not be registered under the 1933 Act or the securities laws of any state of the United States, (B) in issuing and selling the Securities to the Buyer pursuant hereto, the Company is relying upon the exemption from registration provided by Regulation S of the 1933 Act, and (C) it is a condition to the availability of the Regulation S safe harbor that the Securities not be offered or sold in the United States or to a U.S. Person until the expiration of a period of six months after the Closing Date (the “Distribution Compliance Period”).

 

(iii)        The Buyer acknowledges and covenants that until the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period: (A) it and its agents or representatives have not and will not solicit offers to buy, offer for sale or sell any of the Securities or any beneficial interest therein in the United States or to or for the account of a U.S. Person, and (B) notwithstanding the foregoing, prior to the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, the Securities may be offered and sold by the holder thereof only if such offer and sale is made in compliance with the terms of this Agreement and either, (X) the offer or sale is within the United States or to or for the account of a U.S. Person and pursuant to an effective registration statement, Rule 144 promulgated under the 1933 Act or an exemption from the registration requirements

 

- 2

 

 

of the 1933 Act, or (Y) the offer and sale is outside the United States and to other than a U.S. Person. The foregoing restrictions are binding upon subsequent transferees of the Securities, except for transferees pursuant to an effective registration statement. The Buyer agrees that after the Distribution Compliance Period, the Securities may be offered or sold within the United States or to or for the account of a U.S. Person only in accordance with this Agreement and pursuant to applicable securities laws.

  

(iv)         The Buyer is not a “distributor” (as defined in Regulation S) or a “dealer” (as defined in the Act).

 

(v)         The Buyer understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144 inasmuch as they are being acquired from the Company in a transaction pursuant to Regulation S. Under applicable laws and regulations, the Securities may be resold without registration under the 1933 Act only in certain limited circumstances. In this connection, the Buyer represents that it understands the resale limitations imposed thereby and by the 1933 Act. The Buyer understands that under Rule 144, except as otherwise provided by section (k) of that Rule, the limitations include, among other things: (A) the availability of certain current public information about the issuer, (B) the resale occurring not less than six months after the party has purchased and paid for the securities to be sold and (C) limitations on the amount of securities to be sold and the manner of sale. The Buyer acknowledges that in the event all of the requirements of Rule 144 are not met, registration under the Act or compliance with another exemption from registration will be required for any disposition of the Securities. The Buyer understands that although Rule 144 is not exclusive, the SEC has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell restricted securities received in a private offering other than in a registered offering or pursuant to Rule 144 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales and that such persons and the brokers who participate in the transactions do so at their own risk.

 

(vi)        The Buyer hereby acknowledges that during the Distribution Compliance Period, no deposit of the Securities issued hereunder will be accepted into its American Depositary Shares (“ADS”) program, and the Securities may not be offered or sold in the United States or to U.S. Persons unless the Securities are registered under the 1933 Act, or an exemption from the registration requirements of the 1933 Act is available. The Buyer further acknowledges that, for so long as the Securities are held by “affiliates” within the meaning of Rule 144(a)(1) under the 1933 Act or are “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144(a)(3) under the 1933 Act, the Securities will not be eligible for deposit under any unrestricted depositary receipt facility.

 

(vii)       The Buyer has not engaged or cause any third party to engage in any directed selling efforts (as such term is defined in Regulation S) in the United States with respect to the Securities.

 

(viii)      The Buyer has not and will not engage in hedging transactions (within the meaning of Rule 903(b)(3)(iii)(B)(4) of Regulation S) with regard to the Securities unless in compliance with the 1933 Act.

  

(b)   No Public Sale or Distribution. Subject to the Buyer’s right to transfer the New Common Shares to the Permitted Transferee (as defined in Section 4(e)(iv)), the Buyer is acquiring the Securities for its own account and not with a view towards, or for resale in connection with, the public sale or distribution thereof, except pursuant to sales registered or exempted under the 1933 Act. The Buyer

 

- 3

 

 

does not presently have any agreement or understanding, directly or indirectly, with any Person to distribute any of the Securities. The Buyer is not a broker-dealer registered with the SEC under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”) or an entity engaged in a business that would require it to be so registered as a broker-dealer. “Person” means an individual, a limited liability company, a partnership, a joint venture, a corporation, a trust, an unincorporated organization or a government or any department or agency thereof.

 

(c)   Reliance on Exemptions. The Buyer understands that the Securities are being offered and sold to it in reliance on specific exemptions from the registration requirements of United States federal and state securities laws and that the Company is relying upon the truth and accuracy of, and its compliance with, the representations, warranties, agreements, acknowledgments and understandings of it set forth herein in order to determine the availability of such exemptions and the eligibility of it to acquire the Securities.

 

(d)   Information. The Buyer has received all information that it believes is necessary or appropriate in connection with its purchase of the Securities. The Buyer understands that its investment in the Securities involves a high degree of risk and is able to afford a complete loss of such investment. The Buyer has conducted its own investigations with respect to the Securities and the Company. The Buyer has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of prospective investment in the Securities.

 

(e)   No Governmental Review. The Buyer understands that no United States federal or state agency or any other government or governmental agency has passed on or made any recommendation or endorsement of the Securities or the fairness or suitability of the investment in the Securities nor have such authorities passed upon or endorsed the merits of the offering of the Securities.

 

(f)   Transfer or Resale. The Buyer understands that: (i) the Securities have not been and are not being registered under the 1933 Act or any state securities laws, and may not be offered for sale, sold, assigned or transferred within the United States or to or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person unless (A) subsequently registered thereunder, (B) the Buyer shall have delivered to the Company an opinion of counsel, in form, scope and substance reasonably acceptable to the Company, to the effect that such Securities to be sold, assigned or transferred may be sold, assigned or transferred pursuant to an exemption from such registration, or (C) the Buyer provides the Company with reasonable assurance that such Securities can be sold, assigned or transferred pursuant to Rule 144 or Rule 144A promulgated under the 1933 Act, as amended, (or a successor rule thereto) (collectively, “Rule 144”); (ii) any sale of the Securities made in reliance on Rule 144 may be made only in accordance with the terms of Rule 144 and further, if Rule 144 is not applicable, any resale of the Securities under circumstances in which the seller (or the Person through whom the sale is made) may be deemed to be an underwriter (as that term is defined in the 1933 Act) may require compliance with some other exemption under the 1933 Act or the rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder; and (iii) neither the Company nor any other Person is under any obligation to register the Securities under the 1933 Act or any state securities laws or to comply with the terms and conditions of any exemption thereunder.

 

(g)   Legends. The Buyer understands that the certificates or other instruments representing the Securities, until such time as the resale of the Securities have been registered under the 1933 Act, shall bear any legend as required by the “blue sky” laws of any state and a restrictive legend in substantially the following form (and a stop-transfer order may be placed against transfer of such stock certificates):

 

- 4

 

  

“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT, AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER, IF NOT A U.S. PERSON: (1) REPRESENTS THAT IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THESE SHARES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION; (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THESE SHARES EXCEPT (A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE ACT, (C) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES, TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE ACT, (D) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES, TO AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES TO THE COMPANY A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF THESE SHARES IN THE FORM SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY (THE FORM OF WHICH LETTER CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE COMPANY), (E) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES, IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULES 904 AND 905 UNDER THE ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO THE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE ACT (IF AVAILABLE); AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE EACH PERSON TO WHOM THESE SHARES ARE TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER OF THESE SHARES PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (2)(C), (D), (E) OR (F) ABOVE, THE HOLDER MUST, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISH TO THE COMPANY SUCH CERTIFICATIONS, LEGAL OPINIONS, OR OTHER INFORMATION AS THE COMPANY MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS BEING MADE PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT. AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS ‘OFFSHORE TRANSACTION’, ‘UNITED STATES’, AND ‘U.S. PERSON’ HAVE THE MEANING GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S UNDER THE ACT.”

 

(h)   Validity; Enforcement. The Buyer is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of their respective jurisdiction of formation, and has all requisite corporate power and authority to enter into and perform this Agreement and consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. This Agreement has been duly and validly authorized, executed and delivered on behalf of the Buyer and shall constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Buyer enforceable against the Buyer in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by general principles of equity or to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, liquidation and other similar laws relating to, or affecting generally, the enforcement of applicable creditors’ rights and remedies.

  

(i)   No Conflicts. The execution, delivery and performance by the Buyer of this Agreement and the consummation by the Buyer of the transactions contemplated hereby will not (i) result in a violation

 

- 5

 

 

of their respective organizational or constitutional documents (including, but not limited to, the Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Buyer), (ii) conflict with, or constitute a default (or an event which with notice or lapse of time or both would become a default) under, or give to others any rights of termination, amendment, acceleration or cancellation of, any agreement, indenture or instrument to which the Buyer is a party, or (iii) result in a violation of any law, rule, regulation, order, judgment or decree (including federal and state securities laws) applicable to the Buyer, except in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) above, for such conflicts, defaults, rights or violations which would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Buyer to enter into this Agreement and perform their respective obligations hereunder; and no authorization, approval, consent and license from any supranational, national, state, municipal, local or foreign government, any instrumentality, subdivision, court, administrative agency or commission or other governmental authority or regulatory body or instrumentality, or any quasi-governmental or private body exercising any regulatory, taxing, importing or other governmental or quasi-governmental authority (a “Governmental Entity”) is required for the entering into by Buyer of this Agreement and the performance by the Buyer of its obligations under this Agreement, except for (i) such as have already been obtained and are in full force and effect and (ii) those approvals and authorizations specifically listed in Section 5(a) hereof.

 

(j)   General Solicitation. The Buyer is not purchasing the Securities as a result of any advertisement, article, notice or other communication regarding the Securities published in any newspaper, magazine or similar media or broadcast over television or radio or presented at any seminar or any general advertisement.

 

(k)   Brokers and Finders. Subject to Section 4(d), no Person will have, as a result of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents, any valid right, interest or claim against or upon the Company for any commission, fee or other compensation pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding with a placement agent entered into by or on behalf of the Buyer.

 

(l)   Prohibited Transactions. Since the time when the Buyer and the Company first came into contact regarding the transactions contemplated hereby, neither the Buyer nor any Affiliate of the Buyer nor any Person acting on behalf of or pursuant to any understanding with the Buyer (collectively, “Trading Affiliates”) has, directly or indirectly, effected or agreed to effect any short sale, whether or not against the box, established any “put equivalent position” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(h) under the 1934 Act) with respect to the Common Shares, granted any other right (including without limitation, any put or call option) with respect to the Common Shares or with respect to any security that includes, relates to or derived any significant part of its value from the Common Shares or otherwise sought to hedge its position in the Common Shares (each, a “Prohibited Transaction”), and neither the Buyer nor its Trading Affiliates will enter into a Prohibited Transaction after the date hereof until the later to occur of (A) the transactions contemplated hereby being publicly announced and (B) the Closing Date.

 

(m)   Acknowledgement. The Buyer acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing representations, warranties, covenants and acknowledgments are made by it with the intention that they may be relied upon by the Company.

  

3.          A. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY.

 

The Company represents and warrants to the Buyer that as at the date of this Agreement and as at the Closing Date (except for representations and warranties that speak as of a specific date, which shall be

 

- 6

 

 

true and correct as of such specified date), except as set forth in its Public Documents (as defined in Section 3A(h) below) (excluding disclosures of non-specific risks faced by the Company and its subsidiaries (the “Group”)) included in any forward-looking statement, disclaimer, risk factor disclosure or other similarly non-specific statements that are similarly predictive or forward-looking in nature; provided, however that (i) any historical facts related to the Group and (ii) any specific exposure or effect faced by the Group emanating from specifically disclosed facts contained within any such disclosure shall be deemed disclosed for purposes of the representations and warranties set forth in this Article 3A):

 

(a)   Organization and Qualification. The Company is a corporation duly incorporated and validly existing in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction in which it is incorporated, and has the requisite corporate power and authorization to own its properties and to carry on its business as now being conducted. The Company is duly qualified as a foreign corporation to do business and is in good standing in every jurisdiction in which its ownership of property or the nature of the business conducted by it makes such qualification necessary, except to the extent that the failure to be so qualified or be in good standing would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. As used in this Agreement, “Material Adverse Effect” means any material adverse effect on (i) the business, properties, assets, liabilities, operations, results of operations or financial condition of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or (ii) the authority or ability of the Company to perform its obligations under the Transaction Documents (as defined in Section 3A(b) below); provided, however, that for purposes of clause (i) above, in no event shall any of the following exceptions, alone or in combination with the other enumerated exceptions below, be deemed to constitute, nor shall be taken into account in determining whether there has been or will be, a Material Adverse Effect: (A) any effect resulting from compliance with the terms and conditions of, or from the announcement of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (B) any effect that results from changes affecting any of the industries in which the Company operates generally or the economy generally, (C) any effect that results from changes affecting general worldwide economic or capital market conditions, provided that any such changes in (B) and (C) do not substantially disproportionately affect the Company in any material respect, or (D) any change in the Company’s share price or trading volume, in and of itself, primarily resulting from any of the effects or changes described in the foregoing clauses (A), (B) or (C). Each subsidiary of the Company that is a “significant subsidiary” within the meaning of Rule 1-01(w) of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act (individually a “Significant Subsidiary” and collectively the “Significant Subsidiaries”) has been duly organized and is validly existing in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization except to the extent that the failure to be in good standing would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(b)   Authorization; Enforcement; Validity. The Company has the requisite corporate power and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement and each of the other agreements entered into by the parties hereto in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (collectively, the “Transaction Documents”) and to issue the Securities in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof, subject to the conditions herein. The execution and delivery of the Transaction Documents by the Company and the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including, without limitation, the issuance of the Securities, has been duly authorized by the Board and no further filing, consent or authorization is required for the issuance of the Securities on the part of the Company, except for the filing, consent or authorization in connection with the satisfaction of the conditions in Sections 5(a), (b) and (c) below and any required filings regarding the issuance or listing of additional securities with The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited (the “SEHK”) or the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”). This Agreement and the other Transaction Documents when duly executed and delivered by the Company constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company,

 

- 7

 

 

enforceable against the Company in accordance with their respective terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by general principles of equity or applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, liquidation or similar laws relating to, or affecting generally, the enforcement of applicable creditors’ rights and remedies.

  

(c)   Issuance of Securities. The Securities are duly authorized and, when issued and paid for in accordance with the terms hereof, shall be validly issued and free from all preemptive or similar rights, taxes, liens and charges with respect to the issue thereof and the Securities shall be fully paid with the holders being entitled to all rights accorded to a holder of the Common Shares. Assuming the accuracy of each of the representations and warranties set forth in Section 2 of this Agreement, the offer and issuance by the Company of the Securities is exempt from registration under the 1933 Act. The Securities, when allotted, issued and delivered, will (i) be validly issued and fully-paid, (ii) rank pari passu and carry the same rights in all aspects as the other Common Shares in issue as at the date on which the Securities are issued, (iii) subject to the memorandum and articles of association of the Company (the “Memorandum and Articles”), be entitled to all dividends and other distributions declared, made or paid in relation to the Securities save for any right or entitlement the record date for which precedes the date on which the Securities are allotted and issued, (iv) subject to the Memorandum and Articles, be freely transferable, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, security interests or claims of third Parties and will not be subject to calls for further funds, and (v) free from any restrictions on the voting or transfer of any of the Securities or payment of dividends with respect to the Securities pursuant to any agreement, contract, undertaking or similar instrument to which the Company is bound (other than any restrictions referred to in this Agreement).

 

(d)   No Conflicts. The execution, delivery and performance of the Transaction Documents by the Company and the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby (including, without limitation, the issuance of the Securities) will not (i) result in a violation of the Articles, (ii) conflict with, or constitute a default (or an event which with notice or lapse of time or both would become a default) under, or give to others any rights of termination, amendment, acceleration or cancellation of, any agreement, indenture or instrument to which the Company or any Significant Subsidiary is a party, or (iii) subject to the terms of this Agreement, result in a violation of any law, rule, regulation, order, judgment or decree (including the Hong Kong Codes on Takeovers and Mergers and Share Buy-backs (the “Hong Kong Takeovers Code”), foreign, U.S. federal and state securities laws and regulations and the rules and regulations of the SEHK or of the NYSE applicable to the Company or by which any property or asset of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary is bound or affected), except in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) above, for such conflicts, defaults, rights or violations which would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(e)   Consents. The Company is not required to obtain any consent, authorization or order of, or make any filing or registration with, (i) any court, Governmental Entity or any regulatory or self-regulatory agency in order for it to execute, deliver or perform any of its obligations under or contemplated by the Transaction Documents or (ii) any third party pursuant to any agreement, indenture or instrument to which the Company or any Significant Subsidiary is a party, in each case in accordance with the terms hereof or thereof other than such as have been made or obtained, and except for the filings, approvals or notifications in connection with the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Sections 5(a), (b) and (c) below and any required filings or notifications regarding the issuance or listing of additional securities with the SEHK or the NYSE or such consents as will be obtained by the Company on or before Closing. The Company has no knowledge of any facts or circumstances that might prevent the Company

 

- 8

 

 

from obtaining or effecting any of the filings or notifications described in the preceding sentence. The Company is not in violation of the listing requirements of the SEHK or the NYSE and has no knowledge of any facts that would reasonably lead to delisting or suspension of its Common Shares from the SEHK or of its American depository receipts from the NYSE in the foreseeable future, apart from such suspension from SEHK and/or NYSE in connection with or resulting from the entering into of this Agreement. As used herein, “knowledge” shall mean actual knowledge of the executive officers (as defined in Rule 405 under the 1933 Act) of the Company after due inquiry.

  

(f)   No General Solicitation. Neither the Company, nor any of its affiliates, nor any Person acting on its or their behalf, has engaged in any form of general solicitation or general advertising (within the meaning of Regulation D) in connection with the offer or sale of the Securities. No Person will have, as a result of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents, any valid right, interest or claim against or upon the Company, the Buyer for any commission, fee or other compensation pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding with a placement agent entered into by or on behalf of the Company.

 

(g)   No Integrated Offering. Assuming the accuracy of the Buyer’s representations and warranties set forth in Section 2 hereof, none of the Company, any of its affiliates, or any Person acting on their behalf has, directly or indirectly, made any offers or sales of any security or solicited any offers to buy any security, under circumstances that would require registration of the issuance of any of the Securities under the 1933 Act, whether through integration with prior offerings or otherwise, or cause the offering of Securities hereunder to require approval of shareholders of the Company for purposes of any applicable shareholder approval provisions, including, without limitation, under the rules and regulations of the SEHK and the NYSE. None of the Company, their affiliates and any Person acting on their behalf will take any action or steps referred to in the preceding sentence that would require registration of the issuance of any of the Securities under the 1933 Act or cause the offering of the Securities to be integrated with other offerings for purposes of any such applicable shareholder approval provisions.

 

(h)   Public Documents. The Company has timely filed all reports, schedules, forms, statements and other documents required to be filed by it with the SEC pursuant to the reporting requirements of the 1934 Act or with the SEHK and has timely issued all announcements and circulars required to be issued by it by the SEHK or the NYSE (all of the foregoing filed or announced prior to the date of this Agreement and all exhibits included therein and financial statements, notes and schedules thereto and documents and incorporated by reference therein being hereinafter referred to as the “Public Documents”). As of their respective filing or issuance dates, the Public Documents complied in all material respects with the requirements of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder and the rules and regulations of the SEHK and the NYSE, as applicable, to the respective Public Documents, and, other than as corrected or clarified in a subsequent Public Document, none of the Public Documents, at the time they were filed or issued, contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

(i)   Financial Statements. The consolidated financial statements (including any related notes thereto) included or incorporated by reference in the Public Documents fairly presented in all material respects the consolidated financial position of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries as of the dates indicated therein and the consolidated results of their operations for the periods specified therein, other than as corrected or clarified in a subsequent Public Document.

 

- 9

 

  

(j)   No Material Adverse Effect. Since 30 September 2014, no event or circumstance has occurred that, individually or in the aggregate, has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(k)   Litigation. There are no claims, suits, actions or proceedings pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened against the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries before any court, governmental department, commission, agency, instrumentality or authority, or any arbitrator that seeks to restrain or enjoin the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or which could reasonably be expected, to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect. Except for evidence or materials subject to a protective order, attorney-client privilege or otherwise made available to the Buyer or its counsel, no existing facts or developments related to the Company's pending litigation, taken as a whole, have been omitted from the Public Documents that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect (it being understood that this representation and warranty shall not be taken as a guarantee as to the outcome of such litigation).

 

(l)   Compliance with Applicable Laws. The Company and each of its Significant Subsidiaries have conducted their businesses in compliance with all applicable federal, state and foreign laws, regulations and applicable stock exchange requirements, except where the failure to be in compliance could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

The Company and each of its Significant Subsidiaries have all permits, licenses, authorizations, orders and approvals of, and have made all filings, applications and registrations with, any Governmental Entities that are required in order to carry on their business as presently conducted, except where the failure to have such permits, licenses, authorizations, orders and approvals or the failure to make such filings, applications and registrations, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and all such permits, licenses, certificates of authority, orders and approvals are in full force and effect and, to the knowledge of the Company, no suspension or cancellation of any of them is threatened, and all such filings, applications and registrations are current, except where such absence, suspension or cancellation, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(m)   Equity Capitalization. As of 10 June 2015, the authorized share capital of the Company consists of (A) 50,000,000,000 Common Shares, of which as of such date, 40,745,078,880 shares are issued, (as at 31 May 2015, 475,653,607 shares may be issued pursuant to the Company’s employee incentive plan and other options and warrants outstanding) and 3,932,570,996 Common Shares may be issued (as of the date of this Agreement) pursuant to the conversion of the (i) US$200,000,000 Zero Coupon Convertible Bonds due 2018 issued on 7 November 2013; (ii) the US$54,600,000 Zero Coupon Convertible Bonds due 2018 issued to Datang Holdings (Hongkong) Investment Company Limited (“Datang”); (iii) the US$32,200,000 Zero Coupon Convertible Bonds due 2018 issued to Country Hill Limited (“Country Hill”); (iv) the US$95,000,000 Zero Coupon Convertible Bonds due 2018 issued on 24 June 2014; and (v) the US$22,200,000 Zero Coupon Convertible Bonds due 2018 issued to Datang on 4 December 2014 (together, the “Convertible Bonds”) and there are no other agreement or commitment outstanding which calls for the allotment or issue or accords to any person the right to call for the allotment or issue of any shares (including shares issued pursuant to securities exercisable or exchangeable for, or convertible into, or agreements relating to the issuance of Common Shares) (except that Country Hill will, as a result of the issue and sale of the New Common Shares to the

 

- 10

 

 

Buyer pursuant to this Agreement, have the right to subscribe for a pro rata portion of Common Shares equivalent to the percentage of the issued share capital of the Company then beneficially owned by Country Hill (the “Country Hill Pre-emptive Right”)) immediately prior to the issue of the New Common Shares), and (B) 5,000,000,000 Preferred Shares, of which none are issued. All of such issued shares have been validly issued and are fully paid.

  

(n)   Information provided. All information given in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement by the Company or on its behalf by the Company's advisers, to the Buyer or the Buyer's advisers, relating to the Company, its Significant Subsidiaries or their respective business, activities, affairs, or assets or liabilities (including all documents attached thereto) was, when given, and is now accurate in all material respects and not misleading in any material respect, and there is no material omission that would render the information given misleading in any material respect, provided that nothing herein shall constitute any obligation on the Company to disclose any information over and above what is required to be disclosed by the Company under the requirements of applicable laws and regulations (including, but not limited to, the Hong Kong Listing Rules) or requirements of regulatory bodies (including, but not limited to the SEHK and the SEC).

 

(o)   Ownership of assets. Save as disclosed publicly or to the Buyer or its advisors, as may be updated by the Company in writing prior to Closing, so far as the Company is aware, there are no mortgages, charges, pledges, liens (other than liens arising in the ordinary course of trading) or other forms of security or encumbrances given by the Company for the purpose of securing financing, over or affecting the whole or any part of the material assets of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries.

 

(p)   Intellectual Property. To the knowledge as of the date hereof of the Company, the Company owns or possesses sufficient legal rights including but not limited to trade secrets, licenses, confidential information and proprietary rights and manufacturing processes and all copyrights, mask work rights, all patents and patent rights, as are necessary to the conduct of the business as now conducted or presently proposed to be conducted on such products of 0.13um, 0.18um, 0.35um, 28nm, 45nm, 90nm, and/or 65nm processes (or as presently proposed to be conducted on products) by the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries, without any known conflict with, or known infringement of, the rights of others except as would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect. To the knowledge as of the date hereof of the Company, no products manufactured, marketed or sold (or products proposed to be manufactured, marketed or sold) by the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries violates any license or infringes any intellectual property rights of any other party which could reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect. The representation and warranty set forth in Section 3(A)(l) (Compliance with Applicable Laws) shall not be deemed or interpreted to apply to matters related to intellectual property and intellectual property rights. For the avoidance of doubt and notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties acknowledge that the Company has not conducted an analysis of the Company’s freedom to operate in a particular field with respect to ownership and use of intellectual property rights.

 

(q)   Delivery of Documents. Following Closing and as soon as reasonably practicable, the Company shall deliver to the Buyer (i) certificates in respect of the New Common Shares, respectively, duly executed on behalf of the Company and registered in the name of the Buyer; and (ii) a certified register of members of the Common Shares of the Company, reflecting the Buyer’s ownership of the New Common Shares, respectively.

 

- 11

 

  

3.          B. Limitations on Representations and Warranties.

 

The Buyer agrees and acknowledges that all claims made by the Buyer under any of the representations and warranties set out in Section 3A above shall not, whether individually or in the aggregate, exceed the Aggregate Purchase Price (it being understood that any assessment of damages shall not include any special, consequential or punitive damages and shall only be limited to actual damages suffered including any diminution in the value of the Securities purchased as a result of any breaches).

 

4.          COVENANTS.

 

(a)   Best Efforts. Each party shall use its best efforts to satisfy each of the covenants and conditions to be satisfied by it as provided in Sections 5, 6 and 7 of this Agreement on a timely basis.

 

(b)   Regulatory Filings. Without limiting the generality of Section 4(a) above, the Buyer shall use its best efforts to obtain all governmental approvals required for Buyer to complete the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and, as promptly as practicable after the date hereof, the Buyer shall make all filings, notices, petitions, statements, registrations, submissions of information, application or submission of other documents required by any Governmental Entity required in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby. Buyer will, upon request by the Company, promptly update the Company on its progress of obtaining governmental approvals. In addition, the Buyer shall use best endeavors to furnish such information, supply such documents, give such undertakings and do all such acts and things as may reasonably be required by the SEHK and/or any other Governmental Entity in relation to or arising out of the transactions contemplated hereby. The Company shall, subject to applicable laws and regulations (including the Hong Kong Listing Rules), provide such information in respect of itself as reasonably requested by the Buyer for the purpose of facilitating the Buyer’s fulfillment of its obligation to obtain all governmental approvals under this Section 4(b).

 

(c)   Listing. The Company shall use reasonable best efforts to procure an extraordinary general meeting for the independent shareholders of the Company to consider and approve the issue of Securities pursuant to this Agreement and, if approved by the independent shareholders of the Company, to promptly secure the listing of, and permission to deal in, all of the New Common Shares on the SEHK and shall use reasonable best efforts to maintain such listing of and permission to deal in such Common Shares, so long as any other shares of the Common Shares shall be so listed. The Company shall pay all fees and expenses in connection with satisfying its obligations under this Section 4(c).

 

(d)   Fees. Each party to this Agreement shall bear its own expenses and the fees relating to or arising out of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

(e)   Lock-Up.

 

(i)          This Section 4 (e) Lock-Up shall apply only to the New Common Shares under this Agreement, and shall not affect prior agreements between the Parties.

 

(ii)         The Buyer (and to the extent any Securities are Transferred to the Permitted Transferee in accordance with the provisions of Section 4(e)(iv), the Permitted Transferee) shall not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any of the Securities purchased hereunder or enter into any swap, hedging or other arrangement

 

- 12

 

 

that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any of such securities (any of the foregoing, a “Transfer”) without the prior written consent of the Company for a period of two (2) years from the Closing Date (the “Lock-Up Period”), provided that nothing herein shall restrict the Buyer from pledging any of the Securities purchased hereunder with the Permitted Transferee and the rights of the Buyer under this Agreement shall not be affected by such pledge.

  

(iii)        The Buyer (and, to the extent any Securities are Transferred to the Permitted Transferee in accordance with the provisions of Section 4(e)(iv), the Permitted Transferee) shall refrain at all times (including with respect to time periods after the expiration of the Lock-Up Period) from selling the New Common Shares to any person or entity that is a Competitor (as defined below) of the Company or a member of the Competitor’s Group (as defined below), except in a genuine open market sale where the identity of the purchaser of the Common Shares is not known to, and cannot reasonably be determined by, the Buyer or its agent effecting such sale and provided that the number of Common Shares that the Buyer is permitted to sell in the open market shall not exceed 1% of the issued share capital of the Company at the relevant time during any 30-day period. For the purpose of this Section 4(e), “Competitor” means (a) the leading ten (10) companies in the area of pure foundry or semiconductor, respectively, in terms of annual global revenues according to the most recent data of Gartner and/or iSuppli as at the Closing Date, or (b) the leading ten (10) semiconductor manufacturing companies in the PRC according to the most recent data of the Ministry of Industry and Information Technology of the PRC or other institutions under its supervision (such as but not limited to the China Semiconductor Industry Association) as at the Closing Date. “Competitor’s Group” means the Competitor, its subsidiaries and holding company, and any subsidiaries of the Competitor’s holding company.

 

(iv)        Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 4(e)(ii) or (iii), the Company hereby agrees that the Buyer may, subject to compliance with the rules (including the Hong Kong Listing Rules), regulations, laws of Hong Kong and the requirements of the SEHK, applicable securities laws in the United States or any other jurisdictions, and the terms, conditions, and obligations of this Agreement, transfer New Common Shares to a subsidiary or fund under the control and management of the Buyer (the “Permitted Transferee”) provided, that, as a condition to any such transfer:

 

(A)the Buyer shall inform the Company in writing of the proposed Transfer to the Permitted Transferee before effecting it; and

 

(B)the Permitted Transferee shall adhere with the provision relating to transfer to “Permitted Transferee” in Section 4(e)(iv), and shall provide to the Company written confirmation of the same

 

(f)   Public Disclosure. Without limiting any other provision of this Agreement, the Company and Buyer (and to the extent any Securities are Transferred to the Permitted Transferee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4(e)(iv), the Permitted Transferee), to the extent permitted by applicable law, will consult with each other before issuance, and provide each other the opportunity to review, comment upon and concur with, and use all reasonable efforts to agree on any press release or public statement with respect to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, and will not (to the extent practicable) issue any such press release or make any such public statement prior to such consultation and agreement, except as may be required by law, rules, regulations or any listing agreement

 

- 13

 

 

with or requirement of the NYSE, SEHK or any other applicable securities exchange, provided that the disclosing party shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, rules, regulations or any listing agreement with or requirement of the NYSE, SEHK or any other applicable securities exchange and if reasonably practicable, inform the other parties about the disclosure to be made pursuant to such requirements prior to the disclosure.

 

(g)   Conduct of Business. Save as disclosed in this Agreement or any public disclosure made by the Company prior to the date of this Agreement, or consented in writing by the Buyer, during the period from the date of this Agreement and continuing until the earlier of the termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 8(a) hereof or the Closing, the Company shall, except as permitted and contemplated by the terms of this Agreement or disclosed in any public disclosure made by the Company prior to the date of this Agreement, carry on its business, in all material respects, in the ordinary and normal course and, not (i) undertake any construction of any new plants and buildings, (ii) enter into any notifiable transactions (as such term is defined under the Hong Kong Listing Rules) (iii) agree to, either verbally or in writing, authorize or approve any of the foregoing.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, the Company may continue to be involved in the existing construction of plants and buildings, as the Board may consider appropriate from time to time but in any event such involvement would not result in or reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(h)   Use of Proceeds. The Company shall use the proceeds received from the issue of the Securities hereunder for the purpose of capital expenditure and capacity expansion associated with the 12-inch manufacturing facility in Beijing, PRC.

 

(i)   Pre-emptive Rights.

 

(i)          If the Company proposes, following the Closing, to issue any new Common Shares, any securities convertible into or exchangeable into Common Shares or any warrants or other rights to subscribe for Common Shares (“Relevant Securities”), the Company shall notify Buyer in writing of such proposal (an “Issue Notice”). The Issue Notice shall specify the number and type of Relevant Securities to be offered by the Company and the material terms of the proposed offer (including the proposed price per Relevant Security to be paid by the proposed third party purchaser(s)).

 

(ii)         Subject to sub-paragraph (vii) below, the Buyer shall have the right to purchase such number of the Relevant Securities which are the subject of the Issue Notice so as to enable the Buyer to hold, after the issue of the Relevant Securities

 

a pro rata portion of the Relevant Securities equal to the percentage of the issued share capital of the Company then beneficially owned by the Buyer (together with the Permitted Transferee) prior to the issuance of the Relevant Securities, provided that the Buyer and the Permitted Transferee together owns not less than 1,849,547,150 shares in the capital of the Company,

  

upon the same terms and conditions set forth in the Issue Notice, by giving written notice to the Company of the exercise of this right within ten (10) Business Days (as defined below) of the giving of the Issue Notice. If such notice is not given by the Buyer within such ten (10) Business Days (as defined below), the Buyer shall be deemed to have elected not to exercise its rights under

 

- 14

 

 

this Section 4(i)(ii) with respect to the issuance described in that specific Issue Notice. The parties acknowledge that any rights of the Buyer to purchase the Relevant Securities pursuant to this Section 4(i)(ii) will lapse if completion thereof does not occur simultaneously with the Buyer’s completion of the offering of Relevant Securities or at such other time and place as shall be mutually agreed by the Company and the Buyer, provided that if the reason for the Buyer’s failure to complete by the time specified above is solely due to a delay of the Governmental Entity in granting the relevant authorizations, approvals, permits, qualifications or exemptions, the Buyer shall notify the Company in writing at least seven (7) days prior to the completion of the offering of the Relevant Securities to extend the completion date for Buyer to a date within three (3) months or such other reasonable period as may be mutually agreed between the parties following the completion of the issue of the Relevant Securities, after such period the right to the Buyer to purchase the Relevant Securities pursuant to this Section 4(i)(ii) shall lapse. A notice given by the Buyer pursuant to this section shall be irrevocable.

 

(iii)        Subject to Section 4(i)(ii) above, the completion of the Buyer’s purchase of Relevant Securities pursuant to section (ii) above shall occur simultaneously with the completion of the offering of Relevant Securities. For the avoidance of doubt, the completion by the Company of the offering of the Relevant Securities shall not be affected by the timing of the completion of any issue of the Relevant Securities to the Buyer. The Buyer shall execute and deliver to the Company all transaction documents related to Buyer’s purchase of Relevant Securities as may be reasonably requested by the Company prior to the completion of the Buyer’s purchase of Relevant Securities. At such completion, the Buyer shall deliver the aggregate purchase price for the Relevant Securities to be purchased by the Buyer pursuant to Section 4(i)(ii) above.

 

(iv)        Any Common Shares issued to the Buyer pursuant to this Section 4(i)(ii) above shall be issued on the same terms and subject to the same conditions as the Relevant Securities are issued to any proposed third party purchaser(s), such terms and conditions being set out in the Issue Notice.

 

(v)         The provisions of Section 4(i)(i) to (iv) shall not apply to:

 

(1)   the grant of any employment options (including those given to directors or consultants), or the issue of any Relevant Securities pursuant to the exercise of employment based share options (including those given to directors or consultants) granted (whether prior to or after the date of this Agreement), pursuant to any share purchase or share option plans of the Company in effect from time to time;

 

(2)   the issue of any Relevant Securities pursuant to any share incentive scheme operated by the Company from time to time;

 

(3)   the issue of any Common Shares or other securities pursuant to the conversion, exchange or exercise of any securities that were previously offered and/or issued to Buyer (including its Permitted Transferee, if applicable) as Relevant Securities;

 

(4)   any offer of the Relevant Securities open for a period fixed by the Board to holders of Common Shares on the register of members on a fixed record date in proportion to their then holdings of Common Shares; provided that such offer of Relevant Securities is also

 

- 15

 

 

made to Buyer, unless it is restricted by any legal restrictions under the laws of the relevant place or the requirements of the relevant regulatory body or stock exchange in that place to make such offer to the Buyer;

  

(5)   an issue of Common Shares as fully paid to holders of Common Shares (including without limitation, Common Shares paid up out of distributable profits or reserves and/or share premium account issued in lieu of the whole or any part of any cash dividend and free distributions or bonus issue of Common Shares); provided that such issuance of Common Shares is also made to Buyer;

 

(6)   an issue of the Relevant Securities pursuant to the acquisition of another corporation by the Company by merger, purchase of substantially all of the assets or other reorganization or to a joint venture agreement; provided, that such issuance is approved by the Board;

 

(7)   the issue of any Relevant Securities as a result of the conversion of the Convertible Bonds; or

 

(8)   the issue of any Relevant Securities to Country Hill pursuant to the Country Hill Pre-emptive Right as a result of the issuance of the New Common Shares pursuant to this Agreement.

 

(9)   In the event that there shall be any discrepancy as to the terms relevant to Preemptive Rights between section 4(i)(v) herein and any prior agreement between the Parties, the terms of this Agreement shall prevail.

 

(vi)        The rights set forth in this Section 4(i) shall not apply with respect to and shall expire immediately prior to a transaction that would result in a change of control (as such term is defined under the Hong Kong Takeovers Code).

 

Business Day” shall mean a day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a public holiday in Hong Kong or the PRC.

 

(vii)       The Company and Buyer acknowledge and agree that the Buyer’s exercise of the rights in this Section 4(i) shall in all cases be subject to compliance with the rules, regulations, laws and requirements of applicable government and regulatory bodies, including the Hong Kong Listing Rules, the Hong Kong Takeovers Code, the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited and the Securities and Futures Commission of Hong Kong (including, where applicable any requirements to obtain the approval of the shareholders of the Company), and shall take such steps reasonably necessary to give effect to the rights contained in this Section 4(i) in compliance with rules, regulations, laws and requirements of applicable government and regulatory bodies, provided that all costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable legal fees and expenses) incurred by the Company shall be resolved in a manner consistent with any terms agreed to by the Company and the other potential investor(s) with respect to the issuance described in the relevant Issue Notice.

  

(j)   Exclusivity. During the period from the date of this Agreement and continuing until the earliest of (A) the termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 8(a) hereof or (B) the Closing, the Company agrees not to initiate, solicit, encourage or engage in any discussion or negotiation of any type

 

- 16

 

 

with, provide any information to, accept and proposal from, or enter into any letter of intent, purchase contract or any other similar agreement, or consummate any transaction, with any persons or entities other than the Buyer with respect to any equity or convertible debt instrument in the Company or with respect to any sale of substantially all of the assets of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary, provided that nothing in this section shall prohibit the Company from carrying out any normal investor or public relations activities in its ordinary course of business.

 

(k)   Discussion. Subject to applicable law, rules, regulations and requirements (including the Hong Kong Listing Rules and the requirements of the SEHK and NYSE), during the period from the date of this Agreement and continuing until the earlier of the termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 8(a) hereof or the Closing, the Company will use its reasonable efforts to meet with, and/or communicate with representatives of the Buyer upon reasonable request and to discuss any material operational matters in good faith and to consider whether and how to exercise its discretion to implement any reasonable suggestions from the Buyer.

 

5.conditions to the company’s obligation to sell and to the buyer’s obligation to purchase.

 

The obligation of the Company hereunder to issue and sell the New Common Shares to the Buyer at the Closing and the obligation of the Buyer hereunder to purchase the New Common Shares from the Company hereunder are each subject to the satisfaction, at or before the Closing Date, of each of the following conditions, provided that these conditions may be waived, in whole or in part, by either party hereto only as regards the obligations of the other party to procure the relevant conditions, at any time in its sole discretion by providing the other party hereto with prior written notice thereof:

 

(a)   Governmental Approvals. The Buyer shall have obtained all authorizations, approvals, permits, qualifications or exemptions, if any, of any Governmental Entity that are required in connection with the lawful purchase of the Securities hereunder by the Buyer and the performance of the Buyer’s other obligations hereunder, and such authorizations, approvals, permits, qualifications or exemptions including, in relation to the Buyer, those from the National Development and Reform Commission (NDRC), the State Administration of Foreign Exchange and the Ministry of Commerce or the local branch offices of each of the foregoing, as applicable, in each case of the PRC shall be in effect as of the date of the Closing.

 

(b)   SEHK Listing. Approval for the listing of, and permission to deal in the New Common Shares shall have been duly obtained from the SEHK and such approval not subsequently being revoked prior to Closing.

 

(c)   Independent shareholders’ approval. The Company having obtained the approval of the independent shareholders of the Company in EGM of the issue of the New Common Shares to the Buyer and the granting of a special mandate for the issue of the New Common Shares at Closing pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

 

(d)   No Governmental Prohibition. The sale of the Securities by the Company and the purchase of the Securities by the Buyer shall not be prohibited by any law or governmental order or regulation.

 

- 17

 

  

6.CONDITIONS TO THE COMPANY’S OBLIGATION TO SELL.

 

The obligation of the Company hereunder to issue and sell the New Common Shares to the Buyer at the Closing is subject to the satisfaction, at or before the Closing Date, of each of the following conditions, provided that these conditions are for the Company’s sole benefit and may be waived by the Company, in whole or in part, at any time in its sole discretion by providing the Buyer with prior written notice thereof:

 

(a)   Execution of Transaction Documents and other documents. The Buyer shall have executed each of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and delivered the same to the Company.

 

(b)   Delivery of the Aggregate Purchase Price. The Buyer shall have delivered to the Company the Aggregate Purchase Price for the Securities at the Closing by wire transfer of immediately available funds pursuant to the wire instructions provided by the Company as set forth in Section 1(c)(ii)(A).

 

(c)   Representations and Warranties; Covenants. The representations and warranties of the Buyer shall be true and correct in all material respects (except for those representations and warranties that are qualified by materiality or material adverse effect, which shall be true and correct to such extent) , and the Buyer shall have performed, satisfied and complied in all material respects with the covenants, agreements and conditions required by this Agreement to be performed, satisfied or complied with by the Buyer at or prior to the Closing Date.

 

(d)   Absence of Litigation. No proceeding challenging this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, or seeking to prohibit, alter, prevent or delay the Closing, shall have been instituted or be pending before any court, arbitrator, governmental body, agency or official.

 

7.CONDITIONS TO THE BUYER’S OBLIGATION TO PURCHASE.

 

The obligation of the Buyer hereunder to purchase the New Common Shares at the Closing is subject to the satisfaction, at or before the Closing Date, of each of the following conditions, and may be waived by the Buyer, in whole or in part, at any time in its sole discretion by providing the Company with prior written notice thereof:

 

(a)   Execution of Transaction Documents and other documents. The Company shall have duly executed and delivered to the Buyer each of the Transaction Documents and the documents set forth in Section 1(c)(ii)(B).

 

(b)   Representations and Warranties; Covenants. The representations and warranties of the Company contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects (except for those representations and warranties that are qualified by materiality or Material Adverse Effect, which shall be true and correct to such extent), and the Company shall have performed, satisfied and complied in all material respects with the covenants, agreements and conditions required by the Transaction Documents to be performed, satisfied or complied with by the Company at or prior to the Closing Date.

 

8.TERMINATION.

 

(a)   Subject to Section 8(b) below, this Agreement may be terminated and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement abandoned at any time prior to the Closing:

 

- 18

 

  

(i)          by mutual agreement of the Company and the Buyer;

 

(ii)         by the Company if the closing and issuance of securities under the share purchase agreement, dated February 12, 2015, by and between the Company and China Integrated Circuit Industry Investment Fund Co., Ltd. shall not have occurred pursuant to the terms therein;

 

(iii)        by the Company or the Buyer if the Closing Date shall not have occurred by the date falling four months after the date of this Agreement or any other date as may be agreed between the parties; provided, however, that the right to terminate this Agreement under this Section 8(a)(ii) shall not be available to a party if such party’s action or failure to act has been a principal cause of or resulted in the failure of the Closing to occur on or before such date and such action or failure to act constitutes breach of this Agreement;

 

(iv)        by the Company or the Buyer if any legislative body, court, administrative agency or commission or other governmental authority, instrumentality, agency or commission shall have enacted, issued, promulgated, enforced or entered any law or governmental regulation or order which has the effect of prohibiting the sale and issuance of the Securities;

 

(v)         by the Buyer if there has been a material breach of any representation or warranty of the Company hereunder that would have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company or any material breach of any covenant or agreement of the Company hereunder;

 

(vi)        by the Company if there has been a material breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement of the Buyer contained in this Agreement; and

 

(vii)       by the Buyer if, from the date of this Agreement to the Closing Date, there shall have occurred (i) a material limitation of trading of the Shares on the SEHK; or (ii) a suspension in trading of the Common Shares on the SEHK for a consecutive period of five Trading Days (save in respect of any suspension in trading of the Common Shares which is of a routine nature).

 

(b)   In the event of termination of this Agreement as provided in Section 8(a) above, this Agreement shall forthwith become void and there shall be no liability or obligation on the part of the parties hereto and, as applicable, the officers, directors and shareholders of each party; provided that each party hereto shall remain liable for any breaches of this Agreement or of any certificate or other instruments delivered pursuant to this Agreement prior to its termination; and provided further that the provisions of Sections 8 and 9 hereof shall remain in full force and effect and survive any termination of this Agreement pursuant to the terms of this Section 8.

  

9.MISCELLANEOUS.

 

(a)   Governing Law; Arbitration. All questions concerning the construction, validity, enforcement and interpretation of this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Hong Kong. Any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or the interpretation, breach, termination or validity hereof, shall be submitted to arbitration upon the request of any party with notice to the other parties. The arbitration shall be conducted in Hong Kong under the auspices of the Hong Kong International Arbitration Centre (the “HKIAC”) in accordance with the UNCITRAL Arbitration Rules (“UNCITRAL Rules”) in effect, which rules are deemed to be incorporated by reference into this Section 9(a). There shall be three (3) arbitrators. The complainant and

 

- 19

 

 

the respondent to such dispute shall each select one arbitrator within thirty (30) days after giving or receiving the demand for arbitration. The Chairman of the HKIAC shall select the third arbitrator, who shall be qualified to practice law in Hong Kong. If either party to the arbitration does not appoint an arbitrator who has consented to participate within thirty (30) days after selection of the first arbitrator, the relevant appointment shall be made by the Chairman of the HKIAC. The arbitration proceedings shall be conducted in English. Each party hereto shall cooperate with any party to the dispute in making full disclosure of and providing complete access to all information and documents requested by such party in connection with such arbitration proceedings, subject only to any confidentiality obligations binding on the party receiving the request. Each party irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent it may effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such arbitration in Hong Kong and the HKIAC, and hereby submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of HKIAC in any such arbitration. The award of the arbitration tribunal shall be conclusive and binding upon the disputing parties, and any party to the dispute may apply to a court of competent jurisdiction for enforcement of such award. Any party to the dispute shall be entitled to seek preliminary injunctive relief, if possible, from any court of competent jurisdiction pending the constitution of the arbitral tribunal.

 

(b)   Claim in respect of Representations and Warranties. The representation, warranty, covenant or undertaking (the “Warranties”) contained in this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding Closing except as terminated pursuant to the terms hereof or by a waiver or release by the party entitled to enforce such Warranties. No claim shall be brought against any party in relation to the Warranties unless the party making the claim shall have given the other party written notice of such claim specifying (in reasonable detail) the matter which gives rise to the claim, the nature of the claim and the amount claimed in respect thereof promptly and in any event before the date falling 12 months after the Closing Date. The parties agree that any assessment of damages shall not include any special, consequential or punitive damages and shall only be limited to actual damages suffered including any diminution in the value of the Securities purchased as a result of any breaches.

 

(c)   Remedies and waivers. No delay or omission by any party to this Agreement in exercising any right, power or remedy provided by law or under this Agreement or any other documents referred to in it shall: (i) affect that right, power or remedy; or (ii) operate as a waiver thereof. The single or partial exercise of any right, power or remedy provided by law or under this Agreement shall not preclude any other or further exercise or any other right, power or remedy. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, the rights, powers and remedies provided in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, powers and remedies provided by law.

 

(d)   Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more identical counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when counterparts have been signed by each party and delivered to the other party. A facsimile signature shall be considered due execution and shall be binding upon the signatory thereto with the same force and effect as if the signature were an original, not a facsimile signature.

 

(e)   Languages. This Agreement is being executed in English only.

 

(f)   Headings. The headings of this Agreement are for convenience of reference and shall not form part of, or affect the interpretation of, this Agreement.

 

- 20

 

  

(g)   Severability. If any provision of this Agreement shall be invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the remainder of this Agreement in that jurisdiction or the validity or enforceability of any provision of this Agreement in any other jurisdiction.

 

(h)   Confidentiality. The parties hereto acknowledge that the Company and Buyer have previously executed a Confidentiality Agreement dated on or around the date of this Agreement (the “Confidentiality Agreement”), which Confidentiality Agreement will continue in full force and effect in accordance with its terms and shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

 

(i)   Entire Agreement; Amendments. This Agreement, the other Transaction Documents and the Confidentiality Agreement supersede all other prior oral or written agreements between the Buyer, the Company, their affiliates and Persons acting on their behalf with respect to the matters discussed herein, and this Agreement, the other Transaction Documents and the instruments referenced herein and therein contain the entire understanding of and agreement between the parties with respect to the matters covered herein and therein and, except as specifically set forth herein or therein, neither the Company nor the Buyer makes any representation, warranty, covenant or undertaking with respect to such matters. In entering into this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, each part to such agreements acknowledges that it is not relying upon any pre-contractual statement which is not expressly set out in them. No provision of this Agreement may be amended other than by an instrument in writing signed by the Company and the Buyer. No provision hereof may be waived other than by an instrument in writing signed by the party against whom enforcement is sought.

 

Without prejudice to Section 3A(n) above pursuant to which the Company represents and warrants that all information given in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement by the Company or on its behalf by the Company's advisers, to the Buyer or the Buyer's advisers, relating to the Company, its Significant Subsidiaries or their respective business, activities, affairs, or assets or liabilities (including all documents attached thereto) was, when given, and is now accurate in all material respects and not misleading in any material respect, and there is no material omission that would render the information given misleading in any material respect, except in the case of fraud, no party shall have any right of action against any other party to this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents arising out of or in connection with any pre-contractual statement except to the extent that it is repeated in this Agreement and/or the other Transaction Documents.

 

For the purposes of this section, “pre-contractual statement” means any draft, agreement, undertaking, representation, warranty, promise, assurance or arrangement of any nature whatsoever, whether or not in writing, relating to the matters covered in this Agreement and/or the other Transaction Documents made or given by any person at any time prior to the date of this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents.

 

(j)   Notices. Any notices, consents, waivers or other communications required or permitted to be given under the terms of this Agreement must be in writing and will be deemed to have been delivered: (i) upon receipt, when delivered personally; (ii) upon receipt, when sent by facsimile (provided confirmation of transmission is mechanically or electronically generated and kept on file by the sending party); or (iii) one Business Day after deposit with an overnight courier service, in each case properly addressed to the party to receive the same. The addresses and facsimile numbers for such communications shall be:

 

- 21

 

  

If to the Company:

 

  Semiconductor Manufacturing International Corporation
  Address: Suite 3003, 30th Floor
    No. 9 Queen's Road Central
    Hong Kong
  Telephone: (852) 2537-8458
  Facsimile: (852) 2537 8206
  Attention: Ms. Meifung Hoo

 

If to the Buyer:

 

  Datang Holdings (Hongkong) Investment Company Limited
  Address: 18/F Edinburgh Tower The Landmark
    15 Queen’s Road Central
    Hong Kong
  Telephone: +86 01062301723
  Facsimile: +86 01062303153
  Attention: Mr. Wang Shihui

 

(k)   Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective successors and assigns. Neither party hereto shall not assign this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the other party hereto.

 

(l)   No Third Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement is intended for the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and assigns, and is not for the benefit of, nor may any provision hereof be enforced by, any other Person.

 

(m)   Further Assurances. Each party shall do and perform, or cause to be done and performed, all such further acts and things, and shall execute and deliver all such other agreements, certificates, instruments and documents, as any other party may reasonably request in order to carry out the intent and accomplish the purposes of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

Signature Page Follows

 

- 22

 

  

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Buyer and the Company have caused its respective signature page to this Share Purchase Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

  COMPANY:
   
  Semiconductor Manufacturing International Corporation
   
  By:  
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Buyer and the Company have caused their respective signature page to this Share Purchase Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

  BUYER:
   
  Datang Holdings (Hongkong) Investment Company Limited
   
  By:
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

 

 


 

Exhibit 4.17

 

SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”), dated as of 11 June 2015, by and among Semiconductor Manufacturing International Corporation, a company established under the laws of Cayman Islands (the “Company”), and Country Hill Limited, a company established under the laws of Cayman Islands (the “Buyer”).

 

WHEREAS

 

A.   Pursuant to the Share Subscription Agreement signed by the Buyer and Company on April 18, 2011 (the “Country Hill Share Subscription Agreement”), if the Company proposes to issue new Shares or securities convertible into Shares, the Buyer has a pre-emptive right to subscribe for a pro rata portion of such new securities issued which is equivalent to the percentage of the issued share capital of the Company then owned by the Buyer immediately prior to the issue of such securities (the “Country Hill Pre-emptive Right”). In connection with the offering of the New Common Shares (as defined below), the Company has notified the Buyer in writing by way of an issue notice specifying the numbers and type of securities to be offered and the purchase price of the proposed offer (the “Issue Notice”), on February 13, 2015. Upon receipt of the Issue Notice, the Buyer has delivered an irrevocable notice on March 2, 2015 to the Company to exercise its pre-emptive right to subscribe for the New Common Shares.

 

B.   The Buyer wishes to purchase, and the Company wishes to issue and sell, upon the terms and conditions stated in this Agreement an aggregate of 323,518,848 common shares, par value US$0.0004 per share, of the Company (the “New Common Shares”) at a purchase price of HK$0.6593 per share for an aggregate purchase price of HK$213,295,976.49 (the “Aggregate Purchase Price”). Unless the context otherwise requires, the New Common Shares subscribed for shall be referred to herein as the “Securities”.

 

C.   The Company and the Buyer are executing and delivering this Agreement in reliance upon the exemption from securities registration under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”) afforded by Regulation S (“Regulation S”) as promulgated by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) under the 1933 Act.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the Company and the Buyer hereby agree as follows:

 

 

 

 

1.          PURCHASE AND SALE OF NEW COMMON shares

 

(a)   Purchase of New Common Shares. Subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth in Sections 5, 6 and 7 below, the Company shall issue and sell to the Buyer, and the Buyer shall purchase from the Company on the Closing Date (as defined in Section 1(c)(i) below), the New Common Shares (the “Closing”).

 

(b)   Purchase Price. The Aggregate Purchase Price shall be HK$213,295,976.49.

 

(c)   Closing.

 

(i)          Date and Time. The date and time of the Closing (the “Closing Date”) shall be 10:00 a.m., Hong Kong time, on such date as is specified by the Company and the Buyer, which date shall be no later than the third Business Day after the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions to the Closing set forth in Sections 5, 6 and 7 below and no later than the expiry of four months after this Agreement is signed (or such later date as may be agreed between the parties), at the offices of Slaughter and May, 47th Floor, Jardine House, One Connaught Place, Central, Hong Kong or at such other time, date and location as is mutually agreed in writing by the Company and the Buyer.

 

(ii)         Payment and Delivery. On or before the Closing Date:

 

(A)   the Buyer shall pay the Aggregate Purchase Price to the Company for the New Common Shares to be issued and sold to the Buyer at the Closing, by electronic bank transfer, in immediately available funds. The payment shall be made to the bank account, bank and bank address as specified by the Company in writing prior to the Closing Date;

 

(B)   the Company shall deliver to the Buyer:

 

(1)copies of the special mandate of the Company Extraordinary General Meeting (the “EGM”) approving the entering into and execution of this Agreement and for the issue of the New Common Shares contemplated herein, pursuant to the matters set forth in Section 5 (c);

 

(2)copies of the board resolutions of the Company approving the entering into and execution of this Agreement and all transactions contemplated herein; and

 

(3)the Company shall deliver to the Buyer a certificate signed by a director of the Company certifying as to the matters set forth in Sections 7(b) and (c).

 

- 2

 

 

2.          BUYER’S REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

 

The Buyer hereby represents and warrants to the Company that as at the date of this Agreement and as at the Closing Date (except for representations and warranties that speak as of a specific date, which shall be true and correct as of such specified date):

 

(a)   Regulation S.

 

(i)          The Buyer (A) is domiciled and has its principal place of business outside the United States, (B) certifies that it is not a U.S. Person as defined under Rule 902 of Regulation S and is not acquiring the Securities for the account or benefit of any U.S. Person, (C) at the time of offering to the Buyer and communication of the Buyer’s order to purchase the Securities and at the time of the Buyer’s execution of this Agreement, the Buyer was located outside the United States, and (D) at the time of the Closing the Buyer or persons acting on the Buyer’s behalf in connection therewith, will be located outside the United States. As used herein, the term “United States” means and includes the United States of America, its territories and possessions, any state of the United States, and the District of Columbia.

 

(ii)         The Buyer has been advised and acknowledges that: (A) the Securities issued pursuant to this Agreement have not been, and when issued, will not be registered under the 1933 Act or the securities laws of any state of the United States, (B) in issuing and selling the Securities to the Buyer pursuant hereto, the Company is relying upon the exemption from registration provided by Regulation S of the 1933 Act, and (C) it is a condition to the availability of the Regulation S safe harbor that the Securities not be offered or sold in the United States or to a U.S. Person until the expiration of a period of 40 days after the Closing Date (the “Distribution Compliance Period”).

 

(iii)        The Buyer acknowledges and covenants that until the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period: (A) it and its agents or representatives have not and will not solicit offers to buy, offer for sale or sell any of the Securities or any beneficial interest therein in the United States or to or for the account of a U.S. Person, and (B) notwithstanding the foregoing, prior to the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, the Securities may be offered and sold by the holder thereof only if such offer and sale is made in compliance with the terms of this Agreement and either, (X) the offer or sale is within the United States or to or for the account of a U.S. Person and pursuant to an effective registration statement, Rule 144 promulgated under the 1933 Act or an exemption from the registration requirements of the 1933 Act, or (Y) the offer and sale is outside the United States and to other than a U.S. Person and in accordance with Regulation S of the 1933 Act. The foregoing restrictions are binding upon subsequent transferees of the Securities, except for transferees pursuant to an effective registration statement. The Buyer agrees that after the Distribution Compliance Period, the Securities may be offered or sold within the United States or to or for the account of a U.S. Person only in accordance with this Agreement and pursuant to applicable securities laws.

 

(iv)         The Buyer hereby acknowledges that during the Distribution Compliance Period, no deposit of the Securities issued hereunder will be accepted into its American Depositary Shares (“ADS”) program, and the Securities may not be offered or sold in the United States or to U.S. Persons unless the Securities are registered under the 1933 Act, or an exemption from the registration requirements of the 1933 Act is available. The Buyer further acknowledges that, for so long as the Securities are held by “affiliates” within the meaning of Rule 144(a)(1) under the 1933 Act or are “restricted securities” within

 

- 3

 

 

the meaning of Rule 144(a)(3) under the 1933 Act, the Securities will not be eligible for deposit under any unrestricted depositary receipt facility.

 

(v)          The Buyer has not engaged or caused any third party to engage in any directed selling efforts (as such term is defined in Regulation S) in the United States with respect to the Securities.

 

(vi)        The Buyer has not and will not engage in hedging transactions (within the meaning of Rule 903(b)(3)(iii)(B)(4) of Regulation S) with regard to the Securities unless in compliance with the 1933 Act.

 

(b)   No Public Sale or Distribution. Subject to the Buyer’s right to transfer the Securities to the Permitted Transferee (as defined in Section 4(f)), the Buyer is acquiring the Securities for its own account and not with a view towards, or for resale in connection with, the public sale or distribution thereof, except pursuant to sales registered or exempted under the 1933 Act. The Buyer does not presently have any agreement or understanding, directly or indirectly, with any Person to distribute any of the Securities. “Person” means an individual, a limited liability company, a partnership, a joint venture, a corporation, a trust, an unincorporated organization or a government or any department or agency thereof.

 

(c)   Reliance on Exemptions. The Buyer understands that the Securities are being offered and sold to it in reliance on specific exemptions from the registration requirements of United States federal and state securities laws and that the Company is relying upon the truth and accuracy of, and its compliance with, the representations, warranties, agreements, acknowledgments and understandings of it set forth herein in order to determine the availability of such exemptions and the eligibility of it to acquire the Securities.

 

(d)   Information. The Buyer understands that its investment in the Securities involves a high degree of risk and is able to afford a complete loss of such investment. The Buyer has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of prospective investment in the Securities.

 

(e)   No Governmental Review. The Buyer understands that no United States federal or state agency or any other government or governmental agency has passed on or made any recommendation or endorsement of the Securities or the fairness or suitability of the investment in the Securities nor have such authorities passed upon or endorsed the merits of the offering of the Securities.

 

(f)   Transfer or Resale. The Buyer understands that: (i) the Securities have not been and are not being registered under the 1933 Act or any state securities laws, and may not be offered for sale, sold, assigned or transferred within the United States or to or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person unless (A) subsequently registered thereunder, (B) the Buyer shall have delivered to the Company an opinion of counsel, in form, scope and substance reasonably acceptable to the Company, to the effect that such Securities to be sold, assigned or transferred may be sold, assigned or transferred pursuant to an exemption from such registration, or (C) the Buyer provides the Company with reasonable assurance that such

 

- 4

 

 

Securities can be sold, assigned or transferred pursuant to Rule 144 or Rule 144A promulgated under the 1933 Act, as amended, (or a successor rule thereto) (collectively, “Rule 144”); (ii) any sale of the Securities made in reliance on Rule 144 may be made only in accordance with the terms of Rule 144 and further, if Rule 144 is not applicable, any resale of the Securities under circumstances in which the seller (or the Person through whom the sale is made) may be deemed to be an underwriter (as that term is defined in the 1933 Act) may require compliance with some other exemption under the 1933 Act or the rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder; and (iii) neither the Company nor any other Person is under any obligation to register the Securities under the 1933 Act or any state securities laws or to comply with the terms and conditions of any exemption thereunder.

 

(g)   Legends. The Buyer understands that the certificates or other instruments representing the Securities, until such time as the resale of the Securities have been registered under the 1933 Act, shall bear any legend as required by the “blue sky” laws of any state and a restrictive legend in substantially the following form (and a stop-transfer order may be placed against transfer of such stock certificates):

 

“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT, AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER, IF NOT A U.S. PERSON: (1) REPRESENTS THAT IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THESE SHARES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION; (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THESE SHARES EXCEPT (A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE ACT, (C) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES, TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE ACT, (D) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES, TO AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES TO THE COMPANY A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF THESE SHARES IN THE FORM SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY (THE FORM OF WHICH LETTER CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE COMPANY), (E) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES, IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULES 904 AND 905 UNDER THE ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO THE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE ACT (IF AVAILABLE); AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE EACH PERSON TO WHOM THESE SHARES ARE TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER OF THESE SHARES PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (2)(C), (D), (E) OR (F) ABOVE, THE HOLDER MUST, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISH TO THE COMPANY SUCH CERTIFICATIONS, LEGAL OPINIONS, OR OTHER INFORMATION AS THE COMPANY MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS BEING MADE PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT

 

- 5

 

 

SUBJECT TO THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT. AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS ‘OFFSHORE TRANSACTION’, ‘UNITED STATES’, AND ‘U.S. PERSON’ HAVE THE MEANING GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S UNDER THE ACT.”

 

(h)   Validity; Enforcement. The Buyer is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of formation, and has all requisite corporate power and authority to enter into and perform this Agreement and consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. This Agreement has been duly and validly authorized, executed and delivered on behalf of the Buyer and shall constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Buyer enforceable against the Buyer in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by general principles of equity or to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, liquidation and other similar laws relating to, or affecting generally, the enforcement of applicable creditors’ rights and remedies.

 

(i)   No Conflicts. The execution, delivery and performance by the Buyer of this Agreement and the consummation by the Buyer of the transactions contemplated hereby will not (i) result in a violation of the Buyer's organizational or constitutional documents, (ii) conflict with, or constitute a default (or an event which with notice or lapse of time or both would become a default) under, or give to others any rights of termination, amendment, acceleration or cancellation of, any agreement, indenture or instrument to which the Buyer is a party, or (iii) result in a violation of any law, rule, regulation, order, judgment or decree (including federal and state securities laws) applicable to the Buyer, except in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) above, for such conflicts, defaults, rights or violations which would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Buyer to enter into this Agreement and perform its obligations hereunder; and no authorization, approval, consent and license from any supranational, national, state, municipal, local or foreign government, any instrumentality, subdivision, court, administrative agency or commission or other governmental authority or regulatory body or instrumentality, or any quasi-governmental or private body exercising any regulatory, taxing, importing or other governmental or quasi-governmental authority (a “Governmental Entity”) is required for the entering into by Buyer of this Agreement and the performance by the Buyer of its obligations under this Agreement, except for such as have already been obtained and are in full force and effect.

 

(j)   General Solicitation. The Buyer is not purchasing the Securities as a result of any advertisement, article, notice or other communication regarding the Securities published in any newspaper, magazine or similar media or broadcast over television or radio or presented at any seminar or any general advertisement.

 

(k)   Brokers and Finders. Subject to Section 4(e), no Person will have, as a result of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents, any valid right, interest or claim against or upon the Company for any commission, fee or other compensation pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding with a placement agent entered into by or on behalf of the Buyer.

 

(l)   Prohibited Transactions. Since the time when the Buyer and the Company first came into contact regarding the transactions contemplated hereby, neither the Buyer nor any Buyer Affiliate (collectively, “Trading Affiliates”) has, directly or indirectly, effected or agreed to effect any short sale, whether or not against the box, established any “put equivalent position” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(h) under

 

- 6

 

 

the 1934 Act) with respect to the Common Shares, granted any other right (including without limitation, any put or call option) with respect to the Common Shares or with respect to any security that includes, relates to or derived any significant part of its value from the Common Shares or otherwise sought to hedge its position in the Common Shares (each, a “Prohibited Transaction”), and neither the Buyer nor its Trading Affiliates will enter into a Prohibited Transaction after the date hereof until the later to occur of (A) the transactions contemplated hereby being publicly announced and (B) the Closing Date. For the purpose of this paragraph, the term “Buyer Affiliate” shall mean any person or entity which, with respect to the Buyer, directly or indirectly, controls, is under common control with, or is controlled by the Buyer, but exclude (1) Central Huijin Investment Ltd. and its subsidiaries, and (2) any person or entity which would have been considered to be an affiliate of the Buyer solely due to the fact that such person or entity is under common control with the Buyer, whether directly or indirectly, by a government or governmental authority. The term “control” means ownership of at least fifty percent (50%) or more of the voting shares (stocks) of a company, or the power to appoint or elect a majority of the directors of a company, or the power to control the management of a company.

 

(m)   Acknowledgement. The Buyer acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing representations, warranties, covenants and acknowledgments are made by it with the intention that they may be relied upon by the Company.

 

3.          A. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY.

 

The Company represents and warrants to the Buyer that as at the date of this Agreement and as at the Closing Date (except for representations and warranties that speak as of a specific date, which shall be true and correct as of such specified date), except as set forth in its Public Documents (as defined in Section 3A(h) below) (excluding disclosures of non-specific risks faced by the Company and its subsidiaries (the “Group”)) included in any forward-looking statement, disclaimer, risk factor disclosure or other similarly non-specific statements that are similarly predictive or forward-looking in nature; provided, however that (i) any historical facts related to the Group and (ii) any specific exposure or effect faced by the Group emanating from specifically disclosed facts contained within any such disclosure shall be deemed disclosed for purposes of the representations and warranties set forth in this Section 3(A):

 

(a)   Organization and Qualification. The Company is a corporation duly incorporated and validly existing in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction in which it is incorporated, and has the requisite corporate power and authorization to own its properties and to carry on its business as now being conducted. The Company is duly qualified as a foreign corporation to do business and is in good standing in every jurisdiction in which its ownership of property or the nature of the business conducted by it makes such qualification necessary, except to the extent that the failure to be so qualified or be in good standing would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. As used in this Agreement, “Material Adverse Effect” means (1) any material adverse effect on (i) the business, properties, assets, liabilities, operations, results of operations or financial condition of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or (ii) the authority or ability of the Company to perform its obligations under the Transaction Documents (as defined in Section 3A(b) below) or (2) the delisting of the Common Shares from the SEHK (as defined in Section 3A(b) below) and the American depository receipts over the Common Shares from the NYSE (as defined in Section 3A(b) below); provided, however, that for purposes of clause (i) above, in no event shall any of the following exceptions, alone or in combination with

 

- 7

 

 

the other enumerated exceptions below, be deemed to constitute, nor shall be taken into account in determining whether there has been or will be, a Material Adverse Effect: (A) any effect resulting from compliance with the terms and conditions of, or from the announcement of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (B) any effect that results from changes affecting any of the industries in which the Company operates generally or the economy generally, (C) any effect that results from changes affecting general worldwide economic or capital market conditions, provided that any such changes in (B) and (C) do not substantially disproportionately affect the Company in any material respect, or (D) any change in the Company’s share price or trading volume, in and of itself, primarily resulting from any of the effects or changes described in the foregoing clauses (A), (B) or (C). Each subsidiary of the Company that is a “significant subsidiary” within the meaning of Rule 1-01(w) of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act (individually a “Significant Subsidiary” and collectively the “Significant Subsidiaries”)has been duly organized and is validly existing in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization except to the extent that the failure to be in good standing would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(b)   Authorization; Enforcement; Validity. The Company has the requisite corporate power and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement and each of the other agreements entered into by the parties hereto in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (collectively, the “Transaction Documents”) and to issue the Securities in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof, subject to the conditions herein. The execution and delivery of the Transaction Documents by the Company and the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including, without limitation, the issuance of the Securities, has been duly authorized by the Board and no further filing, consent or authorization is required for the issuance of the Securities on the part of the Company, except for the filing, consent or authorization in connection with the satisfaction of the conditions in Sections 5(a), (b) and (c) below and any required filings regarding the issuance or listing of additional securities with The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited (the “SEHK”) or the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”). This Agreement and the other Transaction Documents when duly executed and delivered by the Company constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their respective terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by general principles of equity or applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, liquidation or similar laws relating to, or affecting generally, the enforcement of applicable creditors’ rights and remedies.

 

(c)   Issuance of Securities. The Securities are duly authorized and, when issued and paid for in accordance with the terms hereof, shall be validly issued and free from all preemptive or similar rights, taxes, liens and charges with respect to the issue thereof and the Securities shall be fully paid with the holders being entitled to all rights accorded to a holder of the Common Shares. Assuming the accuracy of each of the representations and warranties set forth in Section 2 of this Agreement, the offer and issuance by the Company of the Securities is exempt from registration under the 1933 Act. The Securities, when allotted, issued and delivered, will (i) be validly issued and fully-paid, (ii) rank pari passu and carry the same rights in all aspects as the other Common Shares in issue as at the date on which the Securities are issued, (iii) subject to the memorandum and articles of association of the Company (the “Memorandum and Articles”), be entitled to all dividends and other distributions declared, made or paid in relation to the Securities save for any right or entitlement the record date for which precedes the date on which the Securities are allotted and issued, (iv) subject to the Memorandum and Articles, be freely transferable, free

 

- 8

 

 

and clear of all liens, encumbrances, security interests or claims of third Parties and will not be subject to calls for further funds, and (v) free from any restrictions on the voting or transfer of any of the Securities or payment of dividends with respect to the Securities pursuant to any agreement, contract, undertaking or similar instrument to which the Company is bound (other than any restrictions referred to in this Agreement).

 

(d)   No Conflicts. The execution, delivery and performance of the Transaction Documents by the Company and the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby (including, without limitation, the issuance of the Securities) will not (i) result in a violation of the Articles, (ii) conflict with, or constitute a default (or an event which with notice or lapse of time or both would become a default) under, or give to others any rights of termination, amendment, acceleration or cancellation of, any agreement, indenture or instrument to which the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries is a party, or (iii) subject to the terms of this Agreement, result in a violation of any law, rule, regulation, order, judgment or decree (including the Hong Kong Codes on Takeovers and Mergers and Share Buy-backs (the “Hong Kong Takeovers Code”), foreign, U.S. federal and state securities laws and regulations and the rules and regulations of the SEHK or of the NYSE applicable to the Company or by which any property or asset of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries is bound or affected), except in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) above, for such conflicts, defaults, rights or violations which would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(e)   Consents. The Company is not required to obtain any consent, approval, authorization or order of, or make any filing or registration with or give prior notification to, (i) any court, Governmental Entity or any regulatory or self-regulatory agency in order for it to execute, deliver or perform any of its obligations under or contemplated by the Transaction Documents or (ii) any third party pursuant to any agreement, indenture or instrument to which the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries is a party, in each case in accordance with the terms hereof or thereof other than such as have been made or obtained, and except for the filings, approvals or notifications in connection with the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Sections 5(a), (b) and (c) below and any required filings or notifications regarding the issuance or listing of additional securities with the SEHK or the NYSE or such consents as will be obtained by the Company on or before Closing. The Company has no knowledge of any facts or circumstances that might prevent the Company from obtaining or effecting any of the filings or notifications described in the preceding sentence. The Company is not in violation of the listing requirements of the SEHK or the NYSE and has no knowledge of any facts that would reasonably lead to delisting or suspension of its Common Shares from the SEHK or of its American depository receipts from the NYSE in the foreseeable future, apart from such suspension from SEHK and/or NYSE in connection with or resulting from the entering into of this Agreement. As used herein, “knowledge” shall mean actual knowledge of the executive officers (as defined in Rule 405 under the 1933 Act) of the Company after due inquiry.

 

(f)   No Directed Selling Efforts. Neither the Company nor any of its affiliates or any other person acting on its or their behalf has engaged or will engage in any directed selling efforts in the United States within the meaning of Regulation S under the 1933 Act, as amended, and all such persons have complied with the applicable offering requirements of Regulation S under the 1933 Act.

 

- 9

 

 

(g)   Foreign Private Issuer. The Company is a “foreign private issuer” (as such term is defined in the rules and regulations under the 1933 Act and the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“1934 Act”), as amended).

 

(h)   No General Solicitation. Neither the Company, nor any of its affiliates, nor any Person acting on its or their behalf, has engaged in any form of general solicitation or general advertising (within the meaning of Regulation D) in connection with the offer or sale of the Securities. No Person will have, as a result of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents, any valid right, interest or claim against or upon the Company, the Buyer for any commission, fee or other compensation pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding with a placement agent entered into by or on behalf of the Company.

 

(i)   No Integrated Offering. Assuming the accuracy of the Buyer’s representations and warranties set forth in Section 2 hereof, none of the Company, any of its affiliates, or any Person acting on their behalf has, directly or indirectly, made any offers or sales of any security or solicited any offers to buy any security, under circumstances that would require registration of the issuance of any of the Securities under the 1933 Act, whether through integration with prior offerings or otherwise, or cause the offering of Securities hereunder to require approval of shareholders of the Company for purposes of any applicable shareholder approval provisions, including, without limitation, under the rules and regulations of the SEHK and the NYSE. None of the Company, their affiliates and any Person acting on their behalf will take any action or steps referred to in the preceding sentence that would require registration of the issuance of any of the Securities under the 1933 Act or cause the offering of the Securities to be integrated with other offerings for purposes of any such applicable shareholder approval provisions.

 

(j)   Public Documents. The Company has timely filed all reports, schedules, forms, statements and other documents required to be filed by it with the SEC pursuant to the reporting requirements of the 1934 Act or with the SEHK and has timely issued all announcements, returns, notices, financial statements and circulars required to be issued by it by the SEHK or the NYSE (all of the foregoing filed or announced prior to the date of this Agreement and all exhibits included therein and financial statements, notes and schedules thereto and documents and incorporated by reference therein being hereinafter referred to as the “Public Documents”). As of their respective filing or issuance dates, the Public Documents complied in all material respects with the requirements of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder and the rules and regulations of the SEHK and the NYSE, as applicable, to the respective Public Documents, and, other than as corrected or clarified in a subsequent Public Document, none of the Public Documents, at the time they were filed or issued, contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

(k)   Financial Statements. The consolidated financial statements (including any related notes thereto) included or incorporated by reference in the Public Documents fairly presented in all material respects the consolidated financial position of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries as of the dates indicated therein and the consolidated results of their operations for the periods specified therein, other than as corrected or clarified in a subsequent Public Document.

 

- 10

 

 

(l)   No Material Adverse Effect. Since 31 December 2014, no event or circumstance has occurred that, individually or in the aggregate, has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Company nor any of its Significant Subsidiaries has taken any steps to seek protection pursuant to any bankruptcy law nor does the Company have any knowledge or reason to believe that its creditors intend to initiate involuntary bankruptcy proceedings or any fact which would reasonably lead a creditor to do so.

 

(m)   Litigation. There are no claims, suits, investigations, actions or proceedings pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened against the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or, to the best of the knowledge of the Company, any of their respective directors, officers, employees (such employees performing managerial functions in departments of the Company concerning research and development, manufacturing, finance and marketing) or properties before any court, governmental department, commission, agency, instrumentality or authority, or any arbitrator that seeks to restrain or enjoin the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or which could reasonably be expected, to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect. Except for evidence or materials subject to a protective order, attorney-client privilege or otherwise made available to the Buyer or its counsel, no existing facts or developments related to the Company's pending litigation, taken as a whole, have been omitted from the Public Documents that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect (it being understood that this representation and warranty shall not be taken as a guarantee as to the outcome of such litigation).

 

(n)   Compliance with Applicable Laws. The Company and each of its Significant Subsidiaries have conducted their businesses in compliance with all applicable federal, state and foreign laws, regulations and applicable stock exchange requirements, except where the failure to be in compliance could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

The Company and each of its Significant Subsidiaries have all permits, licenses, authorizations, orders and approvals of, and have made all filings, applications and registrations with, any Governmental Entities that are required in order to carry on their business as presently conducted, except where the failure to have such permits, licenses, authorizations, orders and approvals or the failure to make such filings, applications and registrations, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and all such permits, licenses, certificates of authority, orders and approvals are in full force and effect and, to the knowledge of the Company, no suspension or cancellation of any of them is threatened, and all such filings, applications and registrations are current, except where such absence, suspension or cancellation, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(o)   Equity Capitalization. As of 10 June 2015, the authorized share capital of the Company consists of (A) 50,000,000,000 Common Shares, of which as of such date, 40,745,078,880 shares are issued, (as at 31 May 2015, 475,653,607shares may be issued pursuant to the Company’s employee incentive plan and other options and warrants outstanding) and 3,932,570,996 Common Shares may be issued (as of the date of this Agreement) pursuant to the conversion of the (i) US$200,000,000 Zero Coupon Convertible Bonds due 2018 issued on 7 November 2013; (ii) the US$54,600,000 Zero Coupon Convertible Bonds due 2018 issued to Datang Holdings (Hongkong) Investment Company Limited

 

- 11

 

 

(“Datang”); (iii) the US$32,200,000 Zero Coupon Convertible Bonds due 2018 issued to Country Hill Limited (“Country Hill”); (iv) the US$95,000,000 Zero Coupon Convertible Bonds due 2018 issued on 24 June 2014; and (v) the US$22,200,000 Zero Coupon Convertible Bonds due 2018 issued to Datang on 4 December 2014 (together, the “Convertible Bonds”) and there are no other agreement or commitment outstanding which calls for the allotment or issue or accords to any person the right to call for the allotment or issue of any shares (including shares issued pursuant to securities exercisable or exchangeable for, or convertible into, or agreements relating to the issuance of Common Shares) (except that Datang will, as a result of the issue and sale of the New Common Shares to the Buyer pursuant to this Agreement, have the right to subscribe for a pro rata portion of Common Shares equivalent to the percentage of the issued share capital of the Company then beneficially owned by Datang (the “Datang Pre-emptive Right”)) immediately prior to the issue of the New Common Shares), and (B) 5,000,000,000 Preferred Shares, of which none are issued. All of such issued shares have been validly issued and are fully paid. As of [time], save as disclosed above and pursuant to this Agreement, there are no outstanding securities issued by the Company or its Significant Subsidiaries (including shares issuable pursuant to securities exercisable or exchangeable for, or convertible into, or agreements related to the issuance of Common Shares or preferred shares (together, “Shares”)), or warrants, rights or options to purchase Shares from the Company or its Significant Subsidiaries, nor are there any agreement, arrangement or commitment outstanding which calls for the allotment or issue or accords to any person the right to call for the allotment or issue of any Shares (including Shares issuable pursuant to securities exercisable or exchangeable for, or convertible into, or agreements relating to the issuance of Shares).

 

(p)   Information provided. All information given in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement by the Company or on its behalf by the Company's advisers, to the Buyer or the Buyer's advisers, relating to the Company, its Significant Subsidiaries or their respective business, activities, affairs, or assets or liabilities (including all documents attached thereto) was, when given, and is now accurate in all material respects and not misleading in any material respect, and there is no material omission that would render the information given misleading in any material respect, provided that nothing herein shall constitute any obligation on the Company to disclose any information over and above what is required to be disclosed by the Company under the requirements of applicable laws and regulations (including, but not limited to, the Hong Kong Listing Rules) or requirements of regulatory bodies (including, but not limited to the SEHK and the SEC).

 

(q)   Ownership of assets. Save as disclosed publicly or to the Buyer or its advisors, as may be updated by the Company in writing prior to Closing, so far as the Company is aware, there are no mortgages, charges, pledges, liens (other than liens arising in the ordinary course of trading) or other forms of security or encumbrances over or affecting the whole or any part of the material assets of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries. Other than as disclosed, the Company and its Significant Subsidiaries have title to all properties and to all assets necessary to conduct the business now operated by them in each case free from liens, encumbrances and title defects that would materially affect the value thereof or materially interfere with the use made or to be made thereof by them and any real property or building held under lease by the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries are held by it under valid, existing and enforceable leases, in each case except to the extent that any failure of the above would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

- 12

 

 

(r)   Intellectual Property. To the knowledge of the Company, the Company owns or possesses sufficient legal rights including but not limited to trade secrets, trade marks, licenses, confidential information and proprietary rights and manufacturing processes and all copyrights, mask work rights, all patents and patent rights, as are necessary to the conduct of the business as now conducted or presently proposed to be conducted, including but not limited to the manufacturing of such products of 0.13um, 0.18um, 0.35um, 28nm, 45nm, 90nm, and/or 65nm processes (or as presently proposed to be conducted on products) by the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries, without any known conflict with, or known infringement of, the rights of others except as would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect. To the knowledge of the Company, no products manufactured, marketed or sold (or products proposed to be manufactured, marketed or sold) by the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries violates any license or infringes any intellectual property rights of any other party which could reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect. The representation and warranty set forth in Section 3(A)(n) (Compliance with Applicable Laws) shall not be deemed or interpreted to apply to matters related to intellectual property and intellectual property rights. For the avoidance of doubt and notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties acknowledge that the Company has not conducted an analysis of the Company’s freedom to operate in a particular field with respect to ownership and use of intellectual property rights.

 

(s)   United States Export Control. The Company is in compliance with, and undertakes to use its reasonable endeavours to comply with, all applicable laws, regulations, practices, policies, rules and any other governmental requirements of the United States and other countries or regions in relation to any export or supply of technology, equipment or any information in connection with the Group’s business operation, the omission of which could reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(t)   Tax Return. Each of the Company and its Significant Subsidiaries has duly and timely filed all tax returns that are required to be filed in all jurisdictions or has duly requested extensions thereof and has paid all taxes required to be paid by any of them in all jurisdictions and any related assessments, fines or penalties, except for any such tax, assessment, fine or penalty that is being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings or where the failure to file or make payment would not, singly or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect. Adequate charges, accruals and reserves have been provided for in the Results referred to in Section 3A(k) in respect of all taxes for all periods as to which the tax liability of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries has not been finally determined or remains open to examination by an applicable taxing authority.

 

(u)   Environmental Laws. The Company and its Significant Subsidiaries (i) have been and are in compliance with any and all applicable foreign, national and local laws and regulations relating to the protection of human health and safety, the environment or hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants (the “Environmental Laws”), (ii) have received all permits, licenses or other approvals required of them under applicable Environmental Laws to conduct their respective businesses and (iii) are in compliance with all terms and conditions of any such permit, license or approval, except where such non-compliance with Environmental Laws, failure to receive required permits, licenses or other approvals or failure to comply with the terms and conditions of such permits, licenses or approvals would

 

- 13

 

 

not, singly or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole.

 

(v)   Foreign Corrupt Practices. To the best of the knowledge of the Company, no member of the Group nor any director, officer, agent, employee (such agent or employee acting under the direction of the Company) or Affiliate of any member of the Group, has, directly or indirectly, made or authorised (A) any contribution, payment or gift of funds or property to any official, employee or agent of any authority, or any candidate for public office, in Hong Kong, the Cayman Islands, the United States, the PRC or any other jurisdiction, where either the payment or the purpose of such contribution, payment or gift was, is, or would be prohibited under any applicable law, rule, or regulation, or (B) any bribe, rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other unlawful payment to any government officials or employees for the purpose of obtaining favours or undue influence, and without prejudice to the foregoing, neither any member of the Group nor any director, officer agent, employee (such agent or employee acting under the direction of the Company) or Affiliate of any member of the Group, to the best knowledge of the Company, has taken any action, directly or indirectly, that would result in a violation by such persons of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder, and the Company and the other members of the Group have instituted and maintain policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance with applicable laws relating to anti-bribery in the jurisdictions in which the Group conducts its business.

 

(w)   Money Laundering Laws. To the best of the knowledge of the Company, the operations of each member of the Group are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting and other requirements of the money laundering laws of all jurisdictions, including the United States Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended (collectively, the “Money Laundering Laws”), and no action, suit, proceeding, investigation or inquiry by or before any authority involving any member of the Group with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or threatened.

 

(x)   The Buyer is an affiliate of China Investment Corporation ("CIC").  CIC requires each of its employees to refrain from corruption, bribery or any other illegal actions and misconduct.  CIC also requires its employees to abide by a high standard of integrity and professionalism and to act in an ethically responsible way.  CIC’s anti-corruption and anti-bribery policies can be found on CIC’s website (http://www.china-inv.cn) under the tab “ABOUT CIC”, and then “Ethics Management”.  The Company hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of CIC’s Anti-corruption and Anti-bribery Statement and agrees to use its reasonable efforts to facilitate the implementation of such policies.

 

3.          B. Limitations on Representations and Warranties.

 

The Buyer agrees and acknowledges that all claims made by the Buyer under any of the representations and warranties set out in Section 3A above shall not, whether individually or in the aggregate, exceed the Aggregate Purchase Price (it being understood that any assessment of damages shall not include any special, consequential or punitive damages and shall only be limited to actual damages suffered including any diminution in the value of the Securities purchased as a result of any breaches). For

 

- 14

 

 

the avoidance of doubt, the aforementioned limitation shall not affect claims made by the Buyer pursuant to other agreements between the Buyer and the Company.

 

4.          COVENANTS.

 

(a)   Best Efforts. Each party shall use its best efforts to satisfy each of the covenants and conditions to be satisfied by it as provided in Sections 5, 6 and 7 of this Agreement on a timely basis.

 

(b)   Regulatory Filings. Without limiting the generality of Section 4(a) above, as promptly as practicable after the date hereof, the Buyer shall make all filings, notices, petitions, statements, registrations, submissions of information, application or submission of other documents required by any Governmental Entity required in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby. In addition, the Buyer shall use best endeavors to furnish such information, supply such documents, give such undertakings and do all such acts and things as may reasonably be required by the SEHK and/or any other Governmental Entity in relation to or arising out of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

(c)   Listing. The Company shall take such steps as are necessary to hold an extraordinary general meeting for the independent shareholders of the Company to consider and approve the issue of Securities pursuant to this Agreement and, if approved by the independent shareholders of the Company, to promptly secure the listing of, and permission to deal in, all of the New Common Shares on the SEHK and shall use reasonable best efforts to maintain such listing of and permission to deal in such Common Shares, so long as any other shares of the Common Shares shall be so listed. The Company shall pay all fees and expenses in connection with satisfying its obligations under this Section 4(c).

 

(d)   Delivery of Documents. As soon as reasonably practicable following Closing, but no later than one (1) business following the Closing Date, the Company shall deliver to the Buyer (i) certificates in respect of the New Common Shares, respectively, duly executed on behalf of the Company and registered in the name of the Buyer; and (ii) a certified register of members of the Common Shares of the Company, reflecting the Buyer’s ownership of the New Common Shares, respectively.

 

(e)   Fees. Each party to this Agreement shall bear its own expenses and the fees relating to or arising out of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

(f)   Lock-Up.

 

(i)          This Section 4 (f) Lock-Up shall apply only to the New Common Shares under this Agreement, and shall not affect prior agreements between the Parties.

 

(ii)         The Buyer (and to the extent any Securities are Transferred to the Permitted Transferee in accordance with the provisions of Section 4(f)(iv), the Permitted Transferee) shall not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell,

 

- 15

 

 

grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any of the Securities purchased hereunder or enter into any swap, hedging or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any of such securities (any of the foregoing, a “Transfer”) without the prior written consent of the Company for a period of two (2) years from the Closing Date (the “Lock-Up Period”), provided that nothing herein shall restrict the Buyer from a Transfer of any of the Securities purchased hereunder to the Permitted Transferee and the rights of the Buyer under this Agreement shall not be affected by such Transfer.

 

(iii)        The Buyer (and, to the extent any Securities are Transferred to the Permitted Transferee in accordance with the provisions of Section 4(f)(iv), the Permitted Transferee), except with consent of the Board, shall refrain at all times (including with respect to time periods after the expiration of the Lock-Up Period) from selling the New Common Shares to any person or entity that is a Competitor (as defined below) of the Company or a member of the Competitor’s Group (as defined below), except (1) in a genuine open market sale where the identity of the purchaser of the New Common Shares is not known to, and cannot reasonably be determined by, the Buyer or its agent effecting such sale and provided that the number of New Common Shares that the Buyer is permitted to sell in the open market shall not exceed 1% of the issued share capital of the Company at the relevant time during any 30-day period, and (2) accepting an offer (as defined in the Hong Kong Takeovers Code) under a general offer for the Company where the offer has become unconditional (meaning that the offeror has received acceptances in respect of voting rights in the Company which, together with voting rights acquired or agreed to be acquired before or during the offer, will result in the offeror and any person acting in concert with it holding more than 50% (or such other percentage level as contained in the terms of such offer or as otherwise required from time to time in the Hong Kong Takeovers Code) of the voting rights in the Company), or where the offeror has become entitled to compulsorily acquire the securities held by the Buyer (and/or the Permitted Transferee) under applicable laws and regulations. For the purpose of this Section 4(f), “Competitor” means (a) the leading ten (10) companies in the area of pure foundry or semiconductor, respectively, in terms of annual global revenues according to the most recent data of Gartner and/or iSuppli as at the Closing Date, or (b) the leading ten (10) semiconductor manufacturing companies in the PRC according to the most recent data of the Ministry of Industry and Information Technology of the PRC or other institutions under its supervision (such as but not limited to the China Semiconductor Industry Association) as at the Closing Date. “Competitor’s Group” means the Competitor, its subsidiaries and holding company, and any subsidiaries of the Competitor’s holding company.

 

(iv)        Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 4(f)(ii) or (iii), the Company hereby agrees that the Buyer may, subject to compliance with the rules (including the Hong Kong Listing Rules), regulations, laws of Hong Kong and the requirements of the SEHK, applicable securities laws in the United States or any other jurisdictions, transfer all or part of the New Common Shares to a subsidiary or fund under the direct or indirect control and management of China Investment Corporation (the “Permitted Transferee”) provided, that, as a condition to any such transfer:

 

(A)the Buyer shall inform the Company in writing of the proposed Transfer to the Permitted Transferee before effecting it;

 

- 16

 

 

(B)the Permitted Transferee shall be entitled to further transfer the Securities to another Permitted Transferee during the remaining period of the Lock-up Period on the condition that the provision relating to transfer to “Permitted Transferee” in Section 4(f)(iv) shall have been complied with).

 

(g)   Public Disclosure. Without limiting any other provision of this Agreement, the Company and Buyer (and to the extent any Securities are Transferred to the Permitted Transferee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4(g), the Permitted Transferee), to the extent permitted by applicable law, will consult with each other before issuance, and provide each other the opportunity to review, comment upon and concur with, and use all reasonable efforts to agree on any press release or public statement with respect to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, and will not (to the extent practicable) issue any such press release or make any such public statement prior to such consultation and agreement, except as may be required by law, rules, regulations or any listing agreement with or requirement of the NYSE, SEHK or any other applicable securities exchange, provided that the disclosing party shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, rules, regulations or any listing agreement with or requirement of the NYSE, SEHK or any other applicable securities exchange and if reasonably practicable, inform the other parties about the disclosure to be made pursuant to such requirements prior to the disclosure.

 

(h)   Conduct of Business. Save as disclosed in this Agreement or any public disclosure made by the Company prior to the date of this Agreement, or consented in writing by the Buyer, during the period from the date of this Agreement and continuing until the earlier of the termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 8(a) hereof or the Closing, the Company shall and shall cause its Significant Subsidiaries, except as permitted and contemplated by the terms of this Agreement or disclosed in any public disclosure made by the Company prior to the date of this Agreement, carry on its business, in all material respects, in the ordinary and normal course and, not (i) undertake any construction of any new plants and buildings, (ii) enter into any notifiable transactions (as such term is defined under the Hong Kong Listing Rules), (iii) save as required by applicable laws, rules or regulations, make or propose to make any amendments to its memorandum or articles of association or (iv) agree to, either verbally or in writing, authorize or approve any of the foregoing.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, the Company may continue to be involved in the existing construction of plants and buildings, as the Board may consider appropriate from time to time but in any event such involvement would not result in or reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(i)   Use of Proceeds. The Company shall use the proceeds received from the issue of the Securities hereunder for the purpose of capital expenditure and debt repayment and general corporate purposes.

 

(j)   Pre-emptive Rights.

 

- 17

 

 

(i)          If the Company proposes, on or after the date of this Agreement, to issue (a) any new Common Shares or preferred shares, (b) any securities convertible into or exchangeable into Common Shares or preferred shares (which preferred shares referred to in (a) and (b) above carry voting rights in general meetings of the Company) or (c) any warrants or other rights to subscribe for Common Shares or preferred shares (which preferred shares carry voting rights in general meetings of the Company) (“Relevant Securities”), the Company shall notify Buyer in writing of such proposal (an “Issue Notice”). The Issue Notice shall specify the number and type of Relevant Securities to be offered by the Company and the material terms of the proposed offer (including the proposed completion date of such issue and the proposed price per Relevant Security to be paid by the proposed third party purchaser(s)).

 

(ii)         Subject to sub-paragraph (vii) below, the Buyer shall have the right but not the obligation to subscribe for or purchase such number of the Relevant Securities which are the subject of the Issue Notice so as to enable the Buyer to hold, after the issue of the Relevant Securities,

 

a pro rata portion of the Relevant Securities equal to the percentage of the issued share capital of the Company then beneficially owned by the Buyer (together with the Permitted Transferee) prior to the issuance of the Relevant Securities,

 

upon the same terms and conditions set forth in the Issue Notice, by giving written notice to the Company of the exercise of this right within ten (10) Business Days (as defined below) of the giving of the Issue Notice. If such notice is not given by the Buyer within such ten (10) Business Days, the Buyer shall be deemed to have elected not to exercise its rights under this Section 4(j) with respect to the issuance described in that specific Issue Notice. The parties acknowledge that any rights of the Buyer to subscribe for and purchase the Relevant Securities pursuant to this Section 4(j) will lapse if completion thereof does not occur simultaneously with the completion of the offering of Relevant Securities by the Company or at such other time and place as shall be mutually agreed by the Company and the Buyer (which agreement shall not be unreasonably withheld), provided that if the reason for the Buyer’s failure to complete by the time specified above is solely due to a delay of the Governmental Entity in granting the relevant authorizations, approvals, permits, qualifications or exemptions, the Buyer shall notify the Company in writing at least seven (7) days prior to the completion of the offering of the Relevant Securities to extend the completion date for Buyer to a date within three (3) months or such other reasonable period as may be mutually agreed between the parties following the completion of the issue of the Relevant Securities, after such period the right to the Buyer to subscribe for and purchase the Relevant Securities pursuant to this Section 4(j) shall lapse. A notice given by the Buyer pursuant to this section shall be irrevocable.

 

(iii)        Subject to Sections 4(j)(i) and 4(j)(ii) above, the completion of the Buyer’s purchase of Relevant Securities pursuant to section (ii) above shall occur simultaneously with the completion of the offering of Relevant Securities by the Company. For the avoidance of doubt, the completion by the Company of the offering of the Relevant Securities shall not be affected by the timing of the completion of any issue of the Relevant Securities to the Buyer. The Buyer shall execute and deliver to the Company all transaction documents related to Buyer’s purchase of Relevant Securities as may be reasonably requested by the Company prior to the completion of the Buyer’s purchase of Relevant

 

- 18

 

 

Securities. At such completion, the Buyer shall deliver the aggregate purchase price for the Relevant Securities to be purchased by the Buyer pursuant to Sections 4(j)(i) and 4(j)(ii) above.

 

(iv)        Any Relevant Securities to be issued to the Buyer pursuant to this Section 4(j)(ii) above shall be issued on the same terms and subject to the same conditions as the Relevant Securities issued to any proposed third party purchaser(s), such terms and conditions being set out in the Issue Notice.

 

(v)         The provisions of Section 4(j)(i) to (iv) shall not apply to:

 

(1)   the grant of any employment options (including those given to directors or consultants), or the issue of any Relevant Securities pursuant to the exercise of employment based share options (including those given to directors or consultants) granted (whether prior to or after the date of this Agreement), pursuant to any share purchase or share option plans of the Company in effect from time to time;

 

(2)   the issue of any Relevant Securities pursuant to any share incentive scheme operated by the Company from time to time;

 

(3)   the issue of any Common Shares or other securities pursuant to the conversion, exchange or exercise of any securities that were previously offered and/or issued to Buyer (including its Permitted Transferee, if applicable) as Relevant Securities;

 

(4)   any offer of the Relevant Securities open for a period fixed by the Board to holders of Common Shares on the register of members on a fixed record date in proportion to their then holdings of Common Shares; provided that such offer of Relevant Securities is also made to Buyer, unless it is restricted by any legal restrictions under the laws of the relevant place or the requirements of the relevant regulatory body or stock exchange in that place to make such offer to the Buyer in which case the provisions of Section 4(j)(i) to (iv) shall apply;

 

(5)   an issue of Common Shares as fully paid to holders of Common Shares (including without limitation, Common Shares paid up out of distributable profits or reserves and/or share premium account issued in lieu of the whole or any part of any cash dividend and free distributions or bonus issue of Common Shares); provided that such issuance of Common Shares is also made to Buyer;

 

(6)   an issue of the Relevant Securities pursuant to the acquisition of another corporation by the Company by merger, purchase of substantially all of the assets or other reorganization or to a joint venture agreement; provided, that such issuance is approved by the Board;

 

(7)   the issue of any Relevant Securities as a result of the conversion of the Convertible Bonds; or

 

(8)   the issue of any Relevant Securities to Country Hill pursuant to the Country Hill Pre-emptive Right as a result of the issuance of the New Common Shares pursuant to this Agreement.

 

- 19

 

 

(vi)        The rights set forth in this Section 4(j) shall not apply with respect to and shall expire immediately prior to a transaction that would result in a change of control (as such term is defined under the Hong Kong Takeovers Code).

 

Business Day” shall mean a day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a public holiday in Hong Kong or the PRC.

 

(vii)       The Company and the Buyer acknowledge and agree that the Buyer’s exercise of the rights in this Section 4(j) shall in all cases be subject to compliance with the rules, regulations, laws and requirements of applicable government and regulatory bodies, including the Hong Kong Listing Rules, the Hong Kong Takeovers Code, the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited and the Securities and Futures Commission of Hong Kong (including, where applicable any requirements to obtain the approval of the shareholders of the Company), and shall take such steps reasonably necessary to give effect to the rights contained in this Section 4(j) in compliance with rules, regulations, laws and requirements of applicable government and regulatory bodies, provided that all costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable legal fees and expenses) incurred by the Company shall be resolved in a manner consistent with any terms agreed to by the Company and the other potential investor(s) with respect to the issuance described in the relevant Issue Notice.

 

(k)   Exclusivity. During the period from the date of this Agreement and continuing until the earliest of (A) the termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 8(a) hereof or (B) the Closing, the Company agrees not to initiate, solicit, encourage or engage in any discussion or negotiation of any type with, provide any information to, accept and proposal from, or enter into any letter of intent, purchase contract or any other similar agreement, or consummate any transaction, with any persons or entities other than the Buyer with respect to any equity or convertible debt instrument in the Company or with respect to any sale of substantially all of the assets of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries, provided that nothing in this section shall prohibit the Company from carrying out any normal investor or public relations activities in its ordinary course of business.

 

(l)   Discussion. Subject to applicable law, rules, regulations and requirements (including the Hong Kong Listing Rules and the requirements of the SEHK and NYSE), during the period from the date of this Agreement and continuing until the earlier of the termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 8(a) hereof or the Closing, the Company will use its reasonable efforts to meet with, and/or communicate with representatives of the Buyer upon reasonable request and to discuss any material operational matters in good faith and to consider whether and how to exercise its discretion to implement any reasonable suggestions from the Buyer.

 

5.CONDITIONS TO THE COMPANY’S OBLIGATION TO SELL AND TO THE BUYER’S OBLIGATION TO PURCHASE.

 

The obligation of the Company hereunder to issue and sell the New Common Shares to the Buyer at the Closing and the obligation of the Buyer hereunder to purchase the New Common Shares from the Company hereunder are each subject to the satisfaction, at or before the Closing Date, of each of the following conditions, provided that these conditions may be waived,

 

- 20

 

 

in whole or in part, by either party hereto only as regards the obligations of the other party to procure the relevant conditions, at any time in its sole discretion by providing the other party hereto with prior written notice thereof:

 

(a)   SEHK Listing. Approval for the listing of, and permission to deal in the New Common Shares shall have been duly obtained from the SEHK and such approval not subsequently being revoked prior to Closing.

 

(b)   Independent shareholders’ approval. The Company having obtained the approval of the independent shareholders of the Company in EGM of the issue of the New Common Shares to the Buyer and the granting of a special mandate for the issue of the New Common Shares at Closing pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

 

(c)   No Governmental Prohibition. The sale of the Securities by the Company and the purchase of the Securities by the Buyer shall not be prohibited by any law or governmental order or regulation.

 

6.          CONDITIONS TO THE COMPANY’S OBLIGATION TO SELL.

 

The obligation of the Company hereunder to issue and sell the New Common Shares to the Buyer at the Closing is subject to the satisfaction, at or before the Closing Date, of each of the following conditions, provided that these conditions are for the Company’s sole benefit and may be waived by the Company, in whole or in part, at any time in its sole discretion by providing the Buyer with prior written notice thereof:

 

(a)   Execution of Transaction Documents and other documents. The Buyer shall have executed each of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and delivered the same to the Company.

 

(b)   Representations and Warranties; Covenants. The representations and warranties of the Buyer shall be true and correct in all material respects (except for those representations and warranties that are qualified by materiality or material adverse effect, which shall be true and correct to such extent) , and the Buyer shall have performed, satisfied and complied in all material respects with the covenants, agreements and conditions required by this Agreement to be performed, satisfied or complied with by the Buyer at or prior to the Closing Date.

 

7.          CONDITIONS TO THE BUYER’S OBLIGATION TO PURCHASE.

 

The obligation of the Buyer hereunder to purchase the New Common Shares at the Closing is subject to the satisfaction, at or before the Closing Date, of each of the following conditions, and may be waived by the Buyer, in whole or in part, at any time in its sole discretion by providing the Company with prior written notice thereof:

 

- 21

 

 

(a)   Execution of Transaction Documents and other documents. The Company shall have duly executed and delivered to the Buyer each of the Transaction Documents and the documents set forth in Section 1(c)(ii)(B).

 

(b)   No occurrence of an event with Material Adverse Effect. There shall not have occurred any event which may have any Material Adverse Effect in respect of the Company and its Significant Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

 

(c)   Representations and Warranties; Covenants. The representations and warranties of the Company contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects (except for those representations and warranties that are qualified by materiality or Material Adverse Effect, which shall be true and correct to such extent), and the Company shall have performed, satisfied and complied in all material respects with the covenants, agreements and conditions required by the Transaction Documents to be performed, satisfied or complied with by the Company at or prior to the Closing Date.

 

(d)   Legal opinion. The Buyer shall have received a legal opinion from the Company’s Cayman Islands legal counsel in form and substance solely to the satisfaction to the Buyer.

 

8.          TERMINATION.

 

(a)   Subject to Section 8(b) below, this Agreement may be terminated and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement abandoned at any time prior to the Closing:

 

(i)          by mutual agreement of the Company and the Buyer;

 

(ii)         by the Company if the closing and issuance of securities under the share purchase agreement, dated February 12, 2015, by and between the Company and China Integrated Circuit Industry Investment Fund Co., Ltd. shall not have occurred pursuant to the terms therein;

 

(iii)        by the Company or the Buyer if the Closing Date shall not have occurred by the date falling four months after the date of this Agreement or any other date as may be agreed between the parties; provided, however, that the right to terminate this Agreement under this Section 8(a)(ii) shall not be available to a party if such party’s action or failure to act has been a principal cause of or resulted in the failure of the Closing to occur on or before such date and such action or failure to act constitutes breach of this Agreement;

 

(iv)        by the Company or the Buyer if any legislative body, court, administrative agency or commission or other governmental authority, instrumentality, agency or commission shall have enacted, issued, promulgated, enforced or entered any law or governmental regulation or order which has the effect of prohibiting the sale and issuance of the Securities;

 

(v)         by the Buyer if there has been a material breach of any representation or warranty of the Company hereunder that would have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company or any material breach of any covenant or agreement of the Company hereunder;

 

- 22

 

 

(vi)        by the Company if there has been a material breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement of the Buyer contained in this Agreement; and

 

(vii)       by the Buyer if, from the date of this Agreement to the Closing Date, there shall have occurred (i) a material limitation of trading of the Shares on the SEHK; or (ii) a suspension in trading of the Common Shares on the SEHK for a consecutive period of five Trading Days (save in respect of any suspension in trading of the Common Shares which is of a routine nature, including suspension pending the announcement of price sensitive information, the announcement or disclosure of notifiable transactions).

 

(b)   In the event of termination of this Agreement as provided in Section 8(a) above, this Agreement shall forthwith become void and there shall be no liability or obligation on the part of the parties hereto and, as applicable, the officers, directors and shareholders of each party; provided that each party hereto shall remain liable for any breaches of this Agreement or of any certificate or other instruments delivered pursuant to this Agreement prior to its termination; and provided further that the provisions of Sections 8 and 9 hereof shall remain in full force and effect and survive any termination of this Agreement pursuant to the terms of this Section 8.

 

9.          MISCELLANEOUS.

 

(a)   Governing Law; Arbitration. All questions concerning the construction, validity, enforcement and interpretation of this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Hong Kong. Any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or the interpretation, breach, termination or validity hereof, shall be submitted to arbitration upon the request of any party with notice to the other parties. The arbitration shall be conducted in Hong Kong under the auspices of the Hong Kong International Arbitration Centre (the “HKIAC”) in accordance with the UNCITRAL Arbitration Rules (“UNCITRAL Rules”) in effect, which rules are deemed to be incorporated by reference into this Section 9(a). There shall be three (3) arbitrators. The complainant and the respondent to such dispute shall each select one arbitrator within thirty (30) days after giving or receiving the demand for arbitration. The Chairman of the HKIAC shall select the third arbitrator, who shall be qualified to practice law in Hong Kong. If either party to the arbitration does not appoint an arbitrator who has consented to participate within thirty (30) days after selection of the first arbitrator, the relevant appointment shall be made by the Chairman of the HKIAC. The arbitration proceedings shall be conducted in English. Neither party shall be required to give general discovery of documents, but may be required to produce specific, identified documents that are relevant to the dispute. Each party irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent it may effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such arbitration in Hong Kong and the HKIAC, and hereby submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of HKIAC in any such arbitration. The award of the arbitration tribunal shall be conclusive and binding upon the disputing parties, and any party to the dispute may apply to a court of competent jurisdiction for enforcement of such award. Any party to the dispute shall be entitled to seek preliminary injunctive relief in aid of arbitration, if possible, from any court of competent jurisdiction pending the constitution of the arbitral tribunal.

 

(b)   Claim in respect of Representations and Warranties. The representation, warranty, covenant or undertaking (the “Warranties”) contained in this Agreement shall remain in full force and

 

- 23

 

 

effect notwithstanding Closing except as terminated pursuant to the terms hereof or by a waiver or release by the party entitled to enforce such Warranties. No claim shall be brought against any party in relation to the Warranties unless the party making the claim shall have given the other party written notice of such claim specifying (in reasonable detail) the matter which gives rise to the claim, the nature of the claim and the amount claimed in respect thereof promptly and in any event before the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations. The parties agree that any assessment of damages shall not include any special, consequential or punitive damages and shall only be limited to actual damages suffered including any diminution in the value of the Securities purchased as a result of any breaches.

 

(c)   Remedies and waivers. No delay or omission by any party to this Agreement in exercising any right, power or remedy provided by law or under this Agreement or any other documents referred to in it shall: (i) affect that right, power or remedy; or (ii) operate as a waiver thereof. The single or partial exercise of any right, power or remedy provided by law or under this Agreement shall not preclude any other or further exercise or any other right, power or remedy. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, the rights, powers and remedies provided in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, powers and remedies provided by law.

 

(d)   Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more identical counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when counterparts have been signed by each party and delivered to the other party. A facsimile signature shall be considered due execution and shall be binding upon the signatory thereto with the same force and effect as if the signature were an original, not a facsimile signature.

 

(e)   Languages. This Agreement is being executed in English only.

 

(f)   Headings. The headings of this Agreement are for convenience of reference and shall not form part of, or affect the interpretation of, this Agreement.

 

(g)   Severability. If any provision of this Agreement shall be invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the remainder of this Agreement in that jurisdiction or the validity or enforceability of any provision of this Agreement in any other jurisdiction.

 

(h)   Entire Agreement; Amendments. This Agreement, the other Transaction Documents and the Confidentiality Agreement supersede all other prior oral or written agreements between the Buyer, the Company, their affiliates and Persons acting on their behalf with respect to the matters discussed herein, and this Agreement, the other Transaction Documents and the instruments referenced herein and therein contain the entire understanding of and agreement between the parties with respect to the matters covered herein and therein and, except as specifically set forth herein or therein, neither the Company nor the Buyer makes any representation, warranty, covenant or undertaking with respect to such matters. In entering into this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, each part to such agreements acknowledges that it is not relying upon any pre-contractual statement which is not expressly set out in them. No provision of this

 

- 24

 

 

Agreement may be amended other than by an instrument in writing signed by the Company and the Buyer. No provision hereof may be waived other than by an instrument in writing signed by the party against whom enforcement is sought.

 

Without prejudice to Section 3A(p) above pursuant to which the Company represents and warrants that all information given in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement by the Company or on its behalf by the Company's advisers, to the Buyer or the Buyer's advisers, relating to the Company, its Significant Subsidiaries or their respective business, activities, affairs, or assets or liabilities (including all documents attached thereto) was, when given, and is now accurate in all material respects and not misleading in any material respect, and there is no material omission that would render the information given misleading in any material respect, except in the case of fraud, no party shall have any right of action against any other party to this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents arising out of or in connection with any pre-contractual statement except to the extent that it is repeated in this Agreement and/or the other Transaction Documents.

 

For the purposes of this section, “pre-contractual statement” means any draft, agreement, undertaking, representation, warranty, promise, assurance or arrangement of any nature whatsoever, whether or not in writing, relating to the matters covered in this Agreement and/or the other Transaction Documents made or given by any person at any time prior to the date of this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents.

 

(i)   Notices. Any notices, consents, waivers or other communications required or permitted to be given under the terms of this Agreement must be in writing and will be deemed to have been delivered: (i) upon receipt, when delivered personally; (ii) upon receipt, when sent by facsimile (provided confirmation of transmission is mechanically or electronically generated and kept on file by the sending party); or (iii) one Business Day after deposit with an overnight courier service, in each case properly addressed to the party to receive the same. The addresses and facsimile numbers for such communications shall be:

 

If to the Company:

 

  Semiconductor Manufacturing International Corporation
  Address: Suite 3003, 30th Floor
    No. 9 Queen's Road Central
    Hong Kong
  Telephone: (852) 2537-8458
  Facsimile: (852) 2537 8206
  Attention: Ms. Meifung Hoo

 

If to the Buyer:

 

Country Hill Limited

  

- 25

 

 

  Address: 6/F, New Poly Plaza, No.1 Chaoyangmen Beidajie
    Dongcheng District, 100010
    Beijing, P.R.China
  Telephone: +86 10 8409 6529
  Facsimile: +86 10 64086282
  Attention: Mr. Qu Kai, Mr. Xu Jing

 

(j)   Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective successors and assigns. Neither party hereto shall not assign this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the other party hereto.

 

(k)   No Third Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement is intended for the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and assigns, and is not for the benefit of, nor may any provision hereof be enforced by, any other Person.

 

(l)   Further Assurances. Each party shall do and perform, or cause to be done and performed, all such further acts and things, and shall execute and deliver all such other agreements, certificates, instruments and documents, as any other party may reasonably request in order to carry out the intent and accomplish the purposes of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

- 26

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Buyer and the Company have caused its respective signature page to this Share Purchase Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

  COMPANY:
   
  Semiconductor Manufacturing
International Corporation
     
  By:
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Buyer and the Company have caused their respective signature page to this Share Purchase Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

  BUYER:
   
  Country Hill Limited
   
  By:
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

 

 


 

Exhibit 8.1

 

List of Subsidiaries

 

    Jurisdiction of
Name of Subsidiary   Incorporation Names Under Which Subsidiary Does Business
Semiconductor Manufacturing International (Shanghai) Corporation   PRC   Semiconductor Manufacturing International (Shanghai) Corporation
         
Semiconductor Manufacturing International (Beijing) Corporation   PRC   Semiconductor Manufacturing International (Beijing) Corporation
         
Semiconductor Manufacturing International (Tianjin) Corporation   PRC   Semiconductor Manufacturing International (Tianjin) Corporation
         
Semiconductor Manufacturing North China (Beijing) Corporation   PRC   Semiconductor Manufacturing North China (Beijing) Corporation

 

 

 


 

Exhibit 12.1

 

CERTIFICATIONS

 

I, Tzu-Yin Chiu, certify that:

 

1.I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Semiconductor Manufacturing International Corporation;

 

2.Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the company and have:

 

(a)Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

(b)Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

(c)Evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

(d)Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

(a)All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

(b)Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: April 25, 2016

 

  /s/Dr. Tzu-Yin Chiu
  Name: Dr. Tzu-Yin Chiu
  Title: Chief Executive Officer and Executive Director

 

 


 

Exhibit 12.2

 

CERTIFICATION

 

I, Gao Yonggang, certify that:

 

1.I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Semiconductor Manufacturing International Corporation;

 

2.Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the company and have:

 

(a)Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

(b)Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

(c)Evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

(d)Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

(a)All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

(b)Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: April 25, 2016

 

  /s/ Dr. Gao Yonggang
  Name: Dr. Gao Yonggang
  Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 


 

Exhibit 13.1

 

Pursuant to 18 United States Code §1350 as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the undersigned hereby certify that, to the best of our knowledge, the annual report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015 of Semiconductor Manufacturing International Corporation (the “Company”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Date: April 25, 2016

 

  /s/ Dr. Tzu-Yin Chiu
  Name: Dr. Tzu-Yin Chiu
  Title: Chief Executive Officer and Executive Director
     
  /s/ Dr. Gao Yonggang  
  Name: Dr. Gao Yonggang
  Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to 18 United States Code §1350 and is not being filed as part of the Report.

 

 

 


 

Exhibit 15.1

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement on Form S 8 (Nos. 333-193189, 333-170770 and 333-113797) of Semiconductor Manufacturing International Corporation of our report dated April 25, 2016 relating to the financial statements and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this Form 20 F.

 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers Zhong Tian LLP

Certified Public Accountants

Shanghai, the People's Republic of China

April 25, 2016

 

 


 

Exhibit 15.2

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement Nos. 333-193189, 333-170770 and 333-113797 on Form S-8 of our reports dated March 12, 2014, relating to the financial statements and financial statement schedule of Semiconductor Manufacturing International Corporation, appearing in this Annual Report on Form 20-F of Semiconductor Manufacturing International Corporation for the year ended December 31, 2013.

 

/s/ Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu

Certified Public Accountants

Hong Kong

April 25, 2016